Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/423/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Do you love Horror, Mystery stories, or want to learn about Astronomy & Physics? Our library with over 500,000+ audiobooks will meet all your needs. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and start your journey of exploration. Easily listen to books on iPhone, iPad, Android, and other devices. Let audiobooks become your reliable companion! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/423/ en-US All rights reserved Wed, 20 Nov 2024 01:22:24 GMT Wed, 20 Nov 2024 01:22:24 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/423/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/423/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/423/ thebookvoice.com no Candido Lehner bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/423/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Do you love Horror, Mystery stories, or want to learn about Astronomy & Physics? Our library with over 500,000+ audiobooks will meet all your needs. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and start your journey of exploration. Easily listen to books on iPhone, iPad, Android, and other devices. Let audiobooks become your reliable companion! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419461 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Planet Canada: How Our Expats Are Shaping the Future Author: John Stackhouse Narrator: Jonathan Watton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A leading thinker on Canada's place in the world contends that our country's greatest untapped resource may be the three million Canadians who don't live here. Entrepreneurs, educators, humanitarians: an entire province's worth of Canadian citizens live outside Canada. Some will return, others won't. But what they all share is the ability, and often the desire, to export Canadian values to a world sorely in need of them. And to act as ambassadors for Canada in industries and societies where diplomatic efforts find little traction. Surely a country with people as diverse as Canada's ought to plug itself into every corner of the globe. We don't, and sometimes not even when our expats are eager to help. Failing to put this desire to work, contends bestselling author and longtime foreign correspondent John Stackhouse, is a grave error for a small country whose voice is getting lost behind developing nations of rapidly increasing influence. The soft power we once boasted is getting softer, but we have an unparalleled resource, if we choose to use it. To ensure Canada's place in the world, Stackhouse argues in Planet Canada, we need this exceptional province of expats and their special claim on the twenty-first century. John Stackhouse Tue, 06 Oct 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419461 thebookvoice.com 10:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Planet Canada: How Our Expats Are Shaping the Future Author: John Stackhouse Narrator: Jonathan Watton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A leading thinker on Canada's place in the world contends that our country's greatest untapped resource may be the three million Canadians who don't live here. Entrepreneurs, educators, humanitarians: an entire province's worth of Canadian citizens live outside Canada. Some will return, others won't. But what they all share is the ability, and often the desire, to export Canadian values to a world sorely in need of them. And to act as ambassadors for Canada in industries and societies where diplomatic efforts find little traction. Surely a country with people as diverse as Canada's ought to plug itself into every corner of the globe. We don't, and sometimes not even when our expats are eager to help. Failing to put this desire to work, contends bestselling author and longtime foreign correspondent John Stackhouse, is a grave error for a small country whose voice is getting lost behind developing nations of rapidly increasing influence. The soft power we once boasted is getting softer, but we have an unparalleled resource, if we choose to use it. To ensure Canada's place in the world, Stackhouse argues in Planet Canada, we need this exceptional province of expats and their special claim on the twenty-first century. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Planet Canada: How Our Expats Are Shaping the Future Author: John Stackhouse Narrator: Jonathan Watton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A leading thinker on Canada's place in the world contends that our country's greatest untapped resource may be the three million Canadians who don't live here. Entrepreneurs, educators, humanitarians: an entire province's worth of Canadian citizens live outside Canada. Some will return, others won't. But what they all share is the ability, and often the desire, to export Canadian values to a world sorely in need of them. And to act as ambassadors for Canada in industries and societies where diplomatic efforts find little traction. Surely a country with people as diverse as Canada's ought to plug itself into every corner of the globe. We don't, and sometimes not even when our expats are eager to help. Failing to put this desire to work, contends bestselling author and longtime foreign correspondent John Stackhouse, is a grave error for a small country whose voice is getting lost behind developing nations of rapidly increasing influence. The soft power we once boasted is getting softer, but we have an unparalleled resource, if we choose to use it. To ensure Canada's place in the world, Stackhouse argues in Planet Canada, we need this exceptional province of expats and their special claim on the twenty-first century. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419455 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419455]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Corruption in America: And What Is at Stake Author: Sarah Chayes Narrator: Sarah Chayes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 49 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the prizewinning journalist and internationally recognized expert on corruption in government networks throughout the world comes a major work that looks homeward to America, exploring the insidious, dangerous networks of corruption of our past, present, and precarious future.   “If you want to save America, this might just be the most important book to read now.' —Nancy MacLean, author of Democracy in Chains   Sarah Chayes writes in her new book, that the United States is showing signs similar to some of the most corrupt countries in the world. Corruption, she argues, is an operating system of sophisticated networks in which government officials, key private-sector interests, and out-and-out criminals interweave. Their main objective: not to serve the public but to maximize returns for network members. In this unflinching exploration of corruption in America, Chayes exposes how corruption has thrived within our borders, from the titans of America's Gilded Age (Andrew Carnegie, John D. Rockefeller, J. P. Morgan, et al.) to the collapse of the stock market in 1929, the Great Depression, and FDR's New Deal; from Joe Kennedy's years of banking, bootlegging, machine politics, and pursuit of infinite wealth to the deregulation of the Reagan Revolution--undermining this nation's proud middle class and union members. She then brings us up to the present as she shines a light on the Clinton policies of political favors and personal enrichment and documents Trump's hydra-headed network of corruption, which aimed to systematically undo the Constitution and our laws. Ultimately and most importantly, Chayes reveals how corrupt systems are organized, how they enable bad actors to bend the rules so their crimes are covered legally, how they overtly determine the shape of our government, and how they affect all levels of society, especially when the corruption is overlooked and downplayed by the rich and well-educated. Sarah Chayes Tue, 11 Aug 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419455 thebookvoice.com 12:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419455]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Corruption in America: And What Is at Stake Author: Sarah Chayes Narrator: Sarah Chayes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 49 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the prizewinning journalist and internationally recognized expert on corruption in government networks throughout the world comes a major work that looks homeward to America, exploring the insidious, dangerous networks of corruption of our past, present, and precarious future.   “If you want to save America, this might just be the most important book to read now.' —Nancy MacLean, author of Democracy in Chains   Sarah Chayes writes in her new book, that the United States is showing signs similar to some of the most corrupt countries in the world. Corruption, she argues, is an operating system of sophisticated networks in which government officials, key private-sector interests, and out-and-out criminals interweave. Their main objective: not to serve the public but to maximize returns for network members. In this unflinching exploration of corruption in America, Chayes exposes how corruption has thrived within our borders, from the titans of America's Gilded Age (Andrew Carnegie, John D. Rockefeller, J. P. Morgan, et al.) to the collapse of the stock market in 1929, the Great Depression, and FDR's New Deal; from Joe Kennedy's years of banking, bootlegging, machine politics, and pursuit of infinite wealth to the deregulation of the Reagan Revolution--undermining this nation's proud middle class and union members. She then brings us up to the present as she shines a light on the Clinton policies of political favors and personal enrichment and documents Trump's hydra-headed network of corruption, which aimed to systematically undo the Constitution and our laws. Ultimately and most importantly, Chayes reveals how corrupt systems are organized, how they enable bad actors to bend the rules so their crimes are covered legally, how they overtly determine the shape of our government, and how they affect all levels of society, especially when the corruption is overlooked and downplayed by the rich and well-educated. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419455]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Corruption in America: And What Is at Stake Author: Sarah Chayes Narrator: Sarah Chayes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 49 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the prizewinning journalist and internationally recognized expert on corruption in government networks throughout the world comes a major work that looks homeward to America, exploring the insidious, dangerous networks of corruption of our past, present, and precarious future.   “If you want to save America, this might just be the most important book to read now.' —Nancy MacLean, author of Democracy in Chains   Sarah Chayes writes in her new book, that the United States is showing signs similar to some of the most corrupt countries in the world. Corruption, she argues, is an operating system of sophisticated networks in which government officials, key private-sector interests, and out-and-out criminals interweave. Their main objective: not to serve the public but to maximize returns for network members. In this unflinching exploration of corruption in America, Chayes exposes how corruption has thrived within our borders, from the titans of America's Gilded Age (Andrew Carnegie, John D. Rockefeller, J. P. Morgan, et al.) to the collapse of the stock market in 1929, the Great Depression, and FDR's New Deal; from Joe Kennedy's years of banking, bootlegging, machine politics, and pursuit of infinite wealth to the deregulation of the Reagan Revolution--undermining this nation's proud middle class and union members. She then brings us up to the present as she shines a light on the Clinton policies of political favors and personal enrichment and documents Trump's hydra-headed network of corruption, which aimed to systematically undo the Constitution and our laws. Ultimately and most importantly, Chayes reveals how corrupt systems are organized, how they enable bad actors to bend the rules so their crimes are covered legally, how they overtly determine the shape of our government, and how they affect all levels of society, especially when the corruption is overlooked and downplayed by the rich and well-educated. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419450 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419450]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Doesn't Hurt to Ask: Using the Power of Questions to Communicate, Connect, and Persuade Author: Trey Gowdy Narrator: Trey Gowdy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 56 Ratings of Narrator: 4.85 of Total 13 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Former congressman and prosecutor Trey Gowdy teaches you how to effectively communicate and persuade on the issues that matter most to you, drawing on his experience in the courtroom and the halls of Congress. “A must-read for people who want to learn how best to succeed.”—Dana Perino, Fox News host and bestselling author of Everything Will Be Okay You do not need to be in a courtroom to advocate for others. You do not need to be in Congress to champion a cause. From the boardroom to the kitchen table, opportunities to make your case abound, and Doesn’t Hurt to Ask shows you how to seize them. By blending gripping case studies from nearly two decades in a courtroom and four terms in national politics with personal stories and practical advice, Trey Gowdy walks you through the tools and the mindset needed to effectively communicate your message. Along the way, Gowdy reflects on the moments in his life when he learned the most about how to argue and convince. He recounts his missteps during his first murder trial, the conversation that changed his view on criminal justice reform, and what he learned while questioning James Comey and Secretary Hillary Clinton. Sharing the techniques he perfected advocating in law and politics, Gowdy helps you identify your objective, understand your personal jury, and engage in the art of questioning so you can be heard, be understood, and, ultimately, move others. Whether it’s getting a boss to take a chance on your idea, convincing someone to support your cause, or urging a child to invest more effort in an important task, movement requires persuasion. Doesn’t Hurt to Ask shows you how to persuade, no matter the jury and no matter the cause. Trey Gowdy Tue, 18 Aug 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419450 thebookvoice.com 8:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419450]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Doesn't Hurt to Ask: Using the Power of Questions to Communicate, Connect, and Persuade Author: Trey Gowdy Narrator: Trey Gowdy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 56 Ratings of Narrator: 4.85 of Total 13 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Former congressman and prosecutor Trey Gowdy teaches you how to effectively communicate and persuade on the issues that matter most to you, drawing on his experience in the courtroom and the halls of Congress. “A must-read for people who want to learn how best to succeed.”—Dana Perino, Fox News host and bestselling author of Everything Will Be Okay You do not need to be in a courtroom to advocate for others. You do not need to be in Congress to champion a cause. From the boardroom to the kitchen table, opportunities to make your case abound, and Doesn’t Hurt to Ask shows you how to seize them. By blending gripping case studies from nearly two decades in a courtroom and four terms in national politics with personal stories and practical advice, Trey Gowdy walks you through the tools and the mindset needed to effectively communicate your message. Along the way, Gowdy reflects on the moments in his life when he learned the most about how to argue and convince. He recounts his missteps during his first murder trial, the conversation that changed his view on criminal justice reform, and what he learned while questioning James Comey and Secretary Hillary Clinton. Sharing the techniques he perfected advocating in law and politics, Gowdy helps you identify your objective, understand your personal jury, and engage in the art of questioning so you can be heard, be understood, and, ultimately, move others. Whether it’s getting a boss to take a chance on your idea, convincing someone to support your cause, or urging a child to invest more effort in an important task, movement requires persuasion. Doesn’t Hurt to Ask shows you how to persuade, no matter the jury and no matter the cause. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419450]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Doesn't Hurt to Ask: Using the Power of Questions to Communicate, Connect, and Persuade Author: Trey Gowdy Narrator: Trey Gowdy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 56 Ratings of Narrator: 4.85 of Total 13 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Former congressman and prosecutor Trey Gowdy teaches you how to effectively communicate and persuade on the issues that matter most to you, drawing on his experience in the courtroom and the halls of Congress. “A must-read for people who want to learn how best to succeed.”—Dana Perino, Fox News host and bestselling author of Everything Will Be Okay You do not need to be in a courtroom to advocate for others. You do not need to be in Congress to champion a cause. From the boardroom to the kitchen table, opportunities to make your case abound, and Doesn’t Hurt to Ask shows you how to seize them. By blending gripping case studies from nearly two decades in a courtroom and four terms in national politics with personal stories and practical advice, Trey Gowdy walks you through the tools and the mindset needed to effectively communicate your message. Along the way, Gowdy reflects on the moments in his life when he learned the most about how to argue and convince. He recounts his missteps during his first murder trial, the conversation that changed his view on criminal justice reform, and what he learned while questioning James Comey and Secretary Hillary Clinton. Sharing the techniques he perfected advocating in law and politics, Gowdy helps you identify your objective, understand your personal jury, and engage in the art of questioning so you can be heard, be understood, and, ultimately, move others. Whether it’s getting a boss to take a chance on your idea, convincing someone to support your cause, or urging a child to invest more effort in an important task, movement requires persuasion. Doesn’t Hurt to Ask shows you how to persuade, no matter the jury and no matter the cause. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419447 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419447]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Socialist Awakening: What's Different Now About the Left Author: John B. Judis Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: There is renewed interest in socialism in the US and the UK, particularly among young people. Who are these new socialists? Why now? In The Socialist Awakening author John B. Judis, who brilliantly explained the rise of populism and nationalism in his two most recent books, The Populist Explosion and The Nationalist Revival, charts the path of socialism in the last century to today's rising left, which has little connection to Marxian socialism and consists primarily of leftwing Keynesians seeking to displace the older center-left parties. Socialists today are driven by their growing anxiety and uncertainty about their place in the world. What they see in socialism is what early socialists and Christian socialists saw: communal values, cooperation rather than competition, an ethical approach to government. They seek public intervention about their concerns over access to education, healthcare, and the danger of climate change. But Judis sends out a warning against misreading the rise of the left not as a reaction to the populist right, but as an opportunity to re-introduce Marxist claptrap. John B. Judis Tue, 29 Sep 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419447 thebookvoice.com 3:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419447]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Socialist Awakening: What's Different Now About the Left Author: John B. Judis Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: There is renewed interest in socialism in the US and the UK, particularly among young people. Who are these new socialists? Why now? In The Socialist Awakening author John B. Judis, who brilliantly explained the rise of populism and nationalism in his two most recent books, The Populist Explosion and The Nationalist Revival, charts the path of socialism in the last century to today's rising left, which has little connection to Marxian socialism and consists primarily of leftwing Keynesians seeking to displace the older center-left parties. Socialists today are driven by their growing anxiety and uncertainty about their place in the world. What they see in socialism is what early socialists and Christian socialists saw: communal values, cooperation rather than competition, an ethical approach to government. They seek public intervention about their concerns over access to education, healthcare, and the danger of climate change. But Judis sends out a warning against misreading the rise of the left not as a reaction to the populist right, but as an opportunity to re-introduce Marxist claptrap. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419447]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Socialist Awakening: What's Different Now About the Left Author: John B. Judis Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: There is renewed interest in socialism in the US and the UK, particularly among young people. Who are these new socialists? Why now? In The Socialist Awakening author John B. Judis, who brilliantly explained the rise of populism and nationalism in his two most recent books, The Populist Explosion and The Nationalist Revival, charts the path of socialism in the last century to today's rising left, which has little connection to Marxian socialism and consists primarily of leftwing Keynesians seeking to displace the older center-left parties. Socialists today are driven by their growing anxiety and uncertainty about their place in the world. What they see in socialism is what early socialists and Christian socialists saw: communal values, cooperation rather than competition, an ethical approach to government. They seek public intervention about their concerns over access to education, healthcare, and the danger of climate change. But Judis sends out a warning against misreading the rise of the left not as a reaction to the populist right, but as an opportunity to re-introduce Marxist claptrap. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419445 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419445]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ghosting the News: Local Journalism and the Crisis of American Democracy Author: Margaret Sullivan Narrator: Amanda Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ghosting the News tells the most troubling media story of our time: How democracy suffers when local news dies. Reporting on news-impoverished areas in the U.S. and around the world, America's premier media critic, Margaret Sullivan, charts the contours of the damage but also surveys some new efforts to keep local news alive -- from non-profit digital sites to an effort modeled on the Peace Corps. No nostalgic paean to the roar of rumbling presses, Ghosting the News instead sounds a loud alarm, alerting citizens to the growing crisis in local news that has already done serious damage. She explains how a lack of local news in communities results in more polarization, less political engagement, and more poorly informed citizens who are less capable of making good decisions about governance. And she does it all through the lens of a journalist who spent most of her career in local news, including nearly thirteen years as the top editor of a regional newspaper, The Buffalo News. If local newspapers are on the brink of extinction, we ought to know the full extent of the losses now, before it's too late. Margaret Sullivan Tue, 14 Jul 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419445 thebookvoice.com 2:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419445]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ghosting the News: Local Journalism and the Crisis of American Democracy Author: Margaret Sullivan Narrator: Amanda Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ghosting the News tells the most troubling media story of our time: How democracy suffers when local news dies. Reporting on news-impoverished areas in the U.S. and around the world, America's premier media critic, Margaret Sullivan, charts the contours of the damage but also surveys some new efforts to keep local news alive -- from non-profit digital sites to an effort modeled on the Peace Corps. No nostalgic paean to the roar of rumbling presses, Ghosting the News instead sounds a loud alarm, alerting citizens to the growing crisis in local news that has already done serious damage. She explains how a lack of local news in communities results in more polarization, less political engagement, and more poorly informed citizens who are less capable of making good decisions about governance. And she does it all through the lens of a journalist who spent most of her career in local news, including nearly thirteen years as the top editor of a regional newspaper, The Buffalo News. If local newspapers are on the brink of extinction, we ought to know the full extent of the losses now, before it's too late. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419445]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ghosting the News: Local Journalism and the Crisis of American Democracy Author: Margaret Sullivan Narrator: Amanda Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ghosting the News tells the most troubling media story of our time: How democracy suffers when local news dies. Reporting on news-impoverished areas in the U.S. and around the world, America's premier media critic, Margaret Sullivan, charts the contours of the damage but also surveys some new efforts to keep local news alive -- from non-profit digital sites to an effort modeled on the Peace Corps. No nostalgic paean to the roar of rumbling presses, Ghosting the News instead sounds a loud alarm, alerting citizens to the growing crisis in local news that has already done serious damage. She explains how a lack of local news in communities results in more polarization, less political engagement, and more poorly informed citizens who are less capable of making good decisions about governance. And she does it all through the lens of a journalist who spent most of her career in local news, including nearly thirteen years as the top editor of a regional newspaper, The Buffalo News. If local newspapers are on the brink of extinction, we ought to know the full extent of the losses now, before it's too late. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419444 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419444]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Map: Energy, Climate, and the Clash of Nations Author: Daniel Yergin Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A Wall Street Journal besteller and a USA Today Best Book of 2020 Named Energy Writer of the Year for The New Map by the American Energy Society “A master class on how the world works.” —NPR Pulitzer Prize-winning author and global energy expert, Daniel Yergin offers a revelatory new account of how energy revolutions, climate battles, and geopolitics are mapping our future The world is being shaken by the collision of energy, climate change, and the clashing power of nations in a time of global crisis. Out of this tumult is emerging a new map of energy and geopolitics. The “shale revolution” in oil and gas has transformed the American economy, ending the “era of shortage” but introducing a turbulent new era. Almost overnight, the United States has become the world's number one energy powerhouse. Yet concern about energy's role in climate change is challenging the global economy and way of life, accelerating a second energy revolution in the search for a low-carbon future. All of this has been made starker and more urgent by the coronavirus pandemic and the economic dark age that it has wrought. World politics is being upended, as a new cold war develops between the United States and China, and the rivalry grows more dangerous with Russia, which is pivoting east toward Beijing. Vladimir Putin and China's Xi Jinping are converging both on energy and on challenging American leadership, as China projects its power and influence in all directions. The South China Sea, claimed by China and the world's most critical trade route, could become the arena where the United States and China directly collide. The map of the Middle East, which was laid down after World War I, is being challenged by jihadists, revolutionary Iran, ethnic and religious clashes, and restive populations. But the region has also been shocked by the two recent oil price collapses--and by the very question of oil's future in the rest of this century. A master storyteller and global energy expert, Daniel Yergin takes the reader on an utterly riveting and timely journey across the world's new map. He illuminates the great energy and geopolitical questions in an era of rising political turbulence and points to the profound challenges that lie ahead. Daniel Yergin Tue, 15 Sep 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419444 thebookvoice.com 15:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419444]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Map: Energy, Climate, and the Clash of Nations Author: Daniel Yergin Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A Wall Street Journal besteller and a USA Today Best Book of 2020 Named Energy Writer of the Year for The New Map by the American Energy Society “A master class on how the world works.” —NPR Pulitzer Prize-winning author and global energy expert, Daniel Yergin offers a revelatory new account of how energy revolutions, climate battles, and geopolitics are mapping our future The world is being shaken by the collision of energy, climate change, and the clashing power of nations in a time of global crisis. Out of this tumult is emerging a new map of energy and geopolitics. The “shale revolution” in oil and gas has transformed the American economy, ending the “era of shortage” but introducing a turbulent new era. Almost overnight, the United States has become the world's number one energy powerhouse. Yet concern about energy's role in climate change is challenging the global economy and way of life, accelerating a second energy revolution in the search for a low-carbon future. All of this has been made starker and more urgent by the coronavirus pandemic and the economic dark age that it has wrought. World politics is being upended, as a new cold war develops between the United States and China, and the rivalry grows more dangerous with Russia, which is pivoting east toward Beijing. Vladimir Putin and China's Xi Jinping are converging both on energy and on challenging American leadership, as China projects its power and influence in all directions. The South China Sea, claimed by China and the world's most critical trade route, could become the arena where the United States and China directly collide. The map of the Middle East, which was laid down after World War I, is being challenged by jihadists, revolutionary Iran, ethnic and religious clashes, and restive populations. But the region has also been shocked by the two recent oil price collapses--and by the very question of oil's future in the rest of this century. A master storyteller and global energy expert, Daniel Yergin takes the reader on an utterly riveting and timely journey across the world's new map. He illuminates the great energy and geopolitical questions in an era of rising political turbulence and points to the profound challenges that lie ahead. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419444]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Map: Energy, Climate, and the Clash of Nations Author: Daniel Yergin Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A Wall Street Journal besteller and a USA Today Best Book of 2020 Named Energy Writer of the Year for The New Map by the American Energy Society “A master class on how the world works.” —NPR Pulitzer Prize-winning author and global energy expert, Daniel Yergin offers a revelatory new account of how energy revolutions, climate battles, and geopolitics are mapping our future The world is being shaken by the collision of energy, climate change, and the clashing power of nations in a time of global crisis. Out of this tumult is emerging a new map of energy and geopolitics. The “shale revolution” in oil and gas has transformed the American economy, ending the “era of shortage” but introducing a turbulent new era. Almost overnight, the United States has become the world's number one energy powerhouse. Yet concern about energy's role in climate change is challenging the global economy and way of life, accelerating a second energy revolution in the search for a low-carbon future. All of this has been made starker and more urgent by the coronavirus pandemic and the economic dark age that it has wrought. World politics is being upended, as a new cold war develops between the United States and China, and the rivalry grows more dangerous with Russia, which is pivoting east toward Beijing. Vladimir Putin and China's Xi Jinping are converging both on energy and on challenging American leadership, as China projects its power and influence in all directions. The South China Sea, claimed by China and the world's most critical trade route, could become the arena where the United States and China directly collide. The map of the Middle East, which was laid down after World War I, is being challenged by jihadists, revolutionary Iran, ethnic and religious clashes, and restive populations. But the region has also been shocked by the two recent oil price collapses--and by the very question of oil's future in the rest of this century. A master storyteller and global energy expert, Daniel Yergin takes the reader on an utterly riveting and timely journey across the world's new map. He illuminates the great energy and geopolitical questions in an era of rising political turbulence and points to the profound challenges that lie ahead. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419442 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419442]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Rule: How a Nation Conquered the World but Failed Its People Author: Jared Yates Sexton Narrator: Macleod Andrews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From writer and political analyst Jared Yates Sexton comes an eye-opening journey through American history that unearths and debunks the myths we've always told ourselves.  Recent years have brought a reckoning in America. As rampant political corruption, stark inequality, and violent bigotry have come to the fore, many have faced two vital questions: How did we get here? And how do we move forward? An honest look at the past—and how it’s been covered up—is the only way to find the answers. Americans in power have abused and subjugated others since the nation’s very beginning, and myths of America’s unique goodness have both enabled that injustice and buried the truth for generations. In American Rule, Jared Yates Sexton blends deep research with stunning storytelling, digging into each era of growth and change that led us here—and laying bare the foundational myths at the heart of the American imagination. Stirring, unequivocal, and impossible to put down, American Rule tells the truth about what this nation has always been—and challenges us to forge a new path. Jared Yates Sexton Tue, 15 Sep 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419442 thebookvoice.com 10:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419442]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Rule: How a Nation Conquered the World but Failed Its People Author: Jared Yates Sexton Narrator: Macleod Andrews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From writer and political analyst Jared Yates Sexton comes an eye-opening journey through American history that unearths and debunks the myths we've always told ourselves.  Recent years have brought a reckoning in America. As rampant political corruption, stark inequality, and violent bigotry have come to the fore, many have faced two vital questions: How did we get here? And how do we move forward? An honest look at the past—and how it’s been covered up—is the only way to find the answers. Americans in power have abused and subjugated others since the nation’s very beginning, and myths of America’s unique goodness have both enabled that injustice and buried the truth for generations. In American Rule, Jared Yates Sexton blends deep research with stunning storytelling, digging into each era of growth and change that led us here—and laying bare the foundational myths at the heart of the American imagination. Stirring, unequivocal, and impossible to put down, American Rule tells the truth about what this nation has always been—and challenges us to forge a new path. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419442]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Rule: How a Nation Conquered the World but Failed Its People Author: Jared Yates Sexton Narrator: Macleod Andrews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From writer and political analyst Jared Yates Sexton comes an eye-opening journey through American history that unearths and debunks the myths we've always told ourselves.  Recent years have brought a reckoning in America. As rampant political corruption, stark inequality, and violent bigotry have come to the fore, many have faced two vital questions: How did we get here? And how do we move forward? An honest look at the past—and how it’s been covered up—is the only way to find the answers. Americans in power have abused and subjugated others since the nation’s very beginning, and myths of America’s unique goodness have both enabled that injustice and buried the truth for generations. In American Rule, Jared Yates Sexton blends deep research with stunning storytelling, digging into each era of growth and change that led us here—and laying bare the foundational myths at the heart of the American imagination. Stirring, unequivocal, and impossible to put down, American Rule tells the truth about what this nation has always been—and challenges us to forge a new path. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419425 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419425]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Short History of Russia: How the World's Largest Country Invented Itself, from the Pagans to Putin Author: Mark Galeotti Narrator: Mark Galeotti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: July 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A Library Journal 2020 Title to Watch "Terrific - and an amazing achievement to cover so much ground in such a short and wonderfully readable book." -Peter Frankopan, bestselling author of The Silk Roads   Russia’s epic and dramatic story told in an accessible, lively and short form, using the country's fascinating history to illuminate its future.   A country with no natural borders, no single ethnic group, no true central identity, Russia has mythologized its past to unite its people and to signal strength to outsiders. Mark Galeotti takes us behind the myths to the heart of the Russian story: - the formation of a nation through its early legends including Ivan the Terrible and Catherine the Great - the rise and fall of the Romanovs, the Russian Revolution, the Cold War, Chernobyl and the Soviet Union - the arrival of an obscure politician named Vladimir Putin. A Short History of Russia explores the history of this fascinating, glorious, desperate and exasperating country through two intertwined issues: the way successive influences from beyond its borders have shaped Russia, and the way Russians came to terms with this influence, writing and rewriting their past to understand their present and try to influence their future. In turn, this self-invented history has come to affect not just their constant nation-building project but also their relations with the world. Mark Galeotti Tue, 07 Jul 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419425 thebookvoice.com 4:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419425]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Short History of Russia: How the World's Largest Country Invented Itself, from the Pagans to Putin Author: Mark Galeotti Narrator: Mark Galeotti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: July 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A Library Journal 2020 Title to Watch "Terrific - and an amazing achievement to cover so much ground in such a short and wonderfully readable book." -Peter Frankopan, bestselling author of The Silk Roads   Russia’s epic and dramatic story told in an accessible, lively and short form, using the country's fascinating history to illuminate its future.   A country with no natural borders, no single ethnic group, no true central identity, Russia has mythologized its past to unite its people and to signal strength to outsiders. Mark Galeotti takes us behind the myths to the heart of the Russian story: - the formation of a nation through its early legends including Ivan the Terrible and Catherine the Great - the rise and fall of the Romanovs, the Russian Revolution, the Cold War, Chernobyl and the Soviet Union - the arrival of an obscure politician named Vladimir Putin. A Short History of Russia explores the history of this fascinating, glorious, desperate and exasperating country through two intertwined issues: the way successive influences from beyond its borders have shaped Russia, and the way Russians came to terms with this influence, writing and rewriting their past to understand their present and try to influence their future. In turn, this self-invented history has come to affect not just their constant nation-building project but also their relations with the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419425]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Short History of Russia: How the World's Largest Country Invented Itself, from the Pagans to Putin Author: Mark Galeotti Narrator: Mark Galeotti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: July 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A Library Journal 2020 Title to Watch "Terrific - and an amazing achievement to cover so much ground in such a short and wonderfully readable book." -Peter Frankopan, bestselling author of The Silk Roads   Russia’s epic and dramatic story told in an accessible, lively and short form, using the country's fascinating history to illuminate its future.   A country with no natural borders, no single ethnic group, no true central identity, Russia has mythologized its past to unite its people and to signal strength to outsiders. Mark Galeotti takes us behind the myths to the heart of the Russian story: - the formation of a nation through its early legends including Ivan the Terrible and Catherine the Great - the rise and fall of the Romanovs, the Russian Revolution, the Cold War, Chernobyl and the Soviet Union - the arrival of an obscure politician named Vladimir Putin. A Short History of Russia explores the history of this fascinating, glorious, desperate and exasperating country through two intertwined issues: the way successive influences from beyond its borders have shaped Russia, and the way Russians came to terms with this influence, writing and rewriting their past to understand their present and try to influence their future. In turn, this self-invented history has come to affect not just their constant nation-building project but also their relations with the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419223 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419223]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Stolen Honor: Falsely Accused, Imprisoned, and My Long Road to Freedom Author: Clint Lorance Narrator: Adam North Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The captivating account of how Clint Lorance, a soldier who became a scapegoat for a corrupt military hierarchy, was falsely charged with war crimes, imprisoned, and eventually pardoned by President Trump. While out on patrol in Afghanistan, Clint Lorance learned that two men, both suspected suicide bombers, were speeding toward a crowded city on motorcycles. Lorance couldn't see them, but his men on the ground had clear shots. After a split second, he gave the order to shoot, killing both men. In the months that followed, Lorance was arrested by the military and put on trial for war crimes. Prosecutors claimed that the order he gave constituted an act of premeditated murder, and they sentenced him to twenty years in prison. In Stolen Honor, Lorance finally tells the story of this event and the trial it led to -- how the prosecutors declined to admit clear-cut evidence that would have exonerated him, how the men in his unit turned on him, and why he still believes he was right to give the order to shoot. It is a story that stretches from small-town America to the deserts of Afghanistan, from the White House to the tiny jail cell where Lorance spent six years waiting on his exoneration, which finally came when President Trump pardoned him in 2019. The book also discusses Lorance's plans to attend law school and help reform the broken military justice system. Clint Lorance Tue, 22 Sep 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419223 thebookvoice.com 5:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419223]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Stolen Honor: Falsely Accused, Imprisoned, and My Long Road to Freedom Author: Clint Lorance Narrator: Adam North Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The captivating account of how Clint Lorance, a soldier who became a scapegoat for a corrupt military hierarchy, was falsely charged with war crimes, imprisoned, and eventually pardoned by President Trump. While out on patrol in Afghanistan, Clint Lorance learned that two men, both suspected suicide bombers, were speeding toward a crowded city on motorcycles. Lorance couldn't see them, but his men on the ground had clear shots. After a split second, he gave the order to shoot, killing both men. In the months that followed, Lorance was arrested by the military and put on trial for war crimes. Prosecutors claimed that the order he gave constituted an act of premeditated murder, and they sentenced him to twenty years in prison. In Stolen Honor, Lorance finally tells the story of this event and the trial it led to -- how the prosecutors declined to admit clear-cut evidence that would have exonerated him, how the men in his unit turned on him, and why he still believes he was right to give the order to shoot. It is a story that stretches from small-town America to the deserts of Afghanistan, from the White House to the tiny jail cell where Lorance spent six years waiting on his exoneration, which finally came when President Trump pardoned him in 2019. The book also discusses Lorance's plans to attend law school and help reform the broken military justice system. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419223]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Stolen Honor: Falsely Accused, Imprisoned, and My Long Road to Freedom Author: Clint Lorance Narrator: Adam North Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The captivating account of how Clint Lorance, a soldier who became a scapegoat for a corrupt military hierarchy, was falsely charged with war crimes, imprisoned, and eventually pardoned by President Trump. While out on patrol in Afghanistan, Clint Lorance learned that two men, both suspected suicide bombers, were speeding toward a crowded city on motorcycles. Lorance couldn't see them, but his men on the ground had clear shots. After a split second, he gave the order to shoot, killing both men. In the months that followed, Lorance was arrested by the military and put on trial for war crimes. Prosecutors claimed that the order he gave constituted an act of premeditated murder, and they sentenced him to twenty years in prison. In Stolen Honor, Lorance finally tells the story of this event and the trial it led to -- how the prosecutors declined to admit clear-cut evidence that would have exonerated him, how the men in his unit turned on him, and why he still believes he was right to give the order to shoot. It is a story that stretches from small-town America to the deserts of Afghanistan, from the White House to the tiny jail cell where Lorance spent six years waiting on his exoneration, which finally came when President Trump pardoned him in 2019. The book also discusses Lorance's plans to attend law school and help reform the broken military justice system. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419220 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419220]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Culture Warlords: My Journey Into the Dark Web of White Supremacy Author: Talia Lavin Narrator: Talia Lavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One reporter takes an immersive dive into white supremacy's explosive online presence, exploring the undercurrents of propaganda, racism, misogyny, and history that led us to where we are now. Talia Lavin is every skinhead's worst nightmare: a loud and unapologetic Jewish woman, acerbic, smart, and profoundly antiracist, with the investigative chops to expose the tactics and ideologies of online hatemongers. Culture Warlords is the story of how Lavin, a frequent target of extremist trolls (including those at Fox News), dove into a byzantine online culture of hate and learned the intricacies of how white supremacy proliferates online. Within these pages, she reveals the extremists hiding in plain sight online: Incels. White nationalists. White supremacists. National Socialists. Proud Boys. Christian extremists. In order to showcase them in their natural habitat, Talia assumes a range of identities, going undercover as a blonde Nazi babe, a forlorn incel, and a violent Aryan femme fatale. Along the way, she discovers a whites-only dating site geared toward racists looking for love, a disturbing extremist YouTube channel run by a fourteen-year-old girl with over 800,000 followers, the everyday heroes of the antifascist movement, and much more. By combining compelling stories chock-full of catfishing and gate-crashing with her own in-depth, gut-wrenching research, she also turns the lens of anti-Semitism, racism, and white power back on itself in an attempt to dismantle and decimate the online hate movement from within. Shocking, humorous, and merciless in equal measure, Culture Warlords explores some of the vilest subcultures on the Web-and shows us how we can fight back. Talia Lavin Tue, 13 Oct 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419220 thebookvoice.com 8:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419220]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Culture Warlords: My Journey Into the Dark Web of White Supremacy Author: Talia Lavin Narrator: Talia Lavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One reporter takes an immersive dive into white supremacy's explosive online presence, exploring the undercurrents of propaganda, racism, misogyny, and history that led us to where we are now. Talia Lavin is every skinhead's worst nightmare: a loud and unapologetic Jewish woman, acerbic, smart, and profoundly antiracist, with the investigative chops to expose the tactics and ideologies of online hatemongers. Culture Warlords is the story of how Lavin, a frequent target of extremist trolls (including those at Fox News), dove into a byzantine online culture of hate and learned the intricacies of how white supremacy proliferates online. Within these pages, she reveals the extremists hiding in plain sight online: Incels. White nationalists. White supremacists. National Socialists. Proud Boys. Christian extremists. In order to showcase them in their natural habitat, Talia assumes a range of identities, going undercover as a blonde Nazi babe, a forlorn incel, and a violent Aryan femme fatale. Along the way, she discovers a whites-only dating site geared toward racists looking for love, a disturbing extremist YouTube channel run by a fourteen-year-old girl with over 800,000 followers, the everyday heroes of the antifascist movement, and much more. By combining compelling stories chock-full of catfishing and gate-crashing with her own in-depth, gut-wrenching research, she also turns the lens of anti-Semitism, racism, and white power back on itself in an attempt to dismantle and decimate the online hate movement from within. Shocking, humorous, and merciless in equal measure, Culture Warlords explores some of the vilest subcultures on the Web-and shows us how we can fight back. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419220]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Culture Warlords: My Journey Into the Dark Web of White Supremacy Author: Talia Lavin Narrator: Talia Lavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One reporter takes an immersive dive into white supremacy's explosive online presence, exploring the undercurrents of propaganda, racism, misogyny, and history that led us to where we are now. Talia Lavin is every skinhead's worst nightmare: a loud and unapologetic Jewish woman, acerbic, smart, and profoundly antiracist, with the investigative chops to expose the tactics and ideologies of online hatemongers. Culture Warlords is the story of how Lavin, a frequent target of extremist trolls (including those at Fox News), dove into a byzantine online culture of hate and learned the intricacies of how white supremacy proliferates online. Within these pages, she reveals the extremists hiding in plain sight online: Incels. White nationalists. White supremacists. National Socialists. Proud Boys. Christian extremists. In order to showcase them in their natural habitat, Talia assumes a range of identities, going undercover as a blonde Nazi babe, a forlorn incel, and a violent Aryan femme fatale. Along the way, she discovers a whites-only dating site geared toward racists looking for love, a disturbing extremist YouTube channel run by a fourteen-year-old girl with over 800,000 followers, the everyday heroes of the antifascist movement, and much more. By combining compelling stories chock-full of catfishing and gate-crashing with her own in-depth, gut-wrenching research, she also turns the lens of anti-Semitism, racism, and white power back on itself in an attempt to dismantle and decimate the online hate movement from within. Shocking, humorous, and merciless in equal measure, Culture Warlords explores some of the vilest subcultures on the Web-and shows us how we can fight back. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419212 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419212]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Grifter's Club: Trump, Mar-a-Lago, and the Selling of the Presidency Author: Jay Weaver, Caitlin Ostroff, Nicholas Nehamas, Sarah Blaskey Narrator: P.J. Ochlan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An astonishing look inside the gilded gates of Mar-a-Lago, the palatial resort where President Trump conducts government business with little regard for ethics, security, or even the law. Donald Trump's opulent Palm Beach club Mar-a-Lago has thrummed with scandal since the earliest days of his presidency. Long known for its famous and wealthy clientele, the resort's guest list soon started filling with political operatives and power-seekers. Meanwhile, as Trump re-branded Mar-a-Lago 'the Winter White House' and began spending weekends there, state business spilled out into full view of the club's members, and vast sums of taxpayer money and political donations began flowing into its coffers, and into the pockets of the president. The Grifter's Club is a breakthrough account of the impropriety, intrigue, and absurdity that has been on display in the place where the president is at his most relaxed. In these pages, a team of prizewinning Miami Herald journalists reveal the activities and motivations of the strange array of charlatans and tycoons who populate its halls. Some peddle influence, some seek inside information, and some just want to soak up the feeling of unfettered access to the world's most powerful leaders. With the drama of an expose and the edgy humor of a Carl Hiaasen novel, The Grifter's Club takes you behind the velvet ropes of this exclusive club and into its bizarre world of extravagance and scandal. Jay Weaver, Caitlin Ostroff, Nicholas Nehamas, Sarah Blaskey Tue, 04 Aug 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419212 thebookvoice.com 7:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419212]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Grifter's Club: Trump, Mar-a-Lago, and the Selling of the Presidency Author: Jay Weaver, Caitlin Ostroff, Nicholas Nehamas, Sarah Blaskey Narrator: P.J. Ochlan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An astonishing look inside the gilded gates of Mar-a-Lago, the palatial resort where President Trump conducts government business with little regard for ethics, security, or even the law. Donald Trump's opulent Palm Beach club Mar-a-Lago has thrummed with scandal since the earliest days of his presidency. Long known for its famous and wealthy clientele, the resort's guest list soon started filling with political operatives and power-seekers. Meanwhile, as Trump re-branded Mar-a-Lago 'the Winter White House' and began spending weekends there, state business spilled out into full view of the club's members, and vast sums of taxpayer money and political donations began flowing into its coffers, and into the pockets of the president. The Grifter's Club is a breakthrough account of the impropriety, intrigue, and absurdity that has been on display in the place where the president is at his most relaxed. In these pages, a team of prizewinning Miami Herald journalists reveal the activities and motivations of the strange array of charlatans and tycoons who populate its halls. Some peddle influence, some seek inside information, and some just want to soak up the feeling of unfettered access to the world's most powerful leaders. With the drama of an expose and the edgy humor of a Carl Hiaasen novel, The Grifter's Club takes you behind the velvet ropes of this exclusive club and into its bizarre world of extravagance and scandal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419212]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Grifter's Club: Trump, Mar-a-Lago, and the Selling of the Presidency Author: Jay Weaver, Caitlin Ostroff, Nicholas Nehamas, Sarah Blaskey Narrator: P.J. Ochlan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An astonishing look inside the gilded gates of Mar-a-Lago, the palatial resort where President Trump conducts government business with little regard for ethics, security, or even the law. Donald Trump's opulent Palm Beach club Mar-a-Lago has thrummed with scandal since the earliest days of his presidency. Long known for its famous and wealthy clientele, the resort's guest list soon started filling with political operatives and power-seekers. Meanwhile, as Trump re-branded Mar-a-Lago 'the Winter White House' and began spending weekends there, state business spilled out into full view of the club's members, and vast sums of taxpayer money and political donations began flowing into its coffers, and into the pockets of the president. The Grifter's Club is a breakthrough account of the impropriety, intrigue, and absurdity that has been on display in the place where the president is at his most relaxed. In these pages, a team of prizewinning Miami Herald journalists reveal the activities and motivations of the strange array of charlatans and tycoons who populate its halls. Some peddle influence, some seek inside information, and some just want to soak up the feeling of unfettered access to the world's most powerful leaders. With the drama of an expose and the edgy humor of a Carl Hiaasen novel, The Grifter's Club takes you behind the velvet ropes of this exclusive club and into its bizarre world of extravagance and scandal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419192 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419192]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I, Maybot: The Rise and Fall Author: John Crace Narrator: Alexander Doddy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Throughout 2017 John Crace, the Guardian's parliamentary sketch writer, watched Prime Minister Theresa May's efforts to remain strong and stable - and, indeed, Prime Minister. He coined the term 'Maybot' for her malfunctioning public appearances. And now, in this edited collection of his unremittingly witty sketches, he tells the full story of Theresa May's turbulent first year in Westminster. As waspishly hilarious as Craig Brown's diaries in Private Eye, I, Maybot is essential and hysterically funny reading for anyone trying to make sense of our crazy political year. “The Maybot clanks on unstoppably. John Crace's satirical image has passed the definitive sales test – it's been stolen. Universalised.” - John Sutherland, SPECTATOR John Crace Thu, 07 May 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419192 thebookvoice.com 6:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419192]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I, Maybot: The Rise and Fall Author: John Crace Narrator: Alexander Doddy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Throughout 2017 John Crace, the Guardian's parliamentary sketch writer, watched Prime Minister Theresa May's efforts to remain strong and stable - and, indeed, Prime Minister. He coined the term 'Maybot' for her malfunctioning public appearances. And now, in this edited collection of his unremittingly witty sketches, he tells the full story of Theresa May's turbulent first year in Westminster. As waspishly hilarious as Craig Brown's diaries in Private Eye, I, Maybot is essential and hysterically funny reading for anyone trying to make sense of our crazy political year. “The Maybot clanks on unstoppably. John Crace's satirical image has passed the definitive sales test – it's been stolen. Universalised.” - John Sutherland, SPECTATOR Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419192]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I, Maybot: The Rise and Fall Author: John Crace Narrator: Alexander Doddy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Throughout 2017 John Crace, the Guardian's parliamentary sketch writer, watched Prime Minister Theresa May's efforts to remain strong and stable - and, indeed, Prime Minister. He coined the term 'Maybot' for her malfunctioning public appearances. And now, in this edited collection of his unremittingly witty sketches, he tells the full story of Theresa May's turbulent first year in Westminster. As waspishly hilarious as Craig Brown's diaries in Private Eye, I, Maybot is essential and hysterically funny reading for anyone trying to make sense of our crazy political year. “The Maybot clanks on unstoppably. John Crace's satirical image has passed the definitive sales test – it's been stolen. Universalised.” - John Sutherland, SPECTATOR https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418943 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418943]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Codeword Overlord: Axis Espionage and the D-Day Landings Author: Nigel West Narrator: Ralph Lister Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Allied invasion of Europe during summer 1944 was widely expected, and it fell to the Axis intelligence services to provide High Command with advance warning of the precise date and place of the landings. Using cryptanalysis of Allied signals, undercover agents and ships, and photographic evidence, Axis intelligence was pitted directly against their Allied counterparts, who actively tried to create a decoy and aim their enemies at the wrong location. The success of Operation Overlord has played a large part in historians usually disparaging the German army as incompetent and corrupt. However, recently declassified documents suggest a different story. Spies on the ground, codebreakers from across the Axis, and photo intelligence: theirs was a sophisticated, integrated intelligence system that was supremely conscious of the Allies’s counter-intelligence schemes. For the first time, acclaimed intelligence author Nigel West provides the full, true story of Axis intelligence and how they affected the events of the D-Day landings. Nigel West Tue, 29 Oct 2019 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418943 thebookvoice.com 14:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418943]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Codeword Overlord: Axis Espionage and the D-Day Landings Author: Nigel West Narrator: Ralph Lister Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Allied invasion of Europe during summer 1944 was widely expected, and it fell to the Axis intelligence services to provide High Command with advance warning of the precise date and place of the landings. Using cryptanalysis of Allied signals, undercover agents and ships, and photographic evidence, Axis intelligence was pitted directly against their Allied counterparts, who actively tried to create a decoy and aim their enemies at the wrong location. The success of Operation Overlord has played a large part in historians usually disparaging the German army as incompetent and corrupt. However, recently declassified documents suggest a different story. Spies on the ground, codebreakers from across the Axis, and photo intelligence: theirs was a sophisticated, integrated intelligence system that was supremely conscious of the Allies’s counter-intelligence schemes. For the first time, acclaimed intelligence author Nigel West provides the full, true story of Axis intelligence and how they affected the events of the D-Day landings. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418943]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Codeword Overlord: Axis Espionage and the D-Day Landings Author: Nigel West Narrator: Ralph Lister Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Allied invasion of Europe during summer 1944 was widely expected, and it fell to the Axis intelligence services to provide High Command with advance warning of the precise date and place of the landings. Using cryptanalysis of Allied signals, undercover agents and ships, and photographic evidence, Axis intelligence was pitted directly against their Allied counterparts, who actively tried to create a decoy and aim their enemies at the wrong location. The success of Operation Overlord has played a large part in historians usually disparaging the German army as incompetent and corrupt. However, recently declassified documents suggest a different story. Spies on the ground, codebreakers from across the Axis, and photo intelligence: theirs was a sophisticated, integrated intelligence system that was supremely conscious of the Allies’s counter-intelligence schemes. For the first time, acclaimed intelligence author Nigel West provides the full, true story of Axis intelligence and how they affected the events of the D-Day landings. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418886 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418886]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Three Years In Hell Author: Fintan O'toole Narrator: Patrick Moy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 33 minutes Release date: March 26, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Three years in the troubled British Isles from the bestselling author of Heroic Failure. Three Years in Hell is a mordantly funny and perceptive account of three years in our troubled islands, leading up to the aftermath of Brexit (or not, as it may prove). It includes scathing portraits of the leading characters, including Johnson, and of the strange twists and turns that British politics has taken and the effects on our friends and neighbours. Fintan O'toole Thu, 26 Mar 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418886 thebookvoice.com 13:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418886]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Three Years In Hell Author: Fintan O'toole Narrator: Patrick Moy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 33 minutes Release date: March 26, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Three years in the troubled British Isles from the bestselling author of Heroic Failure. Three Years in Hell is a mordantly funny and perceptive account of three years in our troubled islands, leading up to the aftermath of Brexit (or not, as it may prove). It includes scathing portraits of the leading characters, including Johnson, and of the strange twists and turns that British politics has taken and the effects on our friends and neighbours. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418886]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Three Years In Hell Author: Fintan O'toole Narrator: Patrick Moy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 33 minutes Release date: March 26, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Three years in the troubled British Isles from the bestselling author of Heroic Failure. Three Years in Hell is a mordantly funny and perceptive account of three years in our troubled islands, leading up to the aftermath of Brexit (or not, as it may prove). It includes scathing portraits of the leading characters, including Johnson, and of the strange twists and turns that British politics has taken and the effects on our friends and neighbours. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418462 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418462]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decline and Fail: Read In Case of Political Apocalypse Author: John Crace Narrator: Alexander Doddy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: May 28, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: There is now only one certainty in life. When things can't possibly get any worse, they absolutely will. And so, after three years of Maybot malfunctioning and Brexit bungling, welcome to BoJo the clown's national circus - where fun for literally none of the family is guaranteed. Fear not, however: Decline and Fail is your personal survival guide to the ongoing political apocalypse. This unremittingly entertaining collection of John Crace's lifegiving political sketches will get you through the darkest of days - or failing that, will at least make you laugh a bit. Miss it at your peril... John Crace Thu, 28 May 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418462 thebookvoice.com 8:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418462]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decline and Fail: Read In Case of Political Apocalypse Author: John Crace Narrator: Alexander Doddy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: May 28, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: There is now only one certainty in life. When things can't possibly get any worse, they absolutely will. And so, after three years of Maybot malfunctioning and Brexit bungling, welcome to BoJo the clown's national circus - where fun for literally none of the family is guaranteed. Fear not, however: Decline and Fail is your personal survival guide to the ongoing political apocalypse. This unremittingly entertaining collection of John Crace's lifegiving political sketches will get you through the darkest of days - or failing that, will at least make you laugh a bit. Miss it at your peril... Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418462]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decline and Fail: Read In Case of Political Apocalypse Author: John Crace Narrator: Alexander Doddy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: May 28, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: There is now only one certainty in life. When things can't possibly get any worse, they absolutely will. And so, after three years of Maybot malfunctioning and Brexit bungling, welcome to BoJo the clown's national circus - where fun for literally none of the family is guaranteed. Fear not, however: Decline and Fail is your personal survival guide to the ongoing political apocalypse. This unremittingly entertaining collection of John Crace's lifegiving political sketches will get you through the darkest of days - or failing that, will at least make you laugh a bit. Miss it at your peril... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418411 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418411]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Written In Bone: hidden stories in what we leave behind Author: Sue Black Narrator: Sue Black Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Our bones are the silent witnesses to the lives we lead. Our stories are marbled into their marrow. Drawing upon her years of research and a wealth of remarkable experience, the world-renowned forensic anthropologist Dame Sue Black takes us on a journey of revelation. From skull to feet, via the face, spine, chest, arms, hands, pelvis and legs, she shows that each part of us has a tale to tell. What we eat, where we go, everything we do leaves a trace, a message that waits patiently for months, years, sometimes centuries, until a forensic anthropologist is called upon to decipher it. Some of this information is easily understood, some holds its secrets tight and needs scientific cajoling to be released. But by carefully piecing together the evidence, the facts of a life can be rebuilt. Limb by limb, case by case – some criminal, some historical, some unaccountably bizarre – Dame Sue Black reconstructs with intimate sensitivity and compassion the hidden stories in what we leave behind. © Sue Black 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Sue Black Thu, 03 Sep 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418411 thebookvoice.com 11:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418411]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Written In Bone: hidden stories in what we leave behind Author: Sue Black Narrator: Sue Black Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Our bones are the silent witnesses to the lives we lead. Our stories are marbled into their marrow. Drawing upon her years of research and a wealth of remarkable experience, the world-renowned forensic anthropologist Dame Sue Black takes us on a journey of revelation. From skull to feet, via the face, spine, chest, arms, hands, pelvis and legs, she shows that each part of us has a tale to tell. What we eat, where we go, everything we do leaves a trace, a message that waits patiently for months, years, sometimes centuries, until a forensic anthropologist is called upon to decipher it. Some of this information is easily understood, some holds its secrets tight and needs scientific cajoling to be released. But by carefully piecing together the evidence, the facts of a life can be rebuilt. Limb by limb, case by case – some criminal, some historical, some unaccountably bizarre – Dame Sue Black reconstructs with intimate sensitivity and compassion the hidden stories in what we leave behind. © Sue Black 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418411]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Written In Bone: hidden stories in what we leave behind Author: Sue Black Narrator: Sue Black Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Our bones are the silent witnesses to the lives we lead. Our stories are marbled into their marrow. Drawing upon her years of research and a wealth of remarkable experience, the world-renowned forensic anthropologist Dame Sue Black takes us on a journey of revelation. From skull to feet, via the face, spine, chest, arms, hands, pelvis and legs, she shows that each part of us has a tale to tell. What we eat, where we go, everything we do leaves a trace, a message that waits patiently for months, years, sometimes centuries, until a forensic anthropologist is called upon to decipher it. Some of this information is easily understood, some holds its secrets tight and needs scientific cajoling to be released. But by carefully piecing together the evidence, the facts of a life can be rebuilt. Limb by limb, case by case – some criminal, some historical, some unaccountably bizarre – Dame Sue Black reconstructs with intimate sensitivity and compassion the hidden stories in what we leave behind. © Sue Black 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418358 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418358]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolution: Trump, Washington and 'We the People' Author: Kt Mcfarland Narrator: Kt Mcfarland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When Trump’s first Deputy National Security Advisor left Washington, she disappeared from sight. Now former government official and political commentator KT McFarland returns with tenacity, resolve, and the truth about the Trump Administration and those seeking to destroy it. For decades, KT McFarland has been one of the country’s most prominent conservative foreign policy experts. She was part of the Trump Revolution from the beginning. As Trump’s first Deputy National Security Advisor, she had a seat at the table for everything: Trump’s unconventional campaign and upset victory; his throw-out-the-rule-book Trump Tower Transition; the chaotic first months in the West Wing; the unusual events surrounding General Flynn’s firing; and the sprawling Mueller investigation. In Revolution, she walks the listener through the Washington Establishment’s relentless efforts to destroy Trump, populism, and nationalism in order to keep their own hands on the levers of power. The Trump Revolution, like the Reagan Revolution and all the anti-Establishment political revolutions before it, will ultimately prevail. It is this ability to reinvent ourselves, not just as individuals but as a society, that lies at the heart of American Exceptionalism. Kt Mcfarland Tue, 17 Mar 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418358 thebookvoice.com 13:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418358]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolution: Trump, Washington and 'We the People' Author: Kt Mcfarland Narrator: Kt Mcfarland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When Trump’s first Deputy National Security Advisor left Washington, she disappeared from sight. Now former government official and political commentator KT McFarland returns with tenacity, resolve, and the truth about the Trump Administration and those seeking to destroy it. For decades, KT McFarland has been one of the country’s most prominent conservative foreign policy experts. She was part of the Trump Revolution from the beginning. As Trump’s first Deputy National Security Advisor, she had a seat at the table for everything: Trump’s unconventional campaign and upset victory; his throw-out-the-rule-book Trump Tower Transition; the chaotic first months in the West Wing; the unusual events surrounding General Flynn’s firing; and the sprawling Mueller investigation. In Revolution, she walks the listener through the Washington Establishment’s relentless efforts to destroy Trump, populism, and nationalism in order to keep their own hands on the levers of power. The Trump Revolution, like the Reagan Revolution and all the anti-Establishment political revolutions before it, will ultimately prevail. It is this ability to reinvent ourselves, not just as individuals but as a society, that lies at the heart of American Exceptionalism. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418358]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolution: Trump, Washington and 'We the People' Author: Kt Mcfarland Narrator: Kt Mcfarland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When Trump’s first Deputy National Security Advisor left Washington, she disappeared from sight. Now former government official and political commentator KT McFarland returns with tenacity, resolve, and the truth about the Trump Administration and those seeking to destroy it. For decades, KT McFarland has been one of the country’s most prominent conservative foreign policy experts. She was part of the Trump Revolution from the beginning. As Trump’s first Deputy National Security Advisor, she had a seat at the table for everything: Trump’s unconventional campaign and upset victory; his throw-out-the-rule-book Trump Tower Transition; the chaotic first months in the West Wing; the unusual events surrounding General Flynn’s firing; and the sprawling Mueller investigation. In Revolution, she walks the listener through the Washington Establishment’s relentless efforts to destroy Trump, populism, and nationalism in order to keep their own hands on the levers of power. The Trump Revolution, like the Reagan Revolution and all the anti-Establishment political revolutions before it, will ultimately prevail. It is this ability to reinvent ourselves, not just as individuals but as a society, that lies at the heart of American Exceptionalism. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418316 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418316]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: City on a Hill: Urban Idealism in America from the Puritans to the Present Author: Alex Krieger Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 5 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first European settlers saw America as a paradise regained. The continent seemed to offer a God-given opportunity to start again and build the perfect community. Those messianic days are gone. But as Alex Krieger argues in City on a Hill, any attempt at deep understanding of how the country has developed must recognize the persistent and dramatic consequences of utopian dreaming. Even as ideals have changed, idealism itself has for better and worse shaped our world of bricks and mortar, macadam, parks, and farmland. The Puritans were the first utopians, seeking a New Jerusalem in the New England villages that still stand as models of small-town life. In the Age of Revolution, Thomas Jefferson dreamed of citizen farmers tending plots laid out across the continent in a grid of enlightened rationality. As industrialization brought urbanization, reformers answered emerging slums with a zealous crusade of grand civic architecture and designed the vast urban parks vital to so many cities today. The twentieth century brought cycles of suburban dreaming, urban renewal, and experiments as diverse as Walt Disney's EPCOT, hippie communes, and Las Vegas. Krieger's compelling narrative reminds us, as we formulate new ideals today, that we chase our visions surrounded by the glories and failures of dreams gone by. Alex Krieger Tue, 31 Mar 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418316 thebookvoice.com 12:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418316]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: City on a Hill: Urban Idealism in America from the Puritans to the Present Author: Alex Krieger Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 5 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first European settlers saw America as a paradise regained. The continent seemed to offer a God-given opportunity to start again and build the perfect community. Those messianic days are gone. But as Alex Krieger argues in City on a Hill, any attempt at deep understanding of how the country has developed must recognize the persistent and dramatic consequences of utopian dreaming. Even as ideals have changed, idealism itself has for better and worse shaped our world of bricks and mortar, macadam, parks, and farmland. The Puritans were the first utopians, seeking a New Jerusalem in the New England villages that still stand as models of small-town life. In the Age of Revolution, Thomas Jefferson dreamed of citizen farmers tending plots laid out across the continent in a grid of enlightened rationality. As industrialization brought urbanization, reformers answered emerging slums with a zealous crusade of grand civic architecture and designed the vast urban parks vital to so many cities today. The twentieth century brought cycles of suburban dreaming, urban renewal, and experiments as diverse as Walt Disney's EPCOT, hippie communes, and Las Vegas. Krieger's compelling narrative reminds us, as we formulate new ideals today, that we chase our visions surrounded by the glories and failures of dreams gone by. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418316]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: City on a Hill: Urban Idealism in America from the Puritans to the Present Author: Alex Krieger Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 5 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first European settlers saw America as a paradise regained. The continent seemed to offer a God-given opportunity to start again and build the perfect community. Those messianic days are gone. But as Alex Krieger argues in City on a Hill, any attempt at deep understanding of how the country has developed must recognize the persistent and dramatic consequences of utopian dreaming. Even as ideals have changed, idealism itself has for better and worse shaped our world of bricks and mortar, macadam, parks, and farmland. The Puritans were the first utopians, seeking a New Jerusalem in the New England villages that still stand as models of small-town life. In the Age of Revolution, Thomas Jefferson dreamed of citizen farmers tending plots laid out across the continent in a grid of enlightened rationality. As industrialization brought urbanization, reformers answered emerging slums with a zealous crusade of grand civic architecture and designed the vast urban parks vital to so many cities today. The twentieth century brought cycles of suburban dreaming, urban renewal, and experiments as diverse as Walt Disney's EPCOT, hippie communes, and Las Vegas. Krieger's compelling narrative reminds us, as we formulate new ideals today, that we chase our visions surrounded by the glories and failures of dreams gone by. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418271 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418271]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fed and Lehman Brothers: Setting the Record Straight on a Financial Disaster Author: Laurence M. Ball Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The bankruptcy of the investment bank Lehman Brothers was the pivotal event of the 2008 financial crisis and the Great Recession that followed. Ever since the bankruptcy, there has been heated debate about why the Federal Reserve did not rescue Lehman in the same way it rescued other financial institutions, such as Bear Stearns and AIG. The Fed's leaders from that time, especially former Chairman Ben Bernanke, have strongly asserted that they lacked the legal authority to save Lehman because it did not have adequate collateral for the loan it needed to survive. Based on a meticulous four-year study of the Lehman case, The Fed and Lehman Brothers debunks the official narrative of the crisis. It shows that in reality, the Fed could have rescued Lehman but officials chose not to because of political pressures and because they underestimated the damage that the bankruptcy would do to the economy. The compelling story of the Lehman collapse will interest anyone who cares about what caused the financial crisis, whether the leaders of the Federal Reserve have given accurate accounts of their actions, and how the Fed can prevent future financial disasters. Laurence M. Ball Tue, 31 Mar 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418271 thebookvoice.com 9:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418271]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fed and Lehman Brothers: Setting the Record Straight on a Financial Disaster Author: Laurence M. Ball Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The bankruptcy of the investment bank Lehman Brothers was the pivotal event of the 2008 financial crisis and the Great Recession that followed. Ever since the bankruptcy, there has been heated debate about why the Federal Reserve did not rescue Lehman in the same way it rescued other financial institutions, such as Bear Stearns and AIG. The Fed's leaders from that time, especially former Chairman Ben Bernanke, have strongly asserted that they lacked the legal authority to save Lehman because it did not have adequate collateral for the loan it needed to survive. Based on a meticulous four-year study of the Lehman case, The Fed and Lehman Brothers debunks the official narrative of the crisis. It shows that in reality, the Fed could have rescued Lehman but officials chose not to because of political pressures and because they underestimated the damage that the bankruptcy would do to the economy. The compelling story of the Lehman collapse will interest anyone who cares about what caused the financial crisis, whether the leaders of the Federal Reserve have given accurate accounts of their actions, and how the Fed can prevent future financial disasters. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418271]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fed and Lehman Brothers: Setting the Record Straight on a Financial Disaster Author: Laurence M. Ball Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The bankruptcy of the investment bank Lehman Brothers was the pivotal event of the 2008 financial crisis and the Great Recession that followed. Ever since the bankruptcy, there has been heated debate about why the Federal Reserve did not rescue Lehman in the same way it rescued other financial institutions, such as Bear Stearns and AIG. The Fed's leaders from that time, especially former Chairman Ben Bernanke, have strongly asserted that they lacked the legal authority to save Lehman because it did not have adequate collateral for the loan it needed to survive. Based on a meticulous four-year study of the Lehman case, The Fed and Lehman Brothers debunks the official narrative of the crisis. It shows that in reality, the Fed could have rescued Lehman but officials chose not to because of political pressures and because they underestimated the damage that the bankruptcy would do to the economy. The compelling story of the Lehman collapse will interest anyone who cares about what caused the financial crisis, whether the leaders of the Federal Reserve have given accurate accounts of their actions, and how the Fed can prevent future financial disasters. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418260 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418260]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Morality: Restoring the Common Good in Divided Times Author: Jonathan Sacks Narrator: Jonathan Sacks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A distinguished religious leader's stirring case for reconstructing a shared framework of virtues and values. With liberal democracy embattled, public discourse grown toxic, family life breaking down, and drug abuse and depression on the rise, many fear what the future holds. In Morality, respected faith leader and public intellectual Jonathan Sacks traces today's crisis to our loss of a strong, shared moral code and our elevation of self-interest over the common good. We have outsourced morality to the market and the state, but neither is capable of showing us how to live. Sacks leads readers from ancient Greece to the Enlightenment to the present day to show that there is no liberty without morality and no freedom without responsibility, arguing that we all must play our part in rebuilding a common moral foundation. A major work of moral philosophy, Morality is an inspiring vision of a world in which we can all find our place and face the future without fear. Jonathan Sacks Tue, 01 Sep 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418260 thebookvoice.com 14:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418260]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Morality: Restoring the Common Good in Divided Times Author: Jonathan Sacks Narrator: Jonathan Sacks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A distinguished religious leader's stirring case for reconstructing a shared framework of virtues and values. With liberal democracy embattled, public discourse grown toxic, family life breaking down, and drug abuse and depression on the rise, many fear what the future holds. In Morality, respected faith leader and public intellectual Jonathan Sacks traces today's crisis to our loss of a strong, shared moral code and our elevation of self-interest over the common good. We have outsourced morality to the market and the state, but neither is capable of showing us how to live. Sacks leads readers from ancient Greece to the Enlightenment to the present day to show that there is no liberty without morality and no freedom without responsibility, arguing that we all must play our part in rebuilding a common moral foundation. A major work of moral philosophy, Morality is an inspiring vision of a world in which we can all find our place and face the future without fear. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418260]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Morality: Restoring the Common Good in Divided Times Author: Jonathan Sacks Narrator: Jonathan Sacks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A distinguished religious leader's stirring case for reconstructing a shared framework of virtues and values. With liberal democracy embattled, public discourse grown toxic, family life breaking down, and drug abuse and depression on the rise, many fear what the future holds. In Morality, respected faith leader and public intellectual Jonathan Sacks traces today's crisis to our loss of a strong, shared moral code and our elevation of self-interest over the common good. We have outsourced morality to the market and the state, but neither is capable of showing us how to live. Sacks leads readers from ancient Greece to the Enlightenment to the present day to show that there is no liberty without morality and no freedom without responsibility, arguing that we all must play our part in rebuilding a common moral foundation. A major work of moral philosophy, Morality is an inspiring vision of a world in which we can all find our place and face the future without fear. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418248 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418248]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Room Where It Happened: A White House Memoir Author: John Bolton Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 36 minutes Release date: June 23, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.47 of Total 172 Ratings of Narrator: 3.21 of Total 39 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: JOHN BOLTON READS THE EPILOGUE! As President Trump’s National Security Advisor, John Bolton spent many of 453 days in the room where it happened, and the facts speak for themselves. The result is a “scathing and revelatory” (The New Yorker) White House memoir that is the most comprehensive and substantial account of the Trump Administration, and one of the few to date by a top-level official. With almost daily access to the President, John Bolton has produced a precise rendering of his days in and around the Oval Office. What Bolton saw astonished him: a President for whom getting reelected was the only thing that mattered, even if it meant endangering or weakening the nation. “I am hard-pressed to identify any significant Trump decision during my tenure that wasn’t driven by reelection calculations,” he writes. In fact, he argues that the House committed impeachment malpractice by keeping its prosecution focused narrowly on Ukraine when Trump’s Ukraine-like transgressions existed across the full range of his foreign policy—and Bolton documents exactly what those were, and attempts by him and others in the Administration to raise alarms about them. He shows a President addicted to chaos, who embraced our enemies and spurned our friends, and was deeply suspicious of his own government. In Bolton’s telling, all this helped put Trump on the bizarre road to impeachment. “The differences between this presidency and previous ones I had served were stunning,” writes Bolton, who worked for Reagan, Bush 41, and Bush 43. He discovered a President who thought foreign policy is like closing a real estate deal—about personal relationships, made-for-TV showmanship, and advancing his own interests. As a result, the US lost an opportunity to confront its deepening threats, and in cases like China, Russia, Iran, and North Korea ended up in a more vulnerable place. Bolton’s “first tell-all memoir by such a high-ranking official” (The New York Times) starts with his long march to the West Wing as Trump and others woo him for the National Security job. The minute he lands, he has to deal with Syria’s chemical attack on the city of Douma, and the crises after that never stop. As he writes in the opening pages, “If you don’t like turmoil, uncertainty, and risk—all the while being constantly overwhelmed with information, decisions to be made, and sheer amount of work—and enlivened by international and domestic personality and ego conflicts beyond description, try something else.” The turmoil, conflicts, and egos are all there—from the upheaval in Venezuela, to the erratic and manipulative moves of North Korea’s Kim Jong Un, to the showdowns at the G7 summits, the calculated warmongering by Iran, the crazy plan to bring the Taliban to Camp David, and the placating of an authoritarian China that ultimately exposed the world to its lethal lies. But this seasoned public servant also has a great eye for the Washington inside game, and his story is full of wit and wry humor about how he saw it played. John Bolton Tue, 23 Jun 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418248 thebookvoice.com 21:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418248]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Room Where It Happened: A White House Memoir Author: John Bolton Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 36 minutes Release date: June 23, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.47 of Total 172 Ratings of Narrator: 3.21 of Total 39 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: JOHN BOLTON READS THE EPILOGUE! As President Trump’s National Security Advisor, John Bolton spent many of 453 days in the room where it happened, and the facts speak for themselves. The result is a “scathing and revelatory” (The New Yorker) White House memoir that is the most comprehensive and substantial account of the Trump Administration, and one of the few to date by a top-level official. With almost daily access to the President, John Bolton has produced a precise rendering of his days in and around the Oval Office. What Bolton saw astonished him: a President for whom getting reelected was the only thing that mattered, even if it meant endangering or weakening the nation. “I am hard-pressed to identify any significant Trump decision during my tenure that wasn’t driven by reelection calculations,” he writes. In fact, he argues that the House committed impeachment malpractice by keeping its prosecution focused narrowly on Ukraine when Trump’s Ukraine-like transgressions existed across the full range of his foreign policy—and Bolton documents exactly what those were, and attempts by him and others in the Administration to raise alarms about them. He shows a President addicted to chaos, who embraced our enemies and spurned our friends, and was deeply suspicious of his own government. In Bolton’s telling, all this helped put Trump on the bizarre road to impeachment. “The differences between this presidency and previous ones I had served were stunning,” writes Bolton, who worked for Reagan, Bush 41, and Bush 43. He discovered a President who thought foreign policy is like closing a real estate deal—about personal relationships, made-for-TV showmanship, and advancing his own interests. As a result, the US lost an opportunity to confront its deepening threats, and in cases like China, Russia, Iran, and North Korea ended up in a more vulnerable place. Bolton’s “first tell-all memoir by such a high-ranking official” (The New York Times) starts with his long march to the West Wing as Trump and others woo him for the National Security job. The minute he lands, he has to deal with Syria’s chemical attack on the city of Douma, and the crises after that never stop. As he writes in the opening pages, “If you don’t like turmoil, uncertainty, and risk—all the while being constantly overwhelmed with information, decisions to be made, and sheer amount of work—and enlivened by international and domestic personality and ego conflicts beyond description, try something else.” The turmoil, conflicts, and egos are all there—from the upheaval in Venezuela, to the erratic and manipulative moves of North Korea’s Kim Jong Un, to the showdowns at the G7 summits, the calculated warmongering by Iran, the crazy plan to bring the Taliban to Camp David, and the placating of an authoritarian China that ultimately exposed the world to its lethal lies. But this seasoned public servant also has a great eye for the Washington inside game, and his story is full of wit and wry humor about how he saw it played. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418248]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Room Where It Happened: A White House Memoir Author: John Bolton Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 36 minutes Release date: June 23, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.47 of Total 172 Ratings of Narrator: 3.21 of Total 39 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: JOHN BOLTON READS THE EPILOGUE! As President Trump’s National Security Advisor, John Bolton spent many of 453 days in the room where it happened, and the facts speak for themselves. The result is a “scathing and revelatory” (The New Yorker) White House memoir that is the most comprehensive and substantial account of the Trump Administration, and one of the few to date by a top-level official. With almost daily access to the President, John Bolton has produced a precise rendering of his days in and around the Oval Office. What Bolton saw astonished him: a President for whom getting reelected was the only thing that mattered, even if it meant endangering or weakening the nation. “I am hard-pressed to identify any significant Trump decision during my tenure that wasn’t driven by reelection calculations,” he writes. In fact, he argues that the House committed impeachment malpractice by keeping its prosecution focused narrowly on Ukraine when Trump’s Ukraine-like transgressions existed across the full range of his foreign policy—and Bolton documents exactly what those were, and attempts by him and others in the Administration to raise alarms about them. He shows a President addicted to chaos, who embraced our enemies and spurned our friends, and was deeply suspicious of his own government. In Bolton’s telling, all this helped put Trump on the bizarre road to impeachment. “The differences between this presidency and previous ones I had served were stunning,” writes Bolton, who worked for Reagan, Bush 41, and Bush 43. He discovered a President who thought foreign policy is like closing a real estate deal—about personal relationships, made-for-TV showmanship, and advancing his own interests. As a result, the US lost an opportunity to confront its deepening threats, and in cases like China, Russia, Iran, and North Korea ended up in a more vulnerable place. Bolton’s “first tell-all memoir by such a high-ranking official” (The New York Times) starts with his long march to the West Wing as Trump and others woo him for the National Security job. The minute he lands, he has to deal with Syria’s chemical attack on the city of Douma, and the crises after that never stop. As he writes in the opening pages, “If you don’t like turmoil, uncertainty, and risk—all the while being constantly overwhelmed with information, decisions to be made, and sheer amount of work—and enlivened by international and domestic personality and ego conflicts beyond description, try something else.” The turmoil, conflicts, and egos are all there—from the upheaval in Venezuela, to the erratic and manipulative moves of North Korea’s Kim Jong Un, to the showdowns at the G7 summits, the calculated warmongering by Iran, the crazy plan to bring the Taliban to Camp David, and the placating of an authoritarian China that ultimately exposed the world to its lethal lies. But this seasoned public servant also has a great eye for the Washington inside game, and his story is full of wit and wry humor about how he saw it played. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418240 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418240]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Turnaway Study: The Cost of Denying Women Access to Abortion Author: Diana Greene Foster Narrator: Samantha Desz, Full Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “If you read only one book about democracy, The Turnaway Study should be it. Why? Because without the power to make decisions about our own bodies, there is no democracy.” —Gloria Steinem The “remarkable” (The New Yorker) landmark study of the consequences on women’s lives—emotional, physical, financial, professional, personal, and psychological—of receiving versus being denied an abortion that “should be required reading for every judge, member of Congress, and candidate for office—as well as anyone who hopes to better understand this complex and important issue” (Cecile Richards). What happens when a woman seeking an abortion is turned away? To answer this question, Diana Greene Foster assembled a team of scientists—psychologists, epidemiologists, demographers, nurses, physicians, economists, sociologists, and public health researchers—to conduct a ten-year study. They followed a thousand women from across America, some of whom received abortions, some of whom were turned away. Now, for the first time, Dr. Foster presents the results of this landmark study in one extraordinary, groundbreaking book. Judges, politicians, and pro-life advocates routinely defend their anti-abortion stance by claiming that abortion is physically risky and leads to depression and remorse. Dr. Foster’s data proves the opposite to be true. Foster documents the outcomes for women who received and were denied an abortion, analyzing the impact on their mental and physical health, their careers, their romantic relationships, and their other children, if they have them. Women who received an abortion were better off by almost every measure than women who did not, and five years after they receive an abortion, 99 percent of women do not regret it. As the national debate around abortion intensifies, The Turnaway Study offers the first thorough, data-driven examination of the negative consequences for women who cannot get abortions and provides incontrovertible evidence to refute the claim that abortion harms women. Interwoven with the study findings are ten “engaging, in-depth” (Ms. Magazine) first-person narratives. Candid, intimate, and deeply revealing, they bring to life the women and the stories behind the science. Revelatory, essential, and “particularly relevant now” (HuffPost), this is a must-read for anyone who cares about the impact of abortion and abortion restrictions on people’s lives. Diana Greene Foster Tue, 02 Jun 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418240 thebookvoice.com 11:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418240]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Turnaway Study: The Cost of Denying Women Access to Abortion Author: Diana Greene Foster Narrator: Samantha Desz, Full Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “If you read only one book about democracy, The Turnaway Study should be it. Why? Because without the power to make decisions about our own bodies, there is no democracy.” —Gloria Steinem The “remarkable” (The New Yorker) landmark study of the consequences on women’s lives—emotional, physical, financial, professional, personal, and psychological—of receiving versus being denied an abortion that “should be required reading for every judge, member of Congress, and candidate for office—as well as anyone who hopes to better understand this complex and important issue” (Cecile Richards). What happens when a woman seeking an abortion is turned away? To answer this question, Diana Greene Foster assembled a team of scientists—psychologists, epidemiologists, demographers, nurses, physicians, economists, sociologists, and public health researchers—to conduct a ten-year study. They followed a thousand women from across America, some of whom received abortions, some of whom were turned away. Now, for the first time, Dr. Foster presents the results of this landmark study in one extraordinary, groundbreaking book. Judges, politicians, and pro-life advocates routinely defend their anti-abortion stance by claiming that abortion is physically risky and leads to depression and remorse. Dr. Foster’s data proves the opposite to be true. Foster documents the outcomes for women who received and were denied an abortion, analyzing the impact on their mental and physical health, their careers, their romantic relationships, and their other children, if they have them. Women who received an abortion were better off by almost every measure than women who did not, and five years after they receive an abortion, 99 percent of women do not regret it. As the national debate around abortion intensifies, The Turnaway Study offers the first thorough, data-driven examination of the negative consequences for women who cannot get abortions and provides incontrovertible evidence to refute the claim that abortion harms women. Interwoven with the study findings are ten “engaging, in-depth” (Ms. Magazine) first-person narratives. Candid, intimate, and deeply revealing, they bring to life the women and the stories behind the science. Revelatory, essential, and “particularly relevant now” (HuffPost), this is a must-read for anyone who cares about the impact of abortion and abortion restrictions on people’s lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418240]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Turnaway Study: The Cost of Denying Women Access to Abortion Author: Diana Greene Foster Narrator: Samantha Desz, Full Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “If you read only one book about democracy, The Turnaway Study should be it. Why? Because without the power to make decisions about our own bodies, there is no democracy.” —Gloria Steinem The “remarkable” (The New Yorker) landmark study of the consequences on women’s lives—emotional, physical, financial, professional, personal, and psychological—of receiving versus being denied an abortion that “should be required reading for every judge, member of Congress, and candidate for office—as well as anyone who hopes to better understand this complex and important issue” (Cecile Richards). What happens when a woman seeking an abortion is turned away? To answer this question, Diana Greene Foster assembled a team of scientists—psychologists, epidemiologists, demographers, nurses, physicians, economists, sociologists, and public health researchers—to conduct a ten-year study. They followed a thousand women from across America, some of whom received abortions, some of whom were turned away. Now, for the first time, Dr. Foster presents the results of this landmark study in one extraordinary, groundbreaking book. Judges, politicians, and pro-life advocates routinely defend their anti-abortion stance by claiming that abortion is physically risky and leads to depression and remorse. Dr. Foster’s data proves the opposite to be true. Foster documents the outcomes for women who received and were denied an abortion, analyzing the impact on their mental and physical health, their careers, their romantic relationships, and their other children, if they have them. Women who received an abortion were better off by almost every measure than women who did not, and five years after they receive an abortion, 99 percent of women do not regret it. As the national debate around abortion intensifies, The Turnaway Study offers the first thorough, data-driven examination of the negative consequences for women who cannot get abortions and provides incontrovertible evidence to refute the claim that abortion harms women. Interwoven with the study findings are ten “engaging, in-depth” (Ms. Magazine) first-person narratives. Candid, intimate, and deeply revealing, they bring to life the women and the stories behind the science. Revelatory, essential, and “particularly relevant now” (HuffPost), this is a must-read for anyone who cares about the impact of abortion and abortion restrictions on people’s lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418222 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418222]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: High Crimes: The Corruption, Impunity, and Impeachment of Donald Trump Author: Michael D'antonio, Peter Eisner Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 20, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Two award-winning journalists offer the most comprehensive inside story behind our most significant modern political drama: the House impeachment of Donald Trump. Having spent a year essentially embedded inside several House committees, Michael D'Antonio and Peter Eisner draw on many sources, including key House leaders, to expose the politicking, playcalling, and strategies debated backstage and to explain the Democrats' successes and apparent public failures during the show itself. High Crimes opens with Nancy Pelosi deciding the House should take up impeachment, then, in part one, leaps back to explain what Ukraine was really all about: not just Joe Biden and election interference, but a money grab and oil. In the second part, the authors recount key meetings throughout the run up to the impeachment hearings, including many of the heated confrontations between the Trump administration and House Democrats. And the third part takes listeners behind the scenes of those hearings, showing why certain things happened the way they did for reasons that never came up in public. In the end, having illuminated every step of impeachment, from the schemes that led Giuliani to the Ukraine in 2016 to Fiona Hill's rebuking the Republicans' conspiracy theories, High Crimes promises to be Trump's Final Days. A Macmillan Audio production from Thomas Dunne Books Michael D'antonio, Peter Eisner Tue, 20 Oct 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418222 thebookvoice.com 16:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418222]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: High Crimes: The Corruption, Impunity, and Impeachment of Donald Trump Author: Michael D'antonio, Peter Eisner Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 20, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Two award-winning journalists offer the most comprehensive inside story behind our most significant modern political drama: the House impeachment of Donald Trump. Having spent a year essentially embedded inside several House committees, Michael D'Antonio and Peter Eisner draw on many sources, including key House leaders, to expose the politicking, playcalling, and strategies debated backstage and to explain the Democrats' successes and apparent public failures during the show itself. High Crimes opens with Nancy Pelosi deciding the House should take up impeachment, then, in part one, leaps back to explain what Ukraine was really all about: not just Joe Biden and election interference, but a money grab and oil. In the second part, the authors recount key meetings throughout the run up to the impeachment hearings, including many of the heated confrontations between the Trump administration and House Democrats. And the third part takes listeners behind the scenes of those hearings, showing why certain things happened the way they did for reasons that never came up in public. In the end, having illuminated every step of impeachment, from the schemes that led Giuliani to the Ukraine in 2016 to Fiona Hill's rebuking the Republicans' conspiracy theories, High Crimes promises to be Trump's Final Days. A Macmillan Audio production from Thomas Dunne Books Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418222]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: High Crimes: The Corruption, Impunity, and Impeachment of Donald Trump Author: Michael D'antonio, Peter Eisner Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 20, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Two award-winning journalists offer the most comprehensive inside story behind our most significant modern political drama: the House impeachment of Donald Trump. Having spent a year essentially embedded inside several House committees, Michael D'Antonio and Peter Eisner draw on many sources, including key House leaders, to expose the politicking, playcalling, and strategies debated backstage and to explain the Democrats' successes and apparent public failures during the show itself. High Crimes opens with Nancy Pelosi deciding the House should take up impeachment, then, in part one, leaps back to explain what Ukraine was really all about: not just Joe Biden and election interference, but a money grab and oil. In the second part, the authors recount key meetings throughout the run up to the impeachment hearings, including many of the heated confrontations between the Trump administration and House Democrats. And the third part takes listeners behind the scenes of those hearings, showing why certain things happened the way they did for reasons that never came up in public. In the end, having illuminated every step of impeachment, from the schemes that led Giuliani to the Ukraine in 2016 to Fiona Hill's rebuking the Republicans' conspiracy theories, High Crimes promises to be Trump's Final Days. A Macmillan Audio production from Thomas Dunne Books https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417953 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417953]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future We Choose: 'Everyone should read this book' MATT HAIG Author: Tom Rivett-Carnac, Christiana Figueres Narrator: Tom Rivett-Carnac, Christiana Figueres Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 47 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'One of the most inspiring books I have ever read' YUVAL NOAH HARARI 'Figueres and Rivett-Carnac dare to tell us how our response can create a better, fairer world' NAOMI KLEIN 'Inspirational, compassionate and clear. The time to read this is NOW' MARK RUFFALO Named a Guardian Best Audiobook of 2020, this optimistic and agenda-setting look at the climate crisis is perfect for listeners of Rutger Bregman and Yuval Noah Harari. We can survive the climate crisis. This book tells us how. Practical, optimistic and empowering, The Future We Choose is a book for every generation, for all of us who feel powerless in the face of the climate crisis. We have two choices for our future, which is still unwritten. It will be shaped by who we choose to be right now. So, how can we change the story of the world? The Future We Choose is a passionate call to arms from former UN Executive Secretary for Climate Change, Christiana Figueres, and Tom Rivett-Carnac, senior political strategist for the Paris Agreement. We are still able to stave off the worst and manage the long-term effects of climate change, but we have to act now. We know what we need to do, and we have everything we need to do it. This is the final hour: it can be our finest. But we must act now. Tom Rivett-Carnac, Christiana Figueres Tue, 25 Feb 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417953 thebookvoice.com 4:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417953]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future We Choose: 'Everyone should read this book' MATT HAIG Author: Tom Rivett-Carnac, Christiana Figueres Narrator: Tom Rivett-Carnac, Christiana Figueres Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 47 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'One of the most inspiring books I have ever read' YUVAL NOAH HARARI 'Figueres and Rivett-Carnac dare to tell us how our response can create a better, fairer world' NAOMI KLEIN 'Inspirational, compassionate and clear. The time to read this is NOW' MARK RUFFALO Named a Guardian Best Audiobook of 2020, this optimistic and agenda-setting look at the climate crisis is perfect for listeners of Rutger Bregman and Yuval Noah Harari. We can survive the climate crisis. This book tells us how. Practical, optimistic and empowering, The Future We Choose is a book for every generation, for all of us who feel powerless in the face of the climate crisis. We have two choices for our future, which is still unwritten. It will be shaped by who we choose to be right now. So, how can we change the story of the world? The Future We Choose is a passionate call to arms from former UN Executive Secretary for Climate Change, Christiana Figueres, and Tom Rivett-Carnac, senior political strategist for the Paris Agreement. We are still able to stave off the worst and manage the long-term effects of climate change, but we have to act now. We know what we need to do, and we have everything we need to do it. This is the final hour: it can be our finest. But we must act now. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417953]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future We Choose: 'Everyone should read this book' MATT HAIG Author: Tom Rivett-Carnac, Christiana Figueres Narrator: Tom Rivett-Carnac, Christiana Figueres Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 47 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'One of the most inspiring books I have ever read' YUVAL NOAH HARARI 'Figueres and Rivett-Carnac dare to tell us how our response can create a better, fairer world' NAOMI KLEIN 'Inspirational, compassionate and clear. The time to read this is NOW' MARK RUFFALO Named a Guardian Best Audiobook of 2020, this optimistic and agenda-setting look at the climate crisis is perfect for listeners of Rutger Bregman and Yuval Noah Harari. We can survive the climate crisis. This book tells us how. Practical, optimistic and empowering, The Future We Choose is a book for every generation, for all of us who feel powerless in the face of the climate crisis. We have two choices for our future, which is still unwritten. It will be shaped by who we choose to be right now. So, how can we change the story of the world? The Future We Choose is a passionate call to arms from former UN Executive Secretary for Climate Change, Christiana Figueres, and Tom Rivett-Carnac, senior political strategist for the Paris Agreement. We are still able to stave off the worst and manage the long-term effects of climate change, but we have to act now. We know what we need to do, and we have everything we need to do it. This is the final hour: it can be our finest. But we must act now. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417789 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417789]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Battlegrounds: The Fight to Defend the Free World Author: H.R. Mcmaster Narrator: H.R. Mcmaster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Lt. General H.R. McMaster, U.S. Army, ret., the former National Security Advisor and author of the bestselling classic Dereliction of Duty, comes a bold and provocative re-examination of the most critical foreign policy and national security challenges that face the United States, and an urgent call to compete to preserve America’s standing and security. Across multiple administrations since the end of the Cold War, American foreign policy has been misconceived, inconsistent, and poorly implemented. As a result, America and the free world have fallen behind rivals in power and influence. Meanwhile threats to security, freedom, and prosperity, such as nuclear proliferation and jihadist terrorism have grown. In BATTLEGROUNDS, H.R. McMaster describes efforts to reassess and fundamentally shift policies while he was National Security Advisor. And he provides a clear pathway forward to improve strategic competence and prevail in complex competitions against our adversaries. BATTLEGROUNDS is a groundbreaking reassessment of America’s place in the world, drawing from McMaster’s long engagement with these issues, including 34 years of service in the U.S. Army with multiple tours of duty in battlegrounds overseas and his 13 months as National Security Advisor in the Trump White House. It is also a powerful call for Americans and citizens of the free world to transcend the vitriol of partisan political discourse, better educate themselves about the most significant challenges to national and international security and work together to secure peace and prosperity for future generations.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. H.R. Mcmaster Tue, 22 Sep 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417789 thebookvoice.com 17:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417789]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Battlegrounds: The Fight to Defend the Free World Author: H.R. Mcmaster Narrator: H.R. Mcmaster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Lt. General H.R. McMaster, U.S. Army, ret., the former National Security Advisor and author of the bestselling classic Dereliction of Duty, comes a bold and provocative re-examination of the most critical foreign policy and national security challenges that face the United States, and an urgent call to compete to preserve America’s standing and security. Across multiple administrations since the end of the Cold War, American foreign policy has been misconceived, inconsistent, and poorly implemented. As a result, America and the free world have fallen behind rivals in power and influence. Meanwhile threats to security, freedom, and prosperity, such as nuclear proliferation and jihadist terrorism have grown. In BATTLEGROUNDS, H.R. McMaster describes efforts to reassess and fundamentally shift policies while he was National Security Advisor. And he provides a clear pathway forward to improve strategic competence and prevail in complex competitions against our adversaries. BATTLEGROUNDS is a groundbreaking reassessment of America’s place in the world, drawing from McMaster’s long engagement with these issues, including 34 years of service in the U.S. Army with multiple tours of duty in battlegrounds overseas and his 13 months as National Security Advisor in the Trump White House. It is also a powerful call for Americans and citizens of the free world to transcend the vitriol of partisan political discourse, better educate themselves about the most significant challenges to national and international security and work together to secure peace and prosperity for future generations.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417789]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Battlegrounds: The Fight to Defend the Free World Author: H.R. Mcmaster Narrator: H.R. Mcmaster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Lt. General H.R. McMaster, U.S. Army, ret., the former National Security Advisor and author of the bestselling classic Dereliction of Duty, comes a bold and provocative re-examination of the most critical foreign policy and national security challenges that face the United States, and an urgent call to compete to preserve America’s standing and security. Across multiple administrations since the end of the Cold War, American foreign policy has been misconceived, inconsistent, and poorly implemented. As a result, America and the free world have fallen behind rivals in power and influence. Meanwhile threats to security, freedom, and prosperity, such as nuclear proliferation and jihadist terrorism have grown. In BATTLEGROUNDS, H.R. McMaster describes efforts to reassess and fundamentally shift policies while he was National Security Advisor. And he provides a clear pathway forward to improve strategic competence and prevail in complex competitions against our adversaries. BATTLEGROUNDS is a groundbreaking reassessment of America’s place in the world, drawing from McMaster’s long engagement with these issues, including 34 years of service in the U.S. Army with multiple tours of duty in battlegrounds overseas and his 13 months as National Security Advisor in the Trump White House. It is also a powerful call for Americans and citizens of the free world to transcend the vitriol of partisan political discourse, better educate themselves about the most significant challenges to national and international security and work together to secure peace and prosperity for future generations.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417786 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surviving Autocracy Author: Masha Gessen Narrator: Masha Gessen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “When Gessen speaks about autocracy, you listen.” —The New York Times “A reckoning with what has been lost in the past few years and a map forward with our beliefs intact.” —Interview As seen on MSNBC’s Morning Joe and heard on NPR’s All Things Considered: the bestselling, National Book Award–winning journalist offers an essential guide to understanding, resisting, and recovering from the ravages of our tumultuous times. This incisive book provides an essential guide to understanding and recovering from the calamitous corrosion of American democracy over the past few years. Thanks to the special perspective that is the legacy of a Soviet childhood and two decades covering the resurgence of totalitarianism in Russia, Masha Gessen has a sixth sense for the manifestations of autocracy—and the unique cross-cultural fluency to delineate their emergence to Americans. Gessen not only anatomizes the corrosion of the institutions and cultural norms we hoped would save us but also tells us the story of how a short few years changed us from a people who saw ourselves as a nation of immigrants to a populace haggling over a border wall, heirs to a degraded sense of truth, meaning, and possibility. Surviving Autocracy is an inventory of ravages and a call to account but also a beacon to recovery—and to the hope of what comes next. Masha Gessen Tue, 02 Jun 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417786 thebookvoice.com 5:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surviving Autocracy Author: Masha Gessen Narrator: Masha Gessen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “When Gessen speaks about autocracy, you listen.” —The New York Times “A reckoning with what has been lost in the past few years and a map forward with our beliefs intact.” —Interview As seen on MSNBC’s Morning Joe and heard on NPR’s All Things Considered: the bestselling, National Book Award–winning journalist offers an essential guide to understanding, resisting, and recovering from the ravages of our tumultuous times. This incisive book provides an essential guide to understanding and recovering from the calamitous corrosion of American democracy over the past few years. Thanks to the special perspective that is the legacy of a Soviet childhood and two decades covering the resurgence of totalitarianism in Russia, Masha Gessen has a sixth sense for the manifestations of autocracy—and the unique cross-cultural fluency to delineate their emergence to Americans. Gessen not only anatomizes the corrosion of the institutions and cultural norms we hoped would save us but also tells us the story of how a short few years changed us from a people who saw ourselves as a nation of immigrants to a populace haggling over a border wall, heirs to a degraded sense of truth, meaning, and possibility. Surviving Autocracy is an inventory of ravages and a call to account but also a beacon to recovery—and to the hope of what comes next. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surviving Autocracy Author: Masha Gessen Narrator: Masha Gessen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “When Gessen speaks about autocracy, you listen.” —The New York Times “A reckoning with what has been lost in the past few years and a map forward with our beliefs intact.” —Interview As seen on MSNBC’s Morning Joe and heard on NPR’s All Things Considered: the bestselling, National Book Award–winning journalist offers an essential guide to understanding, resisting, and recovering from the ravages of our tumultuous times. This incisive book provides an essential guide to understanding and recovering from the calamitous corrosion of American democracy over the past few years. Thanks to the special perspective that is the legacy of a Soviet childhood and two decades covering the resurgence of totalitarianism in Russia, Masha Gessen has a sixth sense for the manifestations of autocracy—and the unique cross-cultural fluency to delineate their emergence to Americans. Gessen not only anatomizes the corrosion of the institutions and cultural norms we hoped would save us but also tells us the story of how a short few years changed us from a people who saw ourselves as a nation of immigrants to a populace haggling over a border wall, heirs to a degraded sense of truth, meaning, and possibility. Surviving Autocracy is an inventory of ravages and a call to account but also a beacon to recovery—and to the hope of what comes next. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417783 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417783]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Net Zero: How We Stop Causing Climate Change Author: Dieter Helm Narrator: Malk Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What can we really do about the climate emergency? The inconvenient truth is that we are causing the climate crisis with our carbon intensive lifestyles and that fixing – or even just slowing – it will affect all of us. But it can be done. In Net Zero the economist Professor Dieter Helm addresses the action we would all need to take, whether personal, local, national or global, if we really wanted to stop causing climate change. Net Zero is Professor Dieter Helm’s measured, balanced view of how we stop causing climate change by adopting a net zero strategy of reducing carbon emissions and increasing carbon absorption. It is a rational look at why the past 30 years efforts has failed and why and how the next 30 years can succeed. It is a vital book for anyone who hears the clamour of Extinction Rebellion and other ecological activists, but wonders what they can actually do. Dieter Helm Thu, 03 Sep 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417783 thebookvoice.com 8:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417783]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Net Zero: How We Stop Causing Climate Change Author: Dieter Helm Narrator: Malk Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What can we really do about the climate emergency? The inconvenient truth is that we are causing the climate crisis with our carbon intensive lifestyles and that fixing – or even just slowing – it will affect all of us. But it can be done. In Net Zero the economist Professor Dieter Helm addresses the action we would all need to take, whether personal, local, national or global, if we really wanted to stop causing climate change. Net Zero is Professor Dieter Helm’s measured, balanced view of how we stop causing climate change by adopting a net zero strategy of reducing carbon emissions and increasing carbon absorption. It is a rational look at why the past 30 years efforts has failed and why and how the next 30 years can succeed. It is a vital book for anyone who hears the clamour of Extinction Rebellion and other ecological activists, but wonders what they can actually do. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417783]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Net Zero: How We Stop Causing Climate Change Author: Dieter Helm Narrator: Malk Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What can we really do about the climate emergency? The inconvenient truth is that we are causing the climate crisis with our carbon intensive lifestyles and that fixing – or even just slowing – it will affect all of us. But it can be done. In Net Zero the economist Professor Dieter Helm addresses the action we would all need to take, whether personal, local, national or global, if we really wanted to stop causing climate change. Net Zero is Professor Dieter Helm’s measured, balanced view of how we stop causing climate change by adopting a net zero strategy of reducing carbon emissions and increasing carbon absorption. It is a rational look at why the past 30 years efforts has failed and why and how the next 30 years can succeed. It is a vital book for anyone who hears the clamour of Extinction Rebellion and other ecological activists, but wonders what they can actually do. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417351 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417351]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Better Planet: Forty Big Ideas for a Sustainable Future Author: Daniel C. Esty Narrator: Alex Boyles, Erica Sullivan, Caroline Shaffer, Traber Burns, Kate Mulligan, Kevin Kenerly, William Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A practical, bipartisan call to action from the world’s leading thinkers on the environment and sustainability Sustainability has emerged as a global priority over the past several years. The 2015 Paris Agreement on climate change and the adoption of the seventeen Sustainable Development Goals through the United Nations have highlighted the need to address critical challenges, like the buildup of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere, water shortages, and air pollution. But in the United States, partisan divides, regional disputes, and deep disagreements over core principles have made it nearly impossible to chart a course toward a sustainable future. This timely new book, edited by celebrated scholar Daniel C. Esty, offers fresh thinking and forward-looking solutions from environmental thought leaders across the political spectrum. The book’s forty essays cover such subjects as ecology, environmental justice, Big Data, public health, and climate change, all with an emphasis on sustainability. This book focuses on moving toward sustainability through actionable, bipartisan approaches based on rigorous analytical research. Daniel C. Esty Tue, 22 Oct 2019 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417351 thebookvoice.com 14:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417351]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Better Planet: Forty Big Ideas for a Sustainable Future Author: Daniel C. Esty Narrator: Alex Boyles, Erica Sullivan, Caroline Shaffer, Traber Burns, Kate Mulligan, Kevin Kenerly, William Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A practical, bipartisan call to action from the world’s leading thinkers on the environment and sustainability Sustainability has emerged as a global priority over the past several years. The 2015 Paris Agreement on climate change and the adoption of the seventeen Sustainable Development Goals through the United Nations have highlighted the need to address critical challenges, like the buildup of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere, water shortages, and air pollution. But in the United States, partisan divides, regional disputes, and deep disagreements over core principles have made it nearly impossible to chart a course toward a sustainable future. This timely new book, edited by celebrated scholar Daniel C. Esty, offers fresh thinking and forward-looking solutions from environmental thought leaders across the political spectrum. The book’s forty essays cover such subjects as ecology, environmental justice, Big Data, public health, and climate change, all with an emphasis on sustainability. This book focuses on moving toward sustainability through actionable, bipartisan approaches based on rigorous analytical research. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417351]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Better Planet: Forty Big Ideas for a Sustainable Future Author: Daniel C. Esty Narrator: Alex Boyles, Erica Sullivan, Caroline Shaffer, Traber Burns, Kate Mulligan, Kevin Kenerly, William Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A practical, bipartisan call to action from the world’s leading thinkers on the environment and sustainability Sustainability has emerged as a global priority over the past several years. The 2015 Paris Agreement on climate change and the adoption of the seventeen Sustainable Development Goals through the United Nations have highlighted the need to address critical challenges, like the buildup of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere, water shortages, and air pollution. But in the United States, partisan divides, regional disputes, and deep disagreements over core principles have made it nearly impossible to chart a course toward a sustainable future. This timely new book, edited by celebrated scholar Daniel C. Esty, offers fresh thinking and forward-looking solutions from environmental thought leaders across the political spectrum. The book’s forty essays cover such subjects as ecology, environmental justice, Big Data, public health, and climate change, all with an emphasis on sustainability. This book focuses on moving toward sustainability through actionable, bipartisan approaches based on rigorous analytical research. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417282 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417282]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Disruption: A Manifesto For Real Change Author: Magid Magid Narrator: Magid Magid Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: SHORTLISTED FOR BEST NON-FICTION BOOK BY A PARLIAMENTARIAN AT THE PARLIAMENTARY BOOK AWARDS 2021 'Read this book!' Caroline Lucas 'My money's on Magid.' Thandie Newton 'Thou shalt not ignore this book. Magid is magic!' - Jarvis Cocker 'A man so inspiring you will have no choice but to cast your hopeless lethargy asunder' - Rufus Hound A guide to being courageous and community-minded, and to disrupting and dismantling age-old power structures in work, life and politics, written by someone who has done exactly that. Let's be honest. Magid Magid's story seems an unlikely one. He's a Somali-born black Muslim refugee who became the youngest ever Lord Mayor of Sheffield and one of the last UK MEPs. Magid has made headlines nationally and internationally for his creative ways of campaigning while not conforming to tradition and being unapologetically himself. Magid had no idea that the poster he dreamed up for a local music festival in 2018 would go viral. The poster contained the 10 commandments he tries to live by. He had no idea that this poster would come to represent a movement that has swept him to the heart of local and European establishment politics. Now, for the first time, he reveals the stories behind each of these 'commandments'; what drives him, the obstacles he overcame and what makes him hopeful. 'His voice and representation are inspirational and a force to reckon with.' Dr Shola Mos-Shogbamimu, lawyer, activist and author 'It's easy to problematise the world, but Magid has offered us answers , solutions and even the possibility of a new politics.' Jon McClure, lead singer of Reverend and The Makers 'Magid's book could not be more timely. A must read for anyone who wants to change the world.' Chunky Mark, The Artist Taxi Driver Magid Magid Thu, 03 Sep 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417282 thebookvoice.com 5:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417282]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Disruption: A Manifesto For Real Change Author: Magid Magid Narrator: Magid Magid Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: SHORTLISTED FOR BEST NON-FICTION BOOK BY A PARLIAMENTARIAN AT THE PARLIAMENTARY BOOK AWARDS 2021 'Read this book!' Caroline Lucas 'My money's on Magid.' Thandie Newton 'Thou shalt not ignore this book. Magid is magic!' - Jarvis Cocker 'A man so inspiring you will have no choice but to cast your hopeless lethargy asunder' - Rufus Hound A guide to being courageous and community-minded, and to disrupting and dismantling age-old power structures in work, life and politics, written by someone who has done exactly that. Let's be honest. Magid Magid's story seems an unlikely one. He's a Somali-born black Muslim refugee who became the youngest ever Lord Mayor of Sheffield and one of the last UK MEPs. Magid has made headlines nationally and internationally for his creative ways of campaigning while not conforming to tradition and being unapologetically himself. Magid had no idea that the poster he dreamed up for a local music festival in 2018 would go viral. The poster contained the 10 commandments he tries to live by. He had no idea that this poster would come to represent a movement that has swept him to the heart of local and European establishment politics. Now, for the first time, he reveals the stories behind each of these 'commandments'; what drives him, the obstacles he overcame and what makes him hopeful. 'His voice and representation are inspirational and a force to reckon with.' Dr Shola Mos-Shogbamimu, lawyer, activist and author 'It's easy to problematise the world, but Magid has offered us answers , solutions and even the possibility of a new politics.' Jon McClure, lead singer of Reverend and The Makers 'Magid's book could not be more timely. A must read for anyone who wants to change the world.' Chunky Mark, The Artist Taxi Driver Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417282]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Disruption: A Manifesto For Real Change Author: Magid Magid Narrator: Magid Magid Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: SHORTLISTED FOR BEST NON-FICTION BOOK BY A PARLIAMENTARIAN AT THE PARLIAMENTARY BOOK AWARDS 2021 'Read this book!' Caroline Lucas 'My money's on Magid.' Thandie Newton 'Thou shalt not ignore this book. Magid is magic!' - Jarvis Cocker 'A man so inspiring you will have no choice but to cast your hopeless lethargy asunder' - Rufus Hound A guide to being courageous and community-minded, and to disrupting and dismantling age-old power structures in work, life and politics, written by someone who has done exactly that. Let's be honest. Magid Magid's story seems an unlikely one. He's a Somali-born black Muslim refugee who became the youngest ever Lord Mayor of Sheffield and one of the last UK MEPs. Magid has made headlines nationally and internationally for his creative ways of campaigning while not conforming to tradition and being unapologetically himself. Magid had no idea that the poster he dreamed up for a local music festival in 2018 would go viral. The poster contained the 10 commandments he tries to live by. He had no idea that this poster would come to represent a movement that has swept him to the heart of local and European establishment politics. Now, for the first time, he reveals the stories behind each of these 'commandments'; what drives him, the obstacles he overcame and what makes him hopeful. 'His voice and representation are inspirational and a force to reckon with.' Dr Shola Mos-Shogbamimu, lawyer, activist and author 'It's easy to problematise the world, but Magid has offered us answers , solutions and even the possibility of a new politics.' Jon McClure, lead singer of Reverend and The Makers 'Magid's book could not be more timely. A must read for anyone who wants to change the world.' Chunky Mark, The Artist Taxi Driver https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417273 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417273]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Hands of the People: Thomas Jefferson on Equality, Faith, Freedom, Compromise, and the Art of Citizenship Author: Annette Gordon-Reed Narrator: Edoardo Ballerini, Fred Sanders, Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Pulitzer Prize–winning historian Jon Meacham offers a collection of inspiring words about how to be a good citizen, from Thomas Jefferson and others, and reminds us why our country’s founding principles are still so important today. Thomas Jefferson believed in the covenant between a government and its citizens, in both the government’s responsibilities to its people and also the people’s responsibility to the republic. In this illuminating book, a project of the Thomas Jefferson Foundation at Monticello, the #1 New York Times bestselling author Jon Meacham presents selections from Jefferson’s writing on the subject, with an afterword by Pulitzer Prize–winning historian Annette Gordon-Reed and comments on Jefferson’s ideas from others, including Colin Powell, Madeleine Albright, Frederick Douglass, Carl Sagan, and American presidents. This curated collection revitalizes how to see an individual’s role in the world, as it explores such Jeffersonian concepts as religious freedom, the importance of a free press, public education, participation in government, and others. Meacham writes, “In an hour of twenty-first-century division and partisanship, of declining trust in institutions and of widespread skepticism about the long-term viability of the American experiment, it is instructive to return to first principles. Not, to be sure, as an exercise in nostalgia or as a flight from the reality of our own time, but as an honest effort to see, as Jefferson wrote, what history may be able to tell us about the present and the future.” Read by Fred Sanders and Edoardo Ballerini, with Paul Boehmer, Mark Bramhall, Amanda Carlin, Janina Edwards, Robert Fass, Jim Frangione, Dion Graham, Johnny Heller, JD Jackson, Arthur Morey, George Newbern, and Christine Rendel Annette Gordon-Reed Tue, 30 Jun 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417273 thebookvoice.com 2:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417273]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Hands of the People: Thomas Jefferson on Equality, Faith, Freedom, Compromise, and the Art of Citizenship Author: Annette Gordon-Reed Narrator: Edoardo Ballerini, Fred Sanders, Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Pulitzer Prize–winning historian Jon Meacham offers a collection of inspiring words about how to be a good citizen, from Thomas Jefferson and others, and reminds us why our country’s founding principles are still so important today. Thomas Jefferson believed in the covenant between a government and its citizens, in both the government’s responsibilities to its people and also the people’s responsibility to the republic. In this illuminating book, a project of the Thomas Jefferson Foundation at Monticello, the #1 New York Times bestselling author Jon Meacham presents selections from Jefferson’s writing on the subject, with an afterword by Pulitzer Prize–winning historian Annette Gordon-Reed and comments on Jefferson’s ideas from others, including Colin Powell, Madeleine Albright, Frederick Douglass, Carl Sagan, and American presidents. This curated collection revitalizes how to see an individual’s role in the world, as it explores such Jeffersonian concepts as religious freedom, the importance of a free press, public education, participation in government, and others. Meacham writes, “In an hour of twenty-first-century division and partisanship, of declining trust in institutions and of widespread skepticism about the long-term viability of the American experiment, it is instructive to return to first principles. Not, to be sure, as an exercise in nostalgia or as a flight from the reality of our own time, but as an honest effort to see, as Jefferson wrote, what history may be able to tell us about the present and the future.” Read by Fred Sanders and Edoardo Ballerini, with Paul Boehmer, Mark Bramhall, Amanda Carlin, Janina Edwards, Robert Fass, Jim Frangione, Dion Graham, Johnny Heller, JD Jackson, Arthur Morey, George Newbern, and Christine Rendel Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417273]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Hands of the People: Thomas Jefferson on Equality, Faith, Freedom, Compromise, and the Art of Citizenship Author: Annette Gordon-Reed Narrator: Edoardo Ballerini, Fred Sanders, Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Pulitzer Prize–winning historian Jon Meacham offers a collection of inspiring words about how to be a good citizen, from Thomas Jefferson and others, and reminds us why our country’s founding principles are still so important today. Thomas Jefferson believed in the covenant between a government and its citizens, in both the government’s responsibilities to its people and also the people’s responsibility to the republic. In this illuminating book, a project of the Thomas Jefferson Foundation at Monticello, the #1 New York Times bestselling author Jon Meacham presents selections from Jefferson’s writing on the subject, with an afterword by Pulitzer Prize–winning historian Annette Gordon-Reed and comments on Jefferson’s ideas from others, including Colin Powell, Madeleine Albright, Frederick Douglass, Carl Sagan, and American presidents. This curated collection revitalizes how to see an individual’s role in the world, as it explores such Jeffersonian concepts as religious freedom, the importance of a free press, public education, participation in government, and others. Meacham writes, “In an hour of twenty-first-century division and partisanship, of declining trust in institutions and of widespread skepticism about the long-term viability of the American experiment, it is instructive to return to first principles. Not, to be sure, as an exercise in nostalgia or as a flight from the reality of our own time, but as an honest effort to see, as Jefferson wrote, what history may be able to tell us about the present and the future.” Read by Fred Sanders and Edoardo Ballerini, with Paul Boehmer, Mark Bramhall, Amanda Carlin, Janina Edwards, Robert Fass, Jim Frangione, Dion Graham, Johnny Heller, JD Jackson, Arthur Morey, George Newbern, and Christine Rendel https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417267 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417267]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: MBS: The Rise to Power of Mohammed bin Salman Author: Ben Hubbard Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES EDITORS’ CHOICE • A gripping, behind-the-scenes portrait of the rise of Saudi Arabia’s secretive and mercurial new ruler “Revelatory . . . a vivid portrait of how MBS has altered the kingdom during his half-decade of rule.”—The Washington Post   Finalist for the PEN/Jacqueline Bograd Weld Award • ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: Financial Times, Foreign Affairs, Kirkus Reviews MBS is the untold story of how a mysterious young prince emerged from Saudi Arabia’s sprawling royal family to overhaul the economy and society of the richest country in the Middle East—and gather as much power as possible into his own hands. Since his father, King Salman, ascended to the throne in 2015, Mohammed bin Salman has leveraged his influence to restructure the kingdom’s economy, loosen its strict Islamic social codes, and confront its enemies around the region, especially Iran. That vision won him fans at home and on Wall Street, in Silicon Valley, in Hollywood, and at the White House, where President Trump embraced the prince as a key player in his own vision for the Middle East. But over time, the sheen of the visionary young reformer has become tarnished, leaving many struggling to determine whether MBS is in fact a rising dictator whose inexperience and rash decisions are destabilizing the world’s most volatile region.   Based on years of reporting and hundreds of interviews, MBS reveals the machinations behind the kingdom’s catastrophic military intervention in Yemen, the bizarre detention of princes and businessmen in the Riyadh Ritz-Carlton, and the shifting Saudi relationships with Israel and the United States. And finally, it sheds new light on the greatest scandal of the young autocrat’s rise: the brutal killing of journalist Jamal Khashoggi by Saudi agents in Istanbul, a crime that shook Saudi Arabia’s relationship with Washington and left the world wondering whether MBS could get away with murder.   MBS is a riveting, eye-opening account of how the young prince has wielded vast powers to reshape his kingdom and the world around him. Ben Hubbard Tue, 10 Mar 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417267 thebookvoice.com 11:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417267]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: MBS: The Rise to Power of Mohammed bin Salman Author: Ben Hubbard Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES EDITORS’ CHOICE • A gripping, behind-the-scenes portrait of the rise of Saudi Arabia’s secretive and mercurial new ruler “Revelatory . . . a vivid portrait of how MBS has altered the kingdom during his half-decade of rule.”—The Washington Post   Finalist for the PEN/Jacqueline Bograd Weld Award • ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: Financial Times, Foreign Affairs, Kirkus Reviews MBS is the untold story of how a mysterious young prince emerged from Saudi Arabia’s sprawling royal family to overhaul the economy and society of the richest country in the Middle East—and gather as much power as possible into his own hands. Since his father, King Salman, ascended to the throne in 2015, Mohammed bin Salman has leveraged his influence to restructure the kingdom’s economy, loosen its strict Islamic social codes, and confront its enemies around the region, especially Iran. That vision won him fans at home and on Wall Street, in Silicon Valley, in Hollywood, and at the White House, where President Trump embraced the prince as a key player in his own vision for the Middle East. But over time, the sheen of the visionary young reformer has become tarnished, leaving many struggling to determine whether MBS is in fact a rising dictator whose inexperience and rash decisions are destabilizing the world’s most volatile region.   Based on years of reporting and hundreds of interviews, MBS reveals the machinations behind the kingdom’s catastrophic military intervention in Yemen, the bizarre detention of princes and businessmen in the Riyadh Ritz-Carlton, and the shifting Saudi relationships with Israel and the United States. And finally, it sheds new light on the greatest scandal of the young autocrat’s rise: the brutal killing of journalist Jamal Khashoggi by Saudi agents in Istanbul, a crime that shook Saudi Arabia’s relationship with Washington and left the world wondering whether MBS could get away with murder.   MBS is a riveting, eye-opening account of how the young prince has wielded vast powers to reshape his kingdom and the world around him. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417267]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: MBS: The Rise to Power of Mohammed bin Salman Author: Ben Hubbard Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES EDITORS’ CHOICE • A gripping, behind-the-scenes portrait of the rise of Saudi Arabia’s secretive and mercurial new ruler “Revelatory . . . a vivid portrait of how MBS has altered the kingdom during his half-decade of rule.”—The Washington Post   Finalist for the PEN/Jacqueline Bograd Weld Award • ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: Financial Times, Foreign Affairs, Kirkus Reviews MBS is the untold story of how a mysterious young prince emerged from Saudi Arabia’s sprawling royal family to overhaul the economy and society of the richest country in the Middle East—and gather as much power as possible into his own hands. Since his father, King Salman, ascended to the throne in 2015, Mohammed bin Salman has leveraged his influence to restructure the kingdom’s economy, loosen its strict Islamic social codes, and confront its enemies around the region, especially Iran. That vision won him fans at home and on Wall Street, in Silicon Valley, in Hollywood, and at the White House, where President Trump embraced the prince as a key player in his own vision for the Middle East. But over time, the sheen of the visionary young reformer has become tarnished, leaving many struggling to determine whether MBS is in fact a rising dictator whose inexperience and rash decisions are destabilizing the world’s most volatile region.   Based on years of reporting and hundreds of interviews, MBS reveals the machinations behind the kingdom’s catastrophic military intervention in Yemen, the bizarre detention of princes and businessmen in the Riyadh Ritz-Carlton, and the shifting Saudi relationships with Israel and the United States. And finally, it sheds new light on the greatest scandal of the young autocrat’s rise: the brutal killing of journalist Jamal Khashoggi by Saudi agents in Istanbul, a crime that shook Saudi Arabia’s relationship with Washington and left the world wondering whether MBS could get away with murder.   MBS is a riveting, eye-opening account of how the young prince has wielded vast powers to reshape his kingdom and the world around him. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417024 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417024]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Macht der Geographie - Wie sich Weltpolitik anhand von 10 Karten erklären lässt (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Tim Marshall Narrator: Julian Mehne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: October 23, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Weltpolitik ist auch Geopolitik. Alle Regierungen, alle Staatschefs unterliegen den Zwängen der Geographie. Berge und Ebenen, Flüsse, Meere, Wüsten setzen ihrem Entscheidungsspielraum Grenzen. Um Geschichte und Politik zu verstehen, muss man selbstverständlich die Menschen, die Ideen, die Einstellungen kennen. Aber wenn man die Geographie nicht mit einbezieht, bekommt man kein vollständiges Bild. Zum Beispiel Russland: Von den Moskauer Großfürsten über Iwan den Schrecklichen, Peter den Großen und Stalin bis hin zu Wladimir Putin sah sich jeder russische Staatschef denselben geostrategischen Problemen ausgesetzt, egal ob im Zarismus, im Kommunismus oder im kapitalistischen Nepotismus. Die meisten Häfen frieren immer noch ein halbes Jahr zu. Nicht gut für die Marine. Die nordeuropäische Tiefebene von der Nordsee bis zum Ural ist immer noch flach. Jeder kann durchmarschieren. Russland, China, die USA, Europa, Afrika, Lateinamerika, der Nahe Osten, Indien und Pakistan, Japan und Korea, die Arktis und Grönland: In zehn Kapiteln zeigt Tim Marshall, wie die Geographie die Weltpolitik beeinflusst und beeinflusst hat. Tim Marshall Mon, 23 Oct 2017 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417024 thebookvoice.com 9:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417024]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Macht der Geographie - Wie sich Weltpolitik anhand von 10 Karten erklären lässt (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Tim Marshall Narrator: Julian Mehne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: October 23, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Weltpolitik ist auch Geopolitik. Alle Regierungen, alle Staatschefs unterliegen den Zwängen der Geographie. Berge und Ebenen, Flüsse, Meere, Wüsten setzen ihrem Entscheidungsspielraum Grenzen. Um Geschichte und Politik zu verstehen, muss man selbstverständlich die Menschen, die Ideen, die Einstellungen kennen. Aber wenn man die Geographie nicht mit einbezieht, bekommt man kein vollständiges Bild. Zum Beispiel Russland: Von den Moskauer Großfürsten über Iwan den Schrecklichen, Peter den Großen und Stalin bis hin zu Wladimir Putin sah sich jeder russische Staatschef denselben geostrategischen Problemen ausgesetzt, egal ob im Zarismus, im Kommunismus oder im kapitalistischen Nepotismus. Die meisten Häfen frieren immer noch ein halbes Jahr zu. Nicht gut für die Marine. Die nordeuropäische Tiefebene von der Nordsee bis zum Ural ist immer noch flach. Jeder kann durchmarschieren. Russland, China, die USA, Europa, Afrika, Lateinamerika, der Nahe Osten, Indien und Pakistan, Japan und Korea, die Arktis und Grönland: In zehn Kapiteln zeigt Tim Marshall, wie die Geographie die Weltpolitik beeinflusst und beeinflusst hat. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417024]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Macht der Geographie - Wie sich Weltpolitik anhand von 10 Karten erklären lässt (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Tim Marshall Narrator: Julian Mehne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: October 23, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Weltpolitik ist auch Geopolitik. Alle Regierungen, alle Staatschefs unterliegen den Zwängen der Geographie. Berge und Ebenen, Flüsse, Meere, Wüsten setzen ihrem Entscheidungsspielraum Grenzen. Um Geschichte und Politik zu verstehen, muss man selbstverständlich die Menschen, die Ideen, die Einstellungen kennen. Aber wenn man die Geographie nicht mit einbezieht, bekommt man kein vollständiges Bild. Zum Beispiel Russland: Von den Moskauer Großfürsten über Iwan den Schrecklichen, Peter den Großen und Stalin bis hin zu Wladimir Putin sah sich jeder russische Staatschef denselben geostrategischen Problemen ausgesetzt, egal ob im Zarismus, im Kommunismus oder im kapitalistischen Nepotismus. Die meisten Häfen frieren immer noch ein halbes Jahr zu. Nicht gut für die Marine. Die nordeuropäische Tiefebene von der Nordsee bis zum Ural ist immer noch flach. Jeder kann durchmarschieren. Russland, China, die USA, Europa, Afrika, Lateinamerika, der Nahe Osten, Indien und Pakistan, Japan und Korea, die Arktis und Grönland: In zehn Kapiteln zeigt Tim Marshall, wie die Geographie die Weltpolitik beeinflusst und beeinflusst hat. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416968 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416968]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Libertarian Walks Into a Bear: The Utopian Plot to Liberate an American Town (And Some Bears) Author: Matthew Hongoltz-Hetling Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: "Simultaneously hilarious, poignant, and deeply unsettling." ―The New Republic A tiny American town's plans for radical self-government overlooked one hairy detail: no one told the bears.   Once upon a time, a group of libertarians got together and hatched the Free Town Project, a plan to take over an American town and completely eliminate its government. In 2004, they set their sights on Grafton, NH, a barely populated settlement with one paved road. When they descended on Grafton, public funding for pretty much everything shrank: the fire department, the library, the schoolhouse. State and federal laws became meek suggestions, scarcely heard in the town's thick wilderness. The anything-goes atmosphere soon caught the attention of Grafton's neighbors: the bears. Freedom-loving citizens ignored hunting laws and regulations on food disposal. They built a tent city in an effort to get off the grid. The bears smelled food and opportunity. A Libertarian Walks Into a Bear is the sometimes funny, sometimes terrifying tale of what happens when a government disappears into the woods. Complete with gunplay, adventure, and backstabbing politicians, this is the ultimate story of a quintessential American experiment -- to live free or die, perhaps from a bear. Matthew Hongoltz-Hetling Tue, 15 Sep 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416968 thebookvoice.com 9:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416968]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Libertarian Walks Into a Bear: The Utopian Plot to Liberate an American Town (And Some Bears) Author: Matthew Hongoltz-Hetling Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: "Simultaneously hilarious, poignant, and deeply unsettling." ―The New Republic A tiny American town's plans for radical self-government overlooked one hairy detail: no one told the bears.   Once upon a time, a group of libertarians got together and hatched the Free Town Project, a plan to take over an American town and completely eliminate its government. In 2004, they set their sights on Grafton, NH, a barely populated settlement with one paved road. When they descended on Grafton, public funding for pretty much everything shrank: the fire department, the library, the schoolhouse. State and federal laws became meek suggestions, scarcely heard in the town's thick wilderness. The anything-goes atmosphere soon caught the attention of Grafton's neighbors: the bears. Freedom-loving citizens ignored hunting laws and regulations on food disposal. They built a tent city in an effort to get off the grid. The bears smelled food and opportunity. A Libertarian Walks Into a Bear is the sometimes funny, sometimes terrifying tale of what happens when a government disappears into the woods. Complete with gunplay, adventure, and backstabbing politicians, this is the ultimate story of a quintessential American experiment -- to live free or die, perhaps from a bear. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416968]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Libertarian Walks Into a Bear: The Utopian Plot to Liberate an American Town (And Some Bears) Author: Matthew Hongoltz-Hetling Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: "Simultaneously hilarious, poignant, and deeply unsettling." ―The New Republic A tiny American town's plans for radical self-government overlooked one hairy detail: no one told the bears.   Once upon a time, a group of libertarians got together and hatched the Free Town Project, a plan to take over an American town and completely eliminate its government. In 2004, they set their sights on Grafton, NH, a barely populated settlement with one paved road. When they descended on Grafton, public funding for pretty much everything shrank: the fire department, the library, the schoolhouse. State and federal laws became meek suggestions, scarcely heard in the town's thick wilderness. The anything-goes atmosphere soon caught the attention of Grafton's neighbors: the bears. Freedom-loving citizens ignored hunting laws and regulations on food disposal. They built a tent city in an effort to get off the grid. The bears smelled food and opportunity. A Libertarian Walks Into a Bear is the sometimes funny, sometimes terrifying tale of what happens when a government disappears into the woods. Complete with gunplay, adventure, and backstabbing politicians, this is the ultimate story of a quintessential American experiment -- to live free or die, perhaps from a bear. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416946 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416946]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Voucher Promise: 'Section 8' and the Fate of an American Neighborhood Author: Eva Rosen Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 13 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Voucher Promise examines the Housing Choice Voucher Program, colloquially known as 'Section 8,' and how it shapes the lives of families living in a Baltimore neighborhood called Park Heights. Eva Rosen tells stories about the daily lives of homeowners, voucher holders, renters who receive no housing assistance, and the landlords who provide housing. While vouchers are a powerful tool with great promise, she demonstrates how the housing policy can replicate the very inequalities it has the power to solve. Rosen spent more than a year living in Park Heights, getting to know families and learning about the neighborhood's history. Voucher holders disproportionately end up in this area despite rampant unemployment, drugs, crime, and abandoned housing. Exploring why they are unable to relocate to other neighborhoods, Rosen illustrates the challenges in obtaining vouchers and the difficulties faced by recipients in using them when and where they want to. Yet, despite the program's real shortcomings, she argues that vouchers offer basic stability for families and should remain integral to solutions for the nation's housing crisis. Delving into the connections between safe, affordable housing and social mobility, The Voucher Promise investigates the profound benefits and formidable obstacles involved in housing America's poor. Eva Rosen Tue, 14 Jul 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416946 thebookvoice.com 9:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416946]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Voucher Promise: 'Section 8' and the Fate of an American Neighborhood Author: Eva Rosen Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 13 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Voucher Promise examines the Housing Choice Voucher Program, colloquially known as 'Section 8,' and how it shapes the lives of families living in a Baltimore neighborhood called Park Heights. Eva Rosen tells stories about the daily lives of homeowners, voucher holders, renters who receive no housing assistance, and the landlords who provide housing. While vouchers are a powerful tool with great promise, she demonstrates how the housing policy can replicate the very inequalities it has the power to solve. Rosen spent more than a year living in Park Heights, getting to know families and learning about the neighborhood's history. Voucher holders disproportionately end up in this area despite rampant unemployment, drugs, crime, and abandoned housing. Exploring why they are unable to relocate to other neighborhoods, Rosen illustrates the challenges in obtaining vouchers and the difficulties faced by recipients in using them when and where they want to. Yet, despite the program's real shortcomings, she argues that vouchers offer basic stability for families and should remain integral to solutions for the nation's housing crisis. Delving into the connections between safe, affordable housing and social mobility, The Voucher Promise investigates the profound benefits and formidable obstacles involved in housing America's poor. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416946]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Voucher Promise: 'Section 8' and the Fate of an American Neighborhood Author: Eva Rosen Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 13 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Voucher Promise examines the Housing Choice Voucher Program, colloquially known as 'Section 8,' and how it shapes the lives of families living in a Baltimore neighborhood called Park Heights. Eva Rosen tells stories about the daily lives of homeowners, voucher holders, renters who receive no housing assistance, and the landlords who provide housing. While vouchers are a powerful tool with great promise, she demonstrates how the housing policy can replicate the very inequalities it has the power to solve. Rosen spent more than a year living in Park Heights, getting to know families and learning about the neighborhood's history. Voucher holders disproportionately end up in this area despite rampant unemployment, drugs, crime, and abandoned housing. Exploring why they are unable to relocate to other neighborhoods, Rosen illustrates the challenges in obtaining vouchers and the difficulties faced by recipients in using them when and where they want to. Yet, despite the program's real shortcomings, she argues that vouchers offer basic stability for families and should remain integral to solutions for the nation's housing crisis. Delving into the connections between safe, affordable housing and social mobility, The Voucher Promise investigates the profound benefits and formidable obstacles involved in housing America's poor. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416944 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416944]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let the People Rule: How Direct Democracy Can Meet the Populist Challenge Author: John G. Matsusaka Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 33 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How referendums can diffuse populist tensions by putting power back into the hands of the people Propelled by the belief that government has slipped out of the hands of ordinary citizens, a surging wave of populism is destabilizing democracies around the world. As John Matsusaka reveals in Let the People Rule, this belief is based in fact. Over the past century, while democratic governments have become more efficient, they have also become more disconnected from the people they purport to represent. The solution Matsusaka advances is familiar but surprisingly underused: direct democracy, in the form of referendums. Drawing on examples from around the world, Matsusaka shows how direct democracy can bring policies back in line with the will of the people (and provide other benefits, like curbing corruption). Taking lessons from failed processes like Brexit, he also describes what issues are best suited to referendums and how they should be designed, and he tackles questions that have long vexed direct democracy: can voters be trusted to choose reasonable policies, and can minority rights survive majority decisions? The result is one of the most comprehensive examinations of direct democracy to date—coupled with concrete, nonpartisan proposals for how countries can make the most of the powerful tools that referendums offer. John G. Matsusaka Tue, 17 Mar 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416944 thebookvoice.com 10:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416944]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let the People Rule: How Direct Democracy Can Meet the Populist Challenge Author: John G. Matsusaka Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 33 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How referendums can diffuse populist tensions by putting power back into the hands of the people Propelled by the belief that government has slipped out of the hands of ordinary citizens, a surging wave of populism is destabilizing democracies around the world. As John Matsusaka reveals in Let the People Rule, this belief is based in fact. Over the past century, while democratic governments have become more efficient, they have also become more disconnected from the people they purport to represent. The solution Matsusaka advances is familiar but surprisingly underused: direct democracy, in the form of referendums. Drawing on examples from around the world, Matsusaka shows how direct democracy can bring policies back in line with the will of the people (and provide other benefits, like curbing corruption). Taking lessons from failed processes like Brexit, he also describes what issues are best suited to referendums and how they should be designed, and he tackles questions that have long vexed direct democracy: can voters be trusted to choose reasonable policies, and can minority rights survive majority decisions? The result is one of the most comprehensive examinations of direct democracy to date—coupled with concrete, nonpartisan proposals for how countries can make the most of the powerful tools that referendums offer. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416944]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let the People Rule: How Direct Democracy Can Meet the Populist Challenge Author: John G. Matsusaka Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 33 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How referendums can diffuse populist tensions by putting power back into the hands of the people Propelled by the belief that government has slipped out of the hands of ordinary citizens, a surging wave of populism is destabilizing democracies around the world. As John Matsusaka reveals in Let the People Rule, this belief is based in fact. Over the past century, while democratic governments have become more efficient, they have also become more disconnected from the people they purport to represent. The solution Matsusaka advances is familiar but surprisingly underused: direct democracy, in the form of referendums. Drawing on examples from around the world, Matsusaka shows how direct democracy can bring policies back in line with the will of the people (and provide other benefits, like curbing corruption). Taking lessons from failed processes like Brexit, he also describes what issues are best suited to referendums and how they should be designed, and he tackles questions that have long vexed direct democracy: can voters be trusted to choose reasonable policies, and can minority rights survive majority decisions? The result is one of the most comprehensive examinations of direct democracy to date—coupled with concrete, nonpartisan proposals for how countries can make the most of the powerful tools that referendums offer. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416943 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416943]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Loud Minority: Why Protests Matter in American Democracy Author: Daniel Q. Gillion Narrator: David Sadzin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The 'silent majority'—a phrase coined by Richard Nixon in 1969 in response to Vietnam War protests and later used by Donald Trump as a campaign slogan—refers to the supposed wedge that exists between protestors in the street and the voters at home. The Loud Minority upends this view by demonstrating that voters are in fact directly informed and influenced by protest activism. Consequently, as protests grow in America, every facet of the electoral process is touched by this loud minority, benefiting the political party perceived to be the most supportive of the protestors' messaging. Drawing on historical evidence, statistical data, and detailed interviews about protest activity since the 1960s, Daniel Gillion shows that electoral districts with protest activity are more likely to see increased voter turnout at the polls. Surprisingly, protest activities are also moneymaking endeavors for electoral politics, as voters donate more to political candidates who share the ideological leanings of activists. Finally, protests are a signal of political problems, encouraging experienced political challengers to run for office and hurting incumbents' chances of winning reelection. An exploration of how protests affect voter behavior and warn of future electoral changes, The Loud Minority looks at the many ways that activism can shape democracy. Daniel Q. Gillion Tue, 10 Mar 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416943 thebookvoice.com 7:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416943]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Loud Minority: Why Protests Matter in American Democracy Author: Daniel Q. Gillion Narrator: David Sadzin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The 'silent majority'—a phrase coined by Richard Nixon in 1969 in response to Vietnam War protests and later used by Donald Trump as a campaign slogan—refers to the supposed wedge that exists between protestors in the street and the voters at home. The Loud Minority upends this view by demonstrating that voters are in fact directly informed and influenced by protest activism. Consequently, as protests grow in America, every facet of the electoral process is touched by this loud minority, benefiting the political party perceived to be the most supportive of the protestors' messaging. Drawing on historical evidence, statistical data, and detailed interviews about protest activity since the 1960s, Daniel Gillion shows that electoral districts with protest activity are more likely to see increased voter turnout at the polls. Surprisingly, protest activities are also moneymaking endeavors for electoral politics, as voters donate more to political candidates who share the ideological leanings of activists. Finally, protests are a signal of political problems, encouraging experienced political challengers to run for office and hurting incumbents' chances of winning reelection. An exploration of how protests affect voter behavior and warn of future electoral changes, The Loud Minority looks at the many ways that activism can shape democracy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416943]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Loud Minority: Why Protests Matter in American Democracy Author: Daniel Q. Gillion Narrator: David Sadzin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The 'silent majority'—a phrase coined by Richard Nixon in 1969 in response to Vietnam War protests and later used by Donald Trump as a campaign slogan—refers to the supposed wedge that exists between protestors in the street and the voters at home. The Loud Minority upends this view by demonstrating that voters are in fact directly informed and influenced by protest activism. Consequently, as protests grow in America, every facet of the electoral process is touched by this loud minority, benefiting the political party perceived to be the most supportive of the protestors' messaging. Drawing on historical evidence, statistical data, and detailed interviews about protest activity since the 1960s, Daniel Gillion shows that electoral districts with protest activity are more likely to see increased voter turnout at the polls. Surprisingly, protest activities are also moneymaking endeavors for electoral politics, as voters donate more to political candidates who share the ideological leanings of activists. Finally, protests are a signal of political problems, encouraging experienced political challengers to run for office and hurting incumbents' chances of winning reelection. An exploration of how protests affect voter behavior and warn of future electoral changes, The Loud Minority looks at the many ways that activism can shape democracy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416936 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416936]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uncounted: The Crisis of Voter Suppression in America Author: Gilda R. Daniels Narrator: Gilda R. Daniels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Voting Rights Act of 1965 is considered one of the most effective pieces of legislation the United States has ever passed. It enfranchised hundreds of thousands of voters, particularly in the American South, and drew attention to the problem of voter suppression. Yet in recent years there has been a continuous assault on access to the ballot box in the form of stricter voter ID requirements, meritless claims of rigged elections, and baseless accusations of voter fraud. In the past these efforts were aimed at eliminating African American voters from the rolls, and today, new laws seek to eliminate voters of color, the poor, and the elderly, groups that historically vote for the Democratic Party. Uncounted examines the phenomenon of disenfranchisement through the lens of history, race, law, and the democratic process. Gilda R. Daniels, who served as Deputy Chief in the United States Department of Justice Civil Rights Division and more than two decades of voting rights experience, argues that voter suppression works in cycles, constantly adapting and finding new ways to hinder access for an exponentially growing minority population. She warns that a premeditated strategy of restrictive laws and deceptive practices has taken root and is eroding the very basis of American democracy—the right to vote! Gilda R. Daniels Tue, 31 Mar 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416936 thebookvoice.com 7:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416936]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uncounted: The Crisis of Voter Suppression in America Author: Gilda R. Daniels Narrator: Gilda R. Daniels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Voting Rights Act of 1965 is considered one of the most effective pieces of legislation the United States has ever passed. It enfranchised hundreds of thousands of voters, particularly in the American South, and drew attention to the problem of voter suppression. Yet in recent years there has been a continuous assault on access to the ballot box in the form of stricter voter ID requirements, meritless claims of rigged elections, and baseless accusations of voter fraud. In the past these efforts were aimed at eliminating African American voters from the rolls, and today, new laws seek to eliminate voters of color, the poor, and the elderly, groups that historically vote for the Democratic Party. Uncounted examines the phenomenon of disenfranchisement through the lens of history, race, law, and the democratic process. Gilda R. Daniels, who served as Deputy Chief in the United States Department of Justice Civil Rights Division and more than two decades of voting rights experience, argues that voter suppression works in cycles, constantly adapting and finding new ways to hinder access for an exponentially growing minority population. She warns that a premeditated strategy of restrictive laws and deceptive practices has taken root and is eroding the very basis of American democracy—the right to vote! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416936]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uncounted: The Crisis of Voter Suppression in America Author: Gilda R. Daniels Narrator: Gilda R. Daniels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Voting Rights Act of 1965 is considered one of the most effective pieces of legislation the United States has ever passed. It enfranchised hundreds of thousands of voters, particularly in the American South, and drew attention to the problem of voter suppression. Yet in recent years there has been a continuous assault on access to the ballot box in the form of stricter voter ID requirements, meritless claims of rigged elections, and baseless accusations of voter fraud. In the past these efforts were aimed at eliminating African American voters from the rolls, and today, new laws seek to eliminate voters of color, the poor, and the elderly, groups that historically vote for the Democratic Party. Uncounted examines the phenomenon of disenfranchisement through the lens of history, race, law, and the democratic process. Gilda R. Daniels, who served as Deputy Chief in the United States Department of Justice Civil Rights Division and more than two decades of voting rights experience, argues that voter suppression works in cycles, constantly adapting and finding new ways to hinder access for an exponentially growing minority population. She warns that a premeditated strategy of restrictive laws and deceptive practices has taken root and is eroding the very basis of American democracy—the right to vote! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416932 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416932]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Presidential Leadership in Political Time: Reprise and Reappraisal, Third Edition, Revised and Expanded Author: Stephen Skowronek Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Presidential Leadership in Political Time has greatly expanded our understanding of and debates over the politics of leadership. It clarifies the typical political problems that presidents confront in political time, as well as the likely effects of their working through them, and considers contemporary innovations in our political system that bear on the leadership patterns from the more distant past. Drawing out parallels in the politics of leadership between Andrew Jackson and Franklin Roosevelt and between James Polk and John Kennedy, it develops a new and revealing perspective on the presidential leadership of Clinton, Bush, and Obama. In this edition, Skowronek devotes a new chapter to Obama's presidency and its prospects for becoming transformational—like the presidencies of Jefferson, Jackson, Lincoln, FDR, and Reagan, all of whom succeeded to varying degrees in reconstructing the playing field of national politics. Along the way, he wonders if this kind of leadership is still even possible, given the current divided state of the American polity. He also takes a fresh look at the impact of the twenty-four-hour news cycle, of a more disciplined and homogeneous Republican party, of conservative advocacy of the 'unitary theory' of the executive, and of progressive disillusionment with the presidency as an institution. Stephen Skowronek Tue, 24 Mar 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416932 thebookvoice.com 9:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416932]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Presidential Leadership in Political Time: Reprise and Reappraisal, Third Edition, Revised and Expanded Author: Stephen Skowronek Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Presidential Leadership in Political Time has greatly expanded our understanding of and debates over the politics of leadership. It clarifies the typical political problems that presidents confront in political time, as well as the likely effects of their working through them, and considers contemporary innovations in our political system that bear on the leadership patterns from the more distant past. Drawing out parallels in the politics of leadership between Andrew Jackson and Franklin Roosevelt and between James Polk and John Kennedy, it develops a new and revealing perspective on the presidential leadership of Clinton, Bush, and Obama. In this edition, Skowronek devotes a new chapter to Obama's presidency and its prospects for becoming transformational—like the presidencies of Jefferson, Jackson, Lincoln, FDR, and Reagan, all of whom succeeded to varying degrees in reconstructing the playing field of national politics. Along the way, he wonders if this kind of leadership is still even possible, given the current divided state of the American polity. He also takes a fresh look at the impact of the twenty-four-hour news cycle, of a more disciplined and homogeneous Republican party, of conservative advocacy of the 'unitary theory' of the executive, and of progressive disillusionment with the presidency as an institution. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416932]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Presidential Leadership in Political Time: Reprise and Reappraisal, Third Edition, Revised and Expanded Author: Stephen Skowronek Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Presidential Leadership in Political Time has greatly expanded our understanding of and debates over the politics of leadership. It clarifies the typical political problems that presidents confront in political time, as well as the likely effects of their working through them, and considers contemporary innovations in our political system that bear on the leadership patterns from the more distant past. Drawing out parallels in the politics of leadership between Andrew Jackson and Franklin Roosevelt and between James Polk and John Kennedy, it develops a new and revealing perspective on the presidential leadership of Clinton, Bush, and Obama. In this edition, Skowronek devotes a new chapter to Obama's presidency and its prospects for becoming transformational—like the presidencies of Jefferson, Jackson, Lincoln, FDR, and Reagan, all of whom succeeded to varying degrees in reconstructing the playing field of national politics. Along the way, he wonders if this kind of leadership is still even possible, given the current divided state of the American polity. He also takes a fresh look at the impact of the twenty-four-hour news cycle, of a more disciplined and homogeneous Republican party, of conservative advocacy of the 'unitary theory' of the executive, and of progressive disillusionment with the presidency as an institution. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416909 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416909]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Independent Empire: Diplomacy & War in the Making of the United States Author: Michael S. Kochin, Michael Taylor Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 55 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Foreign policies and diplomatic missions, combined with military action, were the driving forces behind the growth of the early United States. In an era when the Old and New Worlds were subject to British, French, and Spanish imperial ambitions, the new republic had limited diplomatic presence and minimal public credit. It was vulnerable to hostile forces in every direction. The United States could not have survived, grown, or flourished without the adoption of prescient foreign policies, or without skillful diplomatic operations. An Independent Empire shows how foreign policy and diplomacy constitute a truly national story, necessary for understanding the history of the United States. In this lively and well-written book, episodes in American history—such as the writing and ratification of the Constitution, Henry Clay's advocacy of an American System, Pinckney's Treaty with Spain, and the visionary but absurd Congress of Panama—are recast as elemental aspects of United States foreign and security policy. An Independent Empire tells the stories of the people who defined the early history of America’s international relationships. Throughout the book are brief, entertaining vignettes of often-overlooked intellectuals, spies, diplomats, and statesmen whose actions and decisions shaped the first fifty years of the United States. Michael S. Kochin, Michael Taylor Tue, 31 Mar 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416909 thebookvoice.com 10:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416909]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Independent Empire: Diplomacy & War in the Making of the United States Author: Michael S. Kochin, Michael Taylor Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 55 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Foreign policies and diplomatic missions, combined with military action, were the driving forces behind the growth of the early United States. In an era when the Old and New Worlds were subject to British, French, and Spanish imperial ambitions, the new republic had limited diplomatic presence and minimal public credit. It was vulnerable to hostile forces in every direction. The United States could not have survived, grown, or flourished without the adoption of prescient foreign policies, or without skillful diplomatic operations. An Independent Empire shows how foreign policy and diplomacy constitute a truly national story, necessary for understanding the history of the United States. In this lively and well-written book, episodes in American history—such as the writing and ratification of the Constitution, Henry Clay's advocacy of an American System, Pinckney's Treaty with Spain, and the visionary but absurd Congress of Panama—are recast as elemental aspects of United States foreign and security policy. An Independent Empire tells the stories of the people who defined the early history of America’s international relationships. Throughout the book are brief, entertaining vignettes of often-overlooked intellectuals, spies, diplomats, and statesmen whose actions and decisions shaped the first fifty years of the United States. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416909]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Independent Empire: Diplomacy & War in the Making of the United States Author: Michael S. Kochin, Michael Taylor Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 55 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Foreign policies and diplomatic missions, combined with military action, were the driving forces behind the growth of the early United States. In an era when the Old and New Worlds were subject to British, French, and Spanish imperial ambitions, the new republic had limited diplomatic presence and minimal public credit. It was vulnerable to hostile forces in every direction. The United States could not have survived, grown, or flourished without the adoption of prescient foreign policies, or without skillful diplomatic operations. An Independent Empire shows how foreign policy and diplomacy constitute a truly national story, necessary for understanding the history of the United States. In this lively and well-written book, episodes in American history—such as the writing and ratification of the Constitution, Henry Clay's advocacy of an American System, Pinckney's Treaty with Spain, and the visionary but absurd Congress of Panama—are recast as elemental aspects of United States foreign and security policy. An Independent Empire tells the stories of the people who defined the early history of America’s international relationships. Throughout the book are brief, entertaining vignettes of often-overlooked intellectuals, spies, diplomats, and statesmen whose actions and decisions shaped the first fifty years of the United States. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416803 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416803]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El traidor Author: Anabel Hernández Narrator: Karina Castillo, Rafa Serrano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 40 Ratings of Narrator: 4.64 of Total 11 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: El traidor es uno de los trabajos periodísticos más ambiciosos en la trayectoria de Anabel Hernández. El traidor es uno de los trabajos periodísticos más ambiciosos en la trayectoria de Anabel Hernández. Su historia se remonta a enero de 2011, cuando la contactó uno de los abogados de Vicente Zambada Niebla, mejor conocido como Vicentillo, quien enfrentaba un juicio en una corte de Chicago. La intención era compartir con la periodistadocumentos y hechos que ampliaban y esclarecían varios de los episodios que acababa de dar a conocer en Los señores del narco. Entre los documentos a los que tuvo acceso se encuentran el inquietante autorretrato como payaso que aparece en la portada y los diarios realizados por Vicentillo durante las negociaciones para colaborar con el gobierno norteamericano, los cuales hasta ahora eran secretos. Enellos el capo reconstruyó su historia y la historia de una de las organizaciones de tráfico de estupefacientes más grandes del planeta. A lo largo de estas páginas, la autora se adentra en el Cártel de Sinaloa a través del relato de Vicentillo, quien exhibe de manera descarnada cómo funciona el sistema interno que da vida a la organización criminal, la violencia, las mil formas de traficar droga y la complicidad entre políticos, empresarios y fuerzas del orden. Pero sobre todo devela el perfil de quien durante el último medio siglo ha sido el rey del narcotráfico. Quien nunca ha pisado la cárcel y quien desde su trono ha visto caer a amigos, enemigos, socios, competidores, familiares, empleados del gobierno y hasta sus propios hijos, sin que eso haga mella en su poder, el padre de Vicentillo: Ismael el Mayo Zambada. Anabel Hernández Fri, 31 Jan 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416803 thebookvoice.com 9:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416803]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El traidor Author: Anabel Hernández Narrator: Karina Castillo, Rafa Serrano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 40 Ratings of Narrator: 4.64 of Total 11 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: El traidor es uno de los trabajos periodísticos más ambiciosos en la trayectoria de Anabel Hernández. El traidor es uno de los trabajos periodísticos más ambiciosos en la trayectoria de Anabel Hernández. Su historia se remonta a enero de 2011, cuando la contactó uno de los abogados de Vicente Zambada Niebla, mejor conocido como Vicentillo, quien enfrentaba un juicio en una corte de Chicago. La intención era compartir con la periodistadocumentos y hechos que ampliaban y esclarecían varios de los episodios que acababa de dar a conocer en Los señores del narco. Entre los documentos a los que tuvo acceso se encuentran el inquietante autorretrato como payaso que aparece en la portada y los diarios realizados por Vicentillo durante las negociaciones para colaborar con el gobierno norteamericano, los cuales hasta ahora eran secretos. Enellos el capo reconstruyó su historia y la historia de una de las organizaciones de tráfico de estupefacientes más grandes del planeta. A lo largo de estas páginas, la autora se adentra en el Cártel de Sinaloa a través del relato de Vicentillo, quien exhibe de manera descarnada cómo funciona el sistema interno que da vida a la organización criminal, la violencia, las mil formas de traficar droga y la complicidad entre políticos, empresarios y fuerzas del orden. Pero sobre todo devela el perfil de quien durante el último medio siglo ha sido el rey del narcotráfico. Quien nunca ha pisado la cárcel y quien desde su trono ha visto caer a amigos, enemigos, socios, competidores, familiares, empleados del gobierno y hasta sus propios hijos, sin que eso haga mella en su poder, el padre de Vicentillo: Ismael el Mayo Zambada. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416803]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El traidor Author: Anabel Hernández Narrator: Karina Castillo, Rafa Serrano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 40 Ratings of Narrator: 4.64 of Total 11 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: El traidor es uno de los trabajos periodísticos más ambiciosos en la trayectoria de Anabel Hernández. El traidor es uno de los trabajos periodísticos más ambiciosos en la trayectoria de Anabel Hernández. Su historia se remonta a enero de 2011, cuando la contactó uno de los abogados de Vicente Zambada Niebla, mejor conocido como Vicentillo, quien enfrentaba un juicio en una corte de Chicago. La intención era compartir con la periodistadocumentos y hechos que ampliaban y esclarecían varios de los episodios que acababa de dar a conocer en Los señores del narco. Entre los documentos a los que tuvo acceso se encuentran el inquietante autorretrato como payaso que aparece en la portada y los diarios realizados por Vicentillo durante las negociaciones para colaborar con el gobierno norteamericano, los cuales hasta ahora eran secretos. Enellos el capo reconstruyó su historia y la historia de una de las organizaciones de tráfico de estupefacientes más grandes del planeta. A lo largo de estas páginas, la autora se adentra en el Cártel de Sinaloa a través del relato de Vicentillo, quien exhibe de manera descarnada cómo funciona el sistema interno que da vida a la organización criminal, la violencia, las mil formas de traficar droga y la complicidad entre políticos, empresarios y fuerzas del orden. Pero sobre todo devela el perfil de quien durante el último medio siglo ha sido el rey del narcotráfico. Quien nunca ha pisado la cárcel y quien desde su trono ha visto caer a amigos, enemigos, socios, competidores, familiares, empleados del gobierno y hasta sus propios hijos, sin que eso haga mella en su poder, el padre de Vicentillo: Ismael el Mayo Zambada. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416793 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Party Animals: The secret history of a Labor fiasco Author: Samantha Maiden Narrator: Leah Mcleod Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: March 3, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Secrets, lies, lawyers and covert recordings. If you thought the 2019 election was just about a death tax that didn't exist, you're in for a surprise. From the dark arts of the dirt units to the role of billionaire Clive Palmer, this is the untold story of an election debacle. The Labor Party was the unbeatable favourite to win the 2019 election right up until the polls closed and voters delivered the surprise verdict. If the results staggered pundits, they also shocked Bill Shorten and his frontbench, who had spent the final weeks of the campaign carefully planning for their first days in office. Party Animals uncovers the secret history of a Labor fiasco, the untold story behind Scott Morrison's miracle Samantha Maiden Tue, 03 Mar 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416793 thebookvoice.com 8:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Party Animals: The secret history of a Labor fiasco Author: Samantha Maiden Narrator: Leah Mcleod Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: March 3, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Secrets, lies, lawyers and covert recordings. If you thought the 2019 election was just about a death tax that didn't exist, you're in for a surprise. From the dark arts of the dirt units to the role of billionaire Clive Palmer, this is the untold story of an election debacle. The Labor Party was the unbeatable favourite to win the 2019 election right up until the polls closed and voters delivered the surprise verdict. If the results staggered pundits, they also shocked Bill Shorten and his frontbench, who had spent the final weeks of the campaign carefully planning for their first days in office. Party Animals uncovers the secret history of a Labor fiasco, the untold story behind Scott Morrison's miracle Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Party Animals: The secret history of a Labor fiasco Author: Samantha Maiden Narrator: Leah Mcleod Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: March 3, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Secrets, lies, lawyers and covert recordings. If you thought the 2019 election was just about a death tax that didn't exist, you're in for a surprise. From the dark arts of the dirt units to the role of billionaire Clive Palmer, this is the untold story of an election debacle. The Labor Party was the unbeatable favourite to win the 2019 election right up until the polls closed and voters delivered the surprise verdict. If the results staggered pundits, they also shocked Bill Shorten and his frontbench, who had spent the final weeks of the campaign carefully planning for their first days in office. Party Animals uncovers the secret history of a Labor fiasco, the untold story behind Scott Morrison's miracle https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416263 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416263]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Defense of Public Service: How 22 Million Government Workers Will Save our Republic Author: Cedric L. Alexander Narrator: Wes Bleed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Dr. Alexander . . . brings to this book an acute understanding of both why our cherished form of government-and those who serve us in the civil service-appears to be under such unrelenting attack and how we, as citizens, should and must respond.' -from the foreword by Congressman Elijah E. Cummings When those we elect descend into partisan tribalism, criminal malfeasance, and emulation of foreign autocracies and oligarchies, Cedric Alexander says it is the unelected apolitical 'fourth branch' of government-our nation's public servants, civil servants, and first responders-who must save the nation. Alexander, a former deputy mayor, police chief, and CNN commentator, argues that these people do not constitute a nefarious 'deep state' pursuing a hidden agenda. They are the analysts, scientists, lawyers, accountants, educators, consultants, enforcers of regulations, and first responders of every kind who keep the country running and its people safe. Alexander recounts the evolution of the professional civil service as an antidote to widespread cronyism, offers examples of how it has served as a bulwark against powerful corrupting influences, and describes the role it can play in bringing our badly divided society together. To the general public, many of these 22 million people remain invisible and their contributions hidden. But now is the time to make the invisible visible. Cedric L. Alexander Tue, 21 Jan 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416263 thebookvoice.com 4:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416263]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Defense of Public Service: How 22 Million Government Workers Will Save our Republic Author: Cedric L. Alexander Narrator: Wes Bleed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Dr. Alexander . . . brings to this book an acute understanding of both why our cherished form of government-and those who serve us in the civil service-appears to be under such unrelenting attack and how we, as citizens, should and must respond.' -from the foreword by Congressman Elijah E. Cummings When those we elect descend into partisan tribalism, criminal malfeasance, and emulation of foreign autocracies and oligarchies, Cedric Alexander says it is the unelected apolitical 'fourth branch' of government-our nation's public servants, civil servants, and first responders-who must save the nation. Alexander, a former deputy mayor, police chief, and CNN commentator, argues that these people do not constitute a nefarious 'deep state' pursuing a hidden agenda. They are the analysts, scientists, lawyers, accountants, educators, consultants, enforcers of regulations, and first responders of every kind who keep the country running and its people safe. Alexander recounts the evolution of the professional civil service as an antidote to widespread cronyism, offers examples of how it has served as a bulwark against powerful corrupting influences, and describes the role it can play in bringing our badly divided society together. To the general public, many of these 22 million people remain invisible and their contributions hidden. But now is the time to make the invisible visible. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416263]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Defense of Public Service: How 22 Million Government Workers Will Save our Republic Author: Cedric L. Alexander Narrator: Wes Bleed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Dr. Alexander . . . brings to this book an acute understanding of both why our cherished form of government-and those who serve us in the civil service-appears to be under such unrelenting attack and how we, as citizens, should and must respond.' -from the foreword by Congressman Elijah E. Cummings When those we elect descend into partisan tribalism, criminal malfeasance, and emulation of foreign autocracies and oligarchies, Cedric Alexander says it is the unelected apolitical 'fourth branch' of government-our nation's public servants, civil servants, and first responders-who must save the nation. Alexander, a former deputy mayor, police chief, and CNN commentator, argues that these people do not constitute a nefarious 'deep state' pursuing a hidden agenda. They are the analysts, scientists, lawyers, accountants, educators, consultants, enforcers of regulations, and first responders of every kind who keep the country running and its people safe. Alexander recounts the evolution of the professional civil service as an antidote to widespread cronyism, offers examples of how it has served as a bulwark against powerful corrupting influences, and describes the role it can play in bringing our badly divided society together. To the general public, many of these 22 million people remain invisible and their contributions hidden. But now is the time to make the invisible visible. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416250 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416250]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Optimism Over Despair Author: C.J. Polychroniou, Noam Chomsky Narrator: Ako Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: June 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. We have two choices. We can be pessimistic, give up, and help ensure that the worst will happen. Or we can be optimistic, grasp the opportunities that surely exist, and maybe help make the world a better place. Not much of a choice. Another essential work from a peerless political thinker, exploring the rise of neoliberalism, the refugee crisis in Europe, the Black Lives Matter movement, the dysfunctional US electoral system, and the prospects and challenges of building a movement for radical change. Including four up-to-the-minute interviews on the 2016 American election campaign and global resistance to Trump, this Penguin Special is a concise introduction to Chomsky's ideas and his take on the state of the world today. C.J. Polychroniou, Noam Chomsky Thu, 04 Jun 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416250 thebookvoice.com 8:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416250]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Optimism Over Despair Author: C.J. Polychroniou, Noam Chomsky Narrator: Ako Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: June 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. We have two choices. We can be pessimistic, give up, and help ensure that the worst will happen. Or we can be optimistic, grasp the opportunities that surely exist, and maybe help make the world a better place. Not much of a choice. Another essential work from a peerless political thinker, exploring the rise of neoliberalism, the refugee crisis in Europe, the Black Lives Matter movement, the dysfunctional US electoral system, and the prospects and challenges of building a movement for radical change. Including four up-to-the-minute interviews on the 2016 American election campaign and global resistance to Trump, this Penguin Special is a concise introduction to Chomsky's ideas and his take on the state of the world today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416250]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Optimism Over Despair Author: C.J. Polychroniou, Noam Chomsky Narrator: Ako Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: June 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. We have two choices. We can be pessimistic, give up, and help ensure that the worst will happen. Or we can be optimistic, grasp the opportunities that surely exist, and maybe help make the world a better place. Not much of a choice. Another essential work from a peerless political thinker, exploring the rise of neoliberalism, the refugee crisis in Europe, the Black Lives Matter movement, the dysfunctional US electoral system, and the prospects and challenges of building a movement for radical change. Including four up-to-the-minute interviews on the 2016 American election campaign and global resistance to Trump, this Penguin Special is a concise introduction to Chomsky's ideas and his take on the state of the world today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416246 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416246]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Occupy Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Ako Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'Occupy is the first major public response to thirty years of class war.' Since its appearance in Zuccotti Park, New York, in September 2011, the Occupy movement has spread to hundreds of towns and cities across the world. No longer occupying small tent camps, the movement now occupies the global conscience as its messages spread from street protests to op-ed pages to the highest seats of power. From the movement's onset, Noam Chomsky has supported its critique of corporate corruption and encouraged its efforts to increase civic participation, economic equality, democracy and freedom. Through talks and conversations with movement supporters, Occupy presents Chomsky's latest thinking on the central issues, questions and demands that are driving ordinary people to protest. How did we get to this point? How are the wealthiest 1% influencing the lives of the other 99%? How can we separate money from politics? What would a genuinely democratic election look like? How can we redefine basic concepts like 'growth' to increase equality and quality of life for all? © Noam Chomsky 2012 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Noam Chomsky Thu, 04 Jun 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416246 thebookvoice.com 2:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416246]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Occupy Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Ako Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'Occupy is the first major public response to thirty years of class war.' Since its appearance in Zuccotti Park, New York, in September 2011, the Occupy movement has spread to hundreds of towns and cities across the world. No longer occupying small tent camps, the movement now occupies the global conscience as its messages spread from street protests to op-ed pages to the highest seats of power. From the movement's onset, Noam Chomsky has supported its critique of corporate corruption and encouraged its efforts to increase civic participation, economic equality, democracy and freedom. Through talks and conversations with movement supporters, Occupy presents Chomsky's latest thinking on the central issues, questions and demands that are driving ordinary people to protest. How did we get to this point? How are the wealthiest 1% influencing the lives of the other 99%? How can we separate money from politics? What would a genuinely democratic election look like? How can we redefine basic concepts like 'growth' to increase equality and quality of life for all? © Noam Chomsky 2012 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416246]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Occupy Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Ako Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'Occupy is the first major public response to thirty years of class war.' Since its appearance in Zuccotti Park, New York, in September 2011, the Occupy movement has spread to hundreds of towns and cities across the world. No longer occupying small tent camps, the movement now occupies the global conscience as its messages spread from street protests to op-ed pages to the highest seats of power. From the movement's onset, Noam Chomsky has supported its critique of corporate corruption and encouraged its efforts to increase civic participation, economic equality, democracy and freedom. Through talks and conversations with movement supporters, Occupy presents Chomsky's latest thinking on the central issues, questions and demands that are driving ordinary people to protest. How did we get to this point? How are the wealthiest 1% influencing the lives of the other 99%? How can we separate money from politics? What would a genuinely democratic election look like? How can we redefine basic concepts like 'growth' to increase equality and quality of life for all? © Noam Chomsky 2012 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415812 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415812]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Derangement: Climate Change and the Unthinkable Author: Amitav Ghosh Narrator: Shridhar Solanki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Are we deranged? The acclaimed Indian novelist Amitav Ghosh argues that future generations may well think so. How else to explain our imaginative failure in the face of global warming? In his first major book of nonfiction since In an Antique Land, Ghosh examines our inability—at the level of literature, history, and politics—to grasp the scale and violence of climate change. The extreme nature of today’s climate events, Ghosh asserts, make them peculiarly resistant to contemporary modes of thinking and imagining. This is particularly true of serious literary fiction: hundred-year storms and freakish tornadoes simply feel too improbable for the novel; they are automatically consigned to other genres. In the writing of history, too, the climate crisis has sometimes led to gross simplifications; Ghosh shows that the history of the carbon economy is a tangled global story with many contradictory and counterintuitive elements. Ghosh ends by suggesting that politics, much like literature, has become a matter of personal moral reckoning rather than an arena of collective action. But to limit fiction and politics to individual moral adventure comes at a great cost. The climate crisis asks us to imagine other forms of human existence—a task to which fiction, Ghosh argues, is the best suited of all cultural forms. His book serves as a great writer’s summons to confront the most urgent task of our time. Amitav Ghosh Tue, 15 Oct 2019 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415812 thebookvoice.com 6:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415812]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Derangement: Climate Change and the Unthinkable Author: Amitav Ghosh Narrator: Shridhar Solanki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Are we deranged? The acclaimed Indian novelist Amitav Ghosh argues that future generations may well think so. How else to explain our imaginative failure in the face of global warming? In his first major book of nonfiction since In an Antique Land, Ghosh examines our inability—at the level of literature, history, and politics—to grasp the scale and violence of climate change. The extreme nature of today’s climate events, Ghosh asserts, make them peculiarly resistant to contemporary modes of thinking and imagining. This is particularly true of serious literary fiction: hundred-year storms and freakish tornadoes simply feel too improbable for the novel; they are automatically consigned to other genres. In the writing of history, too, the climate crisis has sometimes led to gross simplifications; Ghosh shows that the history of the carbon economy is a tangled global story with many contradictory and counterintuitive elements. Ghosh ends by suggesting that politics, much like literature, has become a matter of personal moral reckoning rather than an arena of collective action. But to limit fiction and politics to individual moral adventure comes at a great cost. The climate crisis asks us to imagine other forms of human existence—a task to which fiction, Ghosh argues, is the best suited of all cultural forms. His book serves as a great writer’s summons to confront the most urgent task of our time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415812]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Derangement: Climate Change and the Unthinkable Author: Amitav Ghosh Narrator: Shridhar Solanki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Are we deranged? The acclaimed Indian novelist Amitav Ghosh argues that future generations may well think so. How else to explain our imaginative failure in the face of global warming? In his first major book of nonfiction since In an Antique Land, Ghosh examines our inability—at the level of literature, history, and politics—to grasp the scale and violence of climate change. The extreme nature of today’s climate events, Ghosh asserts, make them peculiarly resistant to contemporary modes of thinking and imagining. This is particularly true of serious literary fiction: hundred-year storms and freakish tornadoes simply feel too improbable for the novel; they are automatically consigned to other genres. In the writing of history, too, the climate crisis has sometimes led to gross simplifications; Ghosh shows that the history of the carbon economy is a tangled global story with many contradictory and counterintuitive elements. Ghosh ends by suggesting that politics, much like literature, has become a matter of personal moral reckoning rather than an arena of collective action. But to limit fiction and politics to individual moral adventure comes at a great cost. The climate crisis asks us to imagine other forms of human existence—a task to which fiction, Ghosh argues, is the best suited of all cultural forms. His book serves as a great writer’s summons to confront the most urgent task of our time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415731 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415731]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Speaking for Myself: Faith, Freedom, and the Fight of Our Lives Inside the Trump White House Author: Sarah Huckabee Sanders Narrator: Sarah Huckabee Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.44 of Total 54 Ratings of Narrator: 3.22 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. A candid, riveting account of the Trump White House, on the front lines and behind the scenes. Sarah Huckabee Sanders served as White House Press Secretary for President Donald J. Trump from 2017 to 2019. A trusted confidante of the President, Sanders advised him on everything from press and communications strategy to personnel and policy. She was at the President’s side for two and a half years, battling with the media, working with lawmakers and CEOs, and accompanying the President on every international trip, including dozens of meetings with foreign leaders—all while unfailingly exhibiting grace under pressure. Upon her departure from the administration, President Trump described Sarah as “irreplaceable,” a “warrior” and “very special person with extraordinary talents, who has done an incredible job.” Now, in Speaking for Myself, Sarah Huckabee Sanders describes what it was like on the front lines and inside the White House, discussing her faith, the challenges of being a working mother at the highest level of American politics, her relationship with the press, and her unique role in the historic fight raging between the Trump administration and its critics for the future of our country. This frank, revealing, and engaging memoir will offer a truly unique perspective on the most important issues and events of the era, and unprecedented access to both public and behind-the-scenes conversations within the Trump White House. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press Sarah Huckabee Sanders Tue, 08 Sep 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415731 thebookvoice.com 8:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415731]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Speaking for Myself: Faith, Freedom, and the Fight of Our Lives Inside the Trump White House Author: Sarah Huckabee Sanders Narrator: Sarah Huckabee Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.44 of Total 54 Ratings of Narrator: 3.22 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. A candid, riveting account of the Trump White House, on the front lines and behind the scenes. Sarah Huckabee Sanders served as White House Press Secretary for President Donald J. Trump from 2017 to 2019. A trusted confidante of the President, Sanders advised him on everything from press and communications strategy to personnel and policy. She was at the President’s side for two and a half years, battling with the media, working with lawmakers and CEOs, and accompanying the President on every international trip, including dozens of meetings with foreign leaders—all while unfailingly exhibiting grace under pressure. Upon her departure from the administration, President Trump described Sarah as “irreplaceable,” a “warrior” and “very special person with extraordinary talents, who has done an incredible job.” Now, in Speaking for Myself, Sarah Huckabee Sanders describes what it was like on the front lines and inside the White House, discussing her faith, the challenges of being a working mother at the highest level of American politics, her relationship with the press, and her unique role in the historic fight raging between the Trump administration and its critics for the future of our country. This frank, revealing, and engaging memoir will offer a truly unique perspective on the most important issues and events of the era, and unprecedented access to both public and behind-the-scenes conversations within the Trump White House. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415731]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Speaking for Myself: Faith, Freedom, and the Fight of Our Lives Inside the Trump White House Author: Sarah Huckabee Sanders Narrator: Sarah Huckabee Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.44 of Total 54 Ratings of Narrator: 3.22 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. A candid, riveting account of the Trump White House, on the front lines and behind the scenes. Sarah Huckabee Sanders served as White House Press Secretary for President Donald J. Trump from 2017 to 2019. A trusted confidante of the President, Sanders advised him on everything from press and communications strategy to personnel and policy. She was at the President’s side for two and a half years, battling with the media, working with lawmakers and CEOs, and accompanying the President on every international trip, including dozens of meetings with foreign leaders—all while unfailingly exhibiting grace under pressure. Upon her departure from the administration, President Trump described Sarah as “irreplaceable,” a “warrior” and “very special person with extraordinary talents, who has done an incredible job.” Now, in Speaking for Myself, Sarah Huckabee Sanders describes what it was like on the front lines and inside the White House, discussing her faith, the challenges of being a working mother at the highest level of American politics, her relationship with the press, and her unique role in the historic fight raging between the Trump administration and its critics for the future of our country. This frank, revealing, and engaging memoir will offer a truly unique perspective on the most important issues and events of the era, and unprecedented access to both public and behind-the-scenes conversations within the Trump White House. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415703 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415703]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secondhand: Travels in the New Global Garage Sale Author: Adam Minter Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When you drop a box of unwanted items off at the local thrift store, where do they go? Probably across the country—or even halfway across the world—to people and places eager to reuse what you don’t want. In Secondhand, Adam Minter delves into the vast, multibillion-dollar industry that resells used stuff around the world. He follows the trail of unwanted objects from the closets, garages, and storage units of Middle America to epic used-goods markets in Canada, Mexico, Japan, Ghana, India, Malaysia, and beyond. Secondhand takes us through the often painful and heartbreaking process of cleaning out a lifetime’s worth of possessions and shows that used stuff still has a place in a world that values the new and shiny—it entertains us, makes fortunes, fulfills needs, and transforms the way we live and work. Adam Minter Tue, 18 Feb 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415703 thebookvoice.com 10:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415703]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secondhand: Travels in the New Global Garage Sale Author: Adam Minter Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When you drop a box of unwanted items off at the local thrift store, where do they go? Probably across the country—or even halfway across the world—to people and places eager to reuse what you don’t want. In Secondhand, Adam Minter delves into the vast, multibillion-dollar industry that resells used stuff around the world. He follows the trail of unwanted objects from the closets, garages, and storage units of Middle America to epic used-goods markets in Canada, Mexico, Japan, Ghana, India, Malaysia, and beyond. Secondhand takes us through the often painful and heartbreaking process of cleaning out a lifetime’s worth of possessions and shows that used stuff still has a place in a world that values the new and shiny—it entertains us, makes fortunes, fulfills needs, and transforms the way we live and work. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415703]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secondhand: Travels in the New Global Garage Sale Author: Adam Minter Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When you drop a box of unwanted items off at the local thrift store, where do they go? Probably across the country—or even halfway across the world—to people and places eager to reuse what you don’t want. In Secondhand, Adam Minter delves into the vast, multibillion-dollar industry that resells used stuff around the world. He follows the trail of unwanted objects from the closets, garages, and storage units of Middle America to epic used-goods markets in Canada, Mexico, Japan, Ghana, India, Malaysia, and beyond. Secondhand takes us through the often painful and heartbreaking process of cleaning out a lifetime’s worth of possessions and shows that used stuff still has a place in a world that values the new and shiny—it entertains us, makes fortunes, fulfills needs, and transforms the way we live and work. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415681 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415681]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red Line: The Unraveling of Syria and America's Race to Destroy the Most Dangerous Arsenal in the World Author: Joby Warrick Narrator: Barrett Leddy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 17 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the Pulitzer Prize–winning author of Black Flags comes the thrilling unknown story of America’s mission in Syria: to find and destroy Syria’s chemical weapons and keep them out of the hands of the Islamic State   In August 2012, Syrian president Bashar al-Assad was clinging to power in a vicious civil war. When secret intelligence revealed that the dictator might resort to using chemical weapons, President Obama warned that doing so would cross “a red line.” Assad did it anyway, bombing the Damascus suburb of Ghouta with sarin gas, killing hundreds of civilians and forcing Obama to decide if he would mire America in another unpopular Middle Eastern war. When Russia offered to broker the removal of Syria’s chemical weapons, Obama leapt at the out. So begins an electrifying race to find, remove, and destroy 1,300 tons of chemical weapons in the midst of a raging civil war. The extraordinary little-known effort is a triumph for the Americans, but soon Russia’s long game becomes clear: it will do anything to preserve Assad’s rule. As America’s ability to control events in Syria shrinks, the White House learns that ISIS, building its caliphate in Syria’s war-tossed territory, is seeking chemical weapons for itself, with an eye to attacking the West. Red Line is a classic Joby Warrick true-life thriller: a character-driven narrative with a cast of heroes and villains, including weapons hunters, politicians, doctors, diplomats, and spies. Drawing on astonishing original reporting, Warrick reveals how the United States embarked on a bold adventure to prevent one catastrophe but could not avoid a tragic chain of events that empowered America’s enemies. Joby Warrick Tue, 23 Feb 2021 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415681 thebookvoice.com 12:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415681]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red Line: The Unraveling of Syria and America's Race to Destroy the Most Dangerous Arsenal in the World Author: Joby Warrick Narrator: Barrett Leddy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 17 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the Pulitzer Prize–winning author of Black Flags comes the thrilling unknown story of America’s mission in Syria: to find and destroy Syria’s chemical weapons and keep them out of the hands of the Islamic State   In August 2012, Syrian president Bashar al-Assad was clinging to power in a vicious civil war. When secret intelligence revealed that the dictator might resort to using chemical weapons, President Obama warned that doing so would cross “a red line.” Assad did it anyway, bombing the Damascus suburb of Ghouta with sarin gas, killing hundreds of civilians and forcing Obama to decide if he would mire America in another unpopular Middle Eastern war. When Russia offered to broker the removal of Syria’s chemical weapons, Obama leapt at the out. So begins an electrifying race to find, remove, and destroy 1,300 tons of chemical weapons in the midst of a raging civil war. The extraordinary little-known effort is a triumph for the Americans, but soon Russia’s long game becomes clear: it will do anything to preserve Assad’s rule. As America’s ability to control events in Syria shrinks, the White House learns that ISIS, building its caliphate in Syria’s war-tossed territory, is seeking chemical weapons for itself, with an eye to attacking the West. Red Line is a classic Joby Warrick true-life thriller: a character-driven narrative with a cast of heroes and villains, including weapons hunters, politicians, doctors, diplomats, and spies. Drawing on astonishing original reporting, Warrick reveals how the United States embarked on a bold adventure to prevent one catastrophe but could not avoid a tragic chain of events that empowered America’s enemies. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415681]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red Line: The Unraveling of Syria and America's Race to Destroy the Most Dangerous Arsenal in the World Author: Joby Warrick Narrator: Barrett Leddy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 17 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the Pulitzer Prize–winning author of Black Flags comes the thrilling unknown story of America’s mission in Syria: to find and destroy Syria’s chemical weapons and keep them out of the hands of the Islamic State   In August 2012, Syrian president Bashar al-Assad was clinging to power in a vicious civil war. When secret intelligence revealed that the dictator might resort to using chemical weapons, President Obama warned that doing so would cross “a red line.” Assad did it anyway, bombing the Damascus suburb of Ghouta with sarin gas, killing hundreds of civilians and forcing Obama to decide if he would mire America in another unpopular Middle Eastern war. When Russia offered to broker the removal of Syria’s chemical weapons, Obama leapt at the out. So begins an electrifying race to find, remove, and destroy 1,300 tons of chemical weapons in the midst of a raging civil war. The extraordinary little-known effort is a triumph for the Americans, but soon Russia’s long game becomes clear: it will do anything to preserve Assad’s rule. As America’s ability to control events in Syria shrinks, the White House learns that ISIS, building its caliphate in Syria’s war-tossed territory, is seeking chemical weapons for itself, with an eye to attacking the West. Red Line is a classic Joby Warrick true-life thriller: a character-driven narrative with a cast of heroes and villains, including weapons hunters, politicians, doctors, diplomats, and spies. Drawing on astonishing original reporting, Warrick reveals how the United States embarked on a bold adventure to prevent one catastrophe but could not avoid a tragic chain of events that empowered America’s enemies. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415659 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415659]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Prejudential: Black America and the Presidents Author: Margaret Kimberley Narrator: Margaret Kimberley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “This book is an effort to shed light on the truth. . . . To the extent that our leaders embody aspects of who we are as a people, studying how each president has participated in our nation’s complicated and often shameful treatment of Black people is as good a place as any to start.”  — Margaret Kimberley from the Preface 'Margaret Kimberley gives us an intellectual gem of prophetic fire about all the U.S. presidents and their deep roots in the vicious legacy of white supremacy and predatory capitalism. Such truths seem more than most Americans can bear, though we ignore her words at our own peril!' — Cornel West, author of Race Matters PREJUDENTIAL is a concise, authoritative exploration of America’s relationship with race and Black Americans through the lens of the presidents who have been elected to represent all of its people.  Throughout the history of the United States, numerous presidents have left their legacies as slaveholders, bigots, and inciters of racial violence, but were the ones generally regarded as more sympathetic to the plight and interests of Black Americans—such as Lincoln, FDR, and Clinton—really much better? And what of all the presidents whose relationship with Black America is not even considered in the pages of most history books? Over the course of 45 chapters—one for each president—Margaret Kimberley enlightens and informs readers about the attitudes and actions of the highest elected official in the country. By casting sunlight on an aspect of American history that is largely overlooked, Prejudential aims to increase awareness in a manner that will facilitate discussion and understanding. Margaret Kimberley Tue, 04 Feb 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415659 thebookvoice.com 5:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415659]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Prejudential: Black America and the Presidents Author: Margaret Kimberley Narrator: Margaret Kimberley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “This book is an effort to shed light on the truth. . . . To the extent that our leaders embody aspects of who we are as a people, studying how each president has participated in our nation’s complicated and often shameful treatment of Black people is as good a place as any to start.”  — Margaret Kimberley from the Preface 'Margaret Kimberley gives us an intellectual gem of prophetic fire about all the U.S. presidents and their deep roots in the vicious legacy of white supremacy and predatory capitalism. Such truths seem more than most Americans can bear, though we ignore her words at our own peril!' — Cornel West, author of Race Matters PREJUDENTIAL is a concise, authoritative exploration of America’s relationship with race and Black Americans through the lens of the presidents who have been elected to represent all of its people.  Throughout the history of the United States, numerous presidents have left their legacies as slaveholders, bigots, and inciters of racial violence, but were the ones generally regarded as more sympathetic to the plight and interests of Black Americans—such as Lincoln, FDR, and Clinton—really much better? And what of all the presidents whose relationship with Black America is not even considered in the pages of most history books? Over the course of 45 chapters—one for each president—Margaret Kimberley enlightens and informs readers about the attitudes and actions of the highest elected official in the country. By casting sunlight on an aspect of American history that is largely overlooked, Prejudential aims to increase awareness in a manner that will facilitate discussion and understanding. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415659]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Prejudential: Black America and the Presidents Author: Margaret Kimberley Narrator: Margaret Kimberley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “This book is an effort to shed light on the truth. . . . To the extent that our leaders embody aspects of who we are as a people, studying how each president has participated in our nation’s complicated and often shameful treatment of Black people is as good a place as any to start.”  — Margaret Kimberley from the Preface 'Margaret Kimberley gives us an intellectual gem of prophetic fire about all the U.S. presidents and their deep roots in the vicious legacy of white supremacy and predatory capitalism. Such truths seem more than most Americans can bear, though we ignore her words at our own peril!' — Cornel West, author of Race Matters PREJUDENTIAL is a concise, authoritative exploration of America’s relationship with race and Black Americans through the lens of the presidents who have been elected to represent all of its people.  Throughout the history of the United States, numerous presidents have left their legacies as slaveholders, bigots, and inciters of racial violence, but were the ones generally regarded as more sympathetic to the plight and interests of Black Americans—such as Lincoln, FDR, and Clinton—really much better? And what of all the presidents whose relationship with Black America is not even considered in the pages of most history books? Over the course of 45 chapters—one for each president—Margaret Kimberley enlightens and informs readers about the attitudes and actions of the highest elected official in the country. By casting sunlight on an aspect of American history that is largely overlooked, Prejudential aims to increase awareness in a manner that will facilitate discussion and understanding. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415657 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415657]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Resetting the Table: Straight Talk About the Food We Grow and Eat Author: Robert Paarlberg Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 15 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A bold, science-based corrective to the groundswell of misinformation about food and how it's produced, examining in detail local and organic food, food companies, nutrition labeling, ethical treatment of animals, environmental impact, and every other aspect from farm to table Consumers want to know more about their food--including the farm from which it came, the chemicals used in its production, its nutritional value, how the animals were treated, and the costs to the environment. They are being told that buying organic foods, unprocessed and sourced from small local farms, is the most healthful and sustainable option. Now, Robert Paarlberg reviews the evidence and finds abundant reason to disagree. He delineates the ways in which global food markets have in fact improved our diet, and how 'industrial' farming has recently turned green, thanks to GPS-guided precision methods that cut energy use and chemical pollution. He makes clear that America's serious obesity crisis does not come from farms, or from food deserts, but instead from 'food swamps' created by food companies, retailers, and restaurant chains. And he explains how, though animal welfare is lagging behind, progress can be made through continued advocacy, more progressive regulations, and perhaps plant-based imitation meat. He finds solutions that can make sense for farmers and consumers alike and provides a road map through the rapidly changing worlds of food and farming, laying out a practical path to bring the two together. Robert Paarlberg Tue, 02 Feb 2021 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415657 thebookvoice.com 11:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415657]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Resetting the Table: Straight Talk About the Food We Grow and Eat Author: Robert Paarlberg Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 15 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A bold, science-based corrective to the groundswell of misinformation about food and how it's produced, examining in detail local and organic food, food companies, nutrition labeling, ethical treatment of animals, environmental impact, and every other aspect from farm to table Consumers want to know more about their food--including the farm from which it came, the chemicals used in its production, its nutritional value, how the animals were treated, and the costs to the environment. They are being told that buying organic foods, unprocessed and sourced from small local farms, is the most healthful and sustainable option. Now, Robert Paarlberg reviews the evidence and finds abundant reason to disagree. He delineates the ways in which global food markets have in fact improved our diet, and how 'industrial' farming has recently turned green, thanks to GPS-guided precision methods that cut energy use and chemical pollution. He makes clear that America's serious obesity crisis does not come from farms, or from food deserts, but instead from 'food swamps' created by food companies, retailers, and restaurant chains. And he explains how, though animal welfare is lagging behind, progress can be made through continued advocacy, more progressive regulations, and perhaps plant-based imitation meat. He finds solutions that can make sense for farmers and consumers alike and provides a road map through the rapidly changing worlds of food and farming, laying out a practical path to bring the two together. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415657]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Resetting the Table: Straight Talk About the Food We Grow and Eat Author: Robert Paarlberg Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 15 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A bold, science-based corrective to the groundswell of misinformation about food and how it's produced, examining in detail local and organic food, food companies, nutrition labeling, ethical treatment of animals, environmental impact, and every other aspect from farm to table Consumers want to know more about their food--including the farm from which it came, the chemicals used in its production, its nutritional value, how the animals were treated, and the costs to the environment. They are being told that buying organic foods, unprocessed and sourced from small local farms, is the most healthful and sustainable option. Now, Robert Paarlberg reviews the evidence and finds abundant reason to disagree. He delineates the ways in which global food markets have in fact improved our diet, and how 'industrial' farming has recently turned green, thanks to GPS-guided precision methods that cut energy use and chemical pollution. He makes clear that America's serious obesity crisis does not come from farms, or from food deserts, but instead from 'food swamps' created by food companies, retailers, and restaurant chains. And he explains how, though animal welfare is lagging behind, progress can be made through continued advocacy, more progressive regulations, and perhaps plant-based imitation meat. He finds solutions that can make sense for farmers and consumers alike and provides a road map through the rapidly changing worlds of food and farming, laying out a practical path to bring the two together. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415636 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415636]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Destroy America in Three Easy Steps Author: Ben Shapiro Narrator: Ben Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.64 of Total 184 Ratings of Narrator: 3.7 of Total 23 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER! A growing number of Americans want to tear down what it’s taken us 250 years to build—and they’ll start by canceling our shared history, ideals, and culture. Traditional areas of civic agreement are vanishing. We can’t agree on what makes America special. We can’t even agree that America is special. We’re coming to the point that we can’t even agree what the word America itself means. “Disintegrationists” say we’re stronger together, but their assault on America’s history, philosophy, and culture will only tear us apart. Who are the disintegrationists? From Howard Zinn’s A People’s History of the United States to the New York Times’ 1619 project, many modern analyses view American history through the lens of competing oppressions, a racist and corrupt experiment from the very beginning. They see American philosophy as a lie – beautiful words pasted over a thoroughly rotted system. They see America’s culture of rights as a façade that merely reinforces traditional hierarchies of power, instead of being the only culture that guarantees freedom for individuals. Disintegrationist attacks on the values that built our nation are insidious because they replace each foundational belief, from the rights to free speech and self-defense to the importance of marriage and faith communities, with nothing more than an increased reliance on the government.  This twisted disintegrationist vision replaces the traditional “unionist” understanding that all Americans are united in a shared striving toward the perfection of universal ideals. How to Destroy America in Three Easy Steps shows that to be a cohesive nation we have to uphold foundational truths about ourselves, our history, and reality itself—to be unionists instead of disintegrationists. Shapiro offers a vital warning that if we don’t recover these shared truths, our future—our union—as a great country is threatened with destruction. Ben Shapiro Tue, 21 Jul 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415636 thebookvoice.com 6:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415636]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Destroy America in Three Easy Steps Author: Ben Shapiro Narrator: Ben Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.64 of Total 184 Ratings of Narrator: 3.7 of Total 23 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER! A growing number of Americans want to tear down what it’s taken us 250 years to build—and they’ll start by canceling our shared history, ideals, and culture. Traditional areas of civic agreement are vanishing. We can’t agree on what makes America special. We can’t even agree that America is special. We’re coming to the point that we can’t even agree what the word America itself means. “Disintegrationists” say we’re stronger together, but their assault on America’s history, philosophy, and culture will only tear us apart. Who are the disintegrationists? From Howard Zinn’s A People’s History of the United States to the New York Times’ 1619 project, many modern analyses view American history through the lens of competing oppressions, a racist and corrupt experiment from the very beginning. They see American philosophy as a lie – beautiful words pasted over a thoroughly rotted system. They see America’s culture of rights as a façade that merely reinforces traditional hierarchies of power, instead of being the only culture that guarantees freedom for individuals. Disintegrationist attacks on the values that built our nation are insidious because they replace each foundational belief, from the rights to free speech and self-defense to the importance of marriage and faith communities, with nothing more than an increased reliance on the government.  This twisted disintegrationist vision replaces the traditional “unionist” understanding that all Americans are united in a shared striving toward the perfection of universal ideals. How to Destroy America in Three Easy Steps shows that to be a cohesive nation we have to uphold foundational truths about ourselves, our history, and reality itself—to be unionists instead of disintegrationists. Shapiro offers a vital warning that if we don’t recover these shared truths, our future—our union—as a great country is threatened with destruction. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415636]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Destroy America in Three Easy Steps Author: Ben Shapiro Narrator: Ben Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.64 of Total 184 Ratings of Narrator: 3.7 of Total 23 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER! A growing number of Americans want to tear down what it’s taken us 250 years to build—and they’ll start by canceling our shared history, ideals, and culture. Traditional areas of civic agreement are vanishing. We can’t agree on what makes America special. We can’t even agree that America is special. We’re coming to the point that we can’t even agree what the word America itself means. “Disintegrationists” say we’re stronger together, but their assault on America’s history, philosophy, and culture will only tear us apart. Who are the disintegrationists? From Howard Zinn’s A People’s History of the United States to the New York Times’ 1619 project, many modern analyses view American history through the lens of competing oppressions, a racist and corrupt experiment from the very beginning. They see American philosophy as a lie – beautiful words pasted over a thoroughly rotted system. They see America’s culture of rights as a façade that merely reinforces traditional hierarchies of power, instead of being the only culture that guarantees freedom for individuals. Disintegrationist attacks on the values that built our nation are insidious because they replace each foundational belief, from the rights to free speech and self-defense to the importance of marriage and faith communities, with nothing more than an increased reliance on the government.  This twisted disintegrationist vision replaces the traditional “unionist” understanding that all Americans are united in a shared striving toward the perfection of universal ideals. How to Destroy America in Three Easy Steps shows that to be a cohesive nation we have to uphold foundational truths about ourselves, our history, and reality itself—to be unionists instead of disintegrationists. Shapiro offers a vital warning that if we don’t recover these shared truths, our future—our union—as a great country is threatened with destruction. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415598 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415598]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be a Bad Emperor: An Ancient Guide to Truly Terrible Leaders Series: Part of Ancient Wisdom for Modern Readers Author: Suetonius Narrator: P.J. Ochlan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 26 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: If recent history has taught us anything, it's that sometimes the best guide to leadership is the negative example. But that insight is hardly new. Nearly 2,000 years ago, Suetonius wrote Lives of the Caesars, perhaps the greatest negative leadership book of all time. He was ideally suited to write about terrible political leaders; after all, he was also the author of Famous Prostitutes and Words of Insult, both sadly lost. In How to Be a Bad Emperor, Josiah Osgood provides crisp new translations of Suetonius's briskly paced, darkly comic biographies of the Roman emperors Julius Caesar, Tiberius, Caligula, and Nero. Entertaining and shocking, the stories of these ancient anti-role models show how power inflames leaders' worst tendencies, causing almost incalculable damage. How to Be a Bad Emperor is both a gleeful romp through some of the nastiest bits of Roman history and a perceptive account of leadership gone monstrously awry. We meet Caesar, using his aunt's funeral to brag about his descent from gods and kings—and hiding his bald head with a comb-over and a laurel crown; Tiberius, neglecting public affairs in favor of wine, perverse sex, tortures, and executions; the insomniac sadist Caligula, flaunting his skill at cruel put-downs; and the matricidal Nero, indulging his mania for public performance. Suetonius Tue, 24 Mar 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415598 thebookvoice.com 2:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415598]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be a Bad Emperor: An Ancient Guide to Truly Terrible Leaders Series: Part of Ancient Wisdom for Modern Readers Author: Suetonius Narrator: P.J. Ochlan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 26 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: If recent history has taught us anything, it's that sometimes the best guide to leadership is the negative example. But that insight is hardly new. Nearly 2,000 years ago, Suetonius wrote Lives of the Caesars, perhaps the greatest negative leadership book of all time. He was ideally suited to write about terrible political leaders; after all, he was also the author of Famous Prostitutes and Words of Insult, both sadly lost. In How to Be a Bad Emperor, Josiah Osgood provides crisp new translations of Suetonius's briskly paced, darkly comic biographies of the Roman emperors Julius Caesar, Tiberius, Caligula, and Nero. Entertaining and shocking, the stories of these ancient anti-role models show how power inflames leaders' worst tendencies, causing almost incalculable damage. How to Be a Bad Emperor is both a gleeful romp through some of the nastiest bits of Roman history and a perceptive account of leadership gone monstrously awry. We meet Caesar, using his aunt's funeral to brag about his descent from gods and kings—and hiding his bald head with a comb-over and a laurel crown; Tiberius, neglecting public affairs in favor of wine, perverse sex, tortures, and executions; the insomniac sadist Caligula, flaunting his skill at cruel put-downs; and the matricidal Nero, indulging his mania for public performance. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415598]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be a Bad Emperor: An Ancient Guide to Truly Terrible Leaders Series: Part of Ancient Wisdom for Modern Readers Author: Suetonius Narrator: P.J. Ochlan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 26 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: If recent history has taught us anything, it's that sometimes the best guide to leadership is the negative example. But that insight is hardly new. Nearly 2,000 years ago, Suetonius wrote Lives of the Caesars, perhaps the greatest negative leadership book of all time. He was ideally suited to write about terrible political leaders; after all, he was also the author of Famous Prostitutes and Words of Insult, both sadly lost. In How to Be a Bad Emperor, Josiah Osgood provides crisp new translations of Suetonius's briskly paced, darkly comic biographies of the Roman emperors Julius Caesar, Tiberius, Caligula, and Nero. Entertaining and shocking, the stories of these ancient anti-role models show how power inflames leaders' worst tendencies, causing almost incalculable damage. How to Be a Bad Emperor is both a gleeful romp through some of the nastiest bits of Roman history and a perceptive account of leadership gone monstrously awry. We meet Caesar, using his aunt's funeral to brag about his descent from gods and kings—and hiding his bald head with a comb-over and a laurel crown; Tiberius, neglecting public affairs in favor of wine, perverse sex, tortures, and executions; the insomniac sadist Caligula, flaunting his skill at cruel put-downs; and the matricidal Nero, indulging his mania for public performance. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415586 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415586]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Driving While Black: African American Travel and the Road to Civil Rights Author: Gretchen Sorin Narrator: Gretchen Sorin, Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How the automobile fundamentally changed African American life—the true history beyond the Best Picture–winning movie. The ultimate symbol of independence and possibility, the automobile has shaped this country from the moment the first Model T rolled off Henry Ford's assembly line. Yet cars have always held distinct importance for African Americans, allowing black families to evade the many dangers presented by an entrenched racist society and to enjoy, in some measure, the freedom of the open road. Gretchen Sorin recovers a forgotten history of black motorists, and recounts their creation of a parallel, unseen world of travel guides, black only hotels, and informal communications networks that kept black drivers safe. At the heart of this story is Victor and Alma Green's famous Green Book, begun in 1936, which made possible that most basic American right, the family vacation, and encouraged a new method of resisting oppression. Enlivened by Sorin's personal history, Driving While Black opens an entirely new view onto the African American experience, and shows why travel was so central to the Civil Rights movement. Gretchen Sorin Tue, 10 Mar 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415586 thebookvoice.com 9:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415586]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Driving While Black: African American Travel and the Road to Civil Rights Author: Gretchen Sorin Narrator: Gretchen Sorin, Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How the automobile fundamentally changed African American life—the true history beyond the Best Picture–winning movie. The ultimate symbol of independence and possibility, the automobile has shaped this country from the moment the first Model T rolled off Henry Ford's assembly line. Yet cars have always held distinct importance for African Americans, allowing black families to evade the many dangers presented by an entrenched racist society and to enjoy, in some measure, the freedom of the open road. Gretchen Sorin recovers a forgotten history of black motorists, and recounts their creation of a parallel, unseen world of travel guides, black only hotels, and informal communications networks that kept black drivers safe. At the heart of this story is Victor and Alma Green's famous Green Book, begun in 1936, which made possible that most basic American right, the family vacation, and encouraged a new method of resisting oppression. Enlivened by Sorin's personal history, Driving While Black opens an entirely new view onto the African American experience, and shows why travel was so central to the Civil Rights movement. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415586]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Driving While Black: African American Travel and the Road to Civil Rights Author: Gretchen Sorin Narrator: Gretchen Sorin, Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How the automobile fundamentally changed African American life—the true history beyond the Best Picture–winning movie. The ultimate symbol of independence and possibility, the automobile has shaped this country from the moment the first Model T rolled off Henry Ford's assembly line. Yet cars have always held distinct importance for African Americans, allowing black families to evade the many dangers presented by an entrenched racist society and to enjoy, in some measure, the freedom of the open road. Gretchen Sorin recovers a forgotten history of black motorists, and recounts their creation of a parallel, unseen world of travel guides, black only hotels, and informal communications networks that kept black drivers safe. At the heart of this story is Victor and Alma Green's famous Green Book, begun in 1936, which made possible that most basic American right, the family vacation, and encouraged a new method of resisting oppression. Enlivened by Sorin's personal history, Driving While Black opens an entirely new view onto the African American experience, and shows why travel was so central to the Civil Rights movement. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415566 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415566]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Decline and Rise of Democracy: A Global History from Antiquity to Today Author: David Stastavage Narrator: Tom Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 20, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Historical accounts of democracy's rise tend to focus on ancient Greece and pre-Renaissance Europe. The Decline and Rise of Democracy draws from global evidence to show that the story is much richer—democratic practices were present in many places, at many other times. David Stasavage makes the case that understanding how and where these democracies flourished—and when and why they declined—can provide crucial information not just about the history of governance, but about the ways modern democracies work and where they could manifest in the future. Drawing from examples spanning several millennia, Stasavage first considers why states developed either democratic or autocratic styles of governance and argues that early democracy tended to develop in small places with a weak state and, counterintuitively, simple technologies. When central state institutions (such as a tax bureaucracy) were absent—as in medieval Europe—rulers needed consent from their populace to govern. When central institutions were strong—as in China or the Middle East—consent was less necessary and autocracy more likely. He then explores the transition from early to modern democracy, which first took shape in England and then the United States, illustrating that modern democracy arose as an effort to combine popular control with a strong state over a large territory. David Stastavage Sat, 20 Jun 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415566 thebookvoice.com 11:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415566]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Decline and Rise of Democracy: A Global History from Antiquity to Today Author: David Stastavage Narrator: Tom Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 20, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Historical accounts of democracy's rise tend to focus on ancient Greece and pre-Renaissance Europe. The Decline and Rise of Democracy draws from global evidence to show that the story is much richer—democratic practices were present in many places, at many other times. David Stasavage makes the case that understanding how and where these democracies flourished—and when and why they declined—can provide crucial information not just about the history of governance, but about the ways modern democracies work and where they could manifest in the future. Drawing from examples spanning several millennia, Stasavage first considers why states developed either democratic or autocratic styles of governance and argues that early democracy tended to develop in small places with a weak state and, counterintuitively, simple technologies. When central state institutions (such as a tax bureaucracy) were absent—as in medieval Europe—rulers needed consent from their populace to govern. When central institutions were strong—as in China or the Middle East—consent was less necessary and autocracy more likely. He then explores the transition from early to modern democracy, which first took shape in England and then the United States, illustrating that modern democracy arose as an effort to combine popular control with a strong state over a large territory. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415566]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Decline and Rise of Democracy: A Global History from Antiquity to Today Author: David Stastavage Narrator: Tom Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 20, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Historical accounts of democracy's rise tend to focus on ancient Greece and pre-Renaissance Europe. The Decline and Rise of Democracy draws from global evidence to show that the story is much richer—democratic practices were present in many places, at many other times. David Stasavage makes the case that understanding how and where these democracies flourished—and when and why they declined—can provide crucial information not just about the history of governance, but about the ways modern democracies work and where they could manifest in the future. Drawing from examples spanning several millennia, Stasavage first considers why states developed either democratic or autocratic styles of governance and argues that early democracy tended to develop in small places with a weak state and, counterintuitively, simple technologies. When central state institutions (such as a tax bureaucracy) were absent—as in medieval Europe—rulers needed consent from their populace to govern. When central institutions were strong—as in China or the Middle East—consent was less necessary and autocracy more likely. He then explores the transition from early to modern democracy, which first took shape in England and then the United States, illustrating that modern democracy arose as an effort to combine popular control with a strong state over a large territory. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415564 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Divided States of America: Why Federalism Doesn't Work Author: Donald F. Kettl Narrator: Terrence Bayes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An innovative system of power sharing that balanced national and state interests, federalism was the pragmatic compromise that brought the colonies together to form the United States. Yet, even beyond the question of slavery, inequality was built into the system because federalism by its very nature meant that many aspects of an American's life depended on where they lived. Over time, these inequalities have created vast divisions between the states and made federalism fundamentally unstable. Exploring the full sweep of federalism from the founding to today, Kettl focuses on pivotal moments when power has shifted between state and national governments—from the violent rebalancing of the Civil War, when the nation almost split in two, to the era of civil rights a century later, when there was apparent agreement that inequality was a threat to liberty and the federal government should set policies for states to enact. Despite this consensus, inequality between states has only deepened since that moment. From health care and infrastructure to education and the environment, the quality of public services is ever more uneven. Making an urgent case for reforming federalism, The Divided States of America shows why we must—and how we can—address the crisis of American inequality. Donald F. Kettl Tue, 10 Mar 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415564 thebookvoice.com 8:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Divided States of America: Why Federalism Doesn't Work Author: Donald F. Kettl Narrator: Terrence Bayes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An innovative system of power sharing that balanced national and state interests, federalism was the pragmatic compromise that brought the colonies together to form the United States. Yet, even beyond the question of slavery, inequality was built into the system because federalism by its very nature meant that many aspects of an American's life depended on where they lived. Over time, these inequalities have created vast divisions between the states and made federalism fundamentally unstable. Exploring the full sweep of federalism from the founding to today, Kettl focuses on pivotal moments when power has shifted between state and national governments—from the violent rebalancing of the Civil War, when the nation almost split in two, to the era of civil rights a century later, when there was apparent agreement that inequality was a threat to liberty and the federal government should set policies for states to enact. Despite this consensus, inequality between states has only deepened since that moment. From health care and infrastructure to education and the environment, the quality of public services is ever more uneven. Making an urgent case for reforming federalism, The Divided States of America shows why we must—and how we can—address the crisis of American inequality. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Divided States of America: Why Federalism Doesn't Work Author: Donald F. Kettl Narrator: Terrence Bayes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An innovative system of power sharing that balanced national and state interests, federalism was the pragmatic compromise that brought the colonies together to form the United States. Yet, even beyond the question of slavery, inequality was built into the system because federalism by its very nature meant that many aspects of an American's life depended on where they lived. Over time, these inequalities have created vast divisions between the states and made federalism fundamentally unstable. Exploring the full sweep of federalism from the founding to today, Kettl focuses on pivotal moments when power has shifted between state and national governments—from the violent rebalancing of the Civil War, when the nation almost split in two, to the era of civil rights a century later, when there was apparent agreement that inequality was a threat to liberty and the federal government should set policies for states to enact. Despite this consensus, inequality between states has only deepened since that moment. From health care and infrastructure to education and the environment, the quality of public services is ever more uneven. Making an urgent case for reforming federalism, The Divided States of America shows why we must—and how we can—address the crisis of American inequality. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415529 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saving America's Cities: Ed Logue and the Struggle to Renew Urban America in the Suburban Age Author: Lizabeth Cohen Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 23, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Winner of the Bancroft Prize In twenty-first-century America, some cities are flourishing and others are struggling, but they all must contend with deteriorating infrastructure, economic inequality, and unaffordable housing. Cities have limited tools to address these problems, and many must rely on the private market to support the public good. It wasn't always this way. For almost three decades after World War II, even as national policies promoted suburban sprawl, the federal government underwrote renewal efforts for cities that had suffered during the Great Depression and the war and were now bleeding residents into the suburbs. In Saving America's Cities, Lizabeth Cohen follows the career of Edward J. Logue, whose shifting approach to the urban crisis tracked the changing balance between government-funded public programs and private interests that would culminate in the neoliberal rush to privatize efforts to solve entrenched social problems. A Yale-trained lawyer, rival of Robert Moses, and sometime critic of Jane Jacobs, Logue saw renewing cities as an extension of the liberal New Deal. He worked to revive a declining New Haven, became the architect of the 'New Boston' of the 1960s, and, later, led New York State's Urban Development Corporation, which built entire new towns, including Roosevelt Island in New York City. Lizabeth Cohen Tue, 23 Jun 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415529 thebookvoice.com 16:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saving America's Cities: Ed Logue and the Struggle to Renew Urban America in the Suburban Age Author: Lizabeth Cohen Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 23, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Winner of the Bancroft Prize In twenty-first-century America, some cities are flourishing and others are struggling, but they all must contend with deteriorating infrastructure, economic inequality, and unaffordable housing. Cities have limited tools to address these problems, and many must rely on the private market to support the public good. It wasn't always this way. For almost three decades after World War II, even as national policies promoted suburban sprawl, the federal government underwrote renewal efforts for cities that had suffered during the Great Depression and the war and were now bleeding residents into the suburbs. In Saving America's Cities, Lizabeth Cohen follows the career of Edward J. Logue, whose shifting approach to the urban crisis tracked the changing balance between government-funded public programs and private interests that would culminate in the neoliberal rush to privatize efforts to solve entrenched social problems. A Yale-trained lawyer, rival of Robert Moses, and sometime critic of Jane Jacobs, Logue saw renewing cities as an extension of the liberal New Deal. He worked to revive a declining New Haven, became the architect of the 'New Boston' of the 1960s, and, later, led New York State's Urban Development Corporation, which built entire new towns, including Roosevelt Island in New York City. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saving America's Cities: Ed Logue and the Struggle to Renew Urban America in the Suburban Age Author: Lizabeth Cohen Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 23, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Winner of the Bancroft Prize In twenty-first-century America, some cities are flourishing and others are struggling, but they all must contend with deteriorating infrastructure, economic inequality, and unaffordable housing. Cities have limited tools to address these problems, and many must rely on the private market to support the public good. It wasn't always this way. For almost three decades after World War II, even as national policies promoted suburban sprawl, the federal government underwrote renewal efforts for cities that had suffered during the Great Depression and the war and were now bleeding residents into the suburbs. In Saving America's Cities, Lizabeth Cohen follows the career of Edward J. Logue, whose shifting approach to the urban crisis tracked the changing balance between government-funded public programs and private interests that would culminate in the neoliberal rush to privatize efforts to solve entrenched social problems. A Yale-trained lawyer, rival of Robert Moses, and sometime critic of Jane Jacobs, Logue saw renewing cities as an extension of the liberal New Deal. He worked to revive a declining New Haven, became the architect of the 'New Boston' of the 1960s, and, later, led New York State's Urban Development Corporation, which built entire new towns, including Roosevelt Island in New York City. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415517 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415517]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hate Inc.: Why Today's Media Makes Us Despise One Another Author: Matt Taibbi Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 9 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 48 Ratings of Narrator: 4.86 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Part tirade, part confessional from the celebrated Rolling Stone journalist, Hate Inc. reveals that what most people think of as 'the news' is, in fact, a twisted wing of the entertainment business. In this characteristically turbocharged new book, celebrated Rolling Stone journalist Matt Taibbi provides an insider's guide to the variety of ways today's mainstream media tells us lies. Part tirade, part confessional, it reveals that what most people think of as 'the news' is, in fact, a twisted wing of the entertainment business. In the Internet age, the press have mastered the art of monetizing anger, paranoia, and distrust. Taibbi, who has spent much of his career covering elections in which this kind of manipulative activity is most egregious, provides a rich taxonomic survey of American political journalism's dirty tricks. Heading into a 2020 election season that promises to be a Great Giza Pyramid Complex of invective and digital ugliness, Hate Inc. will be an invaluable antidote to the hidden poisons dished up by those we rely on to tell us what is happening in the world. Matt Taibbi Tue, 10 Mar 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415517 thebookvoice.com 12:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415517]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hate Inc.: Why Today's Media Makes Us Despise One Another Author: Matt Taibbi Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 9 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 48 Ratings of Narrator: 4.86 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Part tirade, part confessional from the celebrated Rolling Stone journalist, Hate Inc. reveals that what most people think of as 'the news' is, in fact, a twisted wing of the entertainment business. In this characteristically turbocharged new book, celebrated Rolling Stone journalist Matt Taibbi provides an insider's guide to the variety of ways today's mainstream media tells us lies. Part tirade, part confessional, it reveals that what most people think of as 'the news' is, in fact, a twisted wing of the entertainment business. In the Internet age, the press have mastered the art of monetizing anger, paranoia, and distrust. Taibbi, who has spent much of his career covering elections in which this kind of manipulative activity is most egregious, provides a rich taxonomic survey of American political journalism's dirty tricks. Heading into a 2020 election season that promises to be a Great Giza Pyramid Complex of invective and digital ugliness, Hate Inc. will be an invaluable antidote to the hidden poisons dished up by those we rely on to tell us what is happening in the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415517]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hate Inc.: Why Today's Media Makes Us Despise One Another Author: Matt Taibbi Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 9 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 48 Ratings of Narrator: 4.86 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Part tirade, part confessional from the celebrated Rolling Stone journalist, Hate Inc. reveals that what most people think of as 'the news' is, in fact, a twisted wing of the entertainment business. In this characteristically turbocharged new book, celebrated Rolling Stone journalist Matt Taibbi provides an insider's guide to the variety of ways today's mainstream media tells us lies. Part tirade, part confessional, it reveals that what most people think of as 'the news' is, in fact, a twisted wing of the entertainment business. In the Internet age, the press have mastered the art of monetizing anger, paranoia, and distrust. Taibbi, who has spent much of his career covering elections in which this kind of manipulative activity is most egregious, provides a rich taxonomic survey of American political journalism's dirty tricks. Heading into a 2020 election season that promises to be a Great Giza Pyramid Complex of invective and digital ugliness, Hate Inc. will be an invaluable antidote to the hidden poisons dished up by those we rely on to tell us what is happening in the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415388 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415388]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Puppeteers: The People Who Control the People Who Control America Author: Jason Chaffetz Narrator: Jason Chaffetz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: June 6, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: AN INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Why does it feel like no matter what happens in American politics, the Democrats still get their way? When he left Congress in 2017, Jason Chaffetz still thought elections could save us. For generations, conservatives have hoped that freedom-loving congressional majorities could turn back the tide and restore America’s liberties and prosperity. But now, he says, winning elections will not be enough. Increasingly, the work of government is being done by people outside the government—unelected power brokers who are invisible to the American public but who pull the strings, set the agendas, create the incentives, and write the rules we must all live by. Using both government and non-governmental institutions, leftists have bypassed the legislative process to compel institutional compliance with partisan goals. The White House or the Congress may change hands, but the left remains in power. In The Puppeteers, Chaffetz reveals how: Susan Rice was put in charge of using the bureaucracy to make sure Republicans never win another election The federal government now could be deployed to harvest ballots from Democrats President Biden hired a Blackrock executive to run his economic agenda for the first two years of his presidency State treasurers planned to use billions of government dollars to “address climate change” and “racial inequality,” with almost no way for voters to stop them Randi Weingarten makes more decisions for the education department than people who actually work there Electing the right leaders is no longer enough. To take back our country, the American people need to understand that they’re in a new fight. But it’s a fight that’s still eminently winnable, and Chaffetz reveals the playbook. Jason Chaffetz Tue, 06 Jun 2023 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415388 thebookvoice.com 8:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415388]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Puppeteers: The People Who Control the People Who Control America Author: Jason Chaffetz Narrator: Jason Chaffetz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: June 6, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: AN INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Why does it feel like no matter what happens in American politics, the Democrats still get their way? When he left Congress in 2017, Jason Chaffetz still thought elections could save us. For generations, conservatives have hoped that freedom-loving congressional majorities could turn back the tide and restore America’s liberties and prosperity. But now, he says, winning elections will not be enough. Increasingly, the work of government is being done by people outside the government—unelected power brokers who are invisible to the American public but who pull the strings, set the agendas, create the incentives, and write the rules we must all live by. Using both government and non-governmental institutions, leftists have bypassed the legislative process to compel institutional compliance with partisan goals. The White House or the Congress may change hands, but the left remains in power. In The Puppeteers, Chaffetz reveals how: Susan Rice was put in charge of using the bureaucracy to make sure Republicans never win another election The federal government now could be deployed to harvest ballots from Democrats President Biden hired a Blackrock executive to run his economic agenda for the first two years of his presidency State treasurers planned to use billions of government dollars to “address climate change” and “racial inequality,” with almost no way for voters to stop them Randi Weingarten makes more decisions for the education department than people who actually work there Electing the right leaders is no longer enough. To take back our country, the American people need to understand that they’re in a new fight. But it’s a fight that’s still eminently winnable, and Chaffetz reveals the playbook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415388]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Puppeteers: The People Who Control the People Who Control America Author: Jason Chaffetz Narrator: Jason Chaffetz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: June 6, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: AN INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Why does it feel like no matter what happens in American politics, the Democrats still get their way? When he left Congress in 2017, Jason Chaffetz still thought elections could save us. For generations, conservatives have hoped that freedom-loving congressional majorities could turn back the tide and restore America’s liberties and prosperity. But now, he says, winning elections will not be enough. Increasingly, the work of government is being done by people outside the government—unelected power brokers who are invisible to the American public but who pull the strings, set the agendas, create the incentives, and write the rules we must all live by. Using both government and non-governmental institutions, leftists have bypassed the legislative process to compel institutional compliance with partisan goals. The White House or the Congress may change hands, but the left remains in power. In The Puppeteers, Chaffetz reveals how: Susan Rice was put in charge of using the bureaucracy to make sure Republicans never win another election The federal government now could be deployed to harvest ballots from Democrats President Biden hired a Blackrock executive to run his economic agenda for the first two years of his presidency State treasurers planned to use billions of government dollars to “address climate change” and “racial inequality,” with almost no way for voters to stop them Randi Weingarten makes more decisions for the education department than people who actually work there Electing the right leaders is no longer enough. To take back our country, the American people need to understand that they’re in a new fight. But it’s a fight that’s still eminently winnable, and Chaffetz reveals the playbook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415310 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415310]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Presidential Fringe: Questing and Jesting for the Oval Office Author: Mark Stein Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: February 1, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This offbeat slice of American history places the story of our great republic beneath an unexpected lens: that of fringe candidates for president of the United States. Mark Stein explores how their quest for our nation’s highest office helped to amplify voices otherwise quashed during their day. His careening tour through elections past includes the efforts of true pioneers in the quest for social equality in our country: the first woman to run for president, Victoria Woodhull in 1872; the first African American to run for president, George E. Taylor, in 1904; and the first openly gay cross-dressing candidate for president, Joan Jett Blakk in 1992. But The Presidential Fringe also takes a look at those who would jest their way into the Oval Office, from comedians such as Will Rogers and Gracie Allen to Pat Paulsen and Stephen Colbert. Along the way, Stein shows how even seemingly zany candidates, such as “Live Forever” Jones, Vegetarian Party candidate John Maxwell, Flying Saucer Party candidate Gabriel Green, or most recently, Vermin Supreme, provide extraordinary insights of clarity into who we were when they ran for president and how we became who we are today. Ultimately, Stein’s examination reveals that it was often precisely these fringe candidates who planted the seeds from which mainstream candidates later harvested genuine, positive change. Written in Stein’s direct and witty style, The Presidential Fringe surveys and portrays an American landscape rife with the unlikely, unassuming, unexpected, and (in a few cases) unbalanced presidential hopefuls who, in their own way, have contributed to this nation’s founding quest to form a more perfect Union. Mark Stein Sat, 01 Feb 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415310 thebookvoice.com 8:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415310]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Presidential Fringe: Questing and Jesting for the Oval Office Author: Mark Stein Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: February 1, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This offbeat slice of American history places the story of our great republic beneath an unexpected lens: that of fringe candidates for president of the United States. Mark Stein explores how their quest for our nation’s highest office helped to amplify voices otherwise quashed during their day. His careening tour through elections past includes the efforts of true pioneers in the quest for social equality in our country: the first woman to run for president, Victoria Woodhull in 1872; the first African American to run for president, George E. Taylor, in 1904; and the first openly gay cross-dressing candidate for president, Joan Jett Blakk in 1992. But The Presidential Fringe also takes a look at those who would jest their way into the Oval Office, from comedians such as Will Rogers and Gracie Allen to Pat Paulsen and Stephen Colbert. Along the way, Stein shows how even seemingly zany candidates, such as “Live Forever” Jones, Vegetarian Party candidate John Maxwell, Flying Saucer Party candidate Gabriel Green, or most recently, Vermin Supreme, provide extraordinary insights of clarity into who we were when they ran for president and how we became who we are today. Ultimately, Stein’s examination reveals that it was often precisely these fringe candidates who planted the seeds from which mainstream candidates later harvested genuine, positive change. Written in Stein’s direct and witty style, The Presidential Fringe surveys and portrays an American landscape rife with the unlikely, unassuming, unexpected, and (in a few cases) unbalanced presidential hopefuls who, in their own way, have contributed to this nation’s founding quest to form a more perfect Union. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415310]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Presidential Fringe: Questing and Jesting for the Oval Office Author: Mark Stein Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: February 1, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This offbeat slice of American history places the story of our great republic beneath an unexpected lens: that of fringe candidates for president of the United States. Mark Stein explores how their quest for our nation’s highest office helped to amplify voices otherwise quashed during their day. His careening tour through elections past includes the efforts of true pioneers in the quest for social equality in our country: the first woman to run for president, Victoria Woodhull in 1872; the first African American to run for president, George E. Taylor, in 1904; and the first openly gay cross-dressing candidate for president, Joan Jett Blakk in 1992. But The Presidential Fringe also takes a look at those who would jest their way into the Oval Office, from comedians such as Will Rogers and Gracie Allen to Pat Paulsen and Stephen Colbert. Along the way, Stein shows how even seemingly zany candidates, such as “Live Forever” Jones, Vegetarian Party candidate John Maxwell, Flying Saucer Party candidate Gabriel Green, or most recently, Vermin Supreme, provide extraordinary insights of clarity into who we were when they ran for president and how we became who we are today. Ultimately, Stein’s examination reveals that it was often precisely these fringe candidates who planted the seeds from which mainstream candidates later harvested genuine, positive change. Written in Stein’s direct and witty style, The Presidential Fringe surveys and portrays an American landscape rife with the unlikely, unassuming, unexpected, and (in a few cases) unbalanced presidential hopefuls who, in their own way, have contributed to this nation’s founding quest to form a more perfect Union. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415176 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415176]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Guilty Admissions: The Bribes, Favors, and Phonies behind the College Cheating Scandal Author: Nicole Laporte Narrator: Betsy Foldes Meiman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 52 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This entertaining exposé on how the other half gets in tells the shockingly true story of the Varsity Blues scandal, and all of the crazy parents, privilege, and con men involved. Guilty Admissions weaves together the story of an unscrupulous college counselor named Rick Singer, and how he preyed on the desperation of some of the country's wealthiest families living in a world defined by fierce competition, who function under constant pressure to get into the "right" schools, starting with pre-school; non-stop fundraising and donation demands in the form of multi-million-dollar galas and private parties; and a community of deeply insecure parents who will do anything to get their kids into name-brand colleges in order to maintain their own A-list status. Investigative reporter Nicole LaPorte lays bare the source of this insecurity—that in 2019, no special "hook" in the form of legacy status, athletic talent, or financial giving can guarantee a child's entrance into an elite school. The result is paranoia, deception, and true crimes at the peak of the American social pyramid. With a glittering cast of Hollywood actors—including Felicity Huffman and Lori Loughlin—hedge fund CEOs, sales executives, and media titans, Guilty Admissions is a soap-opera-slash-sneak-peek-behind-the-curtains at America's richest social circles; an examination of the cutthroat world of college admissions; and a parable of American society in 2019, when the country is run by a crass tycoon and all totems of status and achievement have become transactional and removed from traditions of ethical restraint. A world where the rich get whatever they want, however they want it. Nicole Laporte Tue, 23 Feb 2021 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415176 thebookvoice.com 10:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415176]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Guilty Admissions: The Bribes, Favors, and Phonies behind the College Cheating Scandal Author: Nicole Laporte Narrator: Betsy Foldes Meiman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 52 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This entertaining exposé on how the other half gets in tells the shockingly true story of the Varsity Blues scandal, and all of the crazy parents, privilege, and con men involved. Guilty Admissions weaves together the story of an unscrupulous college counselor named Rick Singer, and how he preyed on the desperation of some of the country's wealthiest families living in a world defined by fierce competition, who function under constant pressure to get into the "right" schools, starting with pre-school; non-stop fundraising and donation demands in the form of multi-million-dollar galas and private parties; and a community of deeply insecure parents who will do anything to get their kids into name-brand colleges in order to maintain their own A-list status. Investigative reporter Nicole LaPorte lays bare the source of this insecurity—that in 2019, no special "hook" in the form of legacy status, athletic talent, or financial giving can guarantee a child's entrance into an elite school. The result is paranoia, deception, and true crimes at the peak of the American social pyramid. With a glittering cast of Hollywood actors—including Felicity Huffman and Lori Loughlin—hedge fund CEOs, sales executives, and media titans, Guilty Admissions is a soap-opera-slash-sneak-peek-behind-the-curtains at America's richest social circles; an examination of the cutthroat world of college admissions; and a parable of American society in 2019, when the country is run by a crass tycoon and all totems of status and achievement have become transactional and removed from traditions of ethical restraint. A world where the rich get whatever they want, however they want it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415176]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Guilty Admissions: The Bribes, Favors, and Phonies behind the College Cheating Scandal Author: Nicole Laporte Narrator: Betsy Foldes Meiman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 52 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This entertaining exposé on how the other half gets in tells the shockingly true story of the Varsity Blues scandal, and all of the crazy parents, privilege, and con men involved. Guilty Admissions weaves together the story of an unscrupulous college counselor named Rick Singer, and how he preyed on the desperation of some of the country's wealthiest families living in a world defined by fierce competition, who function under constant pressure to get into the "right" schools, starting with pre-school; non-stop fundraising and donation demands in the form of multi-million-dollar galas and private parties; and a community of deeply insecure parents who will do anything to get their kids into name-brand colleges in order to maintain their own A-list status. Investigative reporter Nicole LaPorte lays bare the source of this insecurity—that in 2019, no special "hook" in the form of legacy status, athletic talent, or financial giving can guarantee a child's entrance into an elite school. The result is paranoia, deception, and true crimes at the peak of the American social pyramid. With a glittering cast of Hollywood actors—including Felicity Huffman and Lori Loughlin—hedge fund CEOs, sales executives, and media titans, Guilty Admissions is a soap-opera-slash-sneak-peek-behind-the-curtains at America's richest social circles; an examination of the cutthroat world of college admissions; and a parable of American society in 2019, when the country is run by a crass tycoon and all totems of status and achievement have become transactional and removed from traditions of ethical restraint. A world where the rich get whatever they want, however they want it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415170 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415170]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mind of a Conservative Woman: Seeking the Best for Family and Country Author: Marsha Blackburn Narrator: Marsha Blackburn, Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Reject our society's liberal bias against conservative women and learn how traditional principles will secure a better future for us all with this inspiring guide from a political powerhouse. The Mind of a Conservative Woman challenges women to improve their place in life and open doors for themselves and the next generation through the courage of their convictions. Senator Blackburn expounds upon why beliefs labeled as 'traditional' have common ground and can improve all of society, such as: - Protecting the next generation, the family, and the freedom of faith and values, - Supporting a free market that rewards women who apply their talents and rise to great heights, - Respecting the institutions in our nation to make change from the inside, - Securing an effective government that will not overreach, and - Honoring and respecting those who hold differing opinions. Though it is politically liberal women who receive the attention of left-leaning media and universities, it is conservatism that guarantees what most women hold dear. Blackburn addresses the frustrations of working women and the false perceptions of women presented by the media in general. Her maxim 'Leave Things in Better Shape Than You Found Them' will challenge you to improve your place in life and create opportunities you never dreamed possible for yourself and those around you. Marsha Blackburn Tue, 01 Sep 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415170 thebookvoice.com 7:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415170]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mind of a Conservative Woman: Seeking the Best for Family and Country Author: Marsha Blackburn Narrator: Marsha Blackburn, Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Reject our society's liberal bias against conservative women and learn how traditional principles will secure a better future for us all with this inspiring guide from a political powerhouse. The Mind of a Conservative Woman challenges women to improve their place in life and open doors for themselves and the next generation through the courage of their convictions. Senator Blackburn expounds upon why beliefs labeled as 'traditional' have common ground and can improve all of society, such as: - Protecting the next generation, the family, and the freedom of faith and values, - Supporting a free market that rewards women who apply their talents and rise to great heights, - Respecting the institutions in our nation to make change from the inside, - Securing an effective government that will not overreach, and - Honoring and respecting those who hold differing opinions. Though it is politically liberal women who receive the attention of left-leaning media and universities, it is conservatism that guarantees what most women hold dear. Blackburn addresses the frustrations of working women and the false perceptions of women presented by the media in general. Her maxim 'Leave Things in Better Shape Than You Found Them' will challenge you to improve your place in life and create opportunities you never dreamed possible for yourself and those around you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415170]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mind of a Conservative Woman: Seeking the Best for Family and Country Author: Marsha Blackburn Narrator: Marsha Blackburn, Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Reject our society's liberal bias against conservative women and learn how traditional principles will secure a better future for us all with this inspiring guide from a political powerhouse. The Mind of a Conservative Woman challenges women to improve their place in life and open doors for themselves and the next generation through the courage of their convictions. Senator Blackburn expounds upon why beliefs labeled as 'traditional' have common ground and can improve all of society, such as: - Protecting the next generation, the family, and the freedom of faith and values, - Supporting a free market that rewards women who apply their talents and rise to great heights, - Respecting the institutions in our nation to make change from the inside, - Securing an effective government that will not overreach, and - Honoring and respecting those who hold differing opinions. Though it is politically liberal women who receive the attention of left-leaning media and universities, it is conservatism that guarantees what most women hold dear. Blackburn addresses the frustrations of working women and the false perceptions of women presented by the media in general. Her maxim 'Leave Things in Better Shape Than You Found Them' will challenge you to improve your place in life and create opportunities you never dreamed possible for yourself and those around you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415127 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415127]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Churchill Complex: The Curse of Being Special, from Winston and FDR to Trump and Brexit Author: Ian Buruma Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Stimulating and highly readable. . . . The Churchill Complex is a rich and rewarding book.” —Wall Street Journal From one of its keenest observers, a brilliant, witty journey through the 'Special Relationship' between Britain and America that has done so much to shape the world, from World War II to Brexit. It is impossible to understand the last seventy-five years of American history, through to Trump and Brexit, without understanding the Anglo-American relationship, particularly the bonds between presidents and prime ministers. FDR of course had Winston Churchill; JFK had Harold Macmillan, his consigliere during the Cuban Missile Crisis. Ronald Reagan found his ideological soul mate in Margaret Thatcher; and George W. Bush found his fellow believer, in religion and in war, in Tony Blair. Today, the bond between Donald Trump and Boris Johnson illuminates the populist uprisings in both countries, as well as a new kind of Special Relationship that goes against everything it once stood for. Remembering the past, even its most glorious moments, can be as misleading as forgetting it. Over and over, in the name of freedom and democracy, British and especially American leaders have evoked Winston Churchill as a model for brave leadership (and Nevillle Chamberlain to represent craven weakness). As Ian Buruma shows, in his dazzling, short tour de force of storytelling and analysis, the myths of World War II too often resulted in bad policies and foolish wars.   But The Churchill Complex is much more than a reflection on the weight of Churchill's legacy and its misuses. At its heart are shrewd and absorbing character studies of the president-prime minster dyads, which in Ian Buruma's gifted hands serve as a master class in politics, diplomacy, and the personal quirks of our leaders. It has never been a relationship of equals: from Churchill's desperate cajoling and conniving to keep FDR on his side in World War II, British prime ministers have put much more stock in the relationship than their US counterparts. After the loss of its once-great empire, Britain clung to the world's greatest superpower as a path to continued relevance and leverage. As Buruma shows, this was almost always fool's gold, and now, the alliance has floundered on the rocks of isolationism. The Churchill Complex may not have a happy ending, but as with Ian Buruma's other works, piercing lucidity is its own lasting comfort. Ian Buruma Tue, 01 Sep 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415127 thebookvoice.com 9:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415127]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Churchill Complex: The Curse of Being Special, from Winston and FDR to Trump and Brexit Author: Ian Buruma Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Stimulating and highly readable. . . . The Churchill Complex is a rich and rewarding book.” —Wall Street Journal From one of its keenest observers, a brilliant, witty journey through the 'Special Relationship' between Britain and America that has done so much to shape the world, from World War II to Brexit. It is impossible to understand the last seventy-five years of American history, through to Trump and Brexit, without understanding the Anglo-American relationship, particularly the bonds between presidents and prime ministers. FDR of course had Winston Churchill; JFK had Harold Macmillan, his consigliere during the Cuban Missile Crisis. Ronald Reagan found his ideological soul mate in Margaret Thatcher; and George W. Bush found his fellow believer, in religion and in war, in Tony Blair. Today, the bond between Donald Trump and Boris Johnson illuminates the populist uprisings in both countries, as well as a new kind of Special Relationship that goes against everything it once stood for. Remembering the past, even its most glorious moments, can be as misleading as forgetting it. Over and over, in the name of freedom and democracy, British and especially American leaders have evoked Winston Churchill as a model for brave leadership (and Nevillle Chamberlain to represent craven weakness). As Ian Buruma shows, in his dazzling, short tour de force of storytelling and analysis, the myths of World War II too often resulted in bad policies and foolish wars.   But The Churchill Complex is much more than a reflection on the weight of Churchill's legacy and its misuses. At its heart are shrewd and absorbing character studies of the president-prime minster dyads, which in Ian Buruma's gifted hands serve as a master class in politics, diplomacy, and the personal quirks of our leaders. It has never been a relationship of equals: from Churchill's desperate cajoling and conniving to keep FDR on his side in World War II, British prime ministers have put much more stock in the relationship than their US counterparts. After the loss of its once-great empire, Britain clung to the world's greatest superpower as a path to continued relevance and leverage. As Buruma shows, this was almost always fool's gold, and now, the alliance has floundered on the rocks of isolationism. The Churchill Complex may not have a happy ending, but as with Ian Buruma's other works, piercing lucidity is its own lasting comfort. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415127]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Churchill Complex: The Curse of Being Special, from Winston and FDR to Trump and Brexit Author: Ian Buruma Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Stimulating and highly readable. . . . The Churchill Complex is a rich and rewarding book.” —Wall Street Journal From one of its keenest observers, a brilliant, witty journey through the 'Special Relationship' between Britain and America that has done so much to shape the world, from World War II to Brexit. It is impossible to understand the last seventy-five years of American history, through to Trump and Brexit, without understanding the Anglo-American relationship, particularly the bonds between presidents and prime ministers. FDR of course had Winston Churchill; JFK had Harold Macmillan, his consigliere during the Cuban Missile Crisis. Ronald Reagan found his ideological soul mate in Margaret Thatcher; and George W. Bush found his fellow believer, in religion and in war, in Tony Blair. Today, the bond between Donald Trump and Boris Johnson illuminates the populist uprisings in both countries, as well as a new kind of Special Relationship that goes against everything it once stood for. Remembering the past, even its most glorious moments, can be as misleading as forgetting it. Over and over, in the name of freedom and democracy, British and especially American leaders have evoked Winston Churchill as a model for brave leadership (and Nevillle Chamberlain to represent craven weakness). As Ian Buruma shows, in his dazzling, short tour de force of storytelling and analysis, the myths of World War II too often resulted in bad policies and foolish wars.   But The Churchill Complex is much more than a reflection on the weight of Churchill's legacy and its misuses. At its heart are shrewd and absorbing character studies of the president-prime minster dyads, which in Ian Buruma's gifted hands serve as a master class in politics, diplomacy, and the personal quirks of our leaders. It has never been a relationship of equals: from Churchill's desperate cajoling and conniving to keep FDR on his side in World War II, British prime ministers have put much more stock in the relationship than their US counterparts. After the loss of its once-great empire, Britain clung to the world's greatest superpower as a path to continued relevance and leverage. As Buruma shows, this was almost always fool's gold, and now, the alliance has floundered on the rocks of isolationism. The Churchill Complex may not have a happy ending, but as with Ian Buruma's other works, piercing lucidity is its own lasting comfort. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415084 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415084]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Should Have Seen It Coming: From Reagan to Trump--A Front-Row Seat to a Political Revolution Author: Gerald F. Seib Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The executive Washington editor of The Wall Street Journal chronicles the astonishing rise, climax, and decline of the conservative movement, from the election of Ronald Reagan to the Republican Party's takeover by Donald Trump—with a new introduction covering the 2020 election and the future of the GOP “Ably captures the most consequential American political developments in half a century.” —Peggy Noonan In 1980, President-Elect Ronald Reagan ushered in conservatism as the most powerful political force in America. For four decades, New Deal liberalism had been the country’s dominant motif, creating such popular programs as Social Security and Medicare, but it had become creaky in the face of soaring inflation, high unemployment, and a growing sense that the United States was no longer the dominant force on the world stage. Reagan's efforts to reshape the government with tax cuts, deregulation, increased military spending, and a more conservative social policy faltered at first. But the economy roared back, and the Reagan revolution was on. In We Should Have Seen It Coming, veteran journalist Gerald F. Seib shows how this conservative movement came to dominate national politics, then began to evolve into the populist movement that Donald Trump rode to power. Conservative institutions including the Heritage Foundation, the National Rifle Association, Americans for Tax Reform, Rush Limbaugh and Fox News gave the conservative movement a support system, paving the way for Newt Gingrich's Contract with America and George W. Bush's compassionate conservatism. But we also see multiple warning signs, many overlooked or misread, that a populist revolution was brewing. Pat Buchanan, Ross Perot, Sarah Palin, and the Tea Party—all were precursors of the Trump takeover. With behind-the-scenes anecdotes, Seib explains how Trump capitalized on that populist movement to victory in 2016, then began breaking from conservative orthodoxy once in office. He shows how Trump altered Republican relations with the business world, shattered conservative precepts on trade and immigration and challenged America’s long-standing alliances. This scintillating work of journalism brings new insight to the most important political story of our time. Gerald F. Seib Tue, 25 Aug 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415084 thebookvoice.com 9:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415084]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Should Have Seen It Coming: From Reagan to Trump--A Front-Row Seat to a Political Revolution Author: Gerald F. Seib Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The executive Washington editor of The Wall Street Journal chronicles the astonishing rise, climax, and decline of the conservative movement, from the election of Ronald Reagan to the Republican Party's takeover by Donald Trump—with a new introduction covering the 2020 election and the future of the GOP “Ably captures the most consequential American political developments in half a century.” —Peggy Noonan In 1980, President-Elect Ronald Reagan ushered in conservatism as the most powerful political force in America. For four decades, New Deal liberalism had been the country’s dominant motif, creating such popular programs as Social Security and Medicare, but it had become creaky in the face of soaring inflation, high unemployment, and a growing sense that the United States was no longer the dominant force on the world stage. Reagan's efforts to reshape the government with tax cuts, deregulation, increased military spending, and a more conservative social policy faltered at first. But the economy roared back, and the Reagan revolution was on. In We Should Have Seen It Coming, veteran journalist Gerald F. Seib shows how this conservative movement came to dominate national politics, then began to evolve into the populist movement that Donald Trump rode to power. Conservative institutions including the Heritage Foundation, the National Rifle Association, Americans for Tax Reform, Rush Limbaugh and Fox News gave the conservative movement a support system, paving the way for Newt Gingrich's Contract with America and George W. Bush's compassionate conservatism. But we also see multiple warning signs, many overlooked or misread, that a populist revolution was brewing. Pat Buchanan, Ross Perot, Sarah Palin, and the Tea Party—all were precursors of the Trump takeover. With behind-the-scenes anecdotes, Seib explains how Trump capitalized on that populist movement to victory in 2016, then began breaking from conservative orthodoxy once in office. He shows how Trump altered Republican relations with the business world, shattered conservative precepts on trade and immigration and challenged America’s long-standing alliances. This scintillating work of journalism brings new insight to the most important political story of our time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415084]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Should Have Seen It Coming: From Reagan to Trump--A Front-Row Seat to a Political Revolution Author: Gerald F. Seib Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The executive Washington editor of The Wall Street Journal chronicles the astonishing rise, climax, and decline of the conservative movement, from the election of Ronald Reagan to the Republican Party's takeover by Donald Trump—with a new introduction covering the 2020 election and the future of the GOP “Ably captures the most consequential American political developments in half a century.” —Peggy Noonan In 1980, President-Elect Ronald Reagan ushered in conservatism as the most powerful political force in America. For four decades, New Deal liberalism had been the country’s dominant motif, creating such popular programs as Social Security and Medicare, but it had become creaky in the face of soaring inflation, high unemployment, and a growing sense that the United States was no longer the dominant force on the world stage. Reagan's efforts to reshape the government with tax cuts, deregulation, increased military spending, and a more conservative social policy faltered at first. But the economy roared back, and the Reagan revolution was on. In We Should Have Seen It Coming, veteran journalist Gerald F. Seib shows how this conservative movement came to dominate national politics, then began to evolve into the populist movement that Donald Trump rode to power. Conservative institutions including the Heritage Foundation, the National Rifle Association, Americans for Tax Reform, Rush Limbaugh and Fox News gave the conservative movement a support system, paving the way for Newt Gingrich's Contract with America and George W. Bush's compassionate conservatism. But we also see multiple warning signs, many overlooked or misread, that a populist revolution was brewing. Pat Buchanan, Ross Perot, Sarah Palin, and the Tea Party—all were precursors of the Trump takeover. With behind-the-scenes anecdotes, Seib explains how Trump capitalized on that populist movement to victory in 2016, then began breaking from conservative orthodoxy once in office. He shows how Trump altered Republican relations with the business world, shattered conservative precepts on trade and immigration and challenged America’s long-standing alliances. This scintillating work of journalism brings new insight to the most important political story of our time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415079 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415079]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against Civility: The Hidden Racism in Our Obsession with Civility Author: Alex Zamalin Narrator: Adam Barr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first history of racial injustice to examine how civility and white supremacy are linked, and a call for citizens who care about social justice to abandon civility and practice civic radicalism The idea and practice of civility has always been wielded to silence dissent, repress political participation, and justify violence upon people of color. Although many progressives today are told that we need to be more polite and thoughtful, less rancorous and angry, when we talk about race in America, civility maintains rather than disrupts racial injustice. Spanning two hundred years, Zamalin’s accessible blend of intellectual history, political biography, and contemporary political criticism shows that civility has never been neutral in its political uses and impacts. The best way to tackle racial inequality is through “civic radicalism,” an alternative to civility found in the actions of Black radical leaders including Frederick Douglass, Harriet Tubman, Ida B. Wells, Martin Luther King Jr., James Baldwin, Malcolm X, and Audre Lorde. Civic radicals shock and provoke people. They name injustice and who is responsible for it. They protest, march, strike, boycott, and mobilize collectively rather than form alliances with those who fundamentally oppose them. In Against Civility, citizens who care deeply about racial and socioeconomic equality will see that they need to abandon this concept of discreet politeness when it comes to racial justice and instead more fully support disruptive actions and calls for liberation, which have already begun with movements like #MeToo, the Dakota Access Pipeline protests, and Black Lives Matter. Alex Zamalin Tue, 02 Feb 2021 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415079 thebookvoice.com 6:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415079]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against Civility: The Hidden Racism in Our Obsession with Civility Author: Alex Zamalin Narrator: Adam Barr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first history of racial injustice to examine how civility and white supremacy are linked, and a call for citizens who care about social justice to abandon civility and practice civic radicalism The idea and practice of civility has always been wielded to silence dissent, repress political participation, and justify violence upon people of color. Although many progressives today are told that we need to be more polite and thoughtful, less rancorous and angry, when we talk about race in America, civility maintains rather than disrupts racial injustice. Spanning two hundred years, Zamalin’s accessible blend of intellectual history, political biography, and contemporary political criticism shows that civility has never been neutral in its political uses and impacts. The best way to tackle racial inequality is through “civic radicalism,” an alternative to civility found in the actions of Black radical leaders including Frederick Douglass, Harriet Tubman, Ida B. Wells, Martin Luther King Jr., James Baldwin, Malcolm X, and Audre Lorde. Civic radicals shock and provoke people. They name injustice and who is responsible for it. They protest, march, strike, boycott, and mobilize collectively rather than form alliances with those who fundamentally oppose them. In Against Civility, citizens who care deeply about racial and socioeconomic equality will see that they need to abandon this concept of discreet politeness when it comes to racial justice and instead more fully support disruptive actions and calls for liberation, which have already begun with movements like #MeToo, the Dakota Access Pipeline protests, and Black Lives Matter. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415079]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against Civility: The Hidden Racism in Our Obsession with Civility Author: Alex Zamalin Narrator: Adam Barr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first history of racial injustice to examine how civility and white supremacy are linked, and a call for citizens who care about social justice to abandon civility and practice civic radicalism The idea and practice of civility has always been wielded to silence dissent, repress political participation, and justify violence upon people of color. Although many progressives today are told that we need to be more polite and thoughtful, less rancorous and angry, when we talk about race in America, civility maintains rather than disrupts racial injustice. Spanning two hundred years, Zamalin’s accessible blend of intellectual history, political biography, and contemporary political criticism shows that civility has never been neutral in its political uses and impacts. The best way to tackle racial inequality is through “civic radicalism,” an alternative to civility found in the actions of Black radical leaders including Frederick Douglass, Harriet Tubman, Ida B. Wells, Martin Luther King Jr., James Baldwin, Malcolm X, and Audre Lorde. Civic radicals shock and provoke people. They name injustice and who is responsible for it. They protest, march, strike, boycott, and mobilize collectively rather than form alliances with those who fundamentally oppose them. In Against Civility, citizens who care deeply about racial and socioeconomic equality will see that they need to abandon this concept of discreet politeness when it comes to racial justice and instead more fully support disruptive actions and calls for liberation, which have already begun with movements like #MeToo, the Dakota Access Pipeline protests, and Black Lives Matter. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415072 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415072]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Senate Intelligence Committee Report on Torture: Committee Study of the Central Intelligence Agency's Detention and Interrogation Program Author: Senate Select Committee On Intelligence Narrator: Gabrielle De Cuir, Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 46 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Meticulously formatted, this is a highly readable edition of the Senate Intelligence Committee’s investigation of Central Intelligence Agency interrogation and detention programs launched in the wake of the 9/11 attacks. Based on over six million internal CIA documents, the report details secret prisons—like the one in Thailand run by Gina Haspel—prisoner deaths, interrogation practices, and cooperation with other foreign and domestic agencies. It also examines charges that the CIA deceived elected officials and governmental overseers about the extent and legality of its operations. Over five years in the making, and withheld from public view since its declassification in April, 2014, this is the full summary report as finally released by the United States government on December 9, 2014. Senate Select Committee On Intelligence Tue, 24 Sep 2019 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415072 thebookvoice.com 16:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415072]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Senate Intelligence Committee Report on Torture: Committee Study of the Central Intelligence Agency's Detention and Interrogation Program Author: Senate Select Committee On Intelligence Narrator: Gabrielle De Cuir, Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 46 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Meticulously formatted, this is a highly readable edition of the Senate Intelligence Committee’s investigation of Central Intelligence Agency interrogation and detention programs launched in the wake of the 9/11 attacks. Based on over six million internal CIA documents, the report details secret prisons—like the one in Thailand run by Gina Haspel—prisoner deaths, interrogation practices, and cooperation with other foreign and domestic agencies. It also examines charges that the CIA deceived elected officials and governmental overseers about the extent and legality of its operations. Over five years in the making, and withheld from public view since its declassification in April, 2014, this is the full summary report as finally released by the United States government on December 9, 2014. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415072]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Senate Intelligence Committee Report on Torture: Committee Study of the Central Intelligence Agency's Detention and Interrogation Program Author: Senate Select Committee On Intelligence Narrator: Gabrielle De Cuir, Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 46 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Meticulously formatted, this is a highly readable edition of the Senate Intelligence Committee’s investigation of Central Intelligence Agency interrogation and detention programs launched in the wake of the 9/11 attacks. Based on over six million internal CIA documents, the report details secret prisons—like the one in Thailand run by Gina Haspel—prisoner deaths, interrogation practices, and cooperation with other foreign and domestic agencies. It also examines charges that the CIA deceived elected officials and governmental overseers about the extent and legality of its operations. Over five years in the making, and withheld from public view since its declassification in April, 2014, this is the full summary report as finally released by the United States government on December 9, 2014. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415069 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415069]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Marginal Revolutionaries: How Austrian Economists Fought the War of Ideas Author: Janek Wasserman Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A group history of the Austrian School of Economics, from the coffeehouses of imperial Vienna to the modern-day Tea Party The Austrian School of Economics—a movement that has had a vast impact on economics, politics, and society, especially among the American right—is poorly understood by supporters and detractors alike. Defining themselves in opposition to the mainstream, economists such as Ludwig von Mises, Friedrich Hayek, and Joseph Schumpeter built the School’s international reputation with their work on business cycles and monetary theory. Their focus on individualism—and deep antipathy toward socialism—ultimately won them a devoted audience among the upper echelons of business and government. In this collective biography, Janek Wasserman brings these figures to life, showing that in order to make sense of the Austrians and their continued influence, one must understand the backdrop against which their philosophy was formed—notably, the collapse of the Austro‑Hungarian Empire and a half‑century of war and exile. Janek Wasserman Tue, 24 Sep 2019 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415069 thebookvoice.com 15:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415069]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Marginal Revolutionaries: How Austrian Economists Fought the War of Ideas Author: Janek Wasserman Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A group history of the Austrian School of Economics, from the coffeehouses of imperial Vienna to the modern-day Tea Party The Austrian School of Economics—a movement that has had a vast impact on economics, politics, and society, especially among the American right—is poorly understood by supporters and detractors alike. Defining themselves in opposition to the mainstream, economists such as Ludwig von Mises, Friedrich Hayek, and Joseph Schumpeter built the School’s international reputation with their work on business cycles and monetary theory. Their focus on individualism—and deep antipathy toward socialism—ultimately won them a devoted audience among the upper echelons of business and government. In this collective biography, Janek Wasserman brings these figures to life, showing that in order to make sense of the Austrians and their continued influence, one must understand the backdrop against which their philosophy was formed—notably, the collapse of the Austro‑Hungarian Empire and a half‑century of war and exile. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415069]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Marginal Revolutionaries: How Austrian Economists Fought the War of Ideas Author: Janek Wasserman Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A group history of the Austrian School of Economics, from the coffeehouses of imperial Vienna to the modern-day Tea Party The Austrian School of Economics—a movement that has had a vast impact on economics, politics, and society, especially among the American right—is poorly understood by supporters and detractors alike. Defining themselves in opposition to the mainstream, economists such as Ludwig von Mises, Friedrich Hayek, and Joseph Schumpeter built the School’s international reputation with their work on business cycles and monetary theory. Their focus on individualism—and deep antipathy toward socialism—ultimately won them a devoted audience among the upper echelons of business and government. In this collective biography, Janek Wasserman brings these figures to life, showing that in order to make sense of the Austrians and their continued influence, one must understand the backdrop against which their philosophy was formed—notably, the collapse of the Austro‑Hungarian Empire and a half‑century of war and exile. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415058 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415058]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whistleblowers: Honesty in America from Washington to Trump Author: Allison Stanger Narrator: Kate Mulligan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A magisterial exploration of whistleblowing in America, from the Revolutionary War to the Trump era Misconduct by those in high places is always dangerous to reveal. Whistleblowers thus face conflicting impulses: by challenging and exposing transgressions by the powerful, they perform a vital public service—yet they always suffer for it. This episodic history brings to light how whistleblowing, an important but unrecognized cousin of civil disobedience, has held powerful elites accountable in America. Analyzing a range of whistleblowing episodes, from the corrupt Revolutionary War commodore Esek Hopkins (whose dismissal led in 1778 to the first whistleblower protection law) to Edward Snowden, to the dishonesty of Donald Trump, Allison Stanger reveals the centrality of whistleblowing to the health of American democracy. She also shows that with changing technology and increasing militarization, the exposure of misconduct has grown more difficult to do and more personally costly for those who do it—yet American freedom, especially today, depends on it. Allison Stanger Tue, 24 Sep 2019 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415058 thebookvoice.com 9:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415058]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whistleblowers: Honesty in America from Washington to Trump Author: Allison Stanger Narrator: Kate Mulligan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A magisterial exploration of whistleblowing in America, from the Revolutionary War to the Trump era Misconduct by those in high places is always dangerous to reveal. Whistleblowers thus face conflicting impulses: by challenging and exposing transgressions by the powerful, they perform a vital public service—yet they always suffer for it. This episodic history brings to light how whistleblowing, an important but unrecognized cousin of civil disobedience, has held powerful elites accountable in America. Analyzing a range of whistleblowing episodes, from the corrupt Revolutionary War commodore Esek Hopkins (whose dismissal led in 1778 to the first whistleblower protection law) to Edward Snowden, to the dishonesty of Donald Trump, Allison Stanger reveals the centrality of whistleblowing to the health of American democracy. She also shows that with changing technology and increasing militarization, the exposure of misconduct has grown more difficult to do and more personally costly for those who do it—yet American freedom, especially today, depends on it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415058]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whistleblowers: Honesty in America from Washington to Trump Author: Allison Stanger Narrator: Kate Mulligan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A magisterial exploration of whistleblowing in America, from the Revolutionary War to the Trump era Misconduct by those in high places is always dangerous to reveal. Whistleblowers thus face conflicting impulses: by challenging and exposing transgressions by the powerful, they perform a vital public service—yet they always suffer for it. This episodic history brings to light how whistleblowing, an important but unrecognized cousin of civil disobedience, has held powerful elites accountable in America. Analyzing a range of whistleblowing episodes, from the corrupt Revolutionary War commodore Esek Hopkins (whose dismissal led in 1778 to the first whistleblower protection law) to Edward Snowden, to the dishonesty of Donald Trump, Allison Stanger reveals the centrality of whistleblowing to the health of American democracy. She also shows that with changing technology and increasing militarization, the exposure of misconduct has grown more difficult to do and more personally costly for those who do it—yet American freedom, especially today, depends on it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415043 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415043]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The War on History: The Conspiracy to Rewrite America’s Past Author: Jarrett Stepman Narrator: Chris Abell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: America is hopelessly divided, but more worryingly, the ideas and “mystic chords of memory” that rest at the cornerstone of our civilization and bind the generations are being severed, attacked, and forgotten. The left has set out to shatter these bonds with a war on American history—the fundamental concepts, institutions, and icons that make our country what it is. And we have failed to protect our history, allowing Hollywood, educators, and the media to rewrite the story of America. We have ignored the invaluable lessons of our parents, grandparents, and great-grandparents. If we wish to hold onto their vision of America, we must once again try to understand and defend the world-shaking ideas, actions, and men who made America great. Jarrett Stepman Tue, 01 Oct 2019 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415043 thebookvoice.com 7:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415043]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The War on History: The Conspiracy to Rewrite America’s Past Author: Jarrett Stepman Narrator: Chris Abell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: America is hopelessly divided, but more worryingly, the ideas and “mystic chords of memory” that rest at the cornerstone of our civilization and bind the generations are being severed, attacked, and forgotten. The left has set out to shatter these bonds with a war on American history—the fundamental concepts, institutions, and icons that make our country what it is. And we have failed to protect our history, allowing Hollywood, educators, and the media to rewrite the story of America. We have ignored the invaluable lessons of our parents, grandparents, and great-grandparents. If we wish to hold onto their vision of America, we must once again try to understand and defend the world-shaking ideas, actions, and men who made America great. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415043]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The War on History: The Conspiracy to Rewrite America’s Past Author: Jarrett Stepman Narrator: Chris Abell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: America is hopelessly divided, but more worryingly, the ideas and “mystic chords of memory” that rest at the cornerstone of our civilization and bind the generations are being severed, attacked, and forgotten. The left has set out to shatter these bonds with a war on American history—the fundamental concepts, institutions, and icons that make our country what it is. And we have failed to protect our history, allowing Hollywood, educators, and the media to rewrite the story of America. We have ignored the invaluable lessons of our parents, grandparents, and great-grandparents. If we wish to hold onto their vision of America, we must once again try to understand and defend the world-shaking ideas, actions, and men who made America great. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415041 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415041]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cool It: The Skeptical Environmentalist’s Guide to Global Warming Author: Bjorn Lomborg Narrator: John Mclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking book that transforms the debate about global warming by offering a fresh perspective based on human needs as well as environmental concerns Bjorn Lomborg argues that many of the elaborate and expensive actions now being considered to stop global warming will cost hundreds of billions of dollars, are often based on emotional rather than strictly scientific assumptions, and may very well have little impact on the world’s temperature for hundreds of years. Rather than starting with the most radical procedures, Lomborg argues that we should first focus our resources on more immediate concerns, such as fighting malaria and HIV/AIDS and assuring and maintaining a safe, fresh water supply—which can be addressed at a fraction of the cost and save millions of lives within our lifetime. He asks why the debate over climate change has stifled rational dialogue and killed meaningful dissent. Lomborg presents us with a second generation of thinking on global warming that believes panic is neither warranted nor a constructive place from which to deal with any of humanity’s problems, not just global warming. Cool It promises to be one of the most talked about and influential books of our time. Bjorn Lomborg Tue, 24 Sep 2019 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415041 thebookvoice.com 6:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415041]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cool It: The Skeptical Environmentalist’s Guide to Global Warming Author: Bjorn Lomborg Narrator: John Mclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking book that transforms the debate about global warming by offering a fresh perspective based on human needs as well as environmental concerns Bjorn Lomborg argues that many of the elaborate and expensive actions now being considered to stop global warming will cost hundreds of billions of dollars, are often based on emotional rather than strictly scientific assumptions, and may very well have little impact on the world’s temperature for hundreds of years. Rather than starting with the most radical procedures, Lomborg argues that we should first focus our resources on more immediate concerns, such as fighting malaria and HIV/AIDS and assuring and maintaining a safe, fresh water supply—which can be addressed at a fraction of the cost and save millions of lives within our lifetime. He asks why the debate over climate change has stifled rational dialogue and killed meaningful dissent. Lomborg presents us with a second generation of thinking on global warming that believes panic is neither warranted nor a constructive place from which to deal with any of humanity’s problems, not just global warming. Cool It promises to be one of the most talked about and influential books of our time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415041]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cool It: The Skeptical Environmentalist’s Guide to Global Warming Author: Bjorn Lomborg Narrator: John Mclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking book that transforms the debate about global warming by offering a fresh perspective based on human needs as well as environmental concerns Bjorn Lomborg argues that many of the elaborate and expensive actions now being considered to stop global warming will cost hundreds of billions of dollars, are often based on emotional rather than strictly scientific assumptions, and may very well have little impact on the world’s temperature for hundreds of years. Rather than starting with the most radical procedures, Lomborg argues that we should first focus our resources on more immediate concerns, such as fighting malaria and HIV/AIDS and assuring and maintaining a safe, fresh water supply—which can be addressed at a fraction of the cost and save millions of lives within our lifetime. He asks why the debate over climate change has stifled rational dialogue and killed meaningful dissent. Lomborg presents us with a second generation of thinking on global warming that believes panic is neither warranted nor a constructive place from which to deal with any of humanity’s problems, not just global warming. Cool It promises to be one of the most talked about and influential books of our time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414919 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414919]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grounded: A Senator’s Lessons on Winning Back Rural America Author: Jon Tester Narrator: Jon Tester Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An inspiring and eye-opening memoir showing how Democrats can reconnect with rural and red-state voters, from Montana’s three-term democratic senator. Senator Jon Tester is a rare voice in Congress. He is the only United States senator who manages a full-time job outside of the Senate—as a farmer. But what has really come to distinguish Tester in the Senate is his commitment to accountability, his ability to stand up to Donald Trump, and his success in, time and again, winning red state voters back to the Democratic Party. In Grounded, Tester shares his early life, his rise in the Democratic party, his vision for helping rural America, and his strategies for reaching red state voters. Leaning deeply into lessons on the value of authenticity and hard work that he learned growing up on his family’s 1,800-acre farm near the small town of Big Sandy, Montana—the same farm he continues to work today with his wife, Sharla—Tester has made his political career a testament to crossing the divides of class and geography. The media and Democrats too often discount rural people as Trump supporters; Tester knows better. His voice is vital to the public discourse as we seek to understand the issues that are important to rural and working-class America in not just the 2020 election but also for years to come.  A heartfelt and inspiring memoir from a courageous voice, Grounded shows us that the biggest threat to our democracy isn’t a president who has no moral compass. It’s politicians who don’t understand the value of accountability and hard work. Tester demonstrates that if American democracy is to survive, we must put our trust in the values that keep us grounded. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Jon Tester Tue, 15 Sep 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414919 thebookvoice.com 12:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414919]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grounded: A Senator’s Lessons on Winning Back Rural America Author: Jon Tester Narrator: Jon Tester Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An inspiring and eye-opening memoir showing how Democrats can reconnect with rural and red-state voters, from Montana’s three-term democratic senator. Senator Jon Tester is a rare voice in Congress. He is the only United States senator who manages a full-time job outside of the Senate—as a farmer. But what has really come to distinguish Tester in the Senate is his commitment to accountability, his ability to stand up to Donald Trump, and his success in, time and again, winning red state voters back to the Democratic Party. In Grounded, Tester shares his early life, his rise in the Democratic party, his vision for helping rural America, and his strategies for reaching red state voters. Leaning deeply into lessons on the value of authenticity and hard work that he learned growing up on his family’s 1,800-acre farm near the small town of Big Sandy, Montana—the same farm he continues to work today with his wife, Sharla—Tester has made his political career a testament to crossing the divides of class and geography. The media and Democrats too often discount rural people as Trump supporters; Tester knows better. His voice is vital to the public discourse as we seek to understand the issues that are important to rural and working-class America in not just the 2020 election but also for years to come.  A heartfelt and inspiring memoir from a courageous voice, Grounded shows us that the biggest threat to our democracy isn’t a president who has no moral compass. It’s politicians who don’t understand the value of accountability and hard work. Tester demonstrates that if American democracy is to survive, we must put our trust in the values that keep us grounded. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414919]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grounded: A Senator’s Lessons on Winning Back Rural America Author: Jon Tester Narrator: Jon Tester Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An inspiring and eye-opening memoir showing how Democrats can reconnect with rural and red-state voters, from Montana’s three-term democratic senator. Senator Jon Tester is a rare voice in Congress. He is the only United States senator who manages a full-time job outside of the Senate—as a farmer. But what has really come to distinguish Tester in the Senate is his commitment to accountability, his ability to stand up to Donald Trump, and his success in, time and again, winning red state voters back to the Democratic Party. In Grounded, Tester shares his early life, his rise in the Democratic party, his vision for helping rural America, and his strategies for reaching red state voters. Leaning deeply into lessons on the value of authenticity and hard work that he learned growing up on his family’s 1,800-acre farm near the small town of Big Sandy, Montana—the same farm he continues to work today with his wife, Sharla—Tester has made his political career a testament to crossing the divides of class and geography. The media and Democrats too often discount rural people as Trump supporters; Tester knows better. His voice is vital to the public discourse as we seek to understand the issues that are important to rural and working-class America in not just the 2020 election but also for years to come.  A heartfelt and inspiring memoir from a courageous voice, Grounded shows us that the biggest threat to our democracy isn’t a president who has no moral compass. It’s politicians who don’t understand the value of accountability and hard work. Tester demonstrates that if American democracy is to survive, we must put our trust in the values that keep us grounded. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414918 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414918]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Treason: A Citizen's Guide to the Law Author: Carlton F. W. Larson Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A concise, accessible, and engaging guide to the law of treason, written by the nation’s foremost expert on the subject The only crime defined in the United States Constitution, treason is routinely described by judges as more heinous than murder. Today the term is regularly thrown around by lawmakers and pundits on both sides of the aisle. But as these heated accusations flood the news cycle, it’s not always clear what the crime of treason truly is, or when it should be prosecuted.  Drawing on over two decades of research, constitutional law and legal history scholar Carlton Larson takes us on a grand tour of the Treason Clause of the United States Constitution. Despite the Clause’s apparent simplicity, Larson demonstrates that it is a form of constitutional quicksand in which seemingly obvious intuitions are often far off the mark. From the floors of the medieval British Parliament that codified the Statute of Treasons upon which the American law was based to the treason of Benedict Arnold, our nation’s founding traitor, to more recent events, including WWII’s “Tokyo Rose” and the allegations against Edward Snowden and Donald Trump, Larson provides a riveting account of treason law in action.  On Treason is an indispensable guide for anyone who wants to understand this fundamental aspect of our legal system. With this short, accessible look at the law’s history and meaning, Larson clarifies who is actually guilty—and readers won’t need a law degree to understand why. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Carlton F. W. Larson Tue, 29 Sep 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414918 thebookvoice.com 6:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414918]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Treason: A Citizen's Guide to the Law Author: Carlton F. W. Larson Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A concise, accessible, and engaging guide to the law of treason, written by the nation’s foremost expert on the subject The only crime defined in the United States Constitution, treason is routinely described by judges as more heinous than murder. Today the term is regularly thrown around by lawmakers and pundits on both sides of the aisle. But as these heated accusations flood the news cycle, it’s not always clear what the crime of treason truly is, or when it should be prosecuted.  Drawing on over two decades of research, constitutional law and legal history scholar Carlton Larson takes us on a grand tour of the Treason Clause of the United States Constitution. Despite the Clause’s apparent simplicity, Larson demonstrates that it is a form of constitutional quicksand in which seemingly obvious intuitions are often far off the mark. From the floors of the medieval British Parliament that codified the Statute of Treasons upon which the American law was based to the treason of Benedict Arnold, our nation’s founding traitor, to more recent events, including WWII’s “Tokyo Rose” and the allegations against Edward Snowden and Donald Trump, Larson provides a riveting account of treason law in action.  On Treason is an indispensable guide for anyone who wants to understand this fundamental aspect of our legal system. With this short, accessible look at the law’s history and meaning, Larson clarifies who is actually guilty—and readers won’t need a law degree to understand why. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414918]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Treason: A Citizen's Guide to the Law Author: Carlton F. W. Larson Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A concise, accessible, and engaging guide to the law of treason, written by the nation’s foremost expert on the subject The only crime defined in the United States Constitution, treason is routinely described by judges as more heinous than murder. Today the term is regularly thrown around by lawmakers and pundits on both sides of the aisle. But as these heated accusations flood the news cycle, it’s not always clear what the crime of treason truly is, or when it should be prosecuted.  Drawing on over two decades of research, constitutional law and legal history scholar Carlton Larson takes us on a grand tour of the Treason Clause of the United States Constitution. Despite the Clause’s apparent simplicity, Larson demonstrates that it is a form of constitutional quicksand in which seemingly obvious intuitions are often far off the mark. From the floors of the medieval British Parliament that codified the Statute of Treasons upon which the American law was based to the treason of Benedict Arnold, our nation’s founding traitor, to more recent events, including WWII’s “Tokyo Rose” and the allegations against Edward Snowden and Donald Trump, Larson provides a riveting account of treason law in action.  On Treason is an indispensable guide for anyone who wants to understand this fundamental aspect of our legal system. With this short, accessible look at the law’s history and meaning, Larson clarifies who is actually guilty—and readers won’t need a law degree to understand why. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414872 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Liberal Invasion of Red State America Author: Kristin B. Tate Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Progressive upper-middle-class urbanites are deserting expensive liberal meccas like New York and San Francisco and flocking to traditionally red states like Colorado, New Hampshire, Virginia, and Texas. The result is a sudden, confusing purpling of small-town America. School boards and local governments are being reorganized around the progressive agendas of pushy transplants. Neighborhoods are becoming unrecognizable. And the implications for future Congressional and presidential elections are staggering. Libertarian journalist and rising media-star Kristin Tate traces the great progressive flight from blue cities to red towns, using demographic statistics and alarming on-the-ground anecdotes to present a stunning picture of a nation undergoing a significant transition. Kristin B. Tate Tue, 14 Jan 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414872 thebookvoice.com 7:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Liberal Invasion of Red State America Author: Kristin B. Tate Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Progressive upper-middle-class urbanites are deserting expensive liberal meccas like New York and San Francisco and flocking to traditionally red states like Colorado, New Hampshire, Virginia, and Texas. The result is a sudden, confusing purpling of small-town America. School boards and local governments are being reorganized around the progressive agendas of pushy transplants. Neighborhoods are becoming unrecognizable. And the implications for future Congressional and presidential elections are staggering. Libertarian journalist and rising media-star Kristin Tate traces the great progressive flight from blue cities to red towns, using demographic statistics and alarming on-the-ground anecdotes to present a stunning picture of a nation undergoing a significant transition. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Liberal Invasion of Red State America Author: Kristin B. Tate Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Progressive upper-middle-class urbanites are deserting expensive liberal meccas like New York and San Francisco and flocking to traditionally red states like Colorado, New Hampshire, Virginia, and Texas. The result is a sudden, confusing purpling of small-town America. School boards and local governments are being reorganized around the progressive agendas of pushy transplants. Neighborhoods are becoming unrecognizable. And the implications for future Congressional and presidential elections are staggering. Libertarian journalist and rising media-star Kristin Tate traces the great progressive flight from blue cities to red towns, using demographic statistics and alarming on-the-ground anecdotes to present a stunning picture of a nation undergoing a significant transition. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414838 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414838]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Founders' Key: The Divine and Natural Connection Between the Declaration and the Constitution and What We Risk by Losing It Author: Larry Arnn Narrator: Van Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Today the integrity and unity of the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution are under attack by the Progressive political movement. And yet, writes Larry P. Arnn: “The words of the Declaration of Independence ring across the ages. The arrangements of the Constitution have a way of organizing our actions so as to produce certain desirable results, and they have done this more reliably than any governing instrument in the history of man. Connect these arrangements to the beauty of the Declaration and one has something inspiring and commanding.” From Chapter 2, The Founders’ Key Dr. Arnn, president of Hillsdale College, reveals this integral unity of the Declaration and the Constitution. Together, they form the pillars upon which the liberties and rights of the American people stand. United, they have guided history’s first self-governing nation, forming our government under certain universal and eternal principles. Unfortunately, the effort to redefine government to reflect “the changing and growing social order” has gone very far toward success. Politicians such as Franklin Roosevelt found ways to condemn and discard the Constitution and to redefine the Declaration to justify government without limit. As a result, both documents have been weakened, their influence diminished, and their meaning obscured—paving the way for the modern administrative state, unaccountable to the will of the people. The Founders’ Key is a powerful call to rediscover the connection between these two mighty documents, and thereby restore our political faith and revive our free institutions. Larry Arnn Tue, 07 Apr 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414838 thebookvoice.com 7:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414838]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Founders' Key: The Divine and Natural Connection Between the Declaration and the Constitution and What We Risk by Losing It Author: Larry Arnn Narrator: Van Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Today the integrity and unity of the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution are under attack by the Progressive political movement. And yet, writes Larry P. Arnn: “The words of the Declaration of Independence ring across the ages. The arrangements of the Constitution have a way of organizing our actions so as to produce certain desirable results, and they have done this more reliably than any governing instrument in the history of man. Connect these arrangements to the beauty of the Declaration and one has something inspiring and commanding.” From Chapter 2, The Founders’ Key Dr. Arnn, president of Hillsdale College, reveals this integral unity of the Declaration and the Constitution. Together, they form the pillars upon which the liberties and rights of the American people stand. United, they have guided history’s first self-governing nation, forming our government under certain universal and eternal principles. Unfortunately, the effort to redefine government to reflect “the changing and growing social order” has gone very far toward success. Politicians such as Franklin Roosevelt found ways to condemn and discard the Constitution and to redefine the Declaration to justify government without limit. As a result, both documents have been weakened, their influence diminished, and their meaning obscured—paving the way for the modern administrative state, unaccountable to the will of the people. The Founders’ Key is a powerful call to rediscover the connection between these two mighty documents, and thereby restore our political faith and revive our free institutions. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414838]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Founders' Key: The Divine and Natural Connection Between the Declaration and the Constitution and What We Risk by Losing It Author: Larry Arnn Narrator: Van Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Today the integrity and unity of the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution are under attack by the Progressive political movement. And yet, writes Larry P. Arnn: “The words of the Declaration of Independence ring across the ages. The arrangements of the Constitution have a way of organizing our actions so as to produce certain desirable results, and they have done this more reliably than any governing instrument in the history of man. Connect these arrangements to the beauty of the Declaration and one has something inspiring and commanding.” From Chapter 2, The Founders’ Key Dr. Arnn, president of Hillsdale College, reveals this integral unity of the Declaration and the Constitution. Together, they form the pillars upon which the liberties and rights of the American people stand. United, they have guided history’s first self-governing nation, forming our government under certain universal and eternal principles. Unfortunately, the effort to redefine government to reflect “the changing and growing social order” has gone very far toward success. Politicians such as Franklin Roosevelt found ways to condemn and discard the Constitution and to redefine the Declaration to justify government without limit. As a result, both documents have been weakened, their influence diminished, and their meaning obscured—paving the way for the modern administrative state, unaccountable to the will of the people. The Founders’ Key is a powerful call to rediscover the connection between these two mighty documents, and thereby restore our political faith and revive our free institutions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414776 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414776]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Call: Inside the Global Saudi Religious Project Author: Krithika Varagur Narrator: Priya Ayyar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 16 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Journalist Krithika Varagur's Da'wa chronicles the House of Saud as it systematically transforms the Muslim world in its own image, in one of the major imperial projects in today's world, on par with China's economic diplomacy. Since 1979, Saudi Arabia has spent $1.8 billion per year, by one estimate, to propagate its puritanical brand of Islam, called Salafism or Wahhabism. It has kept scrupulous records of its religious activity in 27 countries, with over 4,000 Salafi preachers on its payroll worldwide. This is the cumulative scope of the Saudi campaign on three separate continents, told through the trial of a Christian governor in Indonesia; the emergence of Wahhabi influence in the Republic of Kosovo; and the death sentence of a Sufi priest in Nigeria. Krithika Varagur Tue, 21 Apr 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414776 thebookvoice.com 6:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414776]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Call: Inside the Global Saudi Religious Project Author: Krithika Varagur Narrator: Priya Ayyar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 16 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Journalist Krithika Varagur's Da'wa chronicles the House of Saud as it systematically transforms the Muslim world in its own image, in one of the major imperial projects in today's world, on par with China's economic diplomacy. Since 1979, Saudi Arabia has spent $1.8 billion per year, by one estimate, to propagate its puritanical brand of Islam, called Salafism or Wahhabism. It has kept scrupulous records of its religious activity in 27 countries, with over 4,000 Salafi preachers on its payroll worldwide. This is the cumulative scope of the Saudi campaign on three separate continents, told through the trial of a Christian governor in Indonesia; the emergence of Wahhabi influence in the Republic of Kosovo; and the death sentence of a Sufi priest in Nigeria. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414776]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Call: Inside the Global Saudi Religious Project Author: Krithika Varagur Narrator: Priya Ayyar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 16 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Journalist Krithika Varagur's Da'wa chronicles the House of Saud as it systematically transforms the Muslim world in its own image, in one of the major imperial projects in today's world, on par with China's economic diplomacy. Since 1979, Saudi Arabia has spent $1.8 billion per year, by one estimate, to propagate its puritanical brand of Islam, called Salafism or Wahhabism. It has kept scrupulous records of its religious activity in 27 countries, with over 4,000 Salafi preachers on its payroll worldwide. This is the cumulative scope of the Saudi campaign on three separate continents, told through the trial of a Christian governor in Indonesia; the emergence of Wahhabi influence in the Republic of Kosovo; and the death sentence of a Sufi priest in Nigeria. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414770 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414770]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Billion Americans: The Case for Thinking Bigger Author: Matthew Yglesias Narrator: Matthew Yglesias Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER What would actually make America great: more people.   If the most challenging crisis in living memory has shown us anything, it’s that America has lost the will and the means to lead. We can’t compete with the huge population clusters of the global marketplace by keeping our population static or letting it diminish, or with our crumbling transit and unaffordable housing. The winner in the future world is going to have more—more ideas, more ambition, more utilization of resources, more people.    Exactly how many Americans do we need to win? According to Matthew Yglesias, one billion.   From one of our foremost policy writers, One Billion Americans is the provocative yet logical argument that if we aren’t moving forward, we’re losing. Vox founder Yglesias invites us to think bigger, while taking the problems of decline seriously. What really contributes to national prosperity should not be controversial: supporting parents and children, welcoming immigrants and their contributions, and exploring creative policies that support growth—like more housing, better transportation, improved education, revitalized welfare, and climate change mitigation. Drawing on examples and solutions from around the world, Yglesias shows not only that we can do this, but why we must.    Making the case for massive population growth with analytic rigor and imagination, One Billion Americans issues a radical but undeniable challenge: Why not do it all, and stay on top forever? Matthew Yglesias Tue, 15 Sep 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414770 thebookvoice.com 6:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414770]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Billion Americans: The Case for Thinking Bigger Author: Matthew Yglesias Narrator: Matthew Yglesias Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER What would actually make America great: more people.   If the most challenging crisis in living memory has shown us anything, it’s that America has lost the will and the means to lead. We can’t compete with the huge population clusters of the global marketplace by keeping our population static or letting it diminish, or with our crumbling transit and unaffordable housing. The winner in the future world is going to have more—more ideas, more ambition, more utilization of resources, more people.    Exactly how many Americans do we need to win? According to Matthew Yglesias, one billion.   From one of our foremost policy writers, One Billion Americans is the provocative yet logical argument that if we aren’t moving forward, we’re losing. Vox founder Yglesias invites us to think bigger, while taking the problems of decline seriously. What really contributes to national prosperity should not be controversial: supporting parents and children, welcoming immigrants and their contributions, and exploring creative policies that support growth—like more housing, better transportation, improved education, revitalized welfare, and climate change mitigation. Drawing on examples and solutions from around the world, Yglesias shows not only that we can do this, but why we must.    Making the case for massive population growth with analytic rigor and imagination, One Billion Americans issues a radical but undeniable challenge: Why not do it all, and stay on top forever? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414770]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Billion Americans: The Case for Thinking Bigger Author: Matthew Yglesias Narrator: Matthew Yglesias Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER What would actually make America great: more people.   If the most challenging crisis in living memory has shown us anything, it’s that America has lost the will and the means to lead. We can’t compete with the huge population clusters of the global marketplace by keeping our population static or letting it diminish, or with our crumbling transit and unaffordable housing. The winner in the future world is going to have more—more ideas, more ambition, more utilization of resources, more people.    Exactly how many Americans do we need to win? According to Matthew Yglesias, one billion.   From one of our foremost policy writers, One Billion Americans is the provocative yet logical argument that if we aren’t moving forward, we’re losing. Vox founder Yglesias invites us to think bigger, while taking the problems of decline seriously. What really contributes to national prosperity should not be controversial: supporting parents and children, welcoming immigrants and their contributions, and exploring creative policies that support growth—like more housing, better transportation, improved education, revitalized welfare, and climate change mitigation. Drawing on examples and solutions from around the world, Yglesias shows not only that we can do this, but why we must.    Making the case for massive population growth with analytic rigor and imagination, One Billion Americans issues a radical but undeniable challenge: Why not do it all, and stay on top forever? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414744 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414744]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liar's Circus: A Strange and Terrifying Journey into the Upside-Down World of Trump’s MAGA Rallies Author: Carl Hoffman Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ''A brilliant, riveting, funny, terrifying journey into the beating heart of Trumpland.'' —Liza Mundy, author of Code Girls In this daring work of immersive journalism, based on hundreds of hours of reporting, Carl Hoffman journeys deep inside Donald Trump’s rallies, seeking to understand the strange and powerful tribe that forms the president’s base.  Hoffman, who has written about the most dangerous and remote corners of the world, pierced this alternate society, welcomed in and initiated into its rites and upside-down beliefs, and finally ushered to its inner sanctum. Equally freewheeling and profound, Liar’s Circus tracks the MAGA faithful across five thousand miles of the American heartland during a crucial arc of the Trump presidency stretching from the impeachment saga to the dawn of the coronavirus pandemic that ended the rallies as we know it. Trump’s rallies are a singular and defining force in American history—a kind of Rosetta stone to understanding the Age of Trump. Yet while much remarked upon, they are, in fact, little examined, with the focus almost always on Trump’s latest outrageous statement. But who are the tens of thousands of people who fill these arenas? What do they see in Trump? And what curious alchemy—between president and adoring crowd—happens there that might explain Trump’s rise and powerful hold over both his base and the GOP? To those on the left, the rallies are a Black Mass of American politics at which Trump plays high priest, recklessly summoning the darkest forces within the nation. To the MAGA faithful, the rallies are a form of pilgrimage, a joyous ceremony that like all rituals binds people together and makes them feel a part of something bigger than themselves. Both sides would acknowledge that this traveling roadshow is the pressurized, combustible core of Trump’s political power, a meeting of the faithful where Trump is unshackled and his rhetoric reaches its most extreme, with downstream consequences for the rest of the nation. To date, no reporter has sought to understand the rallies as a sociological phenomenon examined from the bottom up. Hoffman has done just this. He has stood in line for more than 170 hours with Trump's most ardent superfans and joined them at the very front row; he has traveled from Minnesota to Texas, Louisiana, Mississippi, and New Hampshire immersing himself in their culture.  Liar’s Circus is a revelatory portrait of Trump’s America, from one of our most intrepid journalists. Carl Hoffman Tue, 01 Sep 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414744 thebookvoice.com 5:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414744]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liar's Circus: A Strange and Terrifying Journey into the Upside-Down World of Trump’s MAGA Rallies Author: Carl Hoffman Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ''A brilliant, riveting, funny, terrifying journey into the beating heart of Trumpland.'' —Liza Mundy, author of Code Girls In this daring work of immersive journalism, based on hundreds of hours of reporting, Carl Hoffman journeys deep inside Donald Trump’s rallies, seeking to understand the strange and powerful tribe that forms the president’s base.  Hoffman, who has written about the most dangerous and remote corners of the world, pierced this alternate society, welcomed in and initiated into its rites and upside-down beliefs, and finally ushered to its inner sanctum. Equally freewheeling and profound, Liar’s Circus tracks the MAGA faithful across five thousand miles of the American heartland during a crucial arc of the Trump presidency stretching from the impeachment saga to the dawn of the coronavirus pandemic that ended the rallies as we know it. Trump’s rallies are a singular and defining force in American history—a kind of Rosetta stone to understanding the Age of Trump. Yet while much remarked upon, they are, in fact, little examined, with the focus almost always on Trump’s latest outrageous statement. But who are the tens of thousands of people who fill these arenas? What do they see in Trump? And what curious alchemy—between president and adoring crowd—happens there that might explain Trump’s rise and powerful hold over both his base and the GOP? To those on the left, the rallies are a Black Mass of American politics at which Trump plays high priest, recklessly summoning the darkest forces within the nation. To the MAGA faithful, the rallies are a form of pilgrimage, a joyous ceremony that like all rituals binds people together and makes them feel a part of something bigger than themselves. Both sides would acknowledge that this traveling roadshow is the pressurized, combustible core of Trump’s political power, a meeting of the faithful where Trump is unshackled and his rhetoric reaches its most extreme, with downstream consequences for the rest of the nation. To date, no reporter has sought to understand the rallies as a sociological phenomenon examined from the bottom up. Hoffman has done just this. He has stood in line for more than 170 hours with Trump's most ardent superfans and joined them at the very front row; he has traveled from Minnesota to Texas, Louisiana, Mississippi, and New Hampshire immersing himself in their culture.  Liar’s Circus is a revelatory portrait of Trump’s America, from one of our most intrepid journalists. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414744]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liar's Circus: A Strange and Terrifying Journey into the Upside-Down World of Trump’s MAGA Rallies Author: Carl Hoffman Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ''A brilliant, riveting, funny, terrifying journey into the beating heart of Trumpland.'' —Liza Mundy, author of Code Girls In this daring work of immersive journalism, based on hundreds of hours of reporting, Carl Hoffman journeys deep inside Donald Trump’s rallies, seeking to understand the strange and powerful tribe that forms the president’s base.  Hoffman, who has written about the most dangerous and remote corners of the world, pierced this alternate society, welcomed in and initiated into its rites and upside-down beliefs, and finally ushered to its inner sanctum. Equally freewheeling and profound, Liar’s Circus tracks the MAGA faithful across five thousand miles of the American heartland during a crucial arc of the Trump presidency stretching from the impeachment saga to the dawn of the coronavirus pandemic that ended the rallies as we know it. Trump’s rallies are a singular and defining force in American history—a kind of Rosetta stone to understanding the Age of Trump. Yet while much remarked upon, they are, in fact, little examined, with the focus almost always on Trump’s latest outrageous statement. But who are the tens of thousands of people who fill these arenas? What do they see in Trump? And what curious alchemy—between president and adoring crowd—happens there that might explain Trump’s rise and powerful hold over both his base and the GOP? To those on the left, the rallies are a Black Mass of American politics at which Trump plays high priest, recklessly summoning the darkest forces within the nation. To the MAGA faithful, the rallies are a form of pilgrimage, a joyous ceremony that like all rituals binds people together and makes them feel a part of something bigger than themselves. Both sides would acknowledge that this traveling roadshow is the pressurized, combustible core of Trump’s political power, a meeting of the faithful where Trump is unshackled and his rhetoric reaches its most extreme, with downstream consequences for the rest of the nation. To date, no reporter has sought to understand the rallies as a sociological phenomenon examined from the bottom up. Hoffman has done just this. He has stood in line for more than 170 hours with Trump's most ardent superfans and joined them at the very front row; he has traveled from Minnesota to Texas, Louisiana, Mississippi, and New Hampshire immersing himself in their culture.  Liar’s Circus is a revelatory portrait of Trump’s America, from one of our most intrepid journalists. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414701 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414701]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Fascism: 12 Lessons From American History Author: Matthew C. Macwilliams Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An expert on American authoritarianism offers a searing rebuke of the exceptional narrative that dominates our understanding of US history. In 12 lessons, Matthew C. MacWilliams' On Fascism exposes the divisive rhetoric, strongman tactics, violent othering, and authoritarian attitudes that course through American history and compete with our egalitarian, democratic aspirations. Trumpism isn’t new, but rooted in our refusal to come to terms with this historical reality. The United States of Lyncherdom, as Mark Twain labeled America. Lincoln versus Douglas. The Chinese Exclusion Act. The Trail of Tears. The internment of Japanese-Americans. The Palmer Raids. McCarthyism. The Surveillance State. At turning points throughout history, as we aspired toward great things, we also witnessed the authoritarian impulse drive policy and win public support. Only by confronting and reconciling this past, can America move forward into a future rooted in the motto of our Republic since 1782: e pluribus unum (out of many, one). But this audiobook isn’t simply an indictment. It is also a celebration of our spirit, perseverance, and commitment to the values at the heart of the American project. Along the way, we learn about many American heroes – like Ida B. Wells, who dedicated her life to documenting the horrors of lynching throughout the nation, or the young Jewish-American who took a beating for protesting a Nazi rally in New York City in 1939. Men and women who embodied the soaring, revolutionary proclamations set forth in the Declaration of Independence and the Preamble to the Constitution. On Fascism is both an honest reckoning and a call for reconciliation. Denial and division will not save the Republic, but coming to terms with our history might. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Griffin Matthew C. Macwilliams Tue, 29 Sep 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414701 thebookvoice.com 4:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414701]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Fascism: 12 Lessons From American History Author: Matthew C. Macwilliams Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An expert on American authoritarianism offers a searing rebuke of the exceptional narrative that dominates our understanding of US history. In 12 lessons, Matthew C. MacWilliams' On Fascism exposes the divisive rhetoric, strongman tactics, violent othering, and authoritarian attitudes that course through American history and compete with our egalitarian, democratic aspirations. Trumpism isn’t new, but rooted in our refusal to come to terms with this historical reality. The United States of Lyncherdom, as Mark Twain labeled America. Lincoln versus Douglas. The Chinese Exclusion Act. The Trail of Tears. The internment of Japanese-Americans. The Palmer Raids. McCarthyism. The Surveillance State. At turning points throughout history, as we aspired toward great things, we also witnessed the authoritarian impulse drive policy and win public support. Only by confronting and reconciling this past, can America move forward into a future rooted in the motto of our Republic since 1782: e pluribus unum (out of many, one). But this audiobook isn’t simply an indictment. It is also a celebration of our spirit, perseverance, and commitment to the values at the heart of the American project. Along the way, we learn about many American heroes – like Ida B. Wells, who dedicated her life to documenting the horrors of lynching throughout the nation, or the young Jewish-American who took a beating for protesting a Nazi rally in New York City in 1939. Men and women who embodied the soaring, revolutionary proclamations set forth in the Declaration of Independence and the Preamble to the Constitution. On Fascism is both an honest reckoning and a call for reconciliation. Denial and division will not save the Republic, but coming to terms with our history might. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Griffin Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414701]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Fascism: 12 Lessons From American History Author: Matthew C. Macwilliams Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An expert on American authoritarianism offers a searing rebuke of the exceptional narrative that dominates our understanding of US history. In 12 lessons, Matthew C. MacWilliams' On Fascism exposes the divisive rhetoric, strongman tactics, violent othering, and authoritarian attitudes that course through American history and compete with our egalitarian, democratic aspirations. Trumpism isn’t new, but rooted in our refusal to come to terms with this historical reality. The United States of Lyncherdom, as Mark Twain labeled America. Lincoln versus Douglas. The Chinese Exclusion Act. The Trail of Tears. The internment of Japanese-Americans. The Palmer Raids. McCarthyism. The Surveillance State. At turning points throughout history, as we aspired toward great things, we also witnessed the authoritarian impulse drive policy and win public support. Only by confronting and reconciling this past, can America move forward into a future rooted in the motto of our Republic since 1782: e pluribus unum (out of many, one). But this audiobook isn’t simply an indictment. It is also a celebration of our spirit, perseverance, and commitment to the values at the heart of the American project. Along the way, we learn about many American heroes – like Ida B. Wells, who dedicated her life to documenting the horrors of lynching throughout the nation, or the young Jewish-American who took a beating for protesting a Nazi rally in New York City in 1939. Men and women who embodied the soaring, revolutionary proclamations set forth in the Declaration of Independence and the Preamble to the Constitution. On Fascism is both an honest reckoning and a call for reconciliation. Denial and division will not save the Republic, but coming to terms with our history might. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Griffin https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414656 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414656]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Say You Want a Revolution?: Radical Idealism and Its Tragic Consequences Author: Daniel Chirot Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In You Say You Want a Revolution?, Daniel Chirot examines a wide range of right- and left-wing revolutions around the world—from the late eighteenth century to today—to provide important new answers to these critical questions. From the French Revolution of the eighteenth century to the Mexican, Russian, German, Chinese, anticolonial, and Iranian revolutions of the twentieth, Chirot finds that moderate solutions to serious social, economic, and political problems were overwhelmed by radical ideologies that promised simpler, drastic remedies. But not all revolutions had this outcome. The American Revolution didn't, although its failure to resolve the problem of slavery eventually led to the Civil War, and the collapse of communism in Eastern Europe was relatively peaceful, except in Yugoslavia. From Japan, North Korea, Vietnam, and Cambodia to Algeria, Angola, Haiti, and Romania, You Say You Want a Revolution? explains why violent radicalism, corruption, and the betrayal of ideals won in so many crucial cases, why it didn't in some others—and what the long-term prospects for major social change are if liberals can't deliver needed reforms. Daniel Chirot Tue, 03 Mar 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414656 thebookvoice.com 6:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414656]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Say You Want a Revolution?: Radical Idealism and Its Tragic Consequences Author: Daniel Chirot Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In You Say You Want a Revolution?, Daniel Chirot examines a wide range of right- and left-wing revolutions around the world—from the late eighteenth century to today—to provide important new answers to these critical questions. From the French Revolution of the eighteenth century to the Mexican, Russian, German, Chinese, anticolonial, and Iranian revolutions of the twentieth, Chirot finds that moderate solutions to serious social, economic, and political problems were overwhelmed by radical ideologies that promised simpler, drastic remedies. But not all revolutions had this outcome. The American Revolution didn't, although its failure to resolve the problem of slavery eventually led to the Civil War, and the collapse of communism in Eastern Europe was relatively peaceful, except in Yugoslavia. From Japan, North Korea, Vietnam, and Cambodia to Algeria, Angola, Haiti, and Romania, You Say You Want a Revolution? explains why violent radicalism, corruption, and the betrayal of ideals won in so many crucial cases, why it didn't in some others—and what the long-term prospects for major social change are if liberals can't deliver needed reforms. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414656]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Say You Want a Revolution?: Radical Idealism and Its Tragic Consequences Author: Daniel Chirot Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In You Say You Want a Revolution?, Daniel Chirot examines a wide range of right- and left-wing revolutions around the world—from the late eighteenth century to today—to provide important new answers to these critical questions. From the French Revolution of the eighteenth century to the Mexican, Russian, German, Chinese, anticolonial, and Iranian revolutions of the twentieth, Chirot finds that moderate solutions to serious social, economic, and political problems were overwhelmed by radical ideologies that promised simpler, drastic remedies. But not all revolutions had this outcome. The American Revolution didn't, although its failure to resolve the problem of slavery eventually led to the Civil War, and the collapse of communism in Eastern Europe was relatively peaceful, except in Yugoslavia. From Japan, North Korea, Vietnam, and Cambodia to Algeria, Angola, Haiti, and Romania, You Say You Want a Revolution? explains why violent radicalism, corruption, and the betrayal of ideals won in so many crucial cases, why it didn't in some others—and what the long-term prospects for major social change are if liberals can't deliver needed reforms. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414627 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Aiding and Abetting: U.S. Foreign Assistance and State Violence Author: Jessica Trisko Darden Narrator: Rebecca Gibel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 5, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The United States is the world's leading foreign aid donor. Yet there has been little inquiry into how such assistance affects the politics and societies of recipient nations. Drawing on four decades of data on US economic and military aid, Aiding and Abetting explores whether foreign aid does more harm than good. Jessica Trisko Darden challenges long-standing ideas about aid and its consequences, and highlights key patterns in the relationship between assistance and violence. She persuasively demonstrates that many of the foreign aid policy challenges the US faced in the Cold War era, such as the propping up of dictators friendly to US interests, remain salient today. Historical case studies of Indonesia, El Salvador, and South Korea illustrate how aid can uphold human freedoms or propagate human rights abuses. Aiding and Abetting encourages both advocates and critics of foreign assistance to reconsider its political and social consequences by focusing international aid efforts on the expansion of human freedom. Jessica Trisko Darden Wed, 05 Feb 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414627 thebookvoice.com 5:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Aiding and Abetting: U.S. Foreign Assistance and State Violence Author: Jessica Trisko Darden Narrator: Rebecca Gibel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 5, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The United States is the world's leading foreign aid donor. Yet there has been little inquiry into how such assistance affects the politics and societies of recipient nations. Drawing on four decades of data on US economic and military aid, Aiding and Abetting explores whether foreign aid does more harm than good. Jessica Trisko Darden challenges long-standing ideas about aid and its consequences, and highlights key patterns in the relationship between assistance and violence. She persuasively demonstrates that many of the foreign aid policy challenges the US faced in the Cold War era, such as the propping up of dictators friendly to US interests, remain salient today. Historical case studies of Indonesia, El Salvador, and South Korea illustrate how aid can uphold human freedoms or propagate human rights abuses. Aiding and Abetting encourages both advocates and critics of foreign assistance to reconsider its political and social consequences by focusing international aid efforts on the expansion of human freedom. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Aiding and Abetting: U.S. Foreign Assistance and State Violence Author: Jessica Trisko Darden Narrator: Rebecca Gibel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 5, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The United States is the world's leading foreign aid donor. Yet there has been little inquiry into how such assistance affects the politics and societies of recipient nations. Drawing on four decades of data on US economic and military aid, Aiding and Abetting explores whether foreign aid does more harm than good. Jessica Trisko Darden challenges long-standing ideas about aid and its consequences, and highlights key patterns in the relationship between assistance and violence. She persuasively demonstrates that many of the foreign aid policy challenges the US faced in the Cold War era, such as the propping up of dictators friendly to US interests, remain salient today. Historical case studies of Indonesia, El Salvador, and South Korea illustrate how aid can uphold human freedoms or propagate human rights abuses. Aiding and Abetting encourages both advocates and critics of foreign assistance to reconsider its political and social consequences by focusing international aid efforts on the expansion of human freedom. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414624 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414624]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crisis!: When Political Parties Lose the Consent to Rule Author: Cedric De Leon Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: American voters have long been familiar with the phenomenon of the presidential frontrunner. In 2008, it was Hillary Clinton. In 1844, it was Martin Van Buren. And in neither election did the prominent Democrat win the party's nomination. Insurgent candidates went on to win the nomination and the presidency, plunging the two-party system into disarray over the years that followed. In this book, Cedric de Leon analyzes two pivotal crises in the American two-party system: the first resulting in the demise of the Whig party and secession of eleven southern states in 1861, and the present crisis splintering the Democratic and Republican parties and leading to the election of Donald Trump. Recasting these stories through the actions of political parties, de Leon draws unsettling parallels in the political maneuvering that ultimately causes once-dominant political parties to lose the people's consent to rule. Crisis! takes us beyond the common explanations of social determinants to illuminate how political parties actively shape national stability and breakdown. Cedric De Leon Tue, 25 Feb 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414624 thebookvoice.com 7:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414624]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crisis!: When Political Parties Lose the Consent to Rule Author: Cedric De Leon Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: American voters have long been familiar with the phenomenon of the presidential frontrunner. In 2008, it was Hillary Clinton. In 1844, it was Martin Van Buren. And in neither election did the prominent Democrat win the party's nomination. Insurgent candidates went on to win the nomination and the presidency, plunging the two-party system into disarray over the years that followed. In this book, Cedric de Leon analyzes two pivotal crises in the American two-party system: the first resulting in the demise of the Whig party and secession of eleven southern states in 1861, and the present crisis splintering the Democratic and Republican parties and leading to the election of Donald Trump. Recasting these stories through the actions of political parties, de Leon draws unsettling parallels in the political maneuvering that ultimately causes once-dominant political parties to lose the people's consent to rule. Crisis! takes us beyond the common explanations of social determinants to illuminate how political parties actively shape national stability and breakdown. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414624]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crisis!: When Political Parties Lose the Consent to Rule Author: Cedric De Leon Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: American voters have long been familiar with the phenomenon of the presidential frontrunner. In 2008, it was Hillary Clinton. In 1844, it was Martin Van Buren. And in neither election did the prominent Democrat win the party's nomination. Insurgent candidates went on to win the nomination and the presidency, plunging the two-party system into disarray over the years that followed. In this book, Cedric de Leon analyzes two pivotal crises in the American two-party system: the first resulting in the demise of the Whig party and secession of eleven southern states in 1861, and the present crisis splintering the Democratic and Republican parties and leading to the election of Donald Trump. Recasting these stories through the actions of political parties, de Leon draws unsettling parallels in the political maneuvering that ultimately causes once-dominant political parties to lose the people's consent to rule. Crisis! takes us beyond the common explanations of social determinants to illuminate how political parties actively shape national stability and breakdown. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414334 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414334]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: IMPEACHED! ( Guilty As Charged ) Author: Yu'wrian Rise Narrator: Books With Voices Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 54 minutes Release date: December 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: President Donald J. Trump has been IMPEACHED, where do we go as Americans? The voices calling for impeachment, change in immigration policy and climate change is loud and clear, this president has brought shame and corruption to the world. America is tired of the incongruity of political parties that never get anything done but finger point as their answers to citizens' questions. America has the right to voice their opinions for change because the social ills and climate of hate and discontent are making everyone bigots. America has a growing mass of people that love this country, and their frustration of the direction of America must be put on the desk of political officials that need our vote. We all have a right to express our concerns for we have a President that does not care for climate change because he will not be alive to see the deadly effect it has on humanity. If you are a frustrated American for positive change, this book is for you and spread the word for others that feel change is needed in America. Yu'wrian Rise Thu, 19 Dec 2019 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414334 thebookvoice.com 0:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414334]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: IMPEACHED! ( Guilty As Charged ) Author: Yu'wrian Rise Narrator: Books With Voices Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 54 minutes Release date: December 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: President Donald J. Trump has been IMPEACHED, where do we go as Americans? The voices calling for impeachment, change in immigration policy and climate change is loud and clear, this president has brought shame and corruption to the world. America is tired of the incongruity of political parties that never get anything done but finger point as their answers to citizens' questions. America has the right to voice their opinions for change because the social ills and climate of hate and discontent are making everyone bigots. America has a growing mass of people that love this country, and their frustration of the direction of America must be put on the desk of political officials that need our vote. We all have a right to express our concerns for we have a President that does not care for climate change because he will not be alive to see the deadly effect it has on humanity. If you are a frustrated American for positive change, this book is for you and spread the word for others that feel change is needed in America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414334]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: IMPEACHED! ( Guilty As Charged ) Author: Yu'wrian Rise Narrator: Books With Voices Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 54 minutes Release date: December 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: President Donald J. Trump has been IMPEACHED, where do we go as Americans? The voices calling for impeachment, change in immigration policy and climate change is loud and clear, this president has brought shame and corruption to the world. America is tired of the incongruity of political parties that never get anything done but finger point as their answers to citizens' questions. America has the right to voice their opinions for change because the social ills and climate of hate and discontent are making everyone bigots. America has a growing mass of people that love this country, and their frustration of the direction of America must be put on the desk of political officials that need our vote. We all have a right to express our concerns for we have a President that does not care for climate change because he will not be alive to see the deadly effect it has on humanity. If you are a frustrated American for positive change, this book is for you and spread the word for others that feel change is needed in America. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414201 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414201]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blowout: Corrupted Democracy, Rogue State Russia, and the Richest, Most Destructive Industry on Earth Author: Rachel Maddow Narrator: Rachel Maddow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 33 minutes Release date: February 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. ** Winner of the 2021 GRAMMY® Best Spoken Word Album ** Award-winning American news presenter Rachel Maddow investigates remarkable stories from around the globe, all leading back to the same crooked source: the unimaginably lucrative and equally corrupting oil and gas industry. From Oklahoma, Texas and Washington, to Kyiv, Siberia and Moscow, to Equatorial Guinea and Alaska; from a mansion in Malibu with the world's largest collection of Michael Jackson memorabilia to luxury hotels in central London; from deep within the earth's crust to the icy surface of the Arctic seas, Blowout uncovers a web of international corruption. With her trademark black humour, Maddow takes us through the purposeful detonation of a fifty-kiloton nuclear bomb underground near Colarado, man-made earthquakes, murdered cows and the international financial crisis, to the greed and incompetence of Big Oil and Gas, and a surprising conclusion about why the Russian government hacked the 2016 U.S. election. Chevron, BP, and a host of other industry players get their star turn, most notably ExxonMobil and the deceptively well-behaved Rex Tillerson. The oil and gas industry has weakened democracies in developed and developing countries, fouled oceans and rivers, and propped up authoritarian thieves and killers. But being outraged at it is, according to Maddow, 'like being indignant when a lion takes down and eats a gazelle. You can't really blame the lion. It's in her nature.' Blowout is a call to contain the lion: to stop subsidizing the wealthiest businesses on earth, to fight for transparency, and to check the influence of the world's most destructive industry and its enablers. The stakes have never been higher. As Maddow writes, 'Democracy either wins this one or disappears.' © Rachel Maddow 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Rachel Maddow Thu, 06 Feb 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414201 thebookvoice.com 15:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414201]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blowout: Corrupted Democracy, Rogue State Russia, and the Richest, Most Destructive Industry on Earth Author: Rachel Maddow Narrator: Rachel Maddow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 33 minutes Release date: February 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. ** Winner of the 2021 GRAMMY® Best Spoken Word Album ** Award-winning American news presenter Rachel Maddow investigates remarkable stories from around the globe, all leading back to the same crooked source: the unimaginably lucrative and equally corrupting oil and gas industry. From Oklahoma, Texas and Washington, to Kyiv, Siberia and Moscow, to Equatorial Guinea and Alaska; from a mansion in Malibu with the world's largest collection of Michael Jackson memorabilia to luxury hotels in central London; from deep within the earth's crust to the icy surface of the Arctic seas, Blowout uncovers a web of international corruption. With her trademark black humour, Maddow takes us through the purposeful detonation of a fifty-kiloton nuclear bomb underground near Colarado, man-made earthquakes, murdered cows and the international financial crisis, to the greed and incompetence of Big Oil and Gas, and a surprising conclusion about why the Russian government hacked the 2016 U.S. election. Chevron, BP, and a host of other industry players get their star turn, most notably ExxonMobil and the deceptively well-behaved Rex Tillerson. The oil and gas industry has weakened democracies in developed and developing countries, fouled oceans and rivers, and propped up authoritarian thieves and killers. But being outraged at it is, according to Maddow, 'like being indignant when a lion takes down and eats a gazelle. You can't really blame the lion. It's in her nature.' Blowout is a call to contain the lion: to stop subsidizing the wealthiest businesses on earth, to fight for transparency, and to check the influence of the world's most destructive industry and its enablers. The stakes have never been higher. As Maddow writes, 'Democracy either wins this one or disappears.' © Rachel Maddow 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414201]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blowout: Corrupted Democracy, Rogue State Russia, and the Richest, Most Destructive Industry on Earth Author: Rachel Maddow Narrator: Rachel Maddow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 33 minutes Release date: February 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. ** Winner of the 2021 GRAMMY® Best Spoken Word Album ** Award-winning American news presenter Rachel Maddow investigates remarkable stories from around the globe, all leading back to the same crooked source: the unimaginably lucrative and equally corrupting oil and gas industry. From Oklahoma, Texas and Washington, to Kyiv, Siberia and Moscow, to Equatorial Guinea and Alaska; from a mansion in Malibu with the world's largest collection of Michael Jackson memorabilia to luxury hotels in central London; from deep within the earth's crust to the icy surface of the Arctic seas, Blowout uncovers a web of international corruption. With her trademark black humour, Maddow takes us through the purposeful detonation of a fifty-kiloton nuclear bomb underground near Colarado, man-made earthquakes, murdered cows and the international financial crisis, to the greed and incompetence of Big Oil and Gas, and a surprising conclusion about why the Russian government hacked the 2016 U.S. election. Chevron, BP, and a host of other industry players get their star turn, most notably ExxonMobil and the deceptively well-behaved Rex Tillerson. The oil and gas industry has weakened democracies in developed and developing countries, fouled oceans and rivers, and propped up authoritarian thieves and killers. But being outraged at it is, according to Maddow, 'like being indignant when a lion takes down and eats a gazelle. You can't really blame the lion. It's in her nature.' Blowout is a call to contain the lion: to stop subsidizing the wealthiest businesses on earth, to fight for transparency, and to check the influence of the world's most destructive industry and its enablers. The stakes have never been higher. As Maddow writes, 'Democracy either wins this one or disappears.' © Rachel Maddow 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414023 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mill Town: Reckoning with What Remains Author: Kerri Arsenault Narrator: Kerri Arsenault Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'This is a listen for anyone interested in small-town America, how it's changed, and why it matters...Though Arsenault may not be a professional narrator, her passion for these important stories comes through with just the right amount of sincerity.' -- AudioFile Magazine This program is read by the author. A galvanizing and powerful debut, Mill Town is an American story, a human predicament, and a moral wake-up call that asks: what are we willing to tolerate and whose lives are we willing to sacrifice for our own survival? Kerri Arsenault grew up in the rural working class town of Mexico, Maine. For over 100 years the community orbited around a paper mill that employs most townspeople, including three generations of Arsenault’s own family. Years after she moved away, Arsenault realized the price she paid for her seemingly secure childhood. The mill, while providing livelihoods for nearly everyone, also contributed to the destruction of the environment and the decline of the town’s economic, physical, and emotional health in a slow-moving catastrophe, earning the area the nickname “Cancer Valley.” Mill Town is an personal investigation, where Arsenault sifts through historical archives and scientific reports, talks to family and neighbors, and examines her own childhood to illuminate the rise and collapse of the working-class, the hazards of loving and leaving home, and the ambiguous nature of toxics and disease. Mill Town is a moral wake-up call that asks, Whose lives are we willing to sacrifice for our own survival? A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press 'While this is a portrait of a town in decline, it’s also a paean to the community that cared for it and those who have remained there, including Arsenault’s own classmates, friends, and family. The author’s unusually quiet, tender reading evinces that love, while also clearly setting that affection against the brutality of the forces that have laid Mexico low.' -- Booklist Kerri Arsenault Tue, 01 Sep 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414023 thebookvoice.com 12:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mill Town: Reckoning with What Remains Author: Kerri Arsenault Narrator: Kerri Arsenault Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'This is a listen for anyone interested in small-town America, how it's changed, and why it matters...Though Arsenault may not be a professional narrator, her passion for these important stories comes through with just the right amount of sincerity.' -- AudioFile Magazine This program is read by the author. A galvanizing and powerful debut, Mill Town is an American story, a human predicament, and a moral wake-up call that asks: what are we willing to tolerate and whose lives are we willing to sacrifice for our own survival? Kerri Arsenault grew up in the rural working class town of Mexico, Maine. For over 100 years the community orbited around a paper mill that employs most townspeople, including three generations of Arsenault’s own family. Years after she moved away, Arsenault realized the price she paid for her seemingly secure childhood. The mill, while providing livelihoods for nearly everyone, also contributed to the destruction of the environment and the decline of the town’s economic, physical, and emotional health in a slow-moving catastrophe, earning the area the nickname “Cancer Valley.” Mill Town is an personal investigation, where Arsenault sifts through historical archives and scientific reports, talks to family and neighbors, and examines her own childhood to illuminate the rise and collapse of the working-class, the hazards of loving and leaving home, and the ambiguous nature of toxics and disease. Mill Town is a moral wake-up call that asks, Whose lives are we willing to sacrifice for our own survival? A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press 'While this is a portrait of a town in decline, it’s also a paean to the community that cared for it and those who have remained there, including Arsenault’s own classmates, friends, and family. The author’s unusually quiet, tender reading evinces that love, while also clearly setting that affection against the brutality of the forces that have laid Mexico low.' -- Booklist Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mill Town: Reckoning with What Remains Author: Kerri Arsenault Narrator: Kerri Arsenault Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'This is a listen for anyone interested in small-town America, how it's changed, and why it matters...Though Arsenault may not be a professional narrator, her passion for these important stories comes through with just the right amount of sincerity.' -- AudioFile Magazine This program is read by the author. A galvanizing and powerful debut, Mill Town is an American story, a human predicament, and a moral wake-up call that asks: what are we willing to tolerate and whose lives are we willing to sacrifice for our own survival? Kerri Arsenault grew up in the rural working class town of Mexico, Maine. For over 100 years the community orbited around a paper mill that employs most townspeople, including three generations of Arsenault’s own family. Years after she moved away, Arsenault realized the price she paid for her seemingly secure childhood. The mill, while providing livelihoods for nearly everyone, also contributed to the destruction of the environment and the decline of the town’s economic, physical, and emotional health in a slow-moving catastrophe, earning the area the nickname “Cancer Valley.” Mill Town is an personal investigation, where Arsenault sifts through historical archives and scientific reports, talks to family and neighbors, and examines her own childhood to illuminate the rise and collapse of the working-class, the hazards of loving and leaving home, and the ambiguous nature of toxics and disease. Mill Town is a moral wake-up call that asks, Whose lives are we willing to sacrifice for our own survival? A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press 'While this is a portrait of a town in decline, it’s also a paean to the community that cared for it and those who have remained there, including Arsenault’s own classmates, friends, and family. The author’s unusually quiet, tender reading evinces that love, while also clearly setting that affection against the brutality of the forces that have laid Mexico low.' -- Booklist https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414016 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414016]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Impostors: How Republicans Quit Governing and Seized American Politics Author: Steve Benen Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 4 minutes Release date: June 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER “This is the definitive account of what has gone wrong in our two-party system, and how our democracy has to adapt to survive it. I can't say it in strong enough terms: Read. This. Book.” —RACHEL MADDOW The award-winning producer of The Rachel Maddow Show exposes the Republican Party as a gang of impostors, meticulously documenting how they have abandoned their duty to govern and are gravely endangering America For decades, American voters innocently assumed the two major political parties were equally mature and responsible governing entities, ideological differences aside. That belief is due for an overhaul: in recent years, the Republican Party has undergone an astonishing metamorphosis, one so baffling and complete that few have fully reckoned with the reality and its consequences. Republicans, simply put, have quit governing. As MSNBC's Steve Benen charts in his groundbreaking new book, the contemporary GOP has become a ''post-policy party.'' Republicans are effectively impostors, presenting themselves as officials who are ready to take seriously the substance of problem solving, but whose sole focus is the pursuit and maintenance of power. Astonishingly, they are winning–at the cost of pushing the political system to the breaking point. Despite having billed itself as the ''party of ideas,'' the Republican Party has walked away from the hard but necessary work of policymaking. It is disdainful of expertise and hostile toward evidence and arithmetic. It is tethered to few, if any, meaningful policy preferences. It does not know, and does not care, about how competing proposals should be crafted, scrutinized, or implemented. This policy nihilism dominated the party's posture throughout Barack Obama's presidency, which in turn opened the door to Donald Trump -- who would cement the GOP's post-policy status in ways that were difficult to even imagine a few years earlier. The implications of this approach to governance are all-encompassing. Voters routinely elect Republicans such as Mitch McConnell and Ted Cruz to powerful offices, expecting GOP policymakers to have the technocratic wherewithal to identify problems, weigh alternative solutions, forge coalitions, accept compromises, and apply some level of governmental competence, if not expertise. The party has consistently proven those hopes misguided. The result is an untenable political model that's undermining the American policymaking process and failing to serve the public's interests. The vital challenge facing the civil polity is coming to terms with the party's collapse as a governing entity and considering what the party can do to find its policymaking footing anew. The Impostors serves as a devastating indictment of the GOP's breakdown, identifying the culprits, the crisis, and its effects, while challenging Republicans with an imperative question: Are they ready to change direction? As Benen writes, ''A great deal is riding on their answer.'' Steve Benen Tue, 16 Jun 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414016 thebookvoice.com 11:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414016]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Impostors: How Republicans Quit Governing and Seized American Politics Author: Steve Benen Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 4 minutes Release date: June 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER “This is the definitive account of what has gone wrong in our two-party system, and how our democracy has to adapt to survive it. I can't say it in strong enough terms: Read. This. Book.” —RACHEL MADDOW The award-winning producer of The Rachel Maddow Show exposes the Republican Party as a gang of impostors, meticulously documenting how they have abandoned their duty to govern and are gravely endangering America For decades, American voters innocently assumed the two major political parties were equally mature and responsible governing entities, ideological differences aside. That belief is due for an overhaul: in recent years, the Republican Party has undergone an astonishing metamorphosis, one so baffling and complete that few have fully reckoned with the reality and its consequences. Republicans, simply put, have quit governing. As MSNBC's Steve Benen charts in his groundbreaking new book, the contemporary GOP has become a ''post-policy party.'' Republicans are effectively impostors, presenting themselves as officials who are ready to take seriously the substance of problem solving, but whose sole focus is the pursuit and maintenance of power. Astonishingly, they are winning–at the cost of pushing the political system to the breaking point. Despite having billed itself as the ''party of ideas,'' the Republican Party has walked away from the hard but necessary work of policymaking. It is disdainful of expertise and hostile toward evidence and arithmetic. It is tethered to few, if any, meaningful policy preferences. It does not know, and does not care, about how competing proposals should be crafted, scrutinized, or implemented. This policy nihilism dominated the party's posture throughout Barack Obama's presidency, which in turn opened the door to Donald Trump -- who would cement the GOP's post-policy status in ways that were difficult to even imagine a few years earlier. The implications of this approach to governance are all-encompassing. Voters routinely elect Republicans such as Mitch McConnell and Ted Cruz to powerful offices, expecting GOP policymakers to have the technocratic wherewithal to identify problems, weigh alternative solutions, forge coalitions, accept compromises, and apply some level of governmental competence, if not expertise. The party has consistently proven those hopes misguided. The result is an untenable political model that's undermining the American policymaking process and failing to serve the public's interests. The vital challenge facing the civil polity is coming to terms with the party's collapse as a governing entity and considering what the party can do to find its policymaking footing anew. The Impostors serves as a devastating indictment of the GOP's breakdown, identifying the culprits, the crisis, and its effects, while challenging Republicans with an imperative question: Are they ready to change direction? As Benen writes, ''A great deal is riding on their answer.'' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414016]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Impostors: How Republicans Quit Governing and Seized American Politics Author: Steve Benen Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 4 minutes Release date: June 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER “This is the definitive account of what has gone wrong in our two-party system, and how our democracy has to adapt to survive it. I can't say it in strong enough terms: Read. This. Book.” —RACHEL MADDOW The award-winning producer of The Rachel Maddow Show exposes the Republican Party as a gang of impostors, meticulously documenting how they have abandoned their duty to govern and are gravely endangering America For decades, American voters innocently assumed the two major political parties were equally mature and responsible governing entities, ideological differences aside. That belief is due for an overhaul: in recent years, the Republican Party has undergone an astonishing metamorphosis, one so baffling and complete that few have fully reckoned with the reality and its consequences. Republicans, simply put, have quit governing. As MSNBC's Steve Benen charts in his groundbreaking new book, the contemporary GOP has become a ''post-policy party.'' Republicans are effectively impostors, presenting themselves as officials who are ready to take seriously the substance of problem solving, but whose sole focus is the pursuit and maintenance of power. Astonishingly, they are winning–at the cost of pushing the political system to the breaking point. Despite having billed itself as the ''party of ideas,'' the Republican Party has walked away from the hard but necessary work of policymaking. It is disdainful of expertise and hostile toward evidence and arithmetic. It is tethered to few, if any, meaningful policy preferences. It does not know, and does not care, about how competing proposals should be crafted, scrutinized, or implemented. This policy nihilism dominated the party's posture throughout Barack Obama's presidency, which in turn opened the door to Donald Trump -- who would cement the GOP's post-policy status in ways that were difficult to even imagine a few years earlier. The implications of this approach to governance are all-encompassing. Voters routinely elect Republicans such as Mitch McConnell and Ted Cruz to powerful offices, expecting GOP policymakers to have the technocratic wherewithal to identify problems, weigh alternative solutions, forge coalitions, accept compromises, and apply some level of governmental competence, if not expertise. The party has consistently proven those hopes misguided. The result is an untenable political model that's undermining the American policymaking process and failing to serve the public's interests. The vital challenge facing the civil polity is coming to terms with the party's collapse as a governing entity and considering what the party can do to find its policymaking footing anew. The Impostors serves as a devastating indictment of the GOP's breakdown, identifying the culprits, the crisis, and its effects, while challenging Republicans with an imperative question: Are they ready to change direction? As Benen writes, ''A great deal is riding on their answer.'' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413897 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413897]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Essential Scalia: On the Constitution, the Courts, and the Rule of Law Author: Antonin Scalia Narrator: Christopher Scalia, Karen Commins, Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Supreme Court Justice Antonin Scalia in his own words: the definitive collection of his opinions, speeches, and articles on the most essential and vexing legal questions, with an intimate foreword by Justice Elena Kagan “[Scalia’s writings] are as readable today as they were when they first appeared. . . . Especially illuminating to anyone who wants to unlock the mystery of why Ginsburg admired Scalia—or who wants to get a sense of where the Supreme Court may be headed.”—The Wall Street Journal A justice on the United States Supreme Court for three decades, Antonin Scalia transformed the way that judges, lawyers, and citizens think about the law. The Essential Scalia presents Justice Scalia on his own terms, allowing readers to understand the reasoning and insights that made him one of the most consequential jurists in American history. Known for his forceful intellect and remarkable wit, Scalia mastered the art of writing in a way that both educated and entertained. This comprehensive collection draws from the best of Scalia’s opinions, essays, speeches, and testimony to paint a complete and nuanced portrait of his jurisprudence. This compendium addresses the hot-button issues of the times, from abortion and the right to bear arms to marriage, free speech, religious liberty, and so much more. It also presents the justice’s wise insights on perennial debates over the structure of government created by our Constitution and the proper methods for interpreting our laws. Brilliant and passionately argued, The Essential Scalia is an indispensable resource for anyone who wants to understand our Constitution, the American legal system, and one of our nation’s most influential and highly regarded jurists and thinkers. Antonin Scalia Tue, 15 Sep 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413897 thebookvoice.com 12:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413897]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Essential Scalia: On the Constitution, the Courts, and the Rule of Law Author: Antonin Scalia Narrator: Christopher Scalia, Karen Commins, Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Supreme Court Justice Antonin Scalia in his own words: the definitive collection of his opinions, speeches, and articles on the most essential and vexing legal questions, with an intimate foreword by Justice Elena Kagan “[Scalia’s writings] are as readable today as they were when they first appeared. . . . Especially illuminating to anyone who wants to unlock the mystery of why Ginsburg admired Scalia—or who wants to get a sense of where the Supreme Court may be headed.”—The Wall Street Journal A justice on the United States Supreme Court for three decades, Antonin Scalia transformed the way that judges, lawyers, and citizens think about the law. The Essential Scalia presents Justice Scalia on his own terms, allowing readers to understand the reasoning and insights that made him one of the most consequential jurists in American history. Known for his forceful intellect and remarkable wit, Scalia mastered the art of writing in a way that both educated and entertained. This comprehensive collection draws from the best of Scalia’s opinions, essays, speeches, and testimony to paint a complete and nuanced portrait of his jurisprudence. This compendium addresses the hot-button issues of the times, from abortion and the right to bear arms to marriage, free speech, religious liberty, and so much more. It also presents the justice’s wise insights on perennial debates over the structure of government created by our Constitution and the proper methods for interpreting our laws. Brilliant and passionately argued, The Essential Scalia is an indispensable resource for anyone who wants to understand our Constitution, the American legal system, and one of our nation’s most influential and highly regarded jurists and thinkers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413897]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Essential Scalia: On the Constitution, the Courts, and the Rule of Law Author: Antonin Scalia Narrator: Christopher Scalia, Karen Commins, Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Supreme Court Justice Antonin Scalia in his own words: the definitive collection of his opinions, speeches, and articles on the most essential and vexing legal questions, with an intimate foreword by Justice Elena Kagan “[Scalia’s writings] are as readable today as they were when they first appeared. . . . Especially illuminating to anyone who wants to unlock the mystery of why Ginsburg admired Scalia—or who wants to get a sense of where the Supreme Court may be headed.”—The Wall Street Journal A justice on the United States Supreme Court for three decades, Antonin Scalia transformed the way that judges, lawyers, and citizens think about the law. The Essential Scalia presents Justice Scalia on his own terms, allowing readers to understand the reasoning and insights that made him one of the most consequential jurists in American history. Known for his forceful intellect and remarkable wit, Scalia mastered the art of writing in a way that both educated and entertained. This comprehensive collection draws from the best of Scalia’s opinions, essays, speeches, and testimony to paint a complete and nuanced portrait of his jurisprudence. This compendium addresses the hot-button issues of the times, from abortion and the right to bear arms to marriage, free speech, religious liberty, and so much more. It also presents the justice’s wise insights on perennial debates over the structure of government created by our Constitution and the proper methods for interpreting our laws. Brilliant and passionately argued, The Essential Scalia is an indispensable resource for anyone who wants to understand our Constitution, the American legal system, and one of our nation’s most influential and highly regarded jurists and thinkers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413896 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413896]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superman's Not Coming: Our National Water Crisis and What We the People Can Do About It Author: Erin Brockovich Narrator: Erin Brockovich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 56 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From environmental activist, renowned crusader, champion fighter, maverick—a book that looks at our present situation with water and shows us how we can each take action to make changes in our cities, towns, and villages, before it is too late. 'Brockovich is a vocal, no-nonsense writer--Roberts might even have downplayed her fire in the movie ... The tales she tells show how addressing water issues at the source can make a big difference all the way down the chain.'--Heather Hansman, Outside 'Brockovich urges people to continue to fight for what they believe in ... [Her] belief in individual activism--rather than relying on leaders, corporations, or the government to handle the water crisis--is the guiding theme in her new book ... inspirational.'--Sam Gillette, People In Erin Brockovich’s long-awaited book—her first to reckon with conditions on our planet—she makes clear why we are in the trouble we’re in, and how, in large and practical ways, we each can take actions to bring about change. She shows us what's at stake, and writes of the fraudulent science that disguises these issues, along with cancer clusters not being reported. She writes of the saga of PG&E that continues to this day, and of the communities and people she has worked with who have helped to make an impact. She writes of the water operator in Poughkeepsie, New York, who responded to his customers' concerns and changed his system to create some of the safest water in the country; of the moms in Hannibal, Missouri, who became the first citizens in the nation to file an ordinance prohibiting the use of ammonia in their public drinking water; and about how we can protect our right to clean water by fighting for better enforecement of the laws, new legislation, and better regulations. She cannot fight all battles for all people and gives us the tools to take actions ourselves, have our voices heard, and know that steps are being taken to make sure our water is safe to drink and use. Erin Brockovich Tue, 25 Aug 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413896 thebookvoice.com 12:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413896]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superman's Not Coming: Our National Water Crisis and What We the People Can Do About It Author: Erin Brockovich Narrator: Erin Brockovich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 56 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From environmental activist, renowned crusader, champion fighter, maverick—a book that looks at our present situation with water and shows us how we can each take action to make changes in our cities, towns, and villages, before it is too late. 'Brockovich is a vocal, no-nonsense writer--Roberts might even have downplayed her fire in the movie ... The tales she tells show how addressing water issues at the source can make a big difference all the way down the chain.'--Heather Hansman, Outside 'Brockovich urges people to continue to fight for what they believe in ... [Her] belief in individual activism--rather than relying on leaders, corporations, or the government to handle the water crisis--is the guiding theme in her new book ... inspirational.'--Sam Gillette, People In Erin Brockovich’s long-awaited book—her first to reckon with conditions on our planet—she makes clear why we are in the trouble we’re in, and how, in large and practical ways, we each can take actions to bring about change. She shows us what's at stake, and writes of the fraudulent science that disguises these issues, along with cancer clusters not being reported. She writes of the saga of PG&E that continues to this day, and of the communities and people she has worked with who have helped to make an impact. She writes of the water operator in Poughkeepsie, New York, who responded to his customers' concerns and changed his system to create some of the safest water in the country; of the moms in Hannibal, Missouri, who became the first citizens in the nation to file an ordinance prohibiting the use of ammonia in their public drinking water; and about how we can protect our right to clean water by fighting for better enforecement of the laws, new legislation, and better regulations. She cannot fight all battles for all people and gives us the tools to take actions ourselves, have our voices heard, and know that steps are being taken to make sure our water is safe to drink and use. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413896]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superman's Not Coming: Our National Water Crisis and What We the People Can Do About It Author: Erin Brockovich Narrator: Erin Brockovich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 56 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From environmental activist, renowned crusader, champion fighter, maverick—a book that looks at our present situation with water and shows us how we can each take action to make changes in our cities, towns, and villages, before it is too late. 'Brockovich is a vocal, no-nonsense writer--Roberts might even have downplayed her fire in the movie ... The tales she tells show how addressing water issues at the source can make a big difference all the way down the chain.'--Heather Hansman, Outside 'Brockovich urges people to continue to fight for what they believe in ... [Her] belief in individual activism--rather than relying on leaders, corporations, or the government to handle the water crisis--is the guiding theme in her new book ... inspirational.'--Sam Gillette, People In Erin Brockovich’s long-awaited book—her first to reckon with conditions on our planet—she makes clear why we are in the trouble we’re in, and how, in large and practical ways, we each can take actions to bring about change. She shows us what's at stake, and writes of the fraudulent science that disguises these issues, along with cancer clusters not being reported. She writes of the saga of PG&E that continues to this day, and of the communities and people she has worked with who have helped to make an impact. She writes of the water operator in Poughkeepsie, New York, who responded to his customers' concerns and changed his system to create some of the safest water in the country; of the moms in Hannibal, Missouri, who became the first citizens in the nation to file an ordinance prohibiting the use of ammonia in their public drinking water; and about how we can protect our right to clean water by fighting for better enforecement of the laws, new legislation, and better regulations. She cannot fight all battles for all people and gives us the tools to take actions ourselves, have our voices heard, and know that steps are being taken to make sure our water is safe to drink and use. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413851 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413851]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Climate Courage: How Tackling Climate Change Can Build Community, Transform the Economy, and Bridge the Political Divide in America Author: Andreas Karelas Narrator: Sean Duffy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How Americans can take action in their own communities and unite across the political spectrum in pursuit of solutions to climate change. Andreas Karelas has a message we don’t often hear: we have all the tools we need to solve the climate crisis and doing so will improve our lives, our economy, and our society. But to engage people in the climate fight, we need stories that are empowering, inclusive, and solutions-oriented, not based in fear. Karelas digs into the latest data on the rapidly falling costs and increased efficiencies of clean energy technologies compared to fossil fuels, looks at the rate of job creation in the clean energy sector, and introduces the reader to the inspiring work of climate heroes on both sides of the aisle—from Republican mayors and governors to activists, from businesses to faith communities. Climate Courage shows us how we can move past our collective inaction on climate change and work together in our communities to create a more sustainable, just, clean energy–powered economy that works for everyone. Andreas Karelas Tue, 29 Sep 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413851 thebookvoice.com 7:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413851]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Climate Courage: How Tackling Climate Change Can Build Community, Transform the Economy, and Bridge the Political Divide in America Author: Andreas Karelas Narrator: Sean Duffy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How Americans can take action in their own communities and unite across the political spectrum in pursuit of solutions to climate change. Andreas Karelas has a message we don’t often hear: we have all the tools we need to solve the climate crisis and doing so will improve our lives, our economy, and our society. But to engage people in the climate fight, we need stories that are empowering, inclusive, and solutions-oriented, not based in fear. Karelas digs into the latest data on the rapidly falling costs and increased efficiencies of clean energy technologies compared to fossil fuels, looks at the rate of job creation in the clean energy sector, and introduces the reader to the inspiring work of climate heroes on both sides of the aisle—from Republican mayors and governors to activists, from businesses to faith communities. Climate Courage shows us how we can move past our collective inaction on climate change and work together in our communities to create a more sustainable, just, clean energy–powered economy that works for everyone. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413851]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Climate Courage: How Tackling Climate Change Can Build Community, Transform the Economy, and Bridge the Political Divide in America Author: Andreas Karelas Narrator: Sean Duffy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How Americans can take action in their own communities and unite across the political spectrum in pursuit of solutions to climate change. Andreas Karelas has a message we don’t often hear: we have all the tools we need to solve the climate crisis and doing so will improve our lives, our economy, and our society. But to engage people in the climate fight, we need stories that are empowering, inclusive, and solutions-oriented, not based in fear. Karelas digs into the latest data on the rapidly falling costs and increased efficiencies of clean energy technologies compared to fossil fuels, looks at the rate of job creation in the clean energy sector, and introduces the reader to the inspiring work of climate heroes on both sides of the aisle—from Republican mayors and governors to activists, from businesses to faith communities. Climate Courage shows us how we can move past our collective inaction on climate change and work together in our communities to create a more sustainable, just, clean energy–powered economy that works for everyone. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413815 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413815]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Next Author: Darrell Bricker Narrator: Michael Anthony Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Longlisted for the National Business Book Award Where will the world go after COVID-19? CEO of Ipsos Public Affairs Darrell Bricker's prescient and timely new book has the insights and the data to understand what we are going through and why, and who we still are despite the disruption. While the world around us has changed, Bricker's extensive research and analysis resonate for the future. In this groundbreaking new book, Bricker, a Canadian expert in what Canadians will want and need, distills the trends based on real and extensive demographic data and dares to forecast what will come next. Why is Harley-Davidson making smaller motorcycles and changing the way they sell their bikes? Should restaurateurs be focusing on vibrant, frenetic restaurants offering the latest food fashion or on open, quieter restaurants that focus on tasty standard fare? What’s the fastest-growing sector in the housing market? Where should companies plan on setting up shop? Why do we face a population crisis? Which provinces will become the haves and which the have-nots? Where will Canadians be emigrating from, and where will they live? Should we be building more hockey arenas or basketball courts, or even cricket pitches? Next is the first book in decades that offers an honest, often provocative prescription for where we will live, what we’ll be buying and who our leaders will be in the decades to come. Filled with stories of Canadians making critical decisions for their businesses and their personal lives, Next will appeal to a wide audience: anyone who is wondering where they should look for their next job or where they might plan on living in retirement—even how they will live in Canada’s ever-changing future. Darrell Bricker Tue, 31 Mar 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413815 thebookvoice.com 9:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413815]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Next Author: Darrell Bricker Narrator: Michael Anthony Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Longlisted for the National Business Book Award Where will the world go after COVID-19? CEO of Ipsos Public Affairs Darrell Bricker's prescient and timely new book has the insights and the data to understand what we are going through and why, and who we still are despite the disruption. While the world around us has changed, Bricker's extensive research and analysis resonate for the future. In this groundbreaking new book, Bricker, a Canadian expert in what Canadians will want and need, distills the trends based on real and extensive demographic data and dares to forecast what will come next. Why is Harley-Davidson making smaller motorcycles and changing the way they sell their bikes? Should restaurateurs be focusing on vibrant, frenetic restaurants offering the latest food fashion or on open, quieter restaurants that focus on tasty standard fare? What’s the fastest-growing sector in the housing market? Where should companies plan on setting up shop? Why do we face a population crisis? Which provinces will become the haves and which the have-nots? Where will Canadians be emigrating from, and where will they live? Should we be building more hockey arenas or basketball courts, or even cricket pitches? Next is the first book in decades that offers an honest, often provocative prescription for where we will live, what we’ll be buying and who our leaders will be in the decades to come. Filled with stories of Canadians making critical decisions for their businesses and their personal lives, Next will appeal to a wide audience: anyone who is wondering where they should look for their next job or where they might plan on living in retirement—even how they will live in Canada’s ever-changing future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413815]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Next Author: Darrell Bricker Narrator: Michael Anthony Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Longlisted for the National Business Book Award Where will the world go after COVID-19? CEO of Ipsos Public Affairs Darrell Bricker's prescient and timely new book has the insights and the data to understand what we are going through and why, and who we still are despite the disruption. While the world around us has changed, Bricker's extensive research and analysis resonate for the future. In this groundbreaking new book, Bricker, a Canadian expert in what Canadians will want and need, distills the trends based on real and extensive demographic data and dares to forecast what will come next. Why is Harley-Davidson making smaller motorcycles and changing the way they sell their bikes? Should restaurateurs be focusing on vibrant, frenetic restaurants offering the latest food fashion or on open, quieter restaurants that focus on tasty standard fare? What’s the fastest-growing sector in the housing market? Where should companies plan on setting up shop? Why do we face a population crisis? Which provinces will become the haves and which the have-nots? Where will Canadians be emigrating from, and where will they live? Should we be building more hockey arenas or basketball courts, or even cricket pitches? Next is the first book in decades that offers an honest, often provocative prescription for where we will live, what we’ll be buying and who our leaders will be in the decades to come. Filled with stories of Canadians making critical decisions for their businesses and their personal lives, Next will appeal to a wide audience: anyone who is wondering where they should look for their next job or where they might plan on living in retirement—even how they will live in Canada’s ever-changing future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413780 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413780]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Short Life and Curious Death of Free Speech in America Author: Ellis Cose Narrator: Korey Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Named one of Newsweek’s ''25 Must-Read Fall Fiction and Nonfiction Books to Escape the Chaos of 2020'' The critically acclaimed journalist and bestselling author of The Rage of a Privileged Class explores one of the most essential rights in America—free speech—and reveals how it is crumbling under the combined weight of polarization, technology, money and systematized lying in this concise yet powerful and timely book. Free speech has long been one of American's most revered freedoms. Yet now, more than ever, free speech is reshaping America’s social and political landscape even as it is coming under attack. Bestselling author and critically acclaimed journalist Ellis Cose wades into the debate to reveal how this Constitutional right has been coopted by the wealthy and politically corrupt.  It is no coincidence that historically huge disparities in income have occurred at times when moneyed interests increasingly control political dialogue. Over the past four years, Donald Trump’s accusations of “fake news,” the free use of negative language against minority groups, “cancel culture,” and blatant xenophobia have caused Americans to question how far First Amendment protections can—and should—go. Cose offers an eye-opening wholly original examination of the state of free speech in America today, litigating ideas that touch on every American’s life. Social media meant to bring us closer, has become a widespread disseminator of false information keeping people of differing opinions and political parties at odds. The nation—and world—watches in shock as white nationalism rises, race and gender-based violence spreads, and voter suppression widens. The problem, Cose makes clear, is that ordinary individuals have virtually no voice at all. He looks at the danger of hyper-partisanship and how the discriminatory structures that determine representation in the Senate and the electoral college threaten the very concept of democracy. He argues that the safeguards built into the Constitution to protect free speech and democracy have instead become instruments of suppression by an unfairly empowered political minority. But we can take our rights back, he reminds us. Analyzing the experiences of other countries, weaving landmark court cases together with a critical look at contemporary applications, and invoking the lessons of history, including the Great Migration, Cose sheds much-needed light on this cornerstone of American culture and offers a clarion call for activism and change. Ellis Cose Tue, 15 Sep 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413780 thebookvoice.com 5:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413780]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Short Life and Curious Death of Free Speech in America Author: Ellis Cose Narrator: Korey Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Named one of Newsweek’s ''25 Must-Read Fall Fiction and Nonfiction Books to Escape the Chaos of 2020'' The critically acclaimed journalist and bestselling author of The Rage of a Privileged Class explores one of the most essential rights in America—free speech—and reveals how it is crumbling under the combined weight of polarization, technology, money and systematized lying in this concise yet powerful and timely book. Free speech has long been one of American's most revered freedoms. Yet now, more than ever, free speech is reshaping America’s social and political landscape even as it is coming under attack. Bestselling author and critically acclaimed journalist Ellis Cose wades into the debate to reveal how this Constitutional right has been coopted by the wealthy and politically corrupt.  It is no coincidence that historically huge disparities in income have occurred at times when moneyed interests increasingly control political dialogue. Over the past four years, Donald Trump’s accusations of “fake news,” the free use of negative language against minority groups, “cancel culture,” and blatant xenophobia have caused Americans to question how far First Amendment protections can—and should—go. Cose offers an eye-opening wholly original examination of the state of free speech in America today, litigating ideas that touch on every American’s life. Social media meant to bring us closer, has become a widespread disseminator of false information keeping people of differing opinions and political parties at odds. The nation—and world—watches in shock as white nationalism rises, race and gender-based violence spreads, and voter suppression widens. The problem, Cose makes clear, is that ordinary individuals have virtually no voice at all. He looks at the danger of hyper-partisanship and how the discriminatory structures that determine representation in the Senate and the electoral college threaten the very concept of democracy. He argues that the safeguards built into the Constitution to protect free speech and democracy have instead become instruments of suppression by an unfairly empowered political minority. But we can take our rights back, he reminds us. Analyzing the experiences of other countries, weaving landmark court cases together with a critical look at contemporary applications, and invoking the lessons of history, including the Great Migration, Cose sheds much-needed light on this cornerstone of American culture and offers a clarion call for activism and change. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413780]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Short Life and Curious Death of Free Speech in America Author: Ellis Cose Narrator: Korey Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Named one of Newsweek’s ''25 Must-Read Fall Fiction and Nonfiction Books to Escape the Chaos of 2020'' The critically acclaimed journalist and bestselling author of The Rage of a Privileged Class explores one of the most essential rights in America—free speech—and reveals how it is crumbling under the combined weight of polarization, technology, money and systematized lying in this concise yet powerful and timely book. Free speech has long been one of American's most revered freedoms. Yet now, more than ever, free speech is reshaping America’s social and political landscape even as it is coming under attack. Bestselling author and critically acclaimed journalist Ellis Cose wades into the debate to reveal how this Constitutional right has been coopted by the wealthy and politically corrupt.  It is no coincidence that historically huge disparities in income have occurred at times when moneyed interests increasingly control political dialogue. Over the past four years, Donald Trump’s accusations of “fake news,” the free use of negative language against minority groups, “cancel culture,” and blatant xenophobia have caused Americans to question how far First Amendment protections can—and should—go. Cose offers an eye-opening wholly original examination of the state of free speech in America today, litigating ideas that touch on every American’s life. Social media meant to bring us closer, has become a widespread disseminator of false information keeping people of differing opinions and political parties at odds. The nation—and world—watches in shock as white nationalism rises, race and gender-based violence spreads, and voter suppression widens. The problem, Cose makes clear, is that ordinary individuals have virtually no voice at all. He looks at the danger of hyper-partisanship and how the discriminatory structures that determine representation in the Senate and the electoral college threaten the very concept of democracy. He argues that the safeguards built into the Constitution to protect free speech and democracy have instead become instruments of suppression by an unfairly empowered political minority. But we can take our rights back, he reminds us. Analyzing the experiences of other countries, weaving landmark court cases together with a critical look at contemporary applications, and invoking the lessons of history, including the Great Migration, Cose sheds much-needed light on this cornerstone of American culture and offers a clarion call for activism and change. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413778 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413778]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trump Century: How Our President Changed the Course of History Forever Author: Lou Dobbs Narrator: Lou Dobbs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 43 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How did Donald Trump almost single-handedly reverse America’s decline? As the 21st Century began, the world’s only superpower was economically adrift, policing the world at the expense of American lives and trillions of dollars, weighed down by one-sided trade and security agreements with Europe and China ratified in a different era.  Elites of both political parties battled over who would manage America’s decline from preeminent world power. In The Trump Century, the indomitable Lou Dobbs explains how Trump has steered the debate every day he has been in politics, greatly expanding what Washington thinks is possible. By 2016, the globalist elites demanded no one speak about limiting illegal immigration or securing our borders. The elites told you communist China would soon be like us, and the PC orthodoxy told you what you could or could not say. You were told America’s Middle Class could never grow again and wages would be stagnant into perpetuity. Trump reversed all of that as radical Democrats and the Deep State conspired to overthrow his Presidency, as the deadly pandemic raged, and orchestrated street protests and violent riots dominated news headlines.  He not only made America great again but created a new standard for all future Presidents and likely has set the American agenda for the next hundred years.  The Trump Century opens a window into Trump’s thinking on the economy, foreign policy, and border security and will energize his allies when they realize the future they’ve shaped. Lou Dobbs Tue, 22 Sep 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413778 thebookvoice.com 10:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413778]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trump Century: How Our President Changed the Course of History Forever Author: Lou Dobbs Narrator: Lou Dobbs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 43 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How did Donald Trump almost single-handedly reverse America’s decline? As the 21st Century began, the world’s only superpower was economically adrift, policing the world at the expense of American lives and trillions of dollars, weighed down by one-sided trade and security agreements with Europe and China ratified in a different era.  Elites of both political parties battled over who would manage America’s decline from preeminent world power. In The Trump Century, the indomitable Lou Dobbs explains how Trump has steered the debate every day he has been in politics, greatly expanding what Washington thinks is possible. By 2016, the globalist elites demanded no one speak about limiting illegal immigration or securing our borders. The elites told you communist China would soon be like us, and the PC orthodoxy told you what you could or could not say. You were told America’s Middle Class could never grow again and wages would be stagnant into perpetuity. Trump reversed all of that as radical Democrats and the Deep State conspired to overthrow his Presidency, as the deadly pandemic raged, and orchestrated street protests and violent riots dominated news headlines.  He not only made America great again but created a new standard for all future Presidents and likely has set the American agenda for the next hundred years.  The Trump Century opens a window into Trump’s thinking on the economy, foreign policy, and border security and will energize his allies when they realize the future they’ve shaped. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413778]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trump Century: How Our President Changed the Course of History Forever Author: Lou Dobbs Narrator: Lou Dobbs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 43 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How did Donald Trump almost single-handedly reverse America’s decline? As the 21st Century began, the world’s only superpower was economically adrift, policing the world at the expense of American lives and trillions of dollars, weighed down by one-sided trade and security agreements with Europe and China ratified in a different era.  Elites of both political parties battled over who would manage America’s decline from preeminent world power. In The Trump Century, the indomitable Lou Dobbs explains how Trump has steered the debate every day he has been in politics, greatly expanding what Washington thinks is possible. By 2016, the globalist elites demanded no one speak about limiting illegal immigration or securing our borders. The elites told you communist China would soon be like us, and the PC orthodoxy told you what you could or could not say. You were told America’s Middle Class could never grow again and wages would be stagnant into perpetuity. Trump reversed all of that as radical Democrats and the Deep State conspired to overthrow his Presidency, as the deadly pandemic raged, and orchestrated street protests and violent riots dominated news headlines.  He not only made America great again but created a new standard for all future Presidents and likely has set the American agenda for the next hundred years.  The Trump Century opens a window into Trump’s thinking on the economy, foreign policy, and border security and will energize his allies when they realize the future they’ve shaped. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413758 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413758]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Not To Be Wrong: The Art of Changing Your Mind Author: James O'brien Narrator: James O'brien Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. There's no point having a mind if you never change it In his bestselling How To Be Right, James provided an invigorating guide to how to talk to people with bad opinions. And yet the question he always gets asked is 'If you're so sure about everything, haven't you ever changed your mind?' In an age of us vs. them, tribal loyalties and bitter divisions, the ability to change our minds may be the most important power we have. In this intimate, personal new book, James's focus shifts from talking to other people to how you talk to yourself about what you really think. Ranging across a dazzling array of big topics, cultural questions and political hot potatoes, James reveals where he has changed his mind, explains what convinced him, and shows why all of us need to kick the tyres of our opinions, check our assumptions and make sure we really think what we think we do. Coloured with stories of changing minds from the incredible guests on his podcasts and callers to his radio show, and spanning big ideas like press regulation and brexit, through to playful subjects like football and dog-ownership, How Not To Be Wrong is packed with revelations, outrage, conversations and lots of humour. Because in a world that seems more divided than ever, if you can't change your own mind you'll never really be able to change anyone else's. © James O'Brien 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 James O'brien Thu, 22 Oct 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413758 thebookvoice.com 5:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413758]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Not To Be Wrong: The Art of Changing Your Mind Author: James O'brien Narrator: James O'brien Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. There's no point having a mind if you never change it In his bestselling How To Be Right, James provided an invigorating guide to how to talk to people with bad opinions. And yet the question he always gets asked is 'If you're so sure about everything, haven't you ever changed your mind?' In an age of us vs. them, tribal loyalties and bitter divisions, the ability to change our minds may be the most important power we have. In this intimate, personal new book, James's focus shifts from talking to other people to how you talk to yourself about what you really think. Ranging across a dazzling array of big topics, cultural questions and political hot potatoes, James reveals where he has changed his mind, explains what convinced him, and shows why all of us need to kick the tyres of our opinions, check our assumptions and make sure we really think what we think we do. Coloured with stories of changing minds from the incredible guests on his podcasts and callers to his radio show, and spanning big ideas like press regulation and brexit, through to playful subjects like football and dog-ownership, How Not To Be Wrong is packed with revelations, outrage, conversations and lots of humour. Because in a world that seems more divided than ever, if you can't change your own mind you'll never really be able to change anyone else's. © James O'Brien 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413758]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Not To Be Wrong: The Art of Changing Your Mind Author: James O'brien Narrator: James O'brien Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. There's no point having a mind if you never change it In his bestselling How To Be Right, James provided an invigorating guide to how to talk to people with bad opinions. And yet the question he always gets asked is 'If you're so sure about everything, haven't you ever changed your mind?' In an age of us vs. them, tribal loyalties and bitter divisions, the ability to change our minds may be the most important power we have. In this intimate, personal new book, James's focus shifts from talking to other people to how you talk to yourself about what you really think. Ranging across a dazzling array of big topics, cultural questions and political hot potatoes, James reveals where he has changed his mind, explains what convinced him, and shows why all of us need to kick the tyres of our opinions, check our assumptions and make sure we really think what we think we do. Coloured with stories of changing minds from the incredible guests on his podcasts and callers to his radio show, and spanning big ideas like press regulation and brexit, through to playful subjects like football and dog-ownership, How Not To Be Wrong is packed with revelations, outrage, conversations and lots of humour. Because in a world that seems more divided than ever, if you can't change your own mind you'll never really be able to change anyone else's. © James O'Brien 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413705 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413705]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Identity Crisis: The Murder, the Mystery, and the Missing DNA Author: Jefferson Bass Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 42 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Renowned forensic anthropologist Bill Bass—founder of the Body Farm—tackles one of his most baffling cases ever in this real-life spellbinder. In 1978, fifty-six-year-old Leoma Patterson left a bar in Clinton, Tennessee, and was never seen again. Six months later, a female skeleton was found on a wooded lakeshore in a neighboring county. The bones were consistent with those of the missing woman, and one of Patterson's daughters recognized a ring found at the death scene as her mother's. The bones were buried, and six years later, a relative of Patterson's—one of the men she was last seen alive with—confessed to killing her. Case closed. But the tentative identification—made years before DNA testing was available to confirm it—failed to convince some of Patterson's relatives. And so it was that in 2005 Dr. Bass found himself winding around hairpin curves to the mountainside grave, where he would unearth the disputed remains and collect DNA samples. The forensic twists and turns that followed would test the limits of DNA technology . . . and of Dr. Bass's half-century of forensic knowledge. Jefferson Bass Tue, 11 Feb 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413705 thebookvoice.com 1:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413705]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Identity Crisis: The Murder, the Mystery, and the Missing DNA Author: Jefferson Bass Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 42 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Renowned forensic anthropologist Bill Bass—founder of the Body Farm—tackles one of his most baffling cases ever in this real-life spellbinder. In 1978, fifty-six-year-old Leoma Patterson left a bar in Clinton, Tennessee, and was never seen again. Six months later, a female skeleton was found on a wooded lakeshore in a neighboring county. The bones were consistent with those of the missing woman, and one of Patterson's daughters recognized a ring found at the death scene as her mother's. The bones were buried, and six years later, a relative of Patterson's—one of the men she was last seen alive with—confessed to killing her. Case closed. But the tentative identification—made years before DNA testing was available to confirm it—failed to convince some of Patterson's relatives. And so it was that in 2005 Dr. Bass found himself winding around hairpin curves to the mountainside grave, where he would unearth the disputed remains and collect DNA samples. The forensic twists and turns that followed would test the limits of DNA technology . . . and of Dr. Bass's half-century of forensic knowledge. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413705]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Identity Crisis: The Murder, the Mystery, and the Missing DNA Author: Jefferson Bass Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 42 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Renowned forensic anthropologist Bill Bass—founder of the Body Farm—tackles one of his most baffling cases ever in this real-life spellbinder. In 1978, fifty-six-year-old Leoma Patterson left a bar in Clinton, Tennessee, and was never seen again. Six months later, a female skeleton was found on a wooded lakeshore in a neighboring county. The bones were consistent with those of the missing woman, and one of Patterson's daughters recognized a ring found at the death scene as her mother's. The bones were buried, and six years later, a relative of Patterson's—one of the men she was last seen alive with—confessed to killing her. Case closed. But the tentative identification—made years before DNA testing was available to confirm it—failed to convince some of Patterson's relatives. And so it was that in 2005 Dr. Bass found himself winding around hairpin curves to the mountainside grave, where he would unearth the disputed remains and collect DNA samples. The forensic twists and turns that followed would test the limits of DNA technology . . . and of Dr. Bass's half-century of forensic knowledge. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413513 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413513]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Integration - Ein Protokoll des Scheiterns (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Hamed Abdel-Samad Narrator: Julian Mehne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ein Protokoll des Scheiterns Millionen Muslime sind in den vergangenen Jahrzehnten als Gastarbeiter überwiegend aus der Türkei, als Flüchtlinge aus Syrien und anderen Staaten des Nahen Ostens nach Deutschland gekommen. Hamed Abdel-Samad rechnet ab mit der Politik, die die Integration zu lange konterkariert und der Muslime, die sich in Parallelgesellschaften verbarrikadiert haben. Deutsch-Türken unterstützen Erdogan, in Europa geborene Muslime verüben Terroranschläge. Hamed Abdel-Samad prangert die integrationsverhindernden Elemente der islamischen Kultur an. Er rechnet aber auch mit europäischen Integrationslügen ab. Denn wer jahrzehntelang von 'Gastarbeitern' spricht, der verweigert Integrationsangebote - und darf sich nicht über Parallelgesellschaften wundern. Wer die Augen verschließt vor kulturellen, mentalitären und religiösen Unterschieden, der muss in seinem Bemühen scheitern. Abdel-Samad formuliert einen Forderungskatalog an Politik und Gesellschaft, denn am Thema Integration wird sich die Zukunft Deutschlands entscheiden. Hamed Abdel-Samad Tue, 10 Apr 2018 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413513 thebookvoice.com 7:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413513]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Integration - Ein Protokoll des Scheiterns (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Hamed Abdel-Samad Narrator: Julian Mehne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ein Protokoll des Scheiterns Millionen Muslime sind in den vergangenen Jahrzehnten als Gastarbeiter überwiegend aus der Türkei, als Flüchtlinge aus Syrien und anderen Staaten des Nahen Ostens nach Deutschland gekommen. Hamed Abdel-Samad rechnet ab mit der Politik, die die Integration zu lange konterkariert und der Muslime, die sich in Parallelgesellschaften verbarrikadiert haben. Deutsch-Türken unterstützen Erdogan, in Europa geborene Muslime verüben Terroranschläge. Hamed Abdel-Samad prangert die integrationsverhindernden Elemente der islamischen Kultur an. Er rechnet aber auch mit europäischen Integrationslügen ab. Denn wer jahrzehntelang von 'Gastarbeitern' spricht, der verweigert Integrationsangebote - und darf sich nicht über Parallelgesellschaften wundern. Wer die Augen verschließt vor kulturellen, mentalitären und religiösen Unterschieden, der muss in seinem Bemühen scheitern. Abdel-Samad formuliert einen Forderungskatalog an Politik und Gesellschaft, denn am Thema Integration wird sich die Zukunft Deutschlands entscheiden. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413513]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Integration - Ein Protokoll des Scheiterns (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Hamed Abdel-Samad Narrator: Julian Mehne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ein Protokoll des Scheiterns Millionen Muslime sind in den vergangenen Jahrzehnten als Gastarbeiter überwiegend aus der Türkei, als Flüchtlinge aus Syrien und anderen Staaten des Nahen Ostens nach Deutschland gekommen. Hamed Abdel-Samad rechnet ab mit der Politik, die die Integration zu lange konterkariert und der Muslime, die sich in Parallelgesellschaften verbarrikadiert haben. Deutsch-Türken unterstützen Erdogan, in Europa geborene Muslime verüben Terroranschläge. Hamed Abdel-Samad prangert die integrationsverhindernden Elemente der islamischen Kultur an. Er rechnet aber auch mit europäischen Integrationslügen ab. Denn wer jahrzehntelang von 'Gastarbeitern' spricht, der verweigert Integrationsangebote - und darf sich nicht über Parallelgesellschaften wundern. Wer die Augen verschließt vor kulturellen, mentalitären und religiösen Unterschieden, der muss in seinem Bemühen scheitern. Abdel-Samad formuliert einen Forderungskatalog an Politik und Gesellschaft, denn am Thema Integration wird sich die Zukunft Deutschlands entscheiden. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413332 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413332]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unbound: How Inequality Constricts Our Economy and What We Can Do about It Author: Heather Boushey Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Do we have to choose between equality and prosperity? Many think that reducing economic inequality would require such heavy-handed interference with market forces that it would stifle economic growth. Heather Boushey insists nothing could be further from the truth. Presenting cutting-edge economics with journalistic verve, she shows how rising inequality has become a drag on growth and an impediment to a competitive United States marketplace for employers and employees alike. Boushey argues that inequality undermines growth in three ways. It obstructs the supply of talent, ideas, and capital as wealthy families monopolize the best educational, social, and economic opportunities. It also subverts private competition and public investment. Powerful corporations muscle competitors out of business, in the process costing consumers, suppressing wages, and hobbling innovation, while governments underfund key public goods that make the American Dream possible, from schools to transportation infrastructure to information and communication technology networks. Finally, it distorts consumer demand as stagnant wages and meager workplace benefits rob ordinary people of buying power and pushes the economy toward financial instability. Unbound exposes deep problems in the US economy, but its conclusion is optimistic. Heather Boushey Tue, 18 Feb 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413332 thebookvoice.com 8:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413332]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unbound: How Inequality Constricts Our Economy and What We Can Do about It Author: Heather Boushey Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Do we have to choose between equality and prosperity? Many think that reducing economic inequality would require such heavy-handed interference with market forces that it would stifle economic growth. Heather Boushey insists nothing could be further from the truth. Presenting cutting-edge economics with journalistic verve, she shows how rising inequality has become a drag on growth and an impediment to a competitive United States marketplace for employers and employees alike. Boushey argues that inequality undermines growth in three ways. It obstructs the supply of talent, ideas, and capital as wealthy families monopolize the best educational, social, and economic opportunities. It also subverts private competition and public investment. Powerful corporations muscle competitors out of business, in the process costing consumers, suppressing wages, and hobbling innovation, while governments underfund key public goods that make the American Dream possible, from schools to transportation infrastructure to information and communication technology networks. Finally, it distorts consumer demand as stagnant wages and meager workplace benefits rob ordinary people of buying power and pushes the economy toward financial instability. Unbound exposes deep problems in the US economy, but its conclusion is optimistic. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413332]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unbound: How Inequality Constricts Our Economy and What We Can Do about It Author: Heather Boushey Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Do we have to choose between equality and prosperity? Many think that reducing economic inequality would require such heavy-handed interference with market forces that it would stifle economic growth. Heather Boushey insists nothing could be further from the truth. Presenting cutting-edge economics with journalistic verve, she shows how rising inequality has become a drag on growth and an impediment to a competitive United States marketplace for employers and employees alike. Boushey argues that inequality undermines growth in three ways. It obstructs the supply of talent, ideas, and capital as wealthy families monopolize the best educational, social, and economic opportunities. It also subverts private competition and public investment. Powerful corporations muscle competitors out of business, in the process costing consumers, suppressing wages, and hobbling innovation, while governments underfund key public goods that make the American Dream possible, from schools to transportation infrastructure to information and communication technology networks. Finally, it distorts consumer demand as stagnant wages and meager workplace benefits rob ordinary people of buying power and pushes the economy toward financial instability. Unbound exposes deep problems in the US economy, but its conclusion is optimistic. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413246 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413246]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Feuer und Zorn - Im weißen Haus von Donald Trump (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Michael Wolff Narrator: Richard Barenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 6, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Es ist das Enthüllungsbuch, das die Präsidentschaft von Donald Trump erschüttert: Michael Wolffs 'Feuer und Zorn' ist ein eindrucksvolles Sittengemälde der amerikanischen Politik unter Trump. Im Mittelpunkt ein Präsident, den seine Mitarbeiter wie ein kleines Kind behandeln, und der umgeben ist von Inkompetenz, Intrigen und Verrat. Der Bestseller-Autor Wolff beschreibt das Chaos, das in den ersten Monaten im Weißen Haus geherrscht hat, er enthüllt, wie nah die Russland-Verbindung an Trump herangerückt ist und wie es zum Rauswurf des FBI-Chefs Comey kam. Und er liefert erstaunliche Details über das Privatleben dieses Präsidenten. Über zweihundert Interviews hat Wolff mit den engsten Mitarbeitern des US-Präsidenten geführt, darunter auch der ehemalige Chef-Berater Stephen Bannon: Noch nie ist es einem Journalisten gelungen, das Geschehen im Weißen Haus so genau nachzuzeichnen. Herausgekommen ist das einzigartige Porträt eines Präsidenten, der selbst nie damit gerechnet hat, die Wahl zu gewinnen. Michael Wolff Fri, 06 Apr 2018 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413246 thebookvoice.com 13:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413246]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Feuer und Zorn - Im weißen Haus von Donald Trump (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Michael Wolff Narrator: Richard Barenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 6, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Es ist das Enthüllungsbuch, das die Präsidentschaft von Donald Trump erschüttert: Michael Wolffs 'Feuer und Zorn' ist ein eindrucksvolles Sittengemälde der amerikanischen Politik unter Trump. Im Mittelpunkt ein Präsident, den seine Mitarbeiter wie ein kleines Kind behandeln, und der umgeben ist von Inkompetenz, Intrigen und Verrat. Der Bestseller-Autor Wolff beschreibt das Chaos, das in den ersten Monaten im Weißen Haus geherrscht hat, er enthüllt, wie nah die Russland-Verbindung an Trump herangerückt ist und wie es zum Rauswurf des FBI-Chefs Comey kam. Und er liefert erstaunliche Details über das Privatleben dieses Präsidenten. Über zweihundert Interviews hat Wolff mit den engsten Mitarbeitern des US-Präsidenten geführt, darunter auch der ehemalige Chef-Berater Stephen Bannon: Noch nie ist es einem Journalisten gelungen, das Geschehen im Weißen Haus so genau nachzuzeichnen. Herausgekommen ist das einzigartige Porträt eines Präsidenten, der selbst nie damit gerechnet hat, die Wahl zu gewinnen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413246]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Feuer und Zorn - Im weißen Haus von Donald Trump (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Michael Wolff Narrator: Richard Barenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 6, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Es ist das Enthüllungsbuch, das die Präsidentschaft von Donald Trump erschüttert: Michael Wolffs 'Feuer und Zorn' ist ein eindrucksvolles Sittengemälde der amerikanischen Politik unter Trump. Im Mittelpunkt ein Präsident, den seine Mitarbeiter wie ein kleines Kind behandeln, und der umgeben ist von Inkompetenz, Intrigen und Verrat. Der Bestseller-Autor Wolff beschreibt das Chaos, das in den ersten Monaten im Weißen Haus geherrscht hat, er enthüllt, wie nah die Russland-Verbindung an Trump herangerückt ist und wie es zum Rauswurf des FBI-Chefs Comey kam. Und er liefert erstaunliche Details über das Privatleben dieses Präsidenten. Über zweihundert Interviews hat Wolff mit den engsten Mitarbeitern des US-Präsidenten geführt, darunter auch der ehemalige Chef-Berater Stephen Bannon: Noch nie ist es einem Journalisten gelungen, das Geschehen im Weißen Haus so genau nachzuzeichnen. Herausgekommen ist das einzigartige Porträt eines Präsidenten, der selbst nie damit gerechnet hat, die Wahl zu gewinnen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413182 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413182]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: JFK: Coming of Age in the American Century, 1917-1956 Author: Fredrik Logevall Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF THE YEAR • A Pulitzer Prize–winning historian takes us as close as we have ever been to the real John F. Kennedy in this revelatory biography of the iconic, yet still elusive, thirty-fifth president. “An utterly incandescent study of one of the most consequential figures of the twentieth century.”—Jill Lepore, author of These Truths: A History of the United States WINNER OF THE ELIZABETH LONGFORD PRIZE • NAMED BIOGRAPHY OF THE YEAR BY The Times (London) ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: The Sunday Times (London), New Statesman, The Daily Telegraph, Kirkus Reviews By the time of his assassination in 1963, John F. Kennedy stood at the helm of the greatest power the world had ever seen, a booming American nation that he had steered through some of the most perilous diplomatic standoffs of the Cold War. Born in 1917 to a striving Irish American family that had become among Boston’s wealthiest, Kennedy knew political ambition from an early age, and his meteoric rise to become the youngest elected president cemented his status as one of the most mythologized figures in American history. And while hagiographic portrayals of his dazzling charisma, reports of his extramarital affairs, and disagreements over his political legacy have come and gone in the decades since his untimely death, these accounts all fail to capture the full person. Beckoned by this gap in our historical knowledge, Fredrik Logevall has spent much of the last decade searching for the “real” JFK. The result of this prodigious effort is a sweeping two-volume biography that properly contextualizes Kennedy amidst the roiling American Century. This volume spans the first thirty-nine years of JFK’s life—from birth through his decision to run for president—to reveal his early relationships, his formative experiences during World War II, his ideas, his writings, his political aspirations. In examining these pre–White House years, Logevall shows us a more serious, independently minded Kennedy than we’ve previously known, whose distinct international sensibility would prepare him to enter national politics at a critical moment in modern U.S. history. Along the way, Logevall tells the parallel story of America’s midcentury rise. As Kennedy comes of age, we see the charged debate between isolationists and interventionists in the years before Pearl Harbor; the tumult of the Second World War, through which the United States emerged as a global colossus; the outbreak and spread of the Cold War; the domestic politics of anti-Communism and the attendant scourge of McCarthyism; the growth of television’s influence on politics; and more. JFK: Coming of Age in the American Century, 1917–1956 is a sweeping history of the United States in the middle decades of the twentieth century, as well as the clearest portrait we have of this enigmatic American icon. Fredrik Logevall Tue, 08 Sep 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413182 thebookvoice.com 29:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413182]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: JFK: Coming of Age in the American Century, 1917-1956 Author: Fredrik Logevall Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF THE YEAR • A Pulitzer Prize–winning historian takes us as close as we have ever been to the real John F. Kennedy in this revelatory biography of the iconic, yet still elusive, thirty-fifth president. “An utterly incandescent study of one of the most consequential figures of the twentieth century.”—Jill Lepore, author of These Truths: A History of the United States WINNER OF THE ELIZABETH LONGFORD PRIZE • NAMED BIOGRAPHY OF THE YEAR BY The Times (London) ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: The Sunday Times (London), New Statesman, The Daily Telegraph, Kirkus Reviews By the time of his assassination in 1963, John F. Kennedy stood at the helm of the greatest power the world had ever seen, a booming American nation that he had steered through some of the most perilous diplomatic standoffs of the Cold War. Born in 1917 to a striving Irish American family that had become among Boston’s wealthiest, Kennedy knew political ambition from an early age, and his meteoric rise to become the youngest elected president cemented his status as one of the most mythologized figures in American history. And while hagiographic portrayals of his dazzling charisma, reports of his extramarital affairs, and disagreements over his political legacy have come and gone in the decades since his untimely death, these accounts all fail to capture the full person. Beckoned by this gap in our historical knowledge, Fredrik Logevall has spent much of the last decade searching for the “real” JFK. The result of this prodigious effort is a sweeping two-volume biography that properly contextualizes Kennedy amidst the roiling American Century. This volume spans the first thirty-nine years of JFK’s life—from birth through his decision to run for president—to reveal his early relationships, his formative experiences during World War II, his ideas, his writings, his political aspirations. In examining these pre–White House years, Logevall shows us a more serious, independently minded Kennedy than we’ve previously known, whose distinct international sensibility would prepare him to enter national politics at a critical moment in modern U.S. history. Along the way, Logevall tells the parallel story of America’s midcentury rise. As Kennedy comes of age, we see the charged debate between isolationists and interventionists in the years before Pearl Harbor; the tumult of the Second World War, through which the United States emerged as a global colossus; the outbreak and spread of the Cold War; the domestic politics of anti-Communism and the attendant scourge of McCarthyism; the growth of television’s influence on politics; and more. JFK: Coming of Age in the American Century, 1917–1956 is a sweeping history of the United States in the middle decades of the twentieth century, as well as the clearest portrait we have of this enigmatic American icon. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413182]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: JFK: Coming of Age in the American Century, 1917-1956 Author: Fredrik Logevall Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK OF THE YEAR • A Pulitzer Prize–winning historian takes us as close as we have ever been to the real John F. Kennedy in this revelatory biography of the iconic, yet still elusive, thirty-fifth president. “An utterly incandescent study of one of the most consequential figures of the twentieth century.”—Jill Lepore, author of These Truths: A History of the United States WINNER OF THE ELIZABETH LONGFORD PRIZE • NAMED BIOGRAPHY OF THE YEAR BY The Times (London) ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: The Sunday Times (London), New Statesman, The Daily Telegraph, Kirkus Reviews By the time of his assassination in 1963, John F. Kennedy stood at the helm of the greatest power the world had ever seen, a booming American nation that he had steered through some of the most perilous diplomatic standoffs of the Cold War. Born in 1917 to a striving Irish American family that had become among Boston’s wealthiest, Kennedy knew political ambition from an early age, and his meteoric rise to become the youngest elected president cemented his status as one of the most mythologized figures in American history. And while hagiographic portrayals of his dazzling charisma, reports of his extramarital affairs, and disagreements over his political legacy have come and gone in the decades since his untimely death, these accounts all fail to capture the full person. Beckoned by this gap in our historical knowledge, Fredrik Logevall has spent much of the last decade searching for the “real” JFK. The result of this prodigious effort is a sweeping two-volume biography that properly contextualizes Kennedy amidst the roiling American Century. This volume spans the first thirty-nine years of JFK’s life—from birth through his decision to run for president—to reveal his early relationships, his formative experiences during World War II, his ideas, his writings, his political aspirations. In examining these pre–White House years, Logevall shows us a more serious, independently minded Kennedy than we’ve previously known, whose distinct international sensibility would prepare him to enter national politics at a critical moment in modern U.S. history. Along the way, Logevall tells the parallel story of America’s midcentury rise. As Kennedy comes of age, we see the charged debate between isolationists and interventionists in the years before Pearl Harbor; the tumult of the Second World War, through which the United States emerged as a global colossus; the outbreak and spread of the Cold War; the domestic politics of anti-Communism and the attendant scourge of McCarthyism; the growth of television’s influence on politics; and more. JFK: Coming of Age in the American Century, 1917–1956 is a sweeping history of the United States in the middle decades of the twentieth century, as well as the clearest portrait we have of this enigmatic American icon. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413167 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413167]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rebels: Elizabeth Warren, Bernie Sanders, Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, and the Struggle for a New American Politics Author: Joshua Green Narrator: Philip Hernandez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 9, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “One of the best and most readable overviews of the Democrats’ evolution on economic issues over the past half-century.” — The Wall Street Journal “Fast-paced, sober, yet hopeful . . . Green is a first-rate journalist.” — The Atlantic One of Politico’s 10 books we’re looking forward to in 2024 From the author of the #1 New York Times bestseller Devil’s Bargain comes the revelatory inside story of the uprising within the Democratic Party, of the economic populists led by Elizabeth Warren, Bernie Sanders, and Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez. In his classic book Devil’s Bargain, Joshua Green chronicled how the forces of economic populism on the right, led by the likes of Steve Bannon, turned Donald Trump into their flawed but powerful vessel. In The Rebels, he gives an epic account of the long struggle that has played out in parallel on the left, told through an intimate reckoning with the careers of the three political figures who have led the charge most prominently. Based on remarkable inside sourcing and razor-sharp analysis, The Rebels uses the grand narrative of a political party undergoing tumult and transformation to tell an even larger story about the fate of America. For many years, as Green recounts, the Democrats made their bed with Wall Street and big tech, relying on corporate money for electioneering and embracing the worldview that technological and financial innovation and globalization were a powerful net good, a rising tide lifting all boats. Yes, there were howls of pain, but they were written off by most of the elites as the moaning of sore losers mired in the past. There were always some Democratic politicians representing the old labor base who resisted the new dispensation, but these figures never made it very far on a national level. For one thing, they didn’t have the money. But as income inequality ballooned, widening the gulf between the wealthy elite and everyone else, pressures began to build. With the 2008 crisis, those forces finally erupted into plain sight, turning this book’s protagonists into national icons. At its heart, The Rebels tells the riveting human story of the rise and fight of Elizabeth Warren, Bernie Sanders, and Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez from the financial crisis on, as outrage over the unfairness of the American system formed a flood tide of political revolution. That same tide that would sweep Trump into office was blunted on the left, as the Democratic party found itself riven by culture war issues between its centrists and its progressives. But the winds behind economic populism still howl at gale force. Whether the Democrats can bridge their divisions and home in on a vision that unites the party, and perhaps even the country, in the face of the most violently deranged political landscape since the Civil War will be the ultimate test of the legacies of all three characters.  A masterful account of one of the defining political stories of our age, The Rebels cements Joshua Green’s stature at the first rank of American writers explaining how we’ve arrived at this pass and what lies ahead. Joshua Green Tue, 09 Jan 2024 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413167 thebookvoice.com 10:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413167]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rebels: Elizabeth Warren, Bernie Sanders, Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, and the Struggle for a New American Politics Author: Joshua Green Narrator: Philip Hernandez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 9, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “One of the best and most readable overviews of the Democrats’ evolution on economic issues over the past half-century.” — The Wall Street Journal “Fast-paced, sober, yet hopeful . . . Green is a first-rate journalist.” — The Atlantic One of Politico’s 10 books we’re looking forward to in 2024 From the author of the #1 New York Times bestseller Devil’s Bargain comes the revelatory inside story of the uprising within the Democratic Party, of the economic populists led by Elizabeth Warren, Bernie Sanders, and Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez. In his classic book Devil’s Bargain, Joshua Green chronicled how the forces of economic populism on the right, led by the likes of Steve Bannon, turned Donald Trump into their flawed but powerful vessel. In The Rebels, he gives an epic account of the long struggle that has played out in parallel on the left, told through an intimate reckoning with the careers of the three political figures who have led the charge most prominently. Based on remarkable inside sourcing and razor-sharp analysis, The Rebels uses the grand narrative of a political party undergoing tumult and transformation to tell an even larger story about the fate of America. For many years, as Green recounts, the Democrats made their bed with Wall Street and big tech, relying on corporate money for electioneering and embracing the worldview that technological and financial innovation and globalization were a powerful net good, a rising tide lifting all boats. Yes, there were howls of pain, but they were written off by most of the elites as the moaning of sore losers mired in the past. There were always some Democratic politicians representing the old labor base who resisted the new dispensation, but these figures never made it very far on a national level. For one thing, they didn’t have the money. But as income inequality ballooned, widening the gulf between the wealthy elite and everyone else, pressures began to build. With the 2008 crisis, those forces finally erupted into plain sight, turning this book’s protagonists into national icons. At its heart, The Rebels tells the riveting human story of the rise and fight of Elizabeth Warren, Bernie Sanders, and Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez from the financial crisis on, as outrage over the unfairness of the American system formed a flood tide of political revolution. That same tide that would sweep Trump into office was blunted on the left, as the Democratic party found itself riven by culture war issues between its centrists and its progressives. But the winds behind economic populism still howl at gale force. Whether the Democrats can bridge their divisions and home in on a vision that unites the party, and perhaps even the country, in the face of the most violently deranged political landscape since the Civil War will be the ultimate test of the legacies of all three characters.  A masterful account of one of the defining political stories of our age, The Rebels cements Joshua Green’s stature at the first rank of American writers explaining how we’ve arrived at this pass and what lies ahead. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413167]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rebels: Elizabeth Warren, Bernie Sanders, Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, and the Struggle for a New American Politics Author: Joshua Green Narrator: Philip Hernandez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 9, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “One of the best and most readable overviews of the Democrats’ evolution on economic issues over the past half-century.” — The Wall Street Journal “Fast-paced, sober, yet hopeful . . . Green is a first-rate journalist.” — The Atlantic One of Politico’s 10 books we’re looking forward to in 2024 From the author of the #1 New York Times bestseller Devil’s Bargain comes the revelatory inside story of the uprising within the Democratic Party, of the economic populists led by Elizabeth Warren, Bernie Sanders, and Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez. In his classic book Devil’s Bargain, Joshua Green chronicled how the forces of economic populism on the right, led by the likes of Steve Bannon, turned Donald Trump into their flawed but powerful vessel. In The Rebels, he gives an epic account of the long struggle that has played out in parallel on the left, told through an intimate reckoning with the careers of the three political figures who have led the charge most prominently. Based on remarkable inside sourcing and razor-sharp analysis, The Rebels uses the grand narrative of a political party undergoing tumult and transformation to tell an even larger story about the fate of America. For many years, as Green recounts, the Democrats made their bed with Wall Street and big tech, relying on corporate money for electioneering and embracing the worldview that technological and financial innovation and globalization were a powerful net good, a rising tide lifting all boats. Yes, there were howls of pain, but they were written off by most of the elites as the moaning of sore losers mired in the past. There were always some Democratic politicians representing the old labor base who resisted the new dispensation, but these figures never made it very far on a national level. For one thing, they didn’t have the money. But as income inequality ballooned, widening the gulf between the wealthy elite and everyone else, pressures began to build. With the 2008 crisis, those forces finally erupted into plain sight, turning this book’s protagonists into national icons. At its heart, The Rebels tells the riveting human story of the rise and fight of Elizabeth Warren, Bernie Sanders, and Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez from the financial crisis on, as outrage over the unfairness of the American system formed a flood tide of political revolution. That same tide that would sweep Trump into office was blunted on the left, as the Democratic party found itself riven by culture war issues between its centrists and its progressives. But the winds behind economic populism still howl at gale force. Whether the Democrats can bridge their divisions and home in on a vision that unites the party, and perhaps even the country, in the face of the most violently deranged political landscape since the Civil War will be the ultimate test of the legacies of all three characters.  A masterful account of one of the defining political stories of our age, The Rebels cements Joshua Green’s stature at the first rank of American writers explaining how we’ve arrived at this pass and what lies ahead. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413152 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413152]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex and Lies: True Stories of Women's Intimate Lives in the Arab World Author: Leila Slimani Narrator: Sarah Agha Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Jaw-dropping . . . Inspiring . . . A haunting and beautifully composed book . . . It blew my mind.' --Lisa Taddeo, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Three Women A fearless exposé of the secrets and lies of women's intimate lives, by the bestselling author of The Perfect Nanny, Adèle, and In the Country of Others 'All those in positions of authority--politicians, parents, teachers--maintain the same line: 'Do what you like, but do it in private.' ' Leila Slimani was in her native Morocco promoting her novel Adèle, about a woman addicted to sex, when she began meeting women who confided the dark secrets of their sexual lives. In Morocco, adultery, abortion, homosexuality, prostitution, and sex outside of marriage are all punishable by law, and women have only two choices: They can be wives or virgins. Sex and Lies combines vivid, often harrowing testimonies with Slimani's passionate and intelligent commentary to make a galvanizing case for a sexual revolution in the Arab world. Leila Slimani Tue, 14 Jul 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413152 thebookvoice.com 4:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413152]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex and Lies: True Stories of Women's Intimate Lives in the Arab World Author: Leila Slimani Narrator: Sarah Agha Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Jaw-dropping . . . Inspiring . . . A haunting and beautifully composed book . . . It blew my mind.' --Lisa Taddeo, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Three Women A fearless exposé of the secrets and lies of women's intimate lives, by the bestselling author of The Perfect Nanny, Adèle, and In the Country of Others 'All those in positions of authority--politicians, parents, teachers--maintain the same line: 'Do what you like, but do it in private.' ' Leila Slimani was in her native Morocco promoting her novel Adèle, about a woman addicted to sex, when she began meeting women who confided the dark secrets of their sexual lives. In Morocco, adultery, abortion, homosexuality, prostitution, and sex outside of marriage are all punishable by law, and women have only two choices: They can be wives or virgins. Sex and Lies combines vivid, often harrowing testimonies with Slimani's passionate and intelligent commentary to make a galvanizing case for a sexual revolution in the Arab world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413152]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex and Lies: True Stories of Women's Intimate Lives in the Arab World Author: Leila Slimani Narrator: Sarah Agha Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Jaw-dropping . . . Inspiring . . . A haunting and beautifully composed book . . . It blew my mind.' --Lisa Taddeo, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Three Women A fearless exposé of the secrets and lies of women's intimate lives, by the bestselling author of The Perfect Nanny, Adèle, and In the Country of Others 'All those in positions of authority--politicians, parents, teachers--maintain the same line: 'Do what you like, but do it in private.' ' Leila Slimani was in her native Morocco promoting her novel Adèle, about a woman addicted to sex, when she began meeting women who confided the dark secrets of their sexual lives. In Morocco, adultery, abortion, homosexuality, prostitution, and sex outside of marriage are all punishable by law, and women have only two choices: They can be wives or virgins. Sex and Lies combines vivid, often harrowing testimonies with Slimani's passionate and intelligent commentary to make a galvanizing case for a sexual revolution in the Arab world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412912 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412912]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Does Jeremy Think?: Jeremy Heywood and the Making of Modern Britain Author: Suzanne Heywood Narrator: Helen Llyod Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 4, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Sunday Times Bestseller ‘Seasoned Whitehall watchers often remark: “It wouldn’t have been like this if Jeremy Heywood were still around.” … How could it be that the effectiveness of the once-revered civil service had become reliant on a single man?’ Guardian ‘This book should be read in a similar spirit to Mantel’s masterpieces – as a portrait of an exceptional man who was always at the centre of events … Invaluable’ Guardian As a young civil servant, Jeremy Heywood’s insightful questioning of the status quo pushed him to the centre of political power in this country for more than 25 years. He directly served four Prime Ministers in various roles including as the first and only Permanent Secretary of 10 Downing Street, the Cabinet Secretary and the Head of the Home Civil Service. He was at the centre of every crisis from the early 1990s until 2018 and most of the key meetings. Invariably, when faced with a new policy initiative a Prime Minister’s first response would be: ‘but what does Jeremy think?’ Jeremy worked up until his death, retiring just a few days before he died from lung cancer in October 2018. This book began as a joint effort between Jeremy and his wife Suzanne – working together in the last months of his life. Suzanne completed the work after his death. In a time of political uncertainty, this extraordinary book offers an unforgettable and unprecedented insight into political decision-making, crisis management and the extraordinary role of the civil service. It is also a moving celebration of Heywood’s life in the beating heart of UK politics, and a man who for so long was the most powerful non-famous name in Britain. (Sunday Times Bestseller, February 2021) Suzanne Heywood Thu, 04 Feb 2021 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412912 thebookvoice.com 20:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412912]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Does Jeremy Think?: Jeremy Heywood and the Making of Modern Britain Author: Suzanne Heywood Narrator: Helen Llyod Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 4, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Sunday Times Bestseller ‘Seasoned Whitehall watchers often remark: “It wouldn’t have been like this if Jeremy Heywood were still around.” … How could it be that the effectiveness of the once-revered civil service had become reliant on a single man?’ Guardian ‘This book should be read in a similar spirit to Mantel’s masterpieces – as a portrait of an exceptional man who was always at the centre of events … Invaluable’ Guardian As a young civil servant, Jeremy Heywood’s insightful questioning of the status quo pushed him to the centre of political power in this country for more than 25 years. He directly served four Prime Ministers in various roles including as the first and only Permanent Secretary of 10 Downing Street, the Cabinet Secretary and the Head of the Home Civil Service. He was at the centre of every crisis from the early 1990s until 2018 and most of the key meetings. Invariably, when faced with a new policy initiative a Prime Minister’s first response would be: ‘but what does Jeremy think?’ Jeremy worked up until his death, retiring just a few days before he died from lung cancer in October 2018. This book began as a joint effort between Jeremy and his wife Suzanne – working together in the last months of his life. Suzanne completed the work after his death. In a time of political uncertainty, this extraordinary book offers an unforgettable and unprecedented insight into political decision-making, crisis management and the extraordinary role of the civil service. It is also a moving celebration of Heywood’s life in the beating heart of UK politics, and a man who for so long was the most powerful non-famous name in Britain. (Sunday Times Bestseller, February 2021) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412912]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Does Jeremy Think?: Jeremy Heywood and the Making of Modern Britain Author: Suzanne Heywood Narrator: Helen Llyod Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 4, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Sunday Times Bestseller ‘Seasoned Whitehall watchers often remark: “It wouldn’t have been like this if Jeremy Heywood were still around.” … How could it be that the effectiveness of the once-revered civil service had become reliant on a single man?’ Guardian ‘This book should be read in a similar spirit to Mantel’s masterpieces – as a portrait of an exceptional man who was always at the centre of events … Invaluable’ Guardian As a young civil servant, Jeremy Heywood’s insightful questioning of the status quo pushed him to the centre of political power in this country for more than 25 years. He directly served four Prime Ministers in various roles including as the first and only Permanent Secretary of 10 Downing Street, the Cabinet Secretary and the Head of the Home Civil Service. He was at the centre of every crisis from the early 1990s until 2018 and most of the key meetings. Invariably, when faced with a new policy initiative a Prime Minister’s first response would be: ‘but what does Jeremy think?’ Jeremy worked up until his death, retiring just a few days before he died from lung cancer in October 2018. This book began as a joint effort between Jeremy and his wife Suzanne – working together in the last months of his life. Suzanne completed the work after his death. In a time of political uncertainty, this extraordinary book offers an unforgettable and unprecedented insight into political decision-making, crisis management and the extraordinary role of the civil service. It is also a moving celebration of Heywood’s life in the beating heart of UK politics, and a man who for so long was the most powerful non-famous name in Britain. (Sunday Times Bestseller, February 2021) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412864 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412864]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Impeachment Report: The House Intelligence Committee's Report on Its Investigation into Donald Trump and Ukraine Author: The House Intelligence Committee Narrator: Brittany Pressley, P.J. Ochlan, Rob Shapiro, Cassandra Campbell, Jon Meacham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: December 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The official report from the House Intelligence Committee on Donald Trump’s secret pressure campaign against Ukraine, featuring an exclusive introduction by Pulitzer Prize–winning author and biographer Jon Meacham   For only the fourth time in American history, the House of Representatives has conducted an impeachment inquiry into a sitting United States president. This landmark document details the findings of the House Intelligence Committee’s historic investigation of whether President Donald J. Trump committed impeachable offenses when he sought to have Ukraine announce investigations of former vice president Joe Biden and his son Hunter.   Penetrating a dense web of connected activity by the president, his ambassador Gordon Sondland, his personal attorney Rudolph Giuliani, and many others, these pages offer a damning, blow-by-blow account of the president’s attempts to “use the powers of his office to solicit foreign interference on his behalf in the 2020 election” and his subsequent attempts to obstruct the House investigation into his actions. Published here with an introduction offering critical context from bestselling presidential historian Jon Meacham, The Impeachment Report is necessary reading for every American concerned about the fate of our democracy. The House Intelligence Committee Tue, 10 Dec 2019 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412864 thebookvoice.com 11:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412864]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Impeachment Report: The House Intelligence Committee's Report on Its Investigation into Donald Trump and Ukraine Author: The House Intelligence Committee Narrator: Brittany Pressley, P.J. Ochlan, Rob Shapiro, Cassandra Campbell, Jon Meacham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: December 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The official report from the House Intelligence Committee on Donald Trump’s secret pressure campaign against Ukraine, featuring an exclusive introduction by Pulitzer Prize–winning author and biographer Jon Meacham   For only the fourth time in American history, the House of Representatives has conducted an impeachment inquiry into a sitting United States president. This landmark document details the findings of the House Intelligence Committee’s historic investigation of whether President Donald J. Trump committed impeachable offenses when he sought to have Ukraine announce investigations of former vice president Joe Biden and his son Hunter.   Penetrating a dense web of connected activity by the president, his ambassador Gordon Sondland, his personal attorney Rudolph Giuliani, and many others, these pages offer a damning, blow-by-blow account of the president’s attempts to “use the powers of his office to solicit foreign interference on his behalf in the 2020 election” and his subsequent attempts to obstruct the House investigation into his actions. Published here with an introduction offering critical context from bestselling presidential historian Jon Meacham, The Impeachment Report is necessary reading for every American concerned about the fate of our democracy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412864]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Impeachment Report: The House Intelligence Committee's Report on Its Investigation into Donald Trump and Ukraine Author: The House Intelligence Committee Narrator: Brittany Pressley, P.J. Ochlan, Rob Shapiro, Cassandra Campbell, Jon Meacham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: December 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The official report from the House Intelligence Committee on Donald Trump’s secret pressure campaign against Ukraine, featuring an exclusive introduction by Pulitzer Prize–winning author and biographer Jon Meacham   For only the fourth time in American history, the House of Representatives has conducted an impeachment inquiry into a sitting United States president. This landmark document details the findings of the House Intelligence Committee’s historic investigation of whether President Donald J. Trump committed impeachable offenses when he sought to have Ukraine announce investigations of former vice president Joe Biden and his son Hunter.   Penetrating a dense web of connected activity by the president, his ambassador Gordon Sondland, his personal attorney Rudolph Giuliani, and many others, these pages offer a damning, blow-by-blow account of the president’s attempts to “use the powers of his office to solicit foreign interference on his behalf in the 2020 election” and his subsequent attempts to obstruct the House investigation into his actions. Published here with an introduction offering critical context from bestselling presidential historian Jon Meacham, The Impeachment Report is necessary reading for every American concerned about the fate of our democracy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412863 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412863]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Have Been Harmonized: Life in China's Surveillance State Author: Kai Strittmatter Narrator: Matthew Waterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Named a Notable Work of Nonfiction of 2020 by the Washington Post As heard on NPR's Fresh Air, We Have Been Harmonized, by award-winning correspondent Kai Strittmatter, offers a groundbreaking look, based on decades of research, at how China created the most terrifying surveillance state in history.  China’s new drive for repression is being underpinned by unpre­cedented advances in technology: facial and voice recognition, GPS tracking, supercomputer databases, intercepted cell phone conver­sations, the monitoring of app use, and millions of high-resolution security cameras make it nearly impossible for a Chinese citizen to hide anything from authorities. Commercial transactions, including food deliveries and online purchases, are fed into vast databases, along with everything from biometric information to social media activities to methods of birth control. Cameras (so advanced that they can locate a single person within a stadium crowd of 60,000) scan for faces and walking patterns to track each individual’s move­ment. In some schools, children’s facial expressions are monitored to make sure they are paying attention at the right times. In a new Social Credit System, each citizen is given a score for good behavior; for those who rate poorly, punishments include being banned from flying or taking high-speed trains, exclusion from certain jobs, and preventing their children from attending better schools. And it gets worse: advanced surveillance has led to the imprisonment of more than a million Chinese citizens in western China alone, many held in draconian “reeducation” camps. This digital totalitarianism has been made possible not only with the help of Chinese private tech companies, but the complic­ity of Western governments and corporations eager to gain access to China’s huge market. And while governments debate trade wars and tariffs, the Chinese Communist Party and its local partners are aggressively stepping up their efforts to export their surveillance technology abroad—including to the United States. We Have Been Harmonized is a terrifying portrait of life under unprecedented government surveillance—and a dire warning about what could happen anywhere under the pretense of national security. “Terrifying. … A warning call.'' —The Sunday Times (UK), a “Best Book of the Year so Far” Kai Strittmatter Tue, 01 Sep 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412863 thebookvoice.com 10:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412863]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Have Been Harmonized: Life in China's Surveillance State Author: Kai Strittmatter Narrator: Matthew Waterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Named a Notable Work of Nonfiction of 2020 by the Washington Post As heard on NPR's Fresh Air, We Have Been Harmonized, by award-winning correspondent Kai Strittmatter, offers a groundbreaking look, based on decades of research, at how China created the most terrifying surveillance state in history.  China’s new drive for repression is being underpinned by unpre­cedented advances in technology: facial and voice recognition, GPS tracking, supercomputer databases, intercepted cell phone conver­sations, the monitoring of app use, and millions of high-resolution security cameras make it nearly impossible for a Chinese citizen to hide anything from authorities. Commercial transactions, including food deliveries and online purchases, are fed into vast databases, along with everything from biometric information to social media activities to methods of birth control. Cameras (so advanced that they can locate a single person within a stadium crowd of 60,000) scan for faces and walking patterns to track each individual’s move­ment. In some schools, children’s facial expressions are monitored to make sure they are paying attention at the right times. In a new Social Credit System, each citizen is given a score for good behavior; for those who rate poorly, punishments include being banned from flying or taking high-speed trains, exclusion from certain jobs, and preventing their children from attending better schools. And it gets worse: advanced surveillance has led to the imprisonment of more than a million Chinese citizens in western China alone, many held in draconian “reeducation” camps. This digital totalitarianism has been made possible not only with the help of Chinese private tech companies, but the complic­ity of Western governments and corporations eager to gain access to China’s huge market. And while governments debate trade wars and tariffs, the Chinese Communist Party and its local partners are aggressively stepping up their efforts to export their surveillance technology abroad—including to the United States. We Have Been Harmonized is a terrifying portrait of life under unprecedented government surveillance—and a dire warning about what could happen anywhere under the pretense of national security. “Terrifying. … A warning call.'' —The Sunday Times (UK), a “Best Book of the Year so Far” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412863]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Have Been Harmonized: Life in China's Surveillance State Author: Kai Strittmatter Narrator: Matthew Waterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Named a Notable Work of Nonfiction of 2020 by the Washington Post As heard on NPR's Fresh Air, We Have Been Harmonized, by award-winning correspondent Kai Strittmatter, offers a groundbreaking look, based on decades of research, at how China created the most terrifying surveillance state in history.  China’s new drive for repression is being underpinned by unpre­cedented advances in technology: facial and voice recognition, GPS tracking, supercomputer databases, intercepted cell phone conver­sations, the monitoring of app use, and millions of high-resolution security cameras make it nearly impossible for a Chinese citizen to hide anything from authorities. Commercial transactions, including food deliveries and online purchases, are fed into vast databases, along with everything from biometric information to social media activities to methods of birth control. Cameras (so advanced that they can locate a single person within a stadium crowd of 60,000) scan for faces and walking patterns to track each individual’s move­ment. In some schools, children’s facial expressions are monitored to make sure they are paying attention at the right times. In a new Social Credit System, each citizen is given a score for good behavior; for those who rate poorly, punishments include being banned from flying or taking high-speed trains, exclusion from certain jobs, and preventing their children from attending better schools. And it gets worse: advanced surveillance has led to the imprisonment of more than a million Chinese citizens in western China alone, many held in draconian “reeducation” camps. This digital totalitarianism has been made possible not only with the help of Chinese private tech companies, but the complic­ity of Western governments and corporations eager to gain access to China’s huge market. And while governments debate trade wars and tariffs, the Chinese Communist Party and its local partners are aggressively stepping up their efforts to export their surveillance technology abroad—including to the United States. We Have Been Harmonized is a terrifying portrait of life under unprecedented government surveillance—and a dire warning about what could happen anywhere under the pretense of national security. “Terrifying. … A warning call.'' —The Sunday Times (UK), a “Best Book of the Year so Far” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412861 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412861]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 50 Things They Don't Want You to Know About Trump Author: Jerome Hudson Narrator: Thomas Allen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Breitbart.com editor Jerome Hudson returns with even more red pills, facts, and statistics to counteract the lies and blind spots of the mainstream media. Did you know Donald Trump has allocated more funding to historically black colleges and universities than any other president? In 50 Things They Don’t Want You to Know About Trump, Jerome Hudson uncovers all the things Americans have not been told about our 45th president. We’re surrounded by supposed influencers shouting about the scandals that Americans care about the least, from TV talking heads to social media activists, from feckless Washington swamp monsters to candidates fighting for the soap box. Your teachers, your politicians, and your local paper are not likely to ever tell you: - Drug overdoses dropped for the first time in 30 years under Trump. - America once again led the world in reducing carbon emissions in 2019. - Trump is the first pro-gay marriage candidate elected president. (Obama endorsed it after his election.) - Democrats backed out of attending an award ceremony from a criminal justice reform organization when they found out Trump won the award. - The famous ''Muslim ban'' excluded 87 percent of the world's Muslims.         - Under Trump, blue-collar workers enjoyed three-times the wage growth of the top 1-percent of households. After finishing 50 Things They Don’t Want You to Know About Trump, you’ll be stunned at the many Trump accomplishments which just aren’t reported by the powers that be. Jerome Hudson Tue, 27 Oct 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412861 thebookvoice.com 8:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412861]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 50 Things They Don't Want You to Know About Trump Author: Jerome Hudson Narrator: Thomas Allen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Breitbart.com editor Jerome Hudson returns with even more red pills, facts, and statistics to counteract the lies and blind spots of the mainstream media. Did you know Donald Trump has allocated more funding to historically black colleges and universities than any other president? In 50 Things They Don’t Want You to Know About Trump, Jerome Hudson uncovers all the things Americans have not been told about our 45th president. We’re surrounded by supposed influencers shouting about the scandals that Americans care about the least, from TV talking heads to social media activists, from feckless Washington swamp monsters to candidates fighting for the soap box. Your teachers, your politicians, and your local paper are not likely to ever tell you: - Drug overdoses dropped for the first time in 30 years under Trump. - America once again led the world in reducing carbon emissions in 2019. - Trump is the first pro-gay marriage candidate elected president. (Obama endorsed it after his election.) - Democrats backed out of attending an award ceremony from a criminal justice reform organization when they found out Trump won the award. - The famous ''Muslim ban'' excluded 87 percent of the world's Muslims.         - Under Trump, blue-collar workers enjoyed three-times the wage growth of the top 1-percent of households. After finishing 50 Things They Don’t Want You to Know About Trump, you’ll be stunned at the many Trump accomplishments which just aren’t reported by the powers that be. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412861]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 50 Things They Don't Want You to Know About Trump Author: Jerome Hudson Narrator: Thomas Allen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Breitbart.com editor Jerome Hudson returns with even more red pills, facts, and statistics to counteract the lies and blind spots of the mainstream media. Did you know Donald Trump has allocated more funding to historically black colleges and universities than any other president? In 50 Things They Don’t Want You to Know About Trump, Jerome Hudson uncovers all the things Americans have not been told about our 45th president. We’re surrounded by supposed influencers shouting about the scandals that Americans care about the least, from TV talking heads to social media activists, from feckless Washington swamp monsters to candidates fighting for the soap box. Your teachers, your politicians, and your local paper are not likely to ever tell you: - Drug overdoses dropped for the first time in 30 years under Trump. - America once again led the world in reducing carbon emissions in 2019. - Trump is the first pro-gay marriage candidate elected president. (Obama endorsed it after his election.) - Democrats backed out of attending an award ceremony from a criminal justice reform organization when they found out Trump won the award. - The famous ''Muslim ban'' excluded 87 percent of the world's Muslims.         - Under Trump, blue-collar workers enjoyed three-times the wage growth of the top 1-percent of households. After finishing 50 Things They Don’t Want You to Know About Trump, you’ll be stunned at the many Trump accomplishments which just aren’t reported by the powers that be. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411994 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411994]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mr. Putin: Operative in the Kremlin Author: Fiona Hill, Clifford G. Gaddy Narrator: Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 39 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the KGB to the Kremlin: a multidimensional portrait of the man at war with the West. Where do Vladimir Putin's ideas come from? How does he look at the outside world? What does he want, and how far is he willing to go? The great lesson of the outbreak of World War I in 1914 was the danger of misreading the statements, actions, and intentions of the adversary. Today, Vladimir Putin has become the greatest challenge to European security and the global world order in decades. Russia's 8,000 nuclear weapons underscore the huge risks of not understanding who Putin is. Featuring five new chapters, this new edition dispels potentially dangerous misconceptions about Putin and offers a clear-eyed look at his objectives. It presents Putin as a reflection of deeply ingrained Russian ways of thinking as well as his unique personal background and experience. Fiona Hill, Clifford G. Gaddy Tue, 18 Feb 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411994 thebookvoice.com 17:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411994]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mr. Putin: Operative in the Kremlin Author: Fiona Hill, Clifford G. Gaddy Narrator: Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 39 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the KGB to the Kremlin: a multidimensional portrait of the man at war with the West. Where do Vladimir Putin's ideas come from? How does he look at the outside world? What does he want, and how far is he willing to go? The great lesson of the outbreak of World War I in 1914 was the danger of misreading the statements, actions, and intentions of the adversary. Today, Vladimir Putin has become the greatest challenge to European security and the global world order in decades. Russia's 8,000 nuclear weapons underscore the huge risks of not understanding who Putin is. Featuring five new chapters, this new edition dispels potentially dangerous misconceptions about Putin and offers a clear-eyed look at his objectives. It presents Putin as a reflection of deeply ingrained Russian ways of thinking as well as his unique personal background and experience. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411994]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mr. Putin: Operative in the Kremlin Author: Fiona Hill, Clifford G. Gaddy Narrator: Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 39 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the KGB to the Kremlin: a multidimensional portrait of the man at war with the West. Where do Vladimir Putin's ideas come from? How does he look at the outside world? What does he want, and how far is he willing to go? The great lesson of the outbreak of World War I in 1914 was the danger of misreading the statements, actions, and intentions of the adversary. Today, Vladimir Putin has become the greatest challenge to European security and the global world order in decades. Russia's 8,000 nuclear weapons underscore the huge risks of not understanding who Putin is. Featuring five new chapters, this new edition dispels potentially dangerous misconceptions about Putin and offers a clear-eyed look at his objectives. It presents Putin as a reflection of deeply ingrained Russian ways of thinking as well as his unique personal background and experience. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411787 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411787]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Russians Among Us: Sleeper Cells, Ghost Stories and the Hunt for Putin’s Agents Author: Gordon Corera Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The urgent, explosive story of Russia’s espionage efforts against the West from the Cold War to the present – including their interference in the 2016 presidential election. Like a scene from a le Carre novel or the TV drama The Americans, in the summer of 2010 a group of Russian deep cover sleeper agents were arrested. It was the culmination of a decade-long investigation, and ten people, including Anna Chapman, were swapped for four people held in Russia. At the time it was seen simply as a throwback to the Cold War. But that would prove to be a costly mistake. It was a sign that the Russian threat had never gone away and more importantly, it was shifting into a much more disruptive new phase. Today, the danger is clearer than ever following the poisoning in the UK of one of the spies who was swapped, Sergei Skripal, and the growing evidence of Russian interference in American life. In this meticulously researched and gripping, novelistic narrative, Gordon Corera uncovers the story of how Cold War spying has evolved – and indeed, is still very much with us. Russians Among Us describes for the first time the story of deep cover spies in America and the FBI agents who tracked them. In intimate and riveting detail, it reveals new information about today’s spies—as well as those trying to catch them and those trying to kill them. Gordon Corera Tue, 18 Feb 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411787 thebookvoice.com 12:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411787]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Russians Among Us: Sleeper Cells, Ghost Stories and the Hunt for Putin’s Agents Author: Gordon Corera Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The urgent, explosive story of Russia’s espionage efforts against the West from the Cold War to the present – including their interference in the 2016 presidential election. Like a scene from a le Carre novel or the TV drama The Americans, in the summer of 2010 a group of Russian deep cover sleeper agents were arrested. It was the culmination of a decade-long investigation, and ten people, including Anna Chapman, were swapped for four people held in Russia. At the time it was seen simply as a throwback to the Cold War. But that would prove to be a costly mistake. It was a sign that the Russian threat had never gone away and more importantly, it was shifting into a much more disruptive new phase. Today, the danger is clearer than ever following the poisoning in the UK of one of the spies who was swapped, Sergei Skripal, and the growing evidence of Russian interference in American life. In this meticulously researched and gripping, novelistic narrative, Gordon Corera uncovers the story of how Cold War spying has evolved – and indeed, is still very much with us. Russians Among Us describes for the first time the story of deep cover spies in America and the FBI agents who tracked them. In intimate and riveting detail, it reveals new information about today’s spies—as well as those trying to catch them and those trying to kill them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411787]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Russians Among Us: Sleeper Cells, Ghost Stories and the Hunt for Putin’s Agents Author: Gordon Corera Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The urgent, explosive story of Russia’s espionage efforts against the West from the Cold War to the present – including their interference in the 2016 presidential election. Like a scene from a le Carre novel or the TV drama The Americans, in the summer of 2010 a group of Russian deep cover sleeper agents were arrested. It was the culmination of a decade-long investigation, and ten people, including Anna Chapman, were swapped for four people held in Russia. At the time it was seen simply as a throwback to the Cold War. But that would prove to be a costly mistake. It was a sign that the Russian threat had never gone away and more importantly, it was shifting into a much more disruptive new phase. Today, the danger is clearer than ever following the poisoning in the UK of one of the spies who was swapped, Sergei Skripal, and the growing evidence of Russian interference in American life. In this meticulously researched and gripping, novelistic narrative, Gordon Corera uncovers the story of how Cold War spying has evolved – and indeed, is still very much with us. Russians Among Us describes for the first time the story of deep cover spies in America and the FBI agents who tracked them. In intimate and riveting detail, it reveals new information about today’s spies—as well as those trying to catch them and those trying to kill them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411779 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411779]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Noble Liar Author: Robin Aitken Narrator: Robin Aitken Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 26, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How and why the BBC distorts the news to promote a liberal agenda. To some, it is the voice of the nation, yet to others it has never been clearer that the BBC is in the grip of an ideology that prevents it reporting fairly on the world. Robin Aitken, who spent twenty-five years working for the BBC as a reporter and executive, argues that the Corporation needs to be reminded that what is 'fake' rather depends on where one is standing. This punchy polemic galvanises the debate over how our licence-fee money is spent and asks whether the BBC is a fair arbiter of the news, or whether it is a conduit for institutional liberal left-wing bias. “The Noble Liar is going to make a lot of people feel uncomfortable.” – CLAIRE FOX “The Noble Liar maps a world of self-obsessed and irresistibly comic liberals against whom the pendulum may already have begun to swing.” -CONSERVATIVE HOME Robin Aitken Thu, 26 Mar 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411779 thebookvoice.com 7:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411779]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Noble Liar Author: Robin Aitken Narrator: Robin Aitken Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 26, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How and why the BBC distorts the news to promote a liberal agenda. To some, it is the voice of the nation, yet to others it has never been clearer that the BBC is in the grip of an ideology that prevents it reporting fairly on the world. Robin Aitken, who spent twenty-five years working for the BBC as a reporter and executive, argues that the Corporation needs to be reminded that what is 'fake' rather depends on where one is standing. This punchy polemic galvanises the debate over how our licence-fee money is spent and asks whether the BBC is a fair arbiter of the news, or whether it is a conduit for institutional liberal left-wing bias. “The Noble Liar is going to make a lot of people feel uncomfortable.” – CLAIRE FOX “The Noble Liar maps a world of self-obsessed and irresistibly comic liberals against whom the pendulum may already have begun to swing.” -CONSERVATIVE HOME Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411779]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Noble Liar Author: Robin Aitken Narrator: Robin Aitken Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 26, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How and why the BBC distorts the news to promote a liberal agenda. To some, it is the voice of the nation, yet to others it has never been clearer that the BBC is in the grip of an ideology that prevents it reporting fairly on the world. Robin Aitken, who spent twenty-five years working for the BBC as a reporter and executive, argues that the Corporation needs to be reminded that what is 'fake' rather depends on where one is standing. This punchy polemic galvanises the debate over how our licence-fee money is spent and asks whether the BBC is a fair arbiter of the news, or whether it is a conduit for institutional liberal left-wing bias. “The Noble Liar is going to make a lot of people feel uncomfortable.” – CLAIRE FOX “The Noble Liar maps a world of self-obsessed and irresistibly comic liberals against whom the pendulum may already have begun to swing.” -CONSERVATIVE HOME https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411755 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411755]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why They Marched: Untold Stories of the Women Who Fought for the Right to Vote Author: Susan Ware Narrator: Bernadette Dunne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.64 of Total 36 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Looking beyond the national leadership of the suffrage movement, an acclaimed historian gives voice to the thousands of women from different backgrounds, races, and religions whose local passion and protest resounded throughout the land. For far too long, the history of how American women won the right to vote has been told as the tale of a few iconic leaders, all white and native-born. But Susan Ware uncovered a much broader and more diverse story waiting to be told. Why They Marched is a tribute to the many women who worked tirelessly in communities across the nation, out of the spotlight, protesting, petitioning, and insisting on their right to full citizenship. Ware tells her story through the lives of nineteen activists, most of whom have long been overlooked. We meet Mary Church Terrell, a multilingual African American woman; Rose Schneiderman, a labor activist building coalitions on New York’s Lower East Side; Claiborne Catlin, who toured the Massachusetts countryside on horseback to drum up support for the cause; Mary Johnston, an aristocratic novelist bucking the Southern ruling elite; Emmeline B. Wells, a Mormon woman in a polygamous marriage determined to make her voice heard; and others who helped harness a groundswell of popular support. We also see the many places where the suffrage movement unfolded―in church parlors, meeting rooms, and the halls of Congress, but also on college campuses and even at the top of Mount Rainier. Few corners of the United States were untouched by suffrage activism. Ware’s deeply moving stories provide a fresh account of one of the most significant moments of political mobilization in American history. The dramatic, often joyous experiences of these women resonate powerfully today, as a new generation of young women demands to be heard. Susan Ware Tue, 27 Aug 2019 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411755 thebookvoice.com 9:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411755]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why They Marched: Untold Stories of the Women Who Fought for the Right to Vote Author: Susan Ware Narrator: Bernadette Dunne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.64 of Total 36 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Looking beyond the national leadership of the suffrage movement, an acclaimed historian gives voice to the thousands of women from different backgrounds, races, and religions whose local passion and protest resounded throughout the land. For far too long, the history of how American women won the right to vote has been told as the tale of a few iconic leaders, all white and native-born. But Susan Ware uncovered a much broader and more diverse story waiting to be told. Why They Marched is a tribute to the many women who worked tirelessly in communities across the nation, out of the spotlight, protesting, petitioning, and insisting on their right to full citizenship. Ware tells her story through the lives of nineteen activists, most of whom have long been overlooked. We meet Mary Church Terrell, a multilingual African American woman; Rose Schneiderman, a labor activist building coalitions on New York’s Lower East Side; Claiborne Catlin, who toured the Massachusetts countryside on horseback to drum up support for the cause; Mary Johnston, an aristocratic novelist bucking the Southern ruling elite; Emmeline B. Wells, a Mormon woman in a polygamous marriage determined to make her voice heard; and others who helped harness a groundswell of popular support. We also see the many places where the suffrage movement unfolded―in church parlors, meeting rooms, and the halls of Congress, but also on college campuses and even at the top of Mount Rainier. Few corners of the United States were untouched by suffrage activism. Ware’s deeply moving stories provide a fresh account of one of the most significant moments of political mobilization in American history. The dramatic, often joyous experiences of these women resonate powerfully today, as a new generation of young women demands to be heard. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411755]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why They Marched: Untold Stories of the Women Who Fought for the Right to Vote Author: Susan Ware Narrator: Bernadette Dunne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.64 of Total 36 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Looking beyond the national leadership of the suffrage movement, an acclaimed historian gives voice to the thousands of women from different backgrounds, races, and religions whose local passion and protest resounded throughout the land. For far too long, the history of how American women won the right to vote has been told as the tale of a few iconic leaders, all white and native-born. But Susan Ware uncovered a much broader and more diverse story waiting to be told. Why They Marched is a tribute to the many women who worked tirelessly in communities across the nation, out of the spotlight, protesting, petitioning, and insisting on their right to full citizenship. Ware tells her story through the lives of nineteen activists, most of whom have long been overlooked. We meet Mary Church Terrell, a multilingual African American woman; Rose Schneiderman, a labor activist building coalitions on New York’s Lower East Side; Claiborne Catlin, who toured the Massachusetts countryside on horseback to drum up support for the cause; Mary Johnston, an aristocratic novelist bucking the Southern ruling elite; Emmeline B. Wells, a Mormon woman in a polygamous marriage determined to make her voice heard; and others who helped harness a groundswell of popular support. We also see the many places where the suffrage movement unfolded―in church parlors, meeting rooms, and the halls of Congress, but also on college campuses and even at the top of Mount Rainier. Few corners of the United States were untouched by suffrage activism. Ware’s deeply moving stories provide a fresh account of one of the most significant moments of political mobilization in American history. The dramatic, often joyous experiences of these women resonate powerfully today, as a new generation of young women demands to be heard. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411751 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411751]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Night in the American Village: Women in the Shadow of the US Military Bases in Okinawa Author: Akemi Johnson Narrator: Nancy Wu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A beautifully written examination of the complex relationship between the women living near the US bases in Okinawa and the servicemen who are stationed there At the southern end of the Japanese archipelago lies Okinawa, host to a vast complex of US military bases. A legacy of World War II, these bases have been a fraught issue in Japan for decades—with tensions exacerbated by the often volatile relationship between islanders and the military, especially after the brutal rape of a twelve-year-old girl by three servicemen in the 1990s. But the situation is more complex than it seems. In Night in the American Village, journalist Akemi Johnson takes readers deep into the “border towns” surrounding the bases—a world where cultural and political fault lines compel individuals, both Japanese and American, to continually renegotiate their own identities. Focusing on the women there, she follows the complex fallout of the murder of an Okinawan woman by an ex–US serviceman in 2016 and speaks to protesters, to women who date and marry American men and groups that help them when problems arise, and to Okinawans whose family members survived World War II. Thought-provoking and timely, Night in the American Village is a vivid look at the enduring wounds of US–Japanese history and the cultural and sexual politics of the American military empire. Akemi Johnson Tue, 27 Aug 2019 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411751 thebookvoice.com 11:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411751]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Night in the American Village: Women in the Shadow of the US Military Bases in Okinawa Author: Akemi Johnson Narrator: Nancy Wu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A beautifully written examination of the complex relationship between the women living near the US bases in Okinawa and the servicemen who are stationed there At the southern end of the Japanese archipelago lies Okinawa, host to a vast complex of US military bases. A legacy of World War II, these bases have been a fraught issue in Japan for decades—with tensions exacerbated by the often volatile relationship between islanders and the military, especially after the brutal rape of a twelve-year-old girl by three servicemen in the 1990s. But the situation is more complex than it seems. In Night in the American Village, journalist Akemi Johnson takes readers deep into the “border towns” surrounding the bases—a world where cultural and political fault lines compel individuals, both Japanese and American, to continually renegotiate their own identities. Focusing on the women there, she follows the complex fallout of the murder of an Okinawan woman by an ex–US serviceman in 2016 and speaks to protesters, to women who date and marry American men and groups that help them when problems arise, and to Okinawans whose family members survived World War II. Thought-provoking and timely, Night in the American Village is a vivid look at the enduring wounds of US–Japanese history and the cultural and sexual politics of the American military empire. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411751]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Night in the American Village: Women in the Shadow of the US Military Bases in Okinawa Author: Akemi Johnson Narrator: Nancy Wu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A beautifully written examination of the complex relationship between the women living near the US bases in Okinawa and the servicemen who are stationed there At the southern end of the Japanese archipelago lies Okinawa, host to a vast complex of US military bases. A legacy of World War II, these bases have been a fraught issue in Japan for decades—with tensions exacerbated by the often volatile relationship between islanders and the military, especially after the brutal rape of a twelve-year-old girl by three servicemen in the 1990s. But the situation is more complex than it seems. In Night in the American Village, journalist Akemi Johnson takes readers deep into the “border towns” surrounding the bases—a world where cultural and political fault lines compel individuals, both Japanese and American, to continually renegotiate their own identities. Focusing on the women there, she follows the complex fallout of the murder of an Okinawan woman by an ex–US serviceman in 2016 and speaks to protesters, to women who date and marry American men and groups that help them when problems arise, and to Okinawans whose family members survived World War II. Thought-provoking and timely, Night in the American Village is a vivid look at the enduring wounds of US–Japanese history and the cultural and sexual politics of the American military empire. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411698 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411698]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Robert's Rules of Order Newly Revised In Brief, 3rd edition Author: Thomas J Balch, Daniel H Honemann, Shmuel Gerber, Daniel E. Seabold, Henry M. Robert Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 13, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A short, concise and user-friendly guide to the essential procedures of conducting a meeting, written by the authors of Robert's Rules of Order Newly Revised, the only authorized edition of the classic work on parliamentary procedure Originally published in 1876, General Henry M. Robert's guide to smooth, orderly, and fairly conducted meetings has sold over six million copies in eleven editions. Robert's Rules of Order is the book on parliamentary proceedings, yet those not well versed on what has now become a rather thick document can find themselves lost-and delayed-while trying to locate the most important rules. The solution? Robert's Rules of Order Newly Revised in Brief. Written by the same authorship team behind the officially sanctioned Robert's Rules of Order, this short and user-friendly edition takes readers through the rules most often needed at meetings--from debates to amendments to nominations. With sample dialogues and a guide to using the complete edition, Robert's Rules of Order Newly Revised in Brief is the essential handbook for parliamentary proceedings. Thomas J Balch, Daniel H Honemann, Shmuel Gerber, Daniel E. Seabold, Henry M. Robert Tue, 13 Sep 2022 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411698 thebookvoice.com 4:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411698]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Robert's Rules of Order Newly Revised In Brief, 3rd edition Author: Thomas J Balch, Daniel H Honemann, Shmuel Gerber, Daniel E. Seabold, Henry M. Robert Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 13, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A short, concise and user-friendly guide to the essential procedures of conducting a meeting, written by the authors of Robert's Rules of Order Newly Revised, the only authorized edition of the classic work on parliamentary procedure Originally published in 1876, General Henry M. Robert's guide to smooth, orderly, and fairly conducted meetings has sold over six million copies in eleven editions. Robert's Rules of Order is the book on parliamentary proceedings, yet those not well versed on what has now become a rather thick document can find themselves lost-and delayed-while trying to locate the most important rules. The solution? Robert's Rules of Order Newly Revised in Brief. Written by the same authorship team behind the officially sanctioned Robert's Rules of Order, this short and user-friendly edition takes readers through the rules most often needed at meetings--from debates to amendments to nominations. With sample dialogues and a guide to using the complete edition, Robert's Rules of Order Newly Revised in Brief is the essential handbook for parliamentary proceedings. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411698]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Robert's Rules of Order Newly Revised In Brief, 3rd edition Author: Thomas J Balch, Daniel H Honemann, Shmuel Gerber, Daniel E. Seabold, Henry M. Robert Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 13, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A short, concise and user-friendly guide to the essential procedures of conducting a meeting, written by the authors of Robert's Rules of Order Newly Revised, the only authorized edition of the classic work on parliamentary procedure Originally published in 1876, General Henry M. Robert's guide to smooth, orderly, and fairly conducted meetings has sold over six million copies in eleven editions. Robert's Rules of Order is the book on parliamentary proceedings, yet those not well versed on what has now become a rather thick document can find themselves lost-and delayed-while trying to locate the most important rules. The solution? Robert's Rules of Order Newly Revised in Brief. Written by the same authorship team behind the officially sanctioned Robert's Rules of Order, this short and user-friendly edition takes readers through the rules most often needed at meetings--from debates to amendments to nominations. With sample dialogues and a guide to using the complete edition, Robert's Rules of Order Newly Revised in Brief is the essential handbook for parliamentary proceedings. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411693 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411693]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Riches of This Land: The Untold, True Story of America's Middle Class Author: Jim Tankersley Narrator: Jim Tankersley, Angelo Di Loreto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 14 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A vivid character-driven narrative, fused with important new economic and political reporting and research, that busts the myths about middle class decline and points the way to its revival. For over a decade, Jim Tankersley has been on a journey to understand what the hell happened to the world's greatest middle-class success story -- the post-World-War-II boom that faded into decades of stagnation and frustration for American workers. In The Riches of This Land, Tankersley fuses the story of forgotten Americans-- struggling women and men who he met on his journey into the travails of the middle class-- with important new economic and political research, providing fresh understanding how to create a more widespread prosperity. He begins by unraveling the real mystery of the American economy since the 1970s - not where did the jobs go, but why haven't new and better ones been created to replace them. His analysis begins with the revelation that women and minorities played a far more crucial role in building the post-war middle class than today's politicians typically acknowledge, and policies that have done nothing to address the structural shifts of the American economy have enabled a privileged few to capture nearly all the benefits of America's growing prosperity. Meanwhile, the 'angry white men of Ohio' have been sold by Trump and his ilk a theory of the economy that is dangerously backward, one that pits them against immigrants, minorities, and women who should be their allies. At the culmination of his journey, Tankersley lays out specific policy prescriptions and social undertakings that can begin moving the needle in the effort to make new and better jobs appear. By fostering an economy that opens new pathways for all workers to reach their full potential -- men and women, immigrant or native-born, regardless of race -- America can once again restore the upward flow of talent that can power growth and prosperity. Jim Tankersley Tue, 11 Aug 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411693 thebookvoice.com 9:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411693]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Riches of This Land: The Untold, True Story of America's Middle Class Author: Jim Tankersley Narrator: Jim Tankersley, Angelo Di Loreto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 14 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A vivid character-driven narrative, fused with important new economic and political reporting and research, that busts the myths about middle class decline and points the way to its revival. For over a decade, Jim Tankersley has been on a journey to understand what the hell happened to the world's greatest middle-class success story -- the post-World-War-II boom that faded into decades of stagnation and frustration for American workers. In The Riches of This Land, Tankersley fuses the story of forgotten Americans-- struggling women and men who he met on his journey into the travails of the middle class-- with important new economic and political research, providing fresh understanding how to create a more widespread prosperity. He begins by unraveling the real mystery of the American economy since the 1970s - not where did the jobs go, but why haven't new and better ones been created to replace them. His analysis begins with the revelation that women and minorities played a far more crucial role in building the post-war middle class than today's politicians typically acknowledge, and policies that have done nothing to address the structural shifts of the American economy have enabled a privileged few to capture nearly all the benefits of America's growing prosperity. Meanwhile, the 'angry white men of Ohio' have been sold by Trump and his ilk a theory of the economy that is dangerously backward, one that pits them against immigrants, minorities, and women who should be their allies. At the culmination of his journey, Tankersley lays out specific policy prescriptions and social undertakings that can begin moving the needle in the effort to make new and better jobs appear. By fostering an economy that opens new pathways for all workers to reach their full potential -- men and women, immigrant or native-born, regardless of race -- America can once again restore the upward flow of talent that can power growth and prosperity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411693]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Riches of This Land: The Untold, True Story of America's Middle Class Author: Jim Tankersley Narrator: Jim Tankersley, Angelo Di Loreto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 14 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A vivid character-driven narrative, fused with important new economic and political reporting and research, that busts the myths about middle class decline and points the way to its revival. For over a decade, Jim Tankersley has been on a journey to understand what the hell happened to the world's greatest middle-class success story -- the post-World-War-II boom that faded into decades of stagnation and frustration for American workers. In The Riches of This Land, Tankersley fuses the story of forgotten Americans-- struggling women and men who he met on his journey into the travails of the middle class-- with important new economic and political research, providing fresh understanding how to create a more widespread prosperity. He begins by unraveling the real mystery of the American economy since the 1970s - not where did the jobs go, but why haven't new and better ones been created to replace them. His analysis begins with the revelation that women and minorities played a far more crucial role in building the post-war middle class than today's politicians typically acknowledge, and policies that have done nothing to address the structural shifts of the American economy have enabled a privileged few to capture nearly all the benefits of America's growing prosperity. Meanwhile, the 'angry white men of Ohio' have been sold by Trump and his ilk a theory of the economy that is dangerously backward, one that pits them against immigrants, minorities, and women who should be their allies. At the culmination of his journey, Tankersley lays out specific policy prescriptions and social undertakings that can begin moving the needle in the effort to make new and better jobs appear. By fostering an economy that opens new pathways for all workers to reach their full potential -- men and women, immigrant or native-born, regardless of race -- America can once again restore the upward flow of talent that can power growth and prosperity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411685 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Barnstorming Ohio: To Understand America Author: David Giffels Narrator: David Giffels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An on-the-ground look at the diverse challenges facing Ohio, in light of its national significance as the state that has aligned with presidential election winners more than any other -- from an award-winning author and essayist dubbed 'the Bard of Akron' (New York Times). The question of America's identity has rarely been more urgent than now, and no American place has ever been more reflective of that identity than Ohio. David Giffels, a lifelong resident of the 'bellwether' state, has spent a quarter century writing and thinking about what it means to live in what he calls 'an all-American buffet, an uncannily complete everyplace.' With Cleveland as the end of the North, Cincinnati as the beginning of the South, Youngstown as the end of the East, and Hicksville (yes, Hicksville) as the beginning of the Midwest, Ohio offers important insight into the state of the nation. As a historic 2020 presidential election approaches, Barnstorming Ohio is Giffels' account of a year on Ohio's roads, visiting people and places that offer valuable reflections of the national questions and concerns, as well as astounding electoral clairvoyance -- since 1896, Ohio has accurately chosen the winner in twenty-nine of thirty-one presidential elections, more than any other state. With lyricism and a native's keen eye, Barnstorming Ohio takes readers into the living room of a man whose life was upended just shy of retirement by General Motors' shutdown of its Lordstown assembly plant. It offers an exclusive view into the presidential campaign of Ohio Democratic hopeful Tim Ryan. It takes us into the sodden soybean fields of farmers struggling to outlast the dual punch of a protracted trade war and historic rainfall, and to an indie rock music festival in Dayton a week after a mass shooting there. We enter the otherworld of long-dormant shopping malls as Amazon transforms them into vast new fulfillment centers. On the lighter side, Giffels makes a 'beer run' into Ohio's booming craft brewing industry and revisits the legend (and the bird-nest toupee) of Jim Traficant, a larger-than-life Ohio politician whom many have called the 'proto-Trump.' In a year when Americans are seeking answers, Barnstorming Ohio offers rare and carefully nuanced access to the people who have always held them. David Giffels Tue, 25 Aug 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411685 thebookvoice.com 9:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Barnstorming Ohio: To Understand America Author: David Giffels Narrator: David Giffels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An on-the-ground look at the diverse challenges facing Ohio, in light of its national significance as the state that has aligned with presidential election winners more than any other -- from an award-winning author and essayist dubbed 'the Bard of Akron' (New York Times). The question of America's identity has rarely been more urgent than now, and no American place has ever been more reflective of that identity than Ohio. David Giffels, a lifelong resident of the 'bellwether' state, has spent a quarter century writing and thinking about what it means to live in what he calls 'an all-American buffet, an uncannily complete everyplace.' With Cleveland as the end of the North, Cincinnati as the beginning of the South, Youngstown as the end of the East, and Hicksville (yes, Hicksville) as the beginning of the Midwest, Ohio offers important insight into the state of the nation. As a historic 2020 presidential election approaches, Barnstorming Ohio is Giffels' account of a year on Ohio's roads, visiting people and places that offer valuable reflections of the national questions and concerns, as well as astounding electoral clairvoyance -- since 1896, Ohio has accurately chosen the winner in twenty-nine of thirty-one presidential elections, more than any other state. With lyricism and a native's keen eye, Barnstorming Ohio takes readers into the living room of a man whose life was upended just shy of retirement by General Motors' shutdown of its Lordstown assembly plant. It offers an exclusive view into the presidential campaign of Ohio Democratic hopeful Tim Ryan. It takes us into the sodden soybean fields of farmers struggling to outlast the dual punch of a protracted trade war and historic rainfall, and to an indie rock music festival in Dayton a week after a mass shooting there. We enter the otherworld of long-dormant shopping malls as Amazon transforms them into vast new fulfillment centers. On the lighter side, Giffels makes a 'beer run' into Ohio's booming craft brewing industry and revisits the legend (and the bird-nest toupee) of Jim Traficant, a larger-than-life Ohio politician whom many have called the 'proto-Trump.' In a year when Americans are seeking answers, Barnstorming Ohio offers rare and carefully nuanced access to the people who have always held them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Barnstorming Ohio: To Understand America Author: David Giffels Narrator: David Giffels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An on-the-ground look at the diverse challenges facing Ohio, in light of its national significance as the state that has aligned with presidential election winners more than any other -- from an award-winning author and essayist dubbed 'the Bard of Akron' (New York Times). The question of America's identity has rarely been more urgent than now, and no American place has ever been more reflective of that identity than Ohio. David Giffels, a lifelong resident of the 'bellwether' state, has spent a quarter century writing and thinking about what it means to live in what he calls 'an all-American buffet, an uncannily complete everyplace.' With Cleveland as the end of the North, Cincinnati as the beginning of the South, Youngstown as the end of the East, and Hicksville (yes, Hicksville) as the beginning of the Midwest, Ohio offers important insight into the state of the nation. As a historic 2020 presidential election approaches, Barnstorming Ohio is Giffels' account of a year on Ohio's roads, visiting people and places that offer valuable reflections of the national questions and concerns, as well as astounding electoral clairvoyance -- since 1896, Ohio has accurately chosen the winner in twenty-nine of thirty-one presidential elections, more than any other state. With lyricism and a native's keen eye, Barnstorming Ohio takes readers into the living room of a man whose life was upended just shy of retirement by General Motors' shutdown of its Lordstown assembly plant. It offers an exclusive view into the presidential campaign of Ohio Democratic hopeful Tim Ryan. It takes us into the sodden soybean fields of farmers struggling to outlast the dual punch of a protracted trade war and historic rainfall, and to an indie rock music festival in Dayton a week after a mass shooting there. We enter the otherworld of long-dormant shopping malls as Amazon transforms them into vast new fulfillment centers. On the lighter side, Giffels makes a 'beer run' into Ohio's booming craft brewing industry and revisits the legend (and the bird-nest toupee) of Jim Traficant, a larger-than-life Ohio politician whom many have called the 'proto-Trump.' In a year when Americans are seeking answers, Barnstorming Ohio offers rare and carefully nuanced access to the people who have always held them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411677 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America in the World: A History of U.S. Diplomacy and Foreign Policy Author: Robert B. Zoellick Narrator: Brian Troxell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: America has a long history of diplomacy–ranging from Benjamin Franklin, Alexander Hamilton, and Thomas Jefferson to Henry Kissinger, Ronald Reagan, and James Baker–now is your chance to see the impact these Americans have had on the world.  Recounting the actors and events of U.S. foreign policy, Zoellick identifies five traditions that have emerged from America's encounters with the world: the importance of North America; the special roles trading, transnational, and technological relations play in defining ties with others; changing attitudes toward alliances and ways of ordering connections among states; the need for public support, especially through Congress; and the belief that American policy should serve a larger purpose. These traditions frame a closing review of post-Cold War presidencies, which Zoellick foresees serving as guideposts for the future. Both a sweeping work of history and an insightful guide to U.S. diplomacy past and present, America in the World serves as an informative companion and practical adviser to readers seeking to understand the strategic and immediate challenges of U.S. foreign policy during an era of transformation. Robert B. Zoellick Tue, 04 Aug 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411677 thebookvoice.com 24:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America in the World: A History of U.S. Diplomacy and Foreign Policy Author: Robert B. Zoellick Narrator: Brian Troxell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: America has a long history of diplomacy–ranging from Benjamin Franklin, Alexander Hamilton, and Thomas Jefferson to Henry Kissinger, Ronald Reagan, and James Baker–now is your chance to see the impact these Americans have had on the world.  Recounting the actors and events of U.S. foreign policy, Zoellick identifies five traditions that have emerged from America's encounters with the world: the importance of North America; the special roles trading, transnational, and technological relations play in defining ties with others; changing attitudes toward alliances and ways of ordering connections among states; the need for public support, especially through Congress; and the belief that American policy should serve a larger purpose. These traditions frame a closing review of post-Cold War presidencies, which Zoellick foresees serving as guideposts for the future. Both a sweeping work of history and an insightful guide to U.S. diplomacy past and present, America in the World serves as an informative companion and practical adviser to readers seeking to understand the strategic and immediate challenges of U.S. foreign policy during an era of transformation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America in the World: A History of U.S. Diplomacy and Foreign Policy Author: Robert B. Zoellick Narrator: Brian Troxell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: America has a long history of diplomacy–ranging from Benjamin Franklin, Alexander Hamilton, and Thomas Jefferson to Henry Kissinger, Ronald Reagan, and James Baker–now is your chance to see the impact these Americans have had on the world.  Recounting the actors and events of U.S. foreign policy, Zoellick identifies five traditions that have emerged from America's encounters with the world: the importance of North America; the special roles trading, transnational, and technological relations play in defining ties with others; changing attitudes toward alliances and ways of ordering connections among states; the need for public support, especially through Congress; and the belief that American policy should serve a larger purpose. These traditions frame a closing review of post-Cold War presidencies, which Zoellick foresees serving as guideposts for the future. Both a sweeping work of history and an insightful guide to U.S. diplomacy past and present, America in the World serves as an informative companion and practical adviser to readers seeking to understand the strategic and immediate challenges of U.S. foreign policy during an era of transformation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411654 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411654]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Diktatur der Konzerne - Wie globale Unternehmen uns schaden und die Demokratie zerstören (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Thilo Bode Narrator: Christian Brückner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: August 22, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Wie die Konzerne den Staat als Geisel nehmen und uns beherrschen Internationale Konzerne hinterziehen Steuern, schädigen die Umwelt, verstoßen gegen Menschenrechte und diktieren den Politikern die Gesetzesvorlagen. Und das oft ganz legal. Doch damit nicht genug: Sie werden immer dreister und nutzen die Freiräume und Schlupflöcher immer hemmungsloser. Thilo Bode zeigt erstmals das ganze Bild dieser neuen Diktatur der Konzerne, in deren Würgegriff wir Bürger zunehmend geraten. Anhand zahlreicher Beispiele erklärt er anschaulich die Zusammenhänge und stellt klar: Die Macht der Konzerne lässt sich brechen - wir können unsere Souveränität zurückerobern! Thilo Bode Wed, 22 Aug 2018 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411654 thebookvoice.com 7:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411654]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Diktatur der Konzerne - Wie globale Unternehmen uns schaden und die Demokratie zerstören (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Thilo Bode Narrator: Christian Brückner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: August 22, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Wie die Konzerne den Staat als Geisel nehmen und uns beherrschen Internationale Konzerne hinterziehen Steuern, schädigen die Umwelt, verstoßen gegen Menschenrechte und diktieren den Politikern die Gesetzesvorlagen. Und das oft ganz legal. Doch damit nicht genug: Sie werden immer dreister und nutzen die Freiräume und Schlupflöcher immer hemmungsloser. Thilo Bode zeigt erstmals das ganze Bild dieser neuen Diktatur der Konzerne, in deren Würgegriff wir Bürger zunehmend geraten. Anhand zahlreicher Beispiele erklärt er anschaulich die Zusammenhänge und stellt klar: Die Macht der Konzerne lässt sich brechen - wir können unsere Souveränität zurückerobern! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411654]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Diktatur der Konzerne - Wie globale Unternehmen uns schaden und die Demokratie zerstören (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Thilo Bode Narrator: Christian Brückner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: August 22, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Wie die Konzerne den Staat als Geisel nehmen und uns beherrschen Internationale Konzerne hinterziehen Steuern, schädigen die Umwelt, verstoßen gegen Menschenrechte und diktieren den Politikern die Gesetzesvorlagen. Und das oft ganz legal. Doch damit nicht genug: Sie werden immer dreister und nutzen die Freiräume und Schlupflöcher immer hemmungsloser. Thilo Bode zeigt erstmals das ganze Bild dieser neuen Diktatur der Konzerne, in deren Würgegriff wir Bürger zunehmend geraten. Anhand zahlreicher Beispiele erklärt er anschaulich die Zusammenhänge und stellt klar: Die Macht der Konzerne lässt sich brechen - wir können unsere Souveränität zurückerobern! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411080 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411080]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Islam is Not a Religion: Inside America's Fight for Religious Freedom Author: Asma T. Uddin Narrator: Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 42 minutes Release date: December 31, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Religious-liberty lawyer Asma Uddin has long considered her work defending people of all faiths to be a calling more than a job. Yet even as she seeks equal protection for Evangelicals, Sikhs, Hindus, Muslims, Native Americans, Jews, and Catholics alike, she has seen an ominous increase in attempts to criminalize Islam and exclude American Muslims from their inalienable rights. Somehow, the view that Muslims aren’t human enough for human rights or constitutional protections is moving from the fringe to the mainstream—along with the claim “Islam is not a religion.” This conceit affects all Americans because the loss of liberty for one means the loss of liberties for everyone. When Islam Is Not a Religion also looks at how faith in America is being secularized and politicized and what repercussions this has on debates about religious freedom and diversity. Woven throughout this national saga is Uddin’s own story. She combines her experience as a person of Muslim faith and her legal and philosophical appreciation that all individuals have a right to religious liberty. Uddin examines the shifting tides of American culture and outlines a way forward for individuals and communities navigating today’s culture wars. Asma T. Uddin Tue, 31 Dec 2019 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411080 thebookvoice.com 12:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411080]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Islam is Not a Religion: Inside America's Fight for Religious Freedom Author: Asma T. Uddin Narrator: Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 42 minutes Release date: December 31, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Religious-liberty lawyer Asma Uddin has long considered her work defending people of all faiths to be a calling more than a job. Yet even as she seeks equal protection for Evangelicals, Sikhs, Hindus, Muslims, Native Americans, Jews, and Catholics alike, she has seen an ominous increase in attempts to criminalize Islam and exclude American Muslims from their inalienable rights. Somehow, the view that Muslims aren’t human enough for human rights or constitutional protections is moving from the fringe to the mainstream—along with the claim “Islam is not a religion.” This conceit affects all Americans because the loss of liberty for one means the loss of liberties for everyone. When Islam Is Not a Religion also looks at how faith in America is being secularized and politicized and what repercussions this has on debates about religious freedom and diversity. Woven throughout this national saga is Uddin’s own story. She combines her experience as a person of Muslim faith and her legal and philosophical appreciation that all individuals have a right to religious liberty. Uddin examines the shifting tides of American culture and outlines a way forward for individuals and communities navigating today’s culture wars. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411080]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Islam is Not a Religion: Inside America's Fight for Religious Freedom Author: Asma T. Uddin Narrator: Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 42 minutes Release date: December 31, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Religious-liberty lawyer Asma Uddin has long considered her work defending people of all faiths to be a calling more than a job. Yet even as she seeks equal protection for Evangelicals, Sikhs, Hindus, Muslims, Native Americans, Jews, and Catholics alike, she has seen an ominous increase in attempts to criminalize Islam and exclude American Muslims from their inalienable rights. Somehow, the view that Muslims aren’t human enough for human rights or constitutional protections is moving from the fringe to the mainstream—along with the claim “Islam is not a religion.” This conceit affects all Americans because the loss of liberty for one means the loss of liberties for everyone. When Islam Is Not a Religion also looks at how faith in America is being secularized and politicized and what repercussions this has on debates about religious freedom and diversity. Woven throughout this national saga is Uddin’s own story. She combines her experience as a person of Muslim faith and her legal and philosophical appreciation that all individuals have a right to religious liberty. Uddin examines the shifting tides of American culture and outlines a way forward for individuals and communities navigating today’s culture wars. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410959 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410959]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Expendables: How the Middle Class Got Screwed By Globalization Author: Jeff Rubin Narrator: Jeff Rubin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the #1 bestselling author of Why Your World Is About to Get A Whole Lot Smaller, a provocative, far-reaching account of how the middle class got stuck with the bill for globalization, and how the blowback—from Brexit to Trump to populist Europe—will change the developed world. Real wages in North America have not risen since the 1970s. Union membership has collapsed. Full-time employment is beginning to look like a quaint idea from the distant past. If it seems that the middle class is in retreat around the developed world, it is.      Former CIBC World Markets Chief Economist Jeff Rubin argues that all this was foreseeable back when Canada, the United States and Mexico first started talking free trade. Labour argued then that manufacturing jobs would move to Mexico. Free-trade advocates disagreed. Today, Canadian and American factories sit idle. More steel is used to make bottlecaps than cars. Meanwhile, Mexico has become one of the world's biggest automotive exporters. And it's not just NAFTA. Cheap oil, low interest rates, global deregulation and tax policies that benefit the rich all have the same effect: the erosion of the middle class.      Growing global inequality is a problem of our own making, Rubin argues. And solving it won't be easy if we draw on the same ideas about capital and labour, right and left, that led us to this cliff. Articulating a vision that dovetails with the ideas of both Naomi Klein and Donald Trump, The Expendables is an exhilaratingly fresh perspective that is at once humane and irascible, fearless and rigorous, and most importantly, timely. GDP is growing, the stock market is up and unemployment is down, but the surprise of the book is that even the good news is good for only one percent of us. Jeff Rubin Tue, 18 Aug 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410959 thebookvoice.com 10:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410959]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Expendables: How the Middle Class Got Screwed By Globalization Author: Jeff Rubin Narrator: Jeff Rubin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the #1 bestselling author of Why Your World Is About to Get A Whole Lot Smaller, a provocative, far-reaching account of how the middle class got stuck with the bill for globalization, and how the blowback—from Brexit to Trump to populist Europe—will change the developed world. Real wages in North America have not risen since the 1970s. Union membership has collapsed. Full-time employment is beginning to look like a quaint idea from the distant past. If it seems that the middle class is in retreat around the developed world, it is.      Former CIBC World Markets Chief Economist Jeff Rubin argues that all this was foreseeable back when Canada, the United States and Mexico first started talking free trade. Labour argued then that manufacturing jobs would move to Mexico. Free-trade advocates disagreed. Today, Canadian and American factories sit idle. More steel is used to make bottlecaps than cars. Meanwhile, Mexico has become one of the world's biggest automotive exporters. And it's not just NAFTA. Cheap oil, low interest rates, global deregulation and tax policies that benefit the rich all have the same effect: the erosion of the middle class.      Growing global inequality is a problem of our own making, Rubin argues. And solving it won't be easy if we draw on the same ideas about capital and labour, right and left, that led us to this cliff. Articulating a vision that dovetails with the ideas of both Naomi Klein and Donald Trump, The Expendables is an exhilaratingly fresh perspective that is at once humane and irascible, fearless and rigorous, and most importantly, timely. GDP is growing, the stock market is up and unemployment is down, but the surprise of the book is that even the good news is good for only one percent of us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410959]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Expendables: How the Middle Class Got Screwed By Globalization Author: Jeff Rubin Narrator: Jeff Rubin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the #1 bestselling author of Why Your World Is About to Get A Whole Lot Smaller, a provocative, far-reaching account of how the middle class got stuck with the bill for globalization, and how the blowback—from Brexit to Trump to populist Europe—will change the developed world. Real wages in North America have not risen since the 1970s. Union membership has collapsed. Full-time employment is beginning to look like a quaint idea from the distant past. If it seems that the middle class is in retreat around the developed world, it is.      Former CIBC World Markets Chief Economist Jeff Rubin argues that all this was foreseeable back when Canada, the United States and Mexico first started talking free trade. Labour argued then that manufacturing jobs would move to Mexico. Free-trade advocates disagreed. Today, Canadian and American factories sit idle. More steel is used to make bottlecaps than cars. Meanwhile, Mexico has become one of the world's biggest automotive exporters. And it's not just NAFTA. Cheap oil, low interest rates, global deregulation and tax policies that benefit the rich all have the same effect: the erosion of the middle class.      Growing global inequality is a problem of our own making, Rubin argues. And solving it won't be easy if we draw on the same ideas about capital and labour, right and left, that led us to this cliff. Articulating a vision that dovetails with the ideas of both Naomi Klein and Donald Trump, The Expendables is an exhilaratingly fresh perspective that is at once humane and irascible, fearless and rigorous, and most importantly, timely. GDP is growing, the stock market is up and unemployment is down, but the surprise of the book is that even the good news is good for only one percent of us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410947 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Metropolis: A History of Humankind’s Greatest Invention Author: Ben Wilson Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A dazzling, globe-spanning history of humankind's greatest invention: the city. From its earliest incarnations 7,000 years ago to the megalopolises of today, the story of the city is the story of civilisation. Although cities have only ever been inhabited by a tiny minority of humanity, the heat they generate has sparked most of our political, social, commercial, scientific and artistic revolutions. It is these world-changing, epoch-defining moments that are the focus of Ben Wilson's book, as he takes us on a thrilling global tour of the key metropolises of history, from Urk, Athens, Alexandria and Rome, to Baghdad, Lübeck and Venice, to Lisbon, Amsterdam, London, Paris, New York, LA, Shanghai and Lagos. Managing and re-imagining the city is already one of the most pressing issues of the twenty-first century. With over half the world's population now living in cities, and with the cosmopolitanism of the major world metropolises under attack from revived nationalism and hostility to globalisation, it has never been more important to understand cities and the role they have played in making us who we are. Rich with individual characters, scenes and snapshots of daily life, Metropolis combines scholarship and storytelling in a terrifically engaging, stylishly written history of the world through an urban lens. © Ben Wilson 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Ben Wilson Thu, 24 Sep 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410947 thebookvoice.com 17:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Metropolis: A History of Humankind’s Greatest Invention Author: Ben Wilson Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A dazzling, globe-spanning history of humankind's greatest invention: the city. From its earliest incarnations 7,000 years ago to the megalopolises of today, the story of the city is the story of civilisation. Although cities have only ever been inhabited by a tiny minority of humanity, the heat they generate has sparked most of our political, social, commercial, scientific and artistic revolutions. It is these world-changing, epoch-defining moments that are the focus of Ben Wilson's book, as he takes us on a thrilling global tour of the key metropolises of history, from Urk, Athens, Alexandria and Rome, to Baghdad, Lübeck and Venice, to Lisbon, Amsterdam, London, Paris, New York, LA, Shanghai and Lagos. Managing and re-imagining the city is already one of the most pressing issues of the twenty-first century. With over half the world's population now living in cities, and with the cosmopolitanism of the major world metropolises under attack from revived nationalism and hostility to globalisation, it has never been more important to understand cities and the role they have played in making us who we are. Rich with individual characters, scenes and snapshots of daily life, Metropolis combines scholarship and storytelling in a terrifically engaging, stylishly written history of the world through an urban lens. © Ben Wilson 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Metropolis: A History of Humankind’s Greatest Invention Author: Ben Wilson Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A dazzling, globe-spanning history of humankind's greatest invention: the city. From its earliest incarnations 7,000 years ago to the megalopolises of today, the story of the city is the story of civilisation. Although cities have only ever been inhabited by a tiny minority of humanity, the heat they generate has sparked most of our political, social, commercial, scientific and artistic revolutions. It is these world-changing, epoch-defining moments that are the focus of Ben Wilson's book, as he takes us on a thrilling global tour of the key metropolises of history, from Urk, Athens, Alexandria and Rome, to Baghdad, Lübeck and Venice, to Lisbon, Amsterdam, London, Paris, New York, LA, Shanghai and Lagos. Managing and re-imagining the city is already one of the most pressing issues of the twenty-first century. With over half the world's population now living in cities, and with the cosmopolitanism of the major world metropolises under attack from revived nationalism and hostility to globalisation, it has never been more important to understand cities and the role they have played in making us who we are. Rich with individual characters, scenes and snapshots of daily life, Metropolis combines scholarship and storytelling in a terrifically engaging, stylishly written history of the world through an urban lens. © Ben Wilson 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410942 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410942]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The SS Officer's Armchair: In Search of a Hidden Life Author: Daniel Lee Narrator: Alex Wyndham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 1, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. It began with an armchair. It began with the surprise discovery of a stash of personal documents covered in swastikas sewn into its cushion. The SS Officer’s Armchair is the story of what happened next, as Daniel Lee follows the trail of cold calls, documents, coincidences and family secrets, to uncover the life of one Dr Robert Griesinger from Stuttgart. Who was he? What had his life been – and how had it ended? Lee reveals the strange life of a man whose ambition propelled him to become part of the Nazi machinery of terror. He discovers his unexpected ancestral roots, untold stories of SS life and family fragmentation. As Lee delves deeper, Griesinger’s responsibility as an active participant in Nazi crimes becomes clearer. Dr Robert Griesinger’s name is not infamous. But to understand the inner workings of the Third Reich, we need to know not just its leaders, but the ordinary Nazis who made up its ranks. Revealing how Griesinger’s choices reverberate into present-day Germany, and among descendants of perpetrators, Lee raises potent questions about blame, manipulation and responsibility. A historical detective story and a gripping account of one historian’s hunt for answers, The SS Officer’s Armchair is at once a unique addition to our understanding of Nazi Germany and a chilling reminder of how such regimes are made not by monsters, but by ordinary people. ©Daniel Lee 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Daniel Lee Thu, 01 Oct 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410942 thebookvoice.com 8:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410942]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The SS Officer's Armchair: In Search of a Hidden Life Author: Daniel Lee Narrator: Alex Wyndham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 1, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. It began with an armchair. It began with the surprise discovery of a stash of personal documents covered in swastikas sewn into its cushion. The SS Officer’s Armchair is the story of what happened next, as Daniel Lee follows the trail of cold calls, documents, coincidences and family secrets, to uncover the life of one Dr Robert Griesinger from Stuttgart. Who was he? What had his life been – and how had it ended? Lee reveals the strange life of a man whose ambition propelled him to become part of the Nazi machinery of terror. He discovers his unexpected ancestral roots, untold stories of SS life and family fragmentation. As Lee delves deeper, Griesinger’s responsibility as an active participant in Nazi crimes becomes clearer. Dr Robert Griesinger’s name is not infamous. But to understand the inner workings of the Third Reich, we need to know not just its leaders, but the ordinary Nazis who made up its ranks. Revealing how Griesinger’s choices reverberate into present-day Germany, and among descendants of perpetrators, Lee raises potent questions about blame, manipulation and responsibility. A historical detective story and a gripping account of one historian’s hunt for answers, The SS Officer’s Armchair is at once a unique addition to our understanding of Nazi Germany and a chilling reminder of how such regimes are made not by monsters, but by ordinary people. ©Daniel Lee 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410942]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The SS Officer's Armchair: In Search of a Hidden Life Author: Daniel Lee Narrator: Alex Wyndham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 1, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. It began with an armchair. It began with the surprise discovery of a stash of personal documents covered in swastikas sewn into its cushion. The SS Officer’s Armchair is the story of what happened next, as Daniel Lee follows the trail of cold calls, documents, coincidences and family secrets, to uncover the life of one Dr Robert Griesinger from Stuttgart. Who was he? What had his life been – and how had it ended? Lee reveals the strange life of a man whose ambition propelled him to become part of the Nazi machinery of terror. He discovers his unexpected ancestral roots, untold stories of SS life and family fragmentation. As Lee delves deeper, Griesinger’s responsibility as an active participant in Nazi crimes becomes clearer. Dr Robert Griesinger’s name is not infamous. But to understand the inner workings of the Third Reich, we need to know not just its leaders, but the ordinary Nazis who made up its ranks. Revealing how Griesinger’s choices reverberate into present-day Germany, and among descendants of perpetrators, Lee raises potent questions about blame, manipulation and responsibility. A historical detective story and a gripping account of one historian’s hunt for answers, The SS Officer’s Armchair is at once a unique addition to our understanding of Nazi Germany and a chilling reminder of how such regimes are made not by monsters, but by ordinary people. ©Daniel Lee 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410781 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410781]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Useful Enemies: Islam and The Ottoman Empire in Western Political Thought, 1450-1750 Author: Noel Malcolm Narrator: Michael Page Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the fall of Constantinople in 1453 until the eighteenth century, many Western European writers viewed the Ottoman Empire with almost obsessive interest. Typically they reacted to it with fear and distrust; and such feelings were reinforced by the deep hostility of Western Christendom towards Islam. Yet there was also much curiosity about the social and political system on which the huge power of the sultans was based. In the sixteenth century, especially, when Ottoman territorial expansion was rapid and Ottoman institutions seemed particularly robust, there was even open admiration. In this path-breaking book Noel Malcolm ranges through these vital centuries of East-West interaction, studying all the ways in which thinkers in the West interpreted the Ottoman Empire as a political phenomenon—and Islam as a political religion. Examining the works of many famous thinkers (including Machiavelli, Bodin, and Montesquieu) and many less well-known ones, Useful Enemies illuminates the long-term development of Western ideas about the Ottomans, and about Islam. Malcolm shows how these ideas became intertwined with internal Western debates about power, religion, society, and war. Noel Malcolm Tue, 21 Apr 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410781 thebookvoice.com 16:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410781]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Useful Enemies: Islam and The Ottoman Empire in Western Political Thought, 1450-1750 Author: Noel Malcolm Narrator: Michael Page Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the fall of Constantinople in 1453 until the eighteenth century, many Western European writers viewed the Ottoman Empire with almost obsessive interest. Typically they reacted to it with fear and distrust; and such feelings were reinforced by the deep hostility of Western Christendom towards Islam. Yet there was also much curiosity about the social and political system on which the huge power of the sultans was based. In the sixteenth century, especially, when Ottoman territorial expansion was rapid and Ottoman institutions seemed particularly robust, there was even open admiration. In this path-breaking book Noel Malcolm ranges through these vital centuries of East-West interaction, studying all the ways in which thinkers in the West interpreted the Ottoman Empire as a political phenomenon—and Islam as a political religion. Examining the works of many famous thinkers (including Machiavelli, Bodin, and Montesquieu) and many less well-known ones, Useful Enemies illuminates the long-term development of Western ideas about the Ottomans, and about Islam. Malcolm shows how these ideas became intertwined with internal Western debates about power, religion, society, and war. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410781]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Useful Enemies: Islam and The Ottoman Empire in Western Political Thought, 1450-1750 Author: Noel Malcolm Narrator: Michael Page Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the fall of Constantinople in 1453 until the eighteenth century, many Western European writers viewed the Ottoman Empire with almost obsessive interest. Typically they reacted to it with fear and distrust; and such feelings were reinforced by the deep hostility of Western Christendom towards Islam. Yet there was also much curiosity about the social and political system on which the huge power of the sultans was based. In the sixteenth century, especially, when Ottoman territorial expansion was rapid and Ottoman institutions seemed particularly robust, there was even open admiration. In this path-breaking book Noel Malcolm ranges through these vital centuries of East-West interaction, studying all the ways in which thinkers in the West interpreted the Ottoman Empire as a political phenomenon—and Islam as a political religion. Examining the works of many famous thinkers (including Machiavelli, Bodin, and Montesquieu) and many less well-known ones, Useful Enemies illuminates the long-term development of Western ideas about the Ottomans, and about Islam. Malcolm shows how these ideas became intertwined with internal Western debates about power, religion, society, and war. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410676 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410676]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Live Free Or Die: America (and the World) on the Brink Author: Sean Hannity Narrator: Sean Hannity Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.77 of Total 106 Ratings of Narrator: 4.05 of Total 21 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER America’s top-rated cable news host offers his first book in over ten years: a look at America’s fight against those who would reverse our tradition of freedom. America is great for a reason. Built on principles of freedom, rugged individualism, and self-sufficiency, no country has ever accumulated more power and wealth, abused it less, or used that power more to advance the human condition. And yet, as America blossomed, leftwing radicalism and resentment festered beneath the surface, threatening to undermine democracy in the form of social justice warriors, the deep state, and compromised institutions like academia and the mainstream media. With the Democratic victory in 2020, we are now at risk for a big step toward full-blown socialism along with the economic dysfunction and social strife that are its hallmarks. With radical Democrats demanding the Green New Deal, socialized medicine, abortion on demand, open borders, abolishing the Electoral College, packing the Supreme Court, and an end to free speech, our great nation will be fundamentally transformed beyond recognition. Ronald Reagan once said, “Freedom is but one generation away from extinction,” and his words have never rung truer. In Live Free or Die, Sean demonstrates why now is an All Hands on Deck moment to save the Republic. Sean Hannity Tue, 04 Aug 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410676 thebookvoice.com 11:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410676]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Live Free Or Die: America (and the World) on the Brink Author: Sean Hannity Narrator: Sean Hannity Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.77 of Total 106 Ratings of Narrator: 4.05 of Total 21 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER America’s top-rated cable news host offers his first book in over ten years: a look at America’s fight against those who would reverse our tradition of freedom. America is great for a reason. Built on principles of freedom, rugged individualism, and self-sufficiency, no country has ever accumulated more power and wealth, abused it less, or used that power more to advance the human condition. And yet, as America blossomed, leftwing radicalism and resentment festered beneath the surface, threatening to undermine democracy in the form of social justice warriors, the deep state, and compromised institutions like academia and the mainstream media. With the Democratic victory in 2020, we are now at risk for a big step toward full-blown socialism along with the economic dysfunction and social strife that are its hallmarks. With radical Democrats demanding the Green New Deal, socialized medicine, abortion on demand, open borders, abolishing the Electoral College, packing the Supreme Court, and an end to free speech, our great nation will be fundamentally transformed beyond recognition. Ronald Reagan once said, “Freedom is but one generation away from extinction,” and his words have never rung truer. In Live Free or Die, Sean demonstrates why now is an All Hands on Deck moment to save the Republic. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410676]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Live Free Or Die: America (and the World) on the Brink Author: Sean Hannity Narrator: Sean Hannity Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.77 of Total 106 Ratings of Narrator: 4.05 of Total 21 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER America’s top-rated cable news host offers his first book in over ten years: a look at America’s fight against those who would reverse our tradition of freedom. America is great for a reason. Built on principles of freedom, rugged individualism, and self-sufficiency, no country has ever accumulated more power and wealth, abused it less, or used that power more to advance the human condition. And yet, as America blossomed, leftwing radicalism and resentment festered beneath the surface, threatening to undermine democracy in the form of social justice warriors, the deep state, and compromised institutions like academia and the mainstream media. With the Democratic victory in 2020, we are now at risk for a big step toward full-blown socialism along with the economic dysfunction and social strife that are its hallmarks. With radical Democrats demanding the Green New Deal, socialized medicine, abortion on demand, open borders, abolishing the Electoral College, packing the Supreme Court, and an end to free speech, our great nation will be fundamentally transformed beyond recognition. Ronald Reagan once said, “Freedom is but one generation away from extinction,” and his words have never rung truer. In Live Free or Die, Sean demonstrates why now is an All Hands on Deck moment to save the Republic. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410642 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unfree Speech: The Threat to Global Democracy and Why We Must Act, Now Author: Joshua Wong, Jason Y. Ng Narrator: Dexter Galang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. - Introduction by Ai Weiwei - An urgent manifesto for global democracy from the leading 23-year-old Hong Kong activist - Nobel Peace Prize nominee and TIME, Forbes and Fortune world leader. At what point do you stand up to power? Age 14, Joshua Wong made history. While the adults stayed silent, Joshua staged the first ever student protest in Hong Kong to oppose National Education – and won. Since then Joshua founded Demosisto, led the Umbrella Revolution and spearheaded the Extradition Bill protests, which have seen an estimated 2 million people – more than a quarter of the population – take to Hong Kong’s streets. His actions have sparked worldwide attention, a Nobel Peace Prize nomination and over 100 days in jail. In Unfree Speech, Joshua tells his story for the first time. Composed in three parts, Joshua chronicles his path to politics, collects the letters he wrote as a political prisoner under the Chinese state, and closes with a powerful and urgent call for all of us around the world to defend our democratic rights. Hong Kong is the canary in the coal mine. When we stay silent, no-one is safe: when we free our speech, they can’t stop all of us. © Jason Y. Ng and Joshua Wong 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Joshua Wong, Jason Y. Ng Thu, 06 Feb 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410642 thebookvoice.com 5:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unfree Speech: The Threat to Global Democracy and Why We Must Act, Now Author: Joshua Wong, Jason Y. Ng Narrator: Dexter Galang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. - Introduction by Ai Weiwei - An urgent manifesto for global democracy from the leading 23-year-old Hong Kong activist - Nobel Peace Prize nominee and TIME, Forbes and Fortune world leader. At what point do you stand up to power? Age 14, Joshua Wong made history. While the adults stayed silent, Joshua staged the first ever student protest in Hong Kong to oppose National Education – and won. Since then Joshua founded Demosisto, led the Umbrella Revolution and spearheaded the Extradition Bill protests, which have seen an estimated 2 million people – more than a quarter of the population – take to Hong Kong’s streets. His actions have sparked worldwide attention, a Nobel Peace Prize nomination and over 100 days in jail. In Unfree Speech, Joshua tells his story for the first time. Composed in three parts, Joshua chronicles his path to politics, collects the letters he wrote as a political prisoner under the Chinese state, and closes with a powerful and urgent call for all of us around the world to defend our democratic rights. Hong Kong is the canary in the coal mine. When we stay silent, no-one is safe: when we free our speech, they can’t stop all of us. © Jason Y. Ng and Joshua Wong 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unfree Speech: The Threat to Global Democracy and Why We Must Act, Now Author: Joshua Wong, Jason Y. Ng Narrator: Dexter Galang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. - Introduction by Ai Weiwei - An urgent manifesto for global democracy from the leading 23-year-old Hong Kong activist - Nobel Peace Prize nominee and TIME, Forbes and Fortune world leader. At what point do you stand up to power? Age 14, Joshua Wong made history. While the adults stayed silent, Joshua staged the first ever student protest in Hong Kong to oppose National Education – and won. Since then Joshua founded Demosisto, led the Umbrella Revolution and spearheaded the Extradition Bill protests, which have seen an estimated 2 million people – more than a quarter of the population – take to Hong Kong’s streets. His actions have sparked worldwide attention, a Nobel Peace Prize nomination and over 100 days in jail. In Unfree Speech, Joshua tells his story for the first time. Composed in three parts, Joshua chronicles his path to politics, collects the letters he wrote as a political prisoner under the Chinese state, and closes with a powerful and urgent call for all of us around the world to defend our democratic rights. Hong Kong is the canary in the coal mine. When we stay silent, no-one is safe: when we free our speech, they can’t stop all of us. © Jason Y. Ng and Joshua Wong 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410587 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410587]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El naufragio de México: 16 ensayos sobre el futuro del país Author: Francisco Martín Moreno Narrator: Adrian Ogazón Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: November 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Las decisiones gubernamentales tomadas los últimos meses han hecho saltar las alarmas. Los avances que México ha tenido -insuficientes, pero innegables- pueden desvanecerse a un altísimo costo y en un cortísimo plazo. La definición de una política energética basada en premisas inexactas; el vapuleo a la ciencia y a los científicos; los recortes a mansalva no para ahorrar recursos públicos, sino para fortalecer un perverso gasto clientelar orientado a debilitar nuestra democracia; el estrangulamiento del sistema de salud; la supresión de programas sociales; la alianza suicida con la cnte y la revocación de la reforma educativa; la expansión de la criminalidad y de la delincuencia organizada; el rechazo a la construcción de un Estado de Derecho; el desafío a las calificadoras internacionales de riesgos; la descalificación de los opositores y el desprecio a la prensa crítica; el voluntarismo al combatir la corrupción; la banalización de los procesos democráticos y la erosión de las instituciones son fenómenos que exigen un análisis inmediato, sistemático y riguroso. En esta obra, coordinada por el escritor Francisco Martín Moreno, un nutrido grupo de analistas de primer nivel disecciona las medidas que ha tomado Andrés Manuel López Obrador como presidente de la República, calibra las consecuencias de esas decisiones y presenta las posibilidades que tiene México para evitar un naufragio de consecuencias imprevisibles. Ofrece, en fin, el mejor ejercicio que puede hacer un ciudadano: enriquecer el debate público con datos confirmados y reflexiones honestas. 16 ensayos sobre el futuro del país escritos por: María Amparo Casar, Carlos Bravo Regidor, José Ramón Cossío Díaz, Alexandra Délano, Alonso Julieta Fierro, Julio Frenk, Octavio Gómez Dantés, Alejandro Hope, Edna Jaime, Carlos Elizondo Mayer-Serra, Julio A. Millán Bojalil, Ignacio R. Morales Lechuga, Gabriel Quadri De La Torre, Federico Reyes Heroles, Macario Schettino, Jorge Suárez Vélez , Jaime Alberto Tovar Villegas y Alfonso Zárate. Francisco Martín Moreno Fri, 29 Nov 2019 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410587 thebookvoice.com 8:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410587]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El naufragio de México: 16 ensayos sobre el futuro del país Author: Francisco Martín Moreno Narrator: Adrian Ogazón Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: November 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Las decisiones gubernamentales tomadas los últimos meses han hecho saltar las alarmas. Los avances que México ha tenido -insuficientes, pero innegables- pueden desvanecerse a un altísimo costo y en un cortísimo plazo. La definición de una política energética basada en premisas inexactas; el vapuleo a la ciencia y a los científicos; los recortes a mansalva no para ahorrar recursos públicos, sino para fortalecer un perverso gasto clientelar orientado a debilitar nuestra democracia; el estrangulamiento del sistema de salud; la supresión de programas sociales; la alianza suicida con la cnte y la revocación de la reforma educativa; la expansión de la criminalidad y de la delincuencia organizada; el rechazo a la construcción de un Estado de Derecho; el desafío a las calificadoras internacionales de riesgos; la descalificación de los opositores y el desprecio a la prensa crítica; el voluntarismo al combatir la corrupción; la banalización de los procesos democráticos y la erosión de las instituciones son fenómenos que exigen un análisis inmediato, sistemático y riguroso. En esta obra, coordinada por el escritor Francisco Martín Moreno, un nutrido grupo de analistas de primer nivel disecciona las medidas que ha tomado Andrés Manuel López Obrador como presidente de la República, calibra las consecuencias de esas decisiones y presenta las posibilidades que tiene México para evitar un naufragio de consecuencias imprevisibles. Ofrece, en fin, el mejor ejercicio que puede hacer un ciudadano: enriquecer el debate público con datos confirmados y reflexiones honestas. 16 ensayos sobre el futuro del país escritos por: María Amparo Casar, Carlos Bravo Regidor, José Ramón Cossío Díaz, Alexandra Délano, Alonso Julieta Fierro, Julio Frenk, Octavio Gómez Dantés, Alejandro Hope, Edna Jaime, Carlos Elizondo Mayer-Serra, Julio A. Millán Bojalil, Ignacio R. Morales Lechuga, Gabriel Quadri De La Torre, Federico Reyes Heroles, Macario Schettino, Jorge Suárez Vélez , Jaime Alberto Tovar Villegas y Alfonso Zárate. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410587]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El naufragio de México: 16 ensayos sobre el futuro del país Author: Francisco Martín Moreno Narrator: Adrian Ogazón Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: November 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Las decisiones gubernamentales tomadas los últimos meses han hecho saltar las alarmas. Los avances que México ha tenido -insuficientes, pero innegables- pueden desvanecerse a un altísimo costo y en un cortísimo plazo. La definición de una política energética basada en premisas inexactas; el vapuleo a la ciencia y a los científicos; los recortes a mansalva no para ahorrar recursos públicos, sino para fortalecer un perverso gasto clientelar orientado a debilitar nuestra democracia; el estrangulamiento del sistema de salud; la supresión de programas sociales; la alianza suicida con la cnte y la revocación de la reforma educativa; la expansión de la criminalidad y de la delincuencia organizada; el rechazo a la construcción de un Estado de Derecho; el desafío a las calificadoras internacionales de riesgos; la descalificación de los opositores y el desprecio a la prensa crítica; el voluntarismo al combatir la corrupción; la banalización de los procesos democráticos y la erosión de las instituciones son fenómenos que exigen un análisis inmediato, sistemático y riguroso. En esta obra, coordinada por el escritor Francisco Martín Moreno, un nutrido grupo de analistas de primer nivel disecciona las medidas que ha tomado Andrés Manuel López Obrador como presidente de la República, calibra las consecuencias de esas decisiones y presenta las posibilidades que tiene México para evitar un naufragio de consecuencias imprevisibles. Ofrece, en fin, el mejor ejercicio que puede hacer un ciudadano: enriquecer el debate público con datos confirmados y reflexiones honestas. 16 ensayos sobre el futuro del país escritos por: María Amparo Casar, Carlos Bravo Regidor, José Ramón Cossío Díaz, Alexandra Délano, Alonso Julieta Fierro, Julio Frenk, Octavio Gómez Dantés, Alejandro Hope, Edna Jaime, Carlos Elizondo Mayer-Serra, Julio A. Millán Bojalil, Ignacio R. Morales Lechuga, Gabriel Quadri De La Torre, Federico Reyes Heroles, Macario Schettino, Jorge Suárez Vélez , Jaime Alberto Tovar Villegas y Alfonso Zárate. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410564 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Climate Change and the Nation State: The Realist Case Author: Anatol Lieven Narrator: Charlie Anson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: March 5, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. In the past two centuries we have experienced wave after wave of overwhelming change. Entire continents have been resettled; there are billions more of us; the jobs done by countless people would be unrecognizable to their predecessors; scientific change has transformed us all in confusing, terrible and miraculous ways. Anatol Lieven's major new book provides the frame that has long been needed to understand how we should react to climate change. This is a vast challenge, but we have often in the past had to deal with such challenges: the industrial revolution, major wars and mass migration have seen mobilizations of human energy on the greatest scale. Just as previous generations had to face the unwanted and unpalatable, so do we. In a series of incisive, compelling interventions, Lieven shows how in this emergency our crucial building block is the nation state. The drastic action required both to change our habits and protect ourselves can be carried out not through some vague globalism but through maintaining social cohesion and through our current governmental, fiscal and military structures. This is a book which will provoke innumerable discussions. © Anatol Lieven 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Anatol Lieven Thu, 05 Mar 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410564 thebookvoice.com 6:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Climate Change and the Nation State: The Realist Case Author: Anatol Lieven Narrator: Charlie Anson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: March 5, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. In the past two centuries we have experienced wave after wave of overwhelming change. Entire continents have been resettled; there are billions more of us; the jobs done by countless people would be unrecognizable to their predecessors; scientific change has transformed us all in confusing, terrible and miraculous ways. Anatol Lieven's major new book provides the frame that has long been needed to understand how we should react to climate change. This is a vast challenge, but we have often in the past had to deal with such challenges: the industrial revolution, major wars and mass migration have seen mobilizations of human energy on the greatest scale. Just as previous generations had to face the unwanted and unpalatable, so do we. In a series of incisive, compelling interventions, Lieven shows how in this emergency our crucial building block is the nation state. The drastic action required both to change our habits and protect ourselves can be carried out not through some vague globalism but through maintaining social cohesion and through our current governmental, fiscal and military structures. This is a book which will provoke innumerable discussions. © Anatol Lieven 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Climate Change and the Nation State: The Realist Case Author: Anatol Lieven Narrator: Charlie Anson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: March 5, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. In the past two centuries we have experienced wave after wave of overwhelming change. Entire continents have been resettled; there are billions more of us; the jobs done by countless people would be unrecognizable to their predecessors; scientific change has transformed us all in confusing, terrible and miraculous ways. Anatol Lieven's major new book provides the frame that has long been needed to understand how we should react to climate change. This is a vast challenge, but we have often in the past had to deal with such challenges: the industrial revolution, major wars and mass migration have seen mobilizations of human energy on the greatest scale. Just as previous generations had to face the unwanted and unpalatable, so do we. In a series of incisive, compelling interventions, Lieven shows how in this emergency our crucial building block is the nation state. The drastic action required both to change our habits and protect ourselves can be carried out not through some vague globalism but through maintaining social cohesion and through our current governmental, fiscal and military structures. This is a book which will provoke innumerable discussions. © Anatol Lieven 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410074 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The RBG Way: The Secrets of Ruth Bader Ginsburg's Success Author: Rebecca Gibian Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 2, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Given her incredible tenure as a Supreme Court justice as well as her monumental impact on the modern women’s rights movement, Ruth Bader Ginsburg has become one of the most prominent political leaders of today. To complement her judicial significance, she has also become one of the most culturally popular political figures in US history. Not only has her workout routine gone viral (and been detailed in a book by her trainer), but RBG’s story has been featured in multiple critically acclaimed films. Organized into three parts and then broken down into more specific chapters within each part, The RBG Way offers wisdom from Justice Ginsburg, based on comments she has made on particular topics of importance. Insight is offered on subjects such as women’s rights, creating lasting partnerships, overcoming hardship, how to be brave, and how to create lasting change. Rebecca Gibian offers her seasoned journalistic perspective to shed light on beliefs that RBG holds strongly, in a manner that is both comprehensive and accessible. Rebecca Gibian Thu, 02 Jan 2014 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410074 thebookvoice.com 4:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The RBG Way: The Secrets of Ruth Bader Ginsburg's Success Author: Rebecca Gibian Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 2, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Given her incredible tenure as a Supreme Court justice as well as her monumental impact on the modern women’s rights movement, Ruth Bader Ginsburg has become one of the most prominent political leaders of today. To complement her judicial significance, she has also become one of the most culturally popular political figures in US history. Not only has her workout routine gone viral (and been detailed in a book by her trainer), but RBG’s story has been featured in multiple critically acclaimed films. Organized into three parts and then broken down into more specific chapters within each part, The RBG Way offers wisdom from Justice Ginsburg, based on comments she has made on particular topics of importance. Insight is offered on subjects such as women’s rights, creating lasting partnerships, overcoming hardship, how to be brave, and how to create lasting change. Rebecca Gibian offers her seasoned journalistic perspective to shed light on beliefs that RBG holds strongly, in a manner that is both comprehensive and accessible. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410074]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The RBG Way: The Secrets of Ruth Bader Ginsburg's Success Author: Rebecca Gibian Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 2, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Given her incredible tenure as a Supreme Court justice as well as her monumental impact on the modern women’s rights movement, Ruth Bader Ginsburg has become one of the most prominent political leaders of today. To complement her judicial significance, she has also become one of the most culturally popular political figures in US history. Not only has her workout routine gone viral (and been detailed in a book by her trainer), but RBG’s story has been featured in multiple critically acclaimed films. Organized into three parts and then broken down into more specific chapters within each part, The RBG Way offers wisdom from Justice Ginsburg, based on comments she has made on particular topics of importance. Insight is offered on subjects such as women’s rights, creating lasting partnerships, overcoming hardship, how to be brave, and how to create lasting change. Rebecca Gibian offers her seasoned journalistic perspective to shed light on beliefs that RBG holds strongly, in a manner that is both comprehensive and accessible. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410048 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410048]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blindfold: A Memoir of Capture, Torture, and Enlightenment Author: Theo Padnos Narrator: Fajer Al-Kaisi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An award-winning journalist’s extraordinary account of being kidnapped and tortured in Syria by al Qaeda for two years—a revelatory memoir about war, human nature, and endurance that’s “the best of the genre, profound, poetic, and sorrowful” (The Atlantic). In 2012, American journalist Theo Padnos, fluent in Arabic, Russian, German, and French, traveled to a Turkish border town to write and report on the Syrian civil war. One afternoon in October, while walking through an olive grove, he met three young Syrians—who turned out to be al Qaeda operatives—and they captured him and kept him prisoner for nearly two years. On his first day, in the first of many prisons, Padnos was given a blindfold—a grime-stained scrap of fabric—that was his only possession throughout his horrific ordeal. Now, Padnos recounts his time in captivity in Syria, where he was frequently tortured at the hands of the al Qaeda affiliate, Jebhat al Nusra. We learn not only about Padnos’s harrowing experience, but we also get a firsthand account of life in a Syrian village, the nature of Islamic prisons, how captors interrogate someone suspected of being CIA, the ways that Islamic fighters shift identities and drift back and forth through the veil of Western civilization, and much more. No other journalist has lived among terrorists for as long as Theo has—and survived. As a resident of thirteen separate prisons in every part of rebel-occupied Syria, Theo witnessed a society adrift amid a steady stream of bombings, executions, torture, prayer, fasting, and exhibitions, all staged by the terrorists. Living within this tide of violence changed not only his personal identity but also profoundly altered his understanding of how to live. Offering fascinating, unprecedented insight into the state of Syria today, Blindfold is “a triumph of the human spirit” (The New York Times Book Review)—combining the emotional power of a captive’s memoir with a journalist’s account of a culture and a nation in conflict that is as urgent and important as ever. Theo Padnos Tue, 16 Feb 2021 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410048 thebookvoice.com 15:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410048]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blindfold: A Memoir of Capture, Torture, and Enlightenment Author: Theo Padnos Narrator: Fajer Al-Kaisi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An award-winning journalist’s extraordinary account of being kidnapped and tortured in Syria by al Qaeda for two years—a revelatory memoir about war, human nature, and endurance that’s “the best of the genre, profound, poetic, and sorrowful” (The Atlantic). In 2012, American journalist Theo Padnos, fluent in Arabic, Russian, German, and French, traveled to a Turkish border town to write and report on the Syrian civil war. One afternoon in October, while walking through an olive grove, he met three young Syrians—who turned out to be al Qaeda operatives—and they captured him and kept him prisoner for nearly two years. On his first day, in the first of many prisons, Padnos was given a blindfold—a grime-stained scrap of fabric—that was his only possession throughout his horrific ordeal. Now, Padnos recounts his time in captivity in Syria, where he was frequently tortured at the hands of the al Qaeda affiliate, Jebhat al Nusra. We learn not only about Padnos’s harrowing experience, but we also get a firsthand account of life in a Syrian village, the nature of Islamic prisons, how captors interrogate someone suspected of being CIA, the ways that Islamic fighters shift identities and drift back and forth through the veil of Western civilization, and much more. No other journalist has lived among terrorists for as long as Theo has—and survived. As a resident of thirteen separate prisons in every part of rebel-occupied Syria, Theo witnessed a society adrift amid a steady stream of bombings, executions, torture, prayer, fasting, and exhibitions, all staged by the terrorists. Living within this tide of violence changed not only his personal identity but also profoundly altered his understanding of how to live. Offering fascinating, unprecedented insight into the state of Syria today, Blindfold is “a triumph of the human spirit” (The New York Times Book Review)—combining the emotional power of a captive’s memoir with a journalist’s account of a culture and a nation in conflict that is as urgent and important as ever. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410048]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blindfold: A Memoir of Capture, Torture, and Enlightenment Author: Theo Padnos Narrator: Fajer Al-Kaisi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An award-winning journalist’s extraordinary account of being kidnapped and tortured in Syria by al Qaeda for two years—a revelatory memoir about war, human nature, and endurance that’s “the best of the genre, profound, poetic, and sorrowful” (The Atlantic). In 2012, American journalist Theo Padnos, fluent in Arabic, Russian, German, and French, traveled to a Turkish border town to write and report on the Syrian civil war. One afternoon in October, while walking through an olive grove, he met three young Syrians—who turned out to be al Qaeda operatives—and they captured him and kept him prisoner for nearly two years. On his first day, in the first of many prisons, Padnos was given a blindfold—a grime-stained scrap of fabric—that was his only possession throughout his horrific ordeal. Now, Padnos recounts his time in captivity in Syria, where he was frequently tortured at the hands of the al Qaeda affiliate, Jebhat al Nusra. We learn not only about Padnos’s harrowing experience, but we also get a firsthand account of life in a Syrian village, the nature of Islamic prisons, how captors interrogate someone suspected of being CIA, the ways that Islamic fighters shift identities and drift back and forth through the veil of Western civilization, and much more. No other journalist has lived among terrorists for as long as Theo has—and survived. As a resident of thirteen separate prisons in every part of rebel-occupied Syria, Theo witnessed a society adrift amid a steady stream of bombings, executions, torture, prayer, fasting, and exhibitions, all staged by the terrorists. Living within this tide of violence changed not only his personal identity but also profoundly altered his understanding of how to live. Offering fascinating, unprecedented insight into the state of Syria today, Blindfold is “a triumph of the human spirit” (The New York Times Book Review)—combining the emotional power of a captive’s memoir with a journalist’s account of a culture and a nation in conflict that is as urgent and important as ever. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410019 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410019]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Union: The Struggle to Forge the Story of United States Nationhood Author: Colin Woodard Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 33 minutes Release date: June 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: By the bestselling author of American Nations, the story of how the myth of U.S. national unity was created and fought over in the nineteenth century--a myth that continues to affect us today Union tells the story of the struggle to create a national myth for the United States, one that could hold its rival regional cultures together and forge an American nationhood. On one hand, a small group of individuals--historians, political leaders, and novelists--fashioned and promoted the idea of America as nation that had a God-given mission to lead humanity toward freedom, equality, and self-government. But this emerging narrative was swiftly contested by another set of intellectuals and firebrands who argued that the United States was instead the homeland of the allegedly superior 'Anglo-Saxon' race, upon whom divine and Darwinian favor shined. Colin Woodard tells the story of the genesis and epic confrontations between these visions of our nation's path and purpose through the lives of the key figures who created them, a cast of characters whose personal quirks and virtues, gifts and demons shaped the destiny of millions. Colin Woodard Tue, 16 Jun 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410019 thebookvoice.com 13:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410019]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Union: The Struggle to Forge the Story of United States Nationhood Author: Colin Woodard Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 33 minutes Release date: June 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: By the bestselling author of American Nations, the story of how the myth of U.S. national unity was created and fought over in the nineteenth century--a myth that continues to affect us today Union tells the story of the struggle to create a national myth for the United States, one that could hold its rival regional cultures together and forge an American nationhood. On one hand, a small group of individuals--historians, political leaders, and novelists--fashioned and promoted the idea of America as nation that had a God-given mission to lead humanity toward freedom, equality, and self-government. But this emerging narrative was swiftly contested by another set of intellectuals and firebrands who argued that the United States was instead the homeland of the allegedly superior 'Anglo-Saxon' race, upon whom divine and Darwinian favor shined. Colin Woodard tells the story of the genesis and epic confrontations between these visions of our nation's path and purpose through the lives of the key figures who created them, a cast of characters whose personal quirks and virtues, gifts and demons shaped the destiny of millions. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410019]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Union: The Struggle to Forge the Story of United States Nationhood Author: Colin Woodard Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 33 minutes Release date: June 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: By the bestselling author of American Nations, the story of how the myth of U.S. national unity was created and fought over in the nineteenth century--a myth that continues to affect us today Union tells the story of the struggle to create a national myth for the United States, one that could hold its rival regional cultures together and forge an American nationhood. On one hand, a small group of individuals--historians, political leaders, and novelists--fashioned and promoted the idea of America as nation that had a God-given mission to lead humanity toward freedom, equality, and self-government. But this emerging narrative was swiftly contested by another set of intellectuals and firebrands who argued that the United States was instead the homeland of the allegedly superior 'Anglo-Saxon' race, upon whom divine and Darwinian favor shined. Colin Woodard tells the story of the genesis and epic confrontations between these visions of our nation's path and purpose through the lives of the key figures who created them, a cast of characters whose personal quirks and virtues, gifts and demons shaped the destiny of millions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409999 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409999]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: God and the State Author: Mikhail Bakunin Narrator: Glen Reed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 50 minutes Release date: November 18, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Mikhail Bakunin (1814 -1876) was a Russian revolutionary anarchist and is considered one of the most influential figures of anarchism. Bakunin's 'God and the State', an unfinished manuscript published posthumously in 1882, is a classic and influential atheist text which sets out the anarchist critique of religion as bound up in legitimising the state. The work criticises Christianity and the technocracy movement from a materialist, anarchist and individualist perspective. God and the State is one of Bakunin's best known works which has been translated into, inter alia, Czech, German, Georgian. Dutch, Italian, Spanish, Russian, Serbo-Croatian, Polish, Greek, Romanian, Turkish and Yiddish. Mikhail Bakunin Mon, 18 Nov 2019 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409999 thebookvoice.com 2:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409999]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: God and the State Author: Mikhail Bakunin Narrator: Glen Reed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 50 minutes Release date: November 18, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Mikhail Bakunin (1814 -1876) was a Russian revolutionary anarchist and is considered one of the most influential figures of anarchism. Bakunin's 'God and the State', an unfinished manuscript published posthumously in 1882, is a classic and influential atheist text which sets out the anarchist critique of religion as bound up in legitimising the state. The work criticises Christianity and the technocracy movement from a materialist, anarchist and individualist perspective. God and the State is one of Bakunin's best known works which has been translated into, inter alia, Czech, German, Georgian. Dutch, Italian, Spanish, Russian, Serbo-Croatian, Polish, Greek, Romanian, Turkish and Yiddish. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409999]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: God and the State Author: Mikhail Bakunin Narrator: Glen Reed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 50 minutes Release date: November 18, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Mikhail Bakunin (1814 -1876) was a Russian revolutionary anarchist and is considered one of the most influential figures of anarchism. Bakunin's 'God and the State', an unfinished manuscript published posthumously in 1882, is a classic and influential atheist text which sets out the anarchist critique of religion as bound up in legitimising the state. The work criticises Christianity and the technocracy movement from a materialist, anarchist and individualist perspective. God and the State is one of Bakunin's best known works which has been translated into, inter alia, Czech, German, Georgian. Dutch, Italian, Spanish, Russian, Serbo-Croatian, Polish, Greek, Romanian, Turkish and Yiddish. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409918 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409918]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jesus Politics: How to Win Back the Soul of America Author: Phil Robertson Narrator: Milton Bagby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 33 Ratings of Narrator: 4.7 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Understand the problems facing America and learn how Jesus would respond to them. New York Times bestselling author and Duck Dynasty star Phil Robertson exposes the destructive nature of American politics and calls on Christians to actively participate in advancing the Kingdom of heaven on earth. We live in a fractured country, a country in which identity politics, creeping socialist policies, toxic social media, and the vast partisan divide threaten the very fabric of America. After decades of political decay and of losing sight of our first principles, the American people are suffering from runaway debt, increased rates of depression, broken families, moral decay, and more. In Jesus Politics, Phil Robertson provides an alternate path: a radical call for Christians to use their freedoms to advance the agenda of the King and win back the divided soul of America. Exploring the problems facing our country and how Jesus would respond to each, Robertson offers a clear strategy, showing us how to do good by King Jesus, bringing the kingdom of heaven to our homes, neighborhoods, churches, communities, and country. Robertson also gives you the tools you need to apply the lessons of Jesus Politics in the voting booth and in our everyday lives, reminding us that above all, we're called to: - Love God - Love our neighbors - Do whatever it takes to bring, maintain, and protect his kingdom on earth as it is in heaven   Join Robertson as he takes a closer look at the problems facing America and shares how we can use our time, talents, resources, and votes to solve them as members of the kingdom. Explore a new way of thinking and acting, a way that protects and advances the policies of the King. And, if enough of us do, maybe we can become a nation that proclaims, 'In the King we trust.' Phil Robertson Tue, 04 Aug 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409918 thebookvoice.com 5:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409918]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jesus Politics: How to Win Back the Soul of America Author: Phil Robertson Narrator: Milton Bagby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 33 Ratings of Narrator: 4.7 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Understand the problems facing America and learn how Jesus would respond to them. New York Times bestselling author and Duck Dynasty star Phil Robertson exposes the destructive nature of American politics and calls on Christians to actively participate in advancing the Kingdom of heaven on earth. We live in a fractured country, a country in which identity politics, creeping socialist policies, toxic social media, and the vast partisan divide threaten the very fabric of America. After decades of political decay and of losing sight of our first principles, the American people are suffering from runaway debt, increased rates of depression, broken families, moral decay, and more. In Jesus Politics, Phil Robertson provides an alternate path: a radical call for Christians to use their freedoms to advance the agenda of the King and win back the divided soul of America. Exploring the problems facing our country and how Jesus would respond to each, Robertson offers a clear strategy, showing us how to do good by King Jesus, bringing the kingdom of heaven to our homes, neighborhoods, churches, communities, and country. Robertson also gives you the tools you need to apply the lessons of Jesus Politics in the voting booth and in our everyday lives, reminding us that above all, we're called to: - Love God - Love our neighbors - Do whatever it takes to bring, maintain, and protect his kingdom on earth as it is in heaven   Join Robertson as he takes a closer look at the problems facing America and shares how we can use our time, talents, resources, and votes to solve them as members of the kingdom. Explore a new way of thinking and acting, a way that protects and advances the policies of the King. And, if enough of us do, maybe we can become a nation that proclaims, 'In the King we trust.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409918]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jesus Politics: How to Win Back the Soul of America Author: Phil Robertson Narrator: Milton Bagby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 33 Ratings of Narrator: 4.7 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Understand the problems facing America and learn how Jesus would respond to them. New York Times bestselling author and Duck Dynasty star Phil Robertson exposes the destructive nature of American politics and calls on Christians to actively participate in advancing the Kingdom of heaven on earth. We live in a fractured country, a country in which identity politics, creeping socialist policies, toxic social media, and the vast partisan divide threaten the very fabric of America. After decades of political decay and of losing sight of our first principles, the American people are suffering from runaway debt, increased rates of depression, broken families, moral decay, and more. In Jesus Politics, Phil Robertson provides an alternate path: a radical call for Christians to use their freedoms to advance the agenda of the King and win back the divided soul of America. Exploring the problems facing our country and how Jesus would respond to each, Robertson offers a clear strategy, showing us how to do good by King Jesus, bringing the kingdom of heaven to our homes, neighborhoods, churches, communities, and country. Robertson also gives you the tools you need to apply the lessons of Jesus Politics in the voting booth and in our everyday lives, reminding us that above all, we're called to: - Love God - Love our neighbors - Do whatever it takes to bring, maintain, and protect his kingdom on earth as it is in heaven   Join Robertson as he takes a closer look at the problems facing America and shares how we can use our time, talents, resources, and votes to solve them as members of the kingdom. Explore a new way of thinking and acting, a way that protects and advances the policies of the King. And, if enough of us do, maybe we can become a nation that proclaims, 'In the King we trust.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409912 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409912]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Do You Kill 11 Million People?: Why the Truth Matters More Than You Think Author: Andy Andrews Narrator: Gabe Wicks, Andy Andrews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 14 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How do you get away with the murder of 11 million people? The answer is simple—and disturbing. You lie to them. Learn how you can become an informed, passionate citizen who demands honesty and integrity from your leaders in this updated and expanded edition of the original New York Times bestselling book. In this updated and expanded nonpartisan New York Times bestselling book, Andy Andrews emphasizes that seeking and discerning the truth is of critical importance, and that believing lies is the most dangerous thing you can do. You’ll be challenged to become a more careful student of the past, seeking accurate, factual accounts of events that illuminate choices our world faces now. By considering how the Nazi German regime was able to carry out over eleven million institutional killings between 1933 and 1945, Andrews advocates for an informed population that demands honesty and integrity from its leaders and from each other. This thought-provoking book poses questions like: - What happens to a society in which truth is absent? - How are we supposed to tell the difference between the “good guys' and the “bad guys”? - How does the answer to this question affect our country, families, faith, and values? - Does it matter that millions of ordinary citizens aren't participating in the decisions that shape the future of our country?  - Which is more dangerous: politicians with ill intent, or the too-trusting population that allows such people to lead them? This is a wake-up call: we must become informed, passionate citizens or suffer the consequences of our own ignorance and apathy. We can no longer measure a leader’s worth by the yardsticks provided by the left or the right. Instead, we must use an unchanging standard: the pure, unvarnished truth. Andy Andrews Tue, 17 Mar 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409912 thebookvoice.com 2:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409912]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Do You Kill 11 Million People?: Why the Truth Matters More Than You Think Author: Andy Andrews Narrator: Gabe Wicks, Andy Andrews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 14 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How do you get away with the murder of 11 million people? The answer is simple—and disturbing. You lie to them. Learn how you can become an informed, passionate citizen who demands honesty and integrity from your leaders in this updated and expanded edition of the original New York Times bestselling book. In this updated and expanded nonpartisan New York Times bestselling book, Andy Andrews emphasizes that seeking and discerning the truth is of critical importance, and that believing lies is the most dangerous thing you can do. You’ll be challenged to become a more careful student of the past, seeking accurate, factual accounts of events that illuminate choices our world faces now. By considering how the Nazi German regime was able to carry out over eleven million institutional killings between 1933 and 1945, Andrews advocates for an informed population that demands honesty and integrity from its leaders and from each other. This thought-provoking book poses questions like: - What happens to a society in which truth is absent? - How are we supposed to tell the difference between the “good guys' and the “bad guys”? - How does the answer to this question affect our country, families, faith, and values? - Does it matter that millions of ordinary citizens aren't participating in the decisions that shape the future of our country?  - Which is more dangerous: politicians with ill intent, or the too-trusting population that allows such people to lead them? This is a wake-up call: we must become informed, passionate citizens or suffer the consequences of our own ignorance and apathy. We can no longer measure a leader’s worth by the yardsticks provided by the left or the right. Instead, we must use an unchanging standard: the pure, unvarnished truth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409912]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Do You Kill 11 Million People?: Why the Truth Matters More Than You Think Author: Andy Andrews Narrator: Gabe Wicks, Andy Andrews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 14 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How do you get away with the murder of 11 million people? The answer is simple—and disturbing. You lie to them. Learn how you can become an informed, passionate citizen who demands honesty and integrity from your leaders in this updated and expanded edition of the original New York Times bestselling book. In this updated and expanded nonpartisan New York Times bestselling book, Andy Andrews emphasizes that seeking and discerning the truth is of critical importance, and that believing lies is the most dangerous thing you can do. You’ll be challenged to become a more careful student of the past, seeking accurate, factual accounts of events that illuminate choices our world faces now. By considering how the Nazi German regime was able to carry out over eleven million institutional killings between 1933 and 1945, Andrews advocates for an informed population that demands honesty and integrity from its leaders and from each other. This thought-provoking book poses questions like: - What happens to a society in which truth is absent? - How are we supposed to tell the difference between the “good guys' and the “bad guys”? - How does the answer to this question affect our country, families, faith, and values? - Does it matter that millions of ordinary citizens aren't participating in the decisions that shape the future of our country?  - Which is more dangerous: politicians with ill intent, or the too-trusting population that allows such people to lead them? This is a wake-up call: we must become informed, passionate citizens or suffer the consequences of our own ignorance and apathy. We can no longer measure a leader’s worth by the yardsticks provided by the left or the right. Instead, we must use an unchanging standard: the pure, unvarnished truth. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409878 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409878]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Traitor: A History of American Betrayal from Benedict Arnold to Donald Trump Author: David Rothkopf Narrator: Peter Ganim, David Rothkopf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Political historian and commentator David Rothkopf shows how Trump will be judged by history (Spoiler alert: not well) in Traitor. Donald Trump is unfit in almost every respect for the high office he holds. But what distinguishes him from every other bad leader the U.S. has had is that he has repeatedly, egregiously, betrayed his country. Regardless of how Senate Republicans have let him off the hook, the facts available to the public show that Trump has met every necessary standard to define his behavior as traitorous. He has clearly broken faith with the people of the country he was chosen to lead, starting long before he took office, then throughout his time in the White House. And we may not yet have seen the last of his crimes. But the story we know so far is so outrageous and disturbing that it raises a question that has never before been presented in American history: is the president of the United States the greatest threat this country faces in the world? We also need to understand how the country has historically viewed such crimes and how it has treated them in the past to place what has happened in perspective. After his examination of traitors including Benedict Arnold, Aaron Burr, and leaders of the Confederacy, David Rothkopf concludes that Donald Trump and his many abettors have committed the highest-level, greatest, most damaging betrayal in the history of the country. A Macmillan Audio production from Thomas Dunne Books David Rothkopf Tue, 27 Oct 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409878 thebookvoice.com 7:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409878]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Traitor: A History of American Betrayal from Benedict Arnold to Donald Trump Author: David Rothkopf Narrator: Peter Ganim, David Rothkopf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Political historian and commentator David Rothkopf shows how Trump will be judged by history (Spoiler alert: not well) in Traitor. Donald Trump is unfit in almost every respect for the high office he holds. But what distinguishes him from every other bad leader the U.S. has had is that he has repeatedly, egregiously, betrayed his country. Regardless of how Senate Republicans have let him off the hook, the facts available to the public show that Trump has met every necessary standard to define his behavior as traitorous. He has clearly broken faith with the people of the country he was chosen to lead, starting long before he took office, then throughout his time in the White House. And we may not yet have seen the last of his crimes. But the story we know so far is so outrageous and disturbing that it raises a question that has never before been presented in American history: is the president of the United States the greatest threat this country faces in the world? We also need to understand how the country has historically viewed such crimes and how it has treated them in the past to place what has happened in perspective. After his examination of traitors including Benedict Arnold, Aaron Burr, and leaders of the Confederacy, David Rothkopf concludes that Donald Trump and his many abettors have committed the highest-level, greatest, most damaging betrayal in the history of the country. A Macmillan Audio production from Thomas Dunne Books Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409878]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Traitor: A History of American Betrayal from Benedict Arnold to Donald Trump Author: David Rothkopf Narrator: Peter Ganim, David Rothkopf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Political historian and commentator David Rothkopf shows how Trump will be judged by history (Spoiler alert: not well) in Traitor. Donald Trump is unfit in almost every respect for the high office he holds. But what distinguishes him from every other bad leader the U.S. has had is that he has repeatedly, egregiously, betrayed his country. Regardless of how Senate Republicans have let him off the hook, the facts available to the public show that Trump has met every necessary standard to define his behavior as traitorous. He has clearly broken faith with the people of the country he was chosen to lead, starting long before he took office, then throughout his time in the White House. And we may not yet have seen the last of his crimes. But the story we know so far is so outrageous and disturbing that it raises a question that has never before been presented in American history: is the president of the United States the greatest threat this country faces in the world? We also need to understand how the country has historically viewed such crimes and how it has treated them in the past to place what has happened in perspective. After his examination of traitors including Benedict Arnold, Aaron Burr, and leaders of the Confederacy, David Rothkopf concludes that Donald Trump and his many abettors have committed the highest-level, greatest, most damaging betrayal in the history of the country. A Macmillan Audio production from Thomas Dunne Books https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409839 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409839]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cuckoo's Egg: Tracking a Spy Through the Maze of Computer Espionage Author: Cliff Stoll Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Before the Internet became widely known as a global tool for terrorists, one perceptive US citizen recognized its ominous potential. Armed with clear evidence of computer espionage, he began a highly personal quest to expose a hidden network of spies that threatened national security. But would the authorities back him up? Cliff Stoll's dramatic firsthand account is 'a computer-age detective story, instantly fascinating [and] astonishingly gripping'—Smithsonian. Cliff Stoll was an astronomer turned systems manager at Lawrence Berkeley Lab when a seventy-five cent accounting error alerted him to the presence of an unauthorized user on his system. The hacker's code name was 'Hunter'—a mysterious invader who managed to break into US computer systems and steal sensitive military and security information. Stoll began a one-man hunt of his own: spying on the spy. It was a dangerous game of deception, broken codes, satellites, and missile bases—a one-man sting operation that finally gained the attention of the CIA . . . and ultimately trapped an international spy ring fueled by cash, cocaine, and the KGB. Cliff Stoll Fri, 31 Jan 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409839 thebookvoice.com 12:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409839]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cuckoo's Egg: Tracking a Spy Through the Maze of Computer Espionage Author: Cliff Stoll Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Before the Internet became widely known as a global tool for terrorists, one perceptive US citizen recognized its ominous potential. Armed with clear evidence of computer espionage, he began a highly personal quest to expose a hidden network of spies that threatened national security. But would the authorities back him up? Cliff Stoll's dramatic firsthand account is 'a computer-age detective story, instantly fascinating [and] astonishingly gripping'—Smithsonian. Cliff Stoll was an astronomer turned systems manager at Lawrence Berkeley Lab when a seventy-five cent accounting error alerted him to the presence of an unauthorized user on his system. The hacker's code name was 'Hunter'—a mysterious invader who managed to break into US computer systems and steal sensitive military and security information. Stoll began a one-man hunt of his own: spying on the spy. It was a dangerous game of deception, broken codes, satellites, and missile bases—a one-man sting operation that finally gained the attention of the CIA . . . and ultimately trapped an international spy ring fueled by cash, cocaine, and the KGB. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409839]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cuckoo's Egg: Tracking a Spy Through the Maze of Computer Espionage Author: Cliff Stoll Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Before the Internet became widely known as a global tool for terrorists, one perceptive US citizen recognized its ominous potential. Armed with clear evidence of computer espionage, he began a highly personal quest to expose a hidden network of spies that threatened national security. But would the authorities back him up? Cliff Stoll's dramatic firsthand account is 'a computer-age detective story, instantly fascinating [and] astonishingly gripping'—Smithsonian. Cliff Stoll was an astronomer turned systems manager at Lawrence Berkeley Lab when a seventy-five cent accounting error alerted him to the presence of an unauthorized user on his system. The hacker's code name was 'Hunter'—a mysterious invader who managed to break into US computer systems and steal sensitive military and security information. Stoll began a one-man hunt of his own: spying on the spy. It was a dangerous game of deception, broken codes, satellites, and missile bases—a one-man sting operation that finally gained the attention of the CIA . . . and ultimately trapped an international spy ring fueled by cash, cocaine, and the KGB. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409830 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409830]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Iran: Everything You Need to Know, From Persia to the Islamic Republic, From Cyrus to Khamenei Author: William R. Polk Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: William R. Polk provides an informative, history of a country which is moving quickly toward becoming the dominant power and culture of the Middle East. A former member of the State Department's Policy Planning Council, Polk describes a country and a history misunderstood by many in the West. While Iranians chafe under the yolk of their current leaders, they also have bitter memories of generations of British, Russian, and American espionage, invasion, and dominance. There are important lessons to be learned from the past, and Polk teases them out of a long and rich history and shows that it is not just now, but for decades to come that an understanding of Iran will be essential to American safety and well-being. William R. Polk Tue, 11 Feb 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409830 thebookvoice.com 12:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409830]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Iran: Everything You Need to Know, From Persia to the Islamic Republic, From Cyrus to Khamenei Author: William R. Polk Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: William R. Polk provides an informative, history of a country which is moving quickly toward becoming the dominant power and culture of the Middle East. A former member of the State Department's Policy Planning Council, Polk describes a country and a history misunderstood by many in the West. While Iranians chafe under the yolk of their current leaders, they also have bitter memories of generations of British, Russian, and American espionage, invasion, and dominance. There are important lessons to be learned from the past, and Polk teases them out of a long and rich history and shows that it is not just now, but for decades to come that an understanding of Iran will be essential to American safety and well-being. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409830]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Iran: Everything You Need to Know, From Persia to the Islamic Republic, From Cyrus to Khamenei Author: William R. Polk Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: William R. Polk provides an informative, history of a country which is moving quickly toward becoming the dominant power and culture of the Middle East. A former member of the State Department's Policy Planning Council, Polk describes a country and a history misunderstood by many in the West. While Iranians chafe under the yolk of their current leaders, they also have bitter memories of generations of British, Russian, and American espionage, invasion, and dominance. There are important lessons to be learned from the past, and Polk teases them out of a long and rich history and shows that it is not just now, but for decades to come that an understanding of Iran will be essential to American safety and well-being. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409783 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409783]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trade Wars Are Class Wars: How Rising Inequality Distorts the Global Economy and Threatens International Peace Author: Michael Pettis, Matthew C. Klein Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A provocative look at how today's trade conflicts are caused by governments promoting the interests of elites at the expense of workers. Trade disputes are usually understood as conflicts between countries with competing national interests, but as Matthew C. Klein and Michael Pettis show in this book, they are often the unexpected result of domestic political choices to serve the interests of the rich at the expense of workers and ordinary retirees. Klein and Pettis trace the origins of today's trade wars to decisions made by politicians and business leaders in China, Europe, and the United States over the past thirty years. Across the world, the rich have prospered while workers can no longer afford to buy what they produce, have lost their jobs, or have been forced into higher levels of debt. In this thought-provoking challenge to mainstream views, the authors provide a cohesive narrative that shows how the class wars of rising inequality are a threat to the global economy and international peace—and what we can do about it. Michael Pettis, Matthew C. Klein Tue, 19 May 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409783 thebookvoice.com 8:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409783]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trade Wars Are Class Wars: How Rising Inequality Distorts the Global Economy and Threatens International Peace Author: Michael Pettis, Matthew C. Klein Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A provocative look at how today's trade conflicts are caused by governments promoting the interests of elites at the expense of workers. Trade disputes are usually understood as conflicts between countries with competing national interests, but as Matthew C. Klein and Michael Pettis show in this book, they are often the unexpected result of domestic political choices to serve the interests of the rich at the expense of workers and ordinary retirees. Klein and Pettis trace the origins of today's trade wars to decisions made by politicians and business leaders in China, Europe, and the United States over the past thirty years. Across the world, the rich have prospered while workers can no longer afford to buy what they produce, have lost their jobs, or have been forced into higher levels of debt. In this thought-provoking challenge to mainstream views, the authors provide a cohesive narrative that shows how the class wars of rising inequality are a threat to the global economy and international peace—and what we can do about it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409783]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trade Wars Are Class Wars: How Rising Inequality Distorts the Global Economy and Threatens International Peace Author: Michael Pettis, Matthew C. Klein Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A provocative look at how today's trade conflicts are caused by governments promoting the interests of elites at the expense of workers. Trade disputes are usually understood as conflicts between countries with competing national interests, but as Matthew C. Klein and Michael Pettis show in this book, they are often the unexpected result of domestic political choices to serve the interests of the rich at the expense of workers and ordinary retirees. Klein and Pettis trace the origins of today's trade wars to decisions made by politicians and business leaders in China, Europe, and the United States over the past thirty years. Across the world, the rich have prospered while workers can no longer afford to buy what they produce, have lost their jobs, or have been forced into higher levels of debt. In this thought-provoking challenge to mainstream views, the authors provide a cohesive narrative that shows how the class wars of rising inequality are a threat to the global economy and international peace—and what we can do about it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409736 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409736]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Spies Who Never Were: The True Story of the Nazi Spies Who Were Actually Allied Double Agents Author: Hervie Haufler Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: After the fall of France in the mid-1940s, Adolf Hitler faced a British Empire that refused to negotiate for peace. With total war looming, he ordered the Abwehr, Germany's defense and intelligence organization, to carry out Operation Lena—a program to place information-gathering spies within Britain. Quickly, a network of secret agents spread within the United Kingdom and across the British Empire. A master of disguises, a professional safecracker, a scrubwoman, a diplomat's daughter—they all reported news of the Allied defenses and strategies back to their German spymasters. One Yugoslav playboy codenamed 'Tricycle' infiltrated the highest echelon of British society and is said to have been one of Ian Fleming's models for James Bond. The stunning truth, though, was that every last one of these German spies had been captured and turned by the British. As double agents, they sent a canny mix of truth and misinformation back to Hitler, all carefully controlled by the Allies. As one British report put it: 'By means of the double agent system, we actually ran and controlled the German espionage system in this country.' Hervie Haufler Tue, 24 Mar 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409736 thebookvoice.com 8:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409736]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Spies Who Never Were: The True Story of the Nazi Spies Who Were Actually Allied Double Agents Author: Hervie Haufler Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: After the fall of France in the mid-1940s, Adolf Hitler faced a British Empire that refused to negotiate for peace. With total war looming, he ordered the Abwehr, Germany's defense and intelligence organization, to carry out Operation Lena—a program to place information-gathering spies within Britain. Quickly, a network of secret agents spread within the United Kingdom and across the British Empire. A master of disguises, a professional safecracker, a scrubwoman, a diplomat's daughter—they all reported news of the Allied defenses and strategies back to their German spymasters. One Yugoslav playboy codenamed 'Tricycle' infiltrated the highest echelon of British society and is said to have been one of Ian Fleming's models for James Bond. The stunning truth, though, was that every last one of these German spies had been captured and turned by the British. As double agents, they sent a canny mix of truth and misinformation back to Hitler, all carefully controlled by the Allies. As one British report put it: 'By means of the double agent system, we actually ran and controlled the German espionage system in this country.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409736]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Spies Who Never Were: The True Story of the Nazi Spies Who Were Actually Allied Double Agents Author: Hervie Haufler Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: After the fall of France in the mid-1940s, Adolf Hitler faced a British Empire that refused to negotiate for peace. With total war looming, he ordered the Abwehr, Germany's defense and intelligence organization, to carry out Operation Lena—a program to place information-gathering spies within Britain. Quickly, a network of secret agents spread within the United Kingdom and across the British Empire. A master of disguises, a professional safecracker, a scrubwoman, a diplomat's daughter—they all reported news of the Allied defenses and strategies back to their German spymasters. One Yugoslav playboy codenamed 'Tricycle' infiltrated the highest echelon of British society and is said to have been one of Ian Fleming's models for James Bond. The stunning truth, though, was that every last one of these German spies had been captured and turned by the British. As double agents, they sent a canny mix of truth and misinformation back to Hitler, all carefully controlled by the Allies. As one British report put it: 'By means of the double agent system, we actually ran and controlled the German espionage system in this country.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408977 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408977]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Verdict: Decoding India's Elections Author: Prannoy Roy, Dorab R. Sopariwala Narrator: Sumit Kaul Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What are the key factors that win or lose elections in India? What does, or does not, make India's democracy tick? Is this the end of anti-incumbency? Are opinion polls and exit polls reliable? How pervasive is the 'fear factor'? Does the Indian woman's vote matter? Does the selection of candidates impact results? Are elections becoming more democratic or less so? Can electronic voting machines (EVMs) be fiddled with? Can Indian elections be called 'a jugaad system'? Published on the eve of India's next general elections, The Verdict uses rigorous psephology, original research and as-yet-undisclosed facts to talk about the entire span of India's electoral history from the first elections in 1952. Crucially, for 2019, it provides pointers to look out for, to see if the incumbent government will win or lose. Written by Prannoy Roy, renowned for his knack of demystifying electoral politics, and Dorab R. Sopariwala, this book is compulsory reading for anyone interested in politics and elections in India. Prannoy Roy, Dorab R. Sopariwala Tue, 19 Nov 2019 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408977 thebookvoice.com 8:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408977]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Verdict: Decoding India's Elections Author: Prannoy Roy, Dorab R. Sopariwala Narrator: Sumit Kaul Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What are the key factors that win or lose elections in India? What does, or does not, make India's democracy tick? Is this the end of anti-incumbency? Are opinion polls and exit polls reliable? How pervasive is the 'fear factor'? Does the Indian woman's vote matter? Does the selection of candidates impact results? Are elections becoming more democratic or less so? Can electronic voting machines (EVMs) be fiddled with? Can Indian elections be called 'a jugaad system'? Published on the eve of India's next general elections, The Verdict uses rigorous psephology, original research and as-yet-undisclosed facts to talk about the entire span of India's electoral history from the first elections in 1952. Crucially, for 2019, it provides pointers to look out for, to see if the incumbent government will win or lose. Written by Prannoy Roy, renowned for his knack of demystifying electoral politics, and Dorab R. Sopariwala, this book is compulsory reading for anyone interested in politics and elections in India. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408977]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Verdict: Decoding India's Elections Author: Prannoy Roy, Dorab R. Sopariwala Narrator: Sumit Kaul Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What are the key factors that win or lose elections in India? What does, or does not, make India's democracy tick? Is this the end of anti-incumbency? Are opinion polls and exit polls reliable? How pervasive is the 'fear factor'? Does the Indian woman's vote matter? Does the selection of candidates impact results? Are elections becoming more democratic or less so? Can electronic voting machines (EVMs) be fiddled with? Can Indian elections be called 'a jugaad system'? Published on the eve of India's next general elections, The Verdict uses rigorous psephology, original research and as-yet-undisclosed facts to talk about the entire span of India's electoral history from the first elections in 1952. Crucially, for 2019, it provides pointers to look out for, to see if the incumbent government will win or lose. Written by Prannoy Roy, renowned for his knack of demystifying electoral politics, and Dorab R. Sopariwala, this book is compulsory reading for anyone interested in politics and elections in India. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408968 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408968]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: White House, Inc.: How Donald Trump Turned the Presidency into a Business Author: Dan Alexander Narrator: Noah Michael Levine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An in-depth investigation into Donald Trump’s business—and how he used America’s top job to service it. White House, Inc. is a newsmaking exposé that details President Trump’s efforts to make money off of politics, taking us inside his exclusive clubs, luxury hotels, overseas partnerships, commercial properties, and personal mansions. Alexander tracks hundreds of millions of dollars flowing freely between big businesses and President Trump. He explains, in plain language, how Trump tried to translate power into profit, from the 2016 campaign to the ramp-up to the 2020 campaign.   Just because you turn the presidency into a business doesn’t necessarily mean you turn it into a good business. After Trump won the White House, profits plunged at certain properties, like the Doral golf resort in Miami. But the presidency also opened up new opportunities. Trump’s commercial and residential property portfolio morphed into a one-of-a-kind marketplace, through which anyone, anywhere, could pay the president of the United States. Hundreds of customers—including foreign governments, big businesses, and individual investors—obliged. The president's disregard for norms sparked a trickle-down ethics crisis with no precedent in modern American history. Trump appointed an inner circle of centimillionaires and billionaires—including Ivanka Trump, Jared Kushner, Wilbur Ross, and Carl Icahn—who came with their own conflict-ridden portfolios. Following the president’s lead, they trampled barriers meant to separate their financial holdings from their government roles. White House, Inc. is a page-turning, hair-raising investigation into Trump and his team, who corrupted the U.S. presidency and managed to avoid accountability. Until now. *This audiobook contains a PDF with additional financial data. Dan Alexander Tue, 22 Sep 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408968 thebookvoice.com 6:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408968]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: White House, Inc.: How Donald Trump Turned the Presidency into a Business Author: Dan Alexander Narrator: Noah Michael Levine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An in-depth investigation into Donald Trump’s business—and how he used America’s top job to service it. White House, Inc. is a newsmaking exposé that details President Trump’s efforts to make money off of politics, taking us inside his exclusive clubs, luxury hotels, overseas partnerships, commercial properties, and personal mansions. Alexander tracks hundreds of millions of dollars flowing freely between big businesses and President Trump. He explains, in plain language, how Trump tried to translate power into profit, from the 2016 campaign to the ramp-up to the 2020 campaign.   Just because you turn the presidency into a business doesn’t necessarily mean you turn it into a good business. After Trump won the White House, profits plunged at certain properties, like the Doral golf resort in Miami. But the presidency also opened up new opportunities. Trump’s commercial and residential property portfolio morphed into a one-of-a-kind marketplace, through which anyone, anywhere, could pay the president of the United States. Hundreds of customers—including foreign governments, big businesses, and individual investors—obliged. The president's disregard for norms sparked a trickle-down ethics crisis with no precedent in modern American history. Trump appointed an inner circle of centimillionaires and billionaires—including Ivanka Trump, Jared Kushner, Wilbur Ross, and Carl Icahn—who came with their own conflict-ridden portfolios. Following the president’s lead, they trampled barriers meant to separate their financial holdings from their government roles. White House, Inc. is a page-turning, hair-raising investigation into Trump and his team, who corrupted the U.S. presidency and managed to avoid accountability. Until now. *This audiobook contains a PDF with additional financial data. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408968]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: White House, Inc.: How Donald Trump Turned the Presidency into a Business Author: Dan Alexander Narrator: Noah Michael Levine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An in-depth investigation into Donald Trump’s business—and how he used America’s top job to service it. White House, Inc. is a newsmaking exposé that details President Trump’s efforts to make money off of politics, taking us inside his exclusive clubs, luxury hotels, overseas partnerships, commercial properties, and personal mansions. Alexander tracks hundreds of millions of dollars flowing freely between big businesses and President Trump. He explains, in plain language, how Trump tried to translate power into profit, from the 2016 campaign to the ramp-up to the 2020 campaign.   Just because you turn the presidency into a business doesn’t necessarily mean you turn it into a good business. After Trump won the White House, profits plunged at certain properties, like the Doral golf resort in Miami. But the presidency also opened up new opportunities. Trump’s commercial and residential property portfolio morphed into a one-of-a-kind marketplace, through which anyone, anywhere, could pay the president of the United States. Hundreds of customers—including foreign governments, big businesses, and individual investors—obliged. The president's disregard for norms sparked a trickle-down ethics crisis with no precedent in modern American history. Trump appointed an inner circle of centimillionaires and billionaires—including Ivanka Trump, Jared Kushner, Wilbur Ross, and Carl Icahn—who came with their own conflict-ridden portfolios. Following the president’s lead, they trampled barriers meant to separate their financial holdings from their government roles. White House, Inc. is a page-turning, hair-raising investigation into Trump and his team, who corrupted the U.S. presidency and managed to avoid accountability. Until now. *This audiobook contains a PDF with additional financial data. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408958 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408958]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Maoism: A Global History Author: Julia Lovell Narrator: Nancy Wu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 43 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. *** SHORTLISTED FOR THE BAILLIE GIFFORD PRIZE FOR NON-FICTION 2019 FINALIST FOR THE 2019 CUNDILL HISTORY PRIZE SHORTLISTED FOR THE NAYEF AL-RODHAN PRIZE FOR GLOBAL UNDERSTANDING SHORTLISTED FOR DEUTSCHER PRIZE*** 'Revelatory and instructive… [a] beautifully written and accessible book’ The Times For decades, the West has dismissed Maoism as an outdated historical and political phenomenon. Since the 1980s, China seems to have abandoned the utopian turmoil of Mao’s revolution in favour of authoritarian capitalism. But Mao and his ideas remain central to the People’s Republic and the legitimacy of its Communist government. With disagreements and conflicts between China and the West on the rise, the need to understand the political legacy of Mao is urgent and growing. The power and appeal of Maoism have extended far beyond China. Maoism was a crucial motor of the Cold War: it shaped the course of the Vietnam War (and the international youth rebellions that conflict triggered) and brought to power the murderous Khmer Rouge in Cambodia; it aided, and sometimes handed victory to, anti-colonial resistance movements in Africa; it inspired terrorism in Germany and Italy, and wars and insurgencies in Peru, India and Nepal, some of which are still with us today – more than forty years after the death of Mao. In this new history, Julia Lovell re-evaluates Maoism as both a Chinese and an international force, linking its evolution in China with its global legacy. It is a story that takes us from the tea plantations of north India to the sierras of the Andes, from Paris’s fifth arrondissement to the fields of Tanzania, from the rice paddies of Cambodia to the terraces of Brixton. Starting with the birth of Mao’s revolution in northwest China in the 1930s and concluding with its violent afterlives in South Asia and resurgence in the People’s Republic today, this is a landmark history of global Maoism. Julia Lovell Tue, 19 Nov 2019 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408958 thebookvoice.com 21:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408958]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Maoism: A Global History Author: Julia Lovell Narrator: Nancy Wu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 43 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. *** SHORTLISTED FOR THE BAILLIE GIFFORD PRIZE FOR NON-FICTION 2019 FINALIST FOR THE 2019 CUNDILL HISTORY PRIZE SHORTLISTED FOR THE NAYEF AL-RODHAN PRIZE FOR GLOBAL UNDERSTANDING SHORTLISTED FOR DEUTSCHER PRIZE*** 'Revelatory and instructive… [a] beautifully written and accessible book’ The Times For decades, the West has dismissed Maoism as an outdated historical and political phenomenon. Since the 1980s, China seems to have abandoned the utopian turmoil of Mao’s revolution in favour of authoritarian capitalism. But Mao and his ideas remain central to the People’s Republic and the legitimacy of its Communist government. With disagreements and conflicts between China and the West on the rise, the need to understand the political legacy of Mao is urgent and growing. The power and appeal of Maoism have extended far beyond China. Maoism was a crucial motor of the Cold War: it shaped the course of the Vietnam War (and the international youth rebellions that conflict triggered) and brought to power the murderous Khmer Rouge in Cambodia; it aided, and sometimes handed victory to, anti-colonial resistance movements in Africa; it inspired terrorism in Germany and Italy, and wars and insurgencies in Peru, India and Nepal, some of which are still with us today – more than forty years after the death of Mao. In this new history, Julia Lovell re-evaluates Maoism as both a Chinese and an international force, linking its evolution in China with its global legacy. It is a story that takes us from the tea plantations of north India to the sierras of the Andes, from Paris’s fifth arrondissement to the fields of Tanzania, from the rice paddies of Cambodia to the terraces of Brixton. Starting with the birth of Mao’s revolution in northwest China in the 1930s and concluding with its violent afterlives in South Asia and resurgence in the People’s Republic today, this is a landmark history of global Maoism. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408958]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Maoism: A Global History Author: Julia Lovell Narrator: Nancy Wu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 43 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. *** SHORTLISTED FOR THE BAILLIE GIFFORD PRIZE FOR NON-FICTION 2019 FINALIST FOR THE 2019 CUNDILL HISTORY PRIZE SHORTLISTED FOR THE NAYEF AL-RODHAN PRIZE FOR GLOBAL UNDERSTANDING SHORTLISTED FOR DEUTSCHER PRIZE*** 'Revelatory and instructive… [a] beautifully written and accessible book’ The Times For decades, the West has dismissed Maoism as an outdated historical and political phenomenon. Since the 1980s, China seems to have abandoned the utopian turmoil of Mao’s revolution in favour of authoritarian capitalism. But Mao and his ideas remain central to the People’s Republic and the legitimacy of its Communist government. With disagreements and conflicts between China and the West on the rise, the need to understand the political legacy of Mao is urgent and growing. The power and appeal of Maoism have extended far beyond China. Maoism was a crucial motor of the Cold War: it shaped the course of the Vietnam War (and the international youth rebellions that conflict triggered) and brought to power the murderous Khmer Rouge in Cambodia; it aided, and sometimes handed victory to, anti-colonial resistance movements in Africa; it inspired terrorism in Germany and Italy, and wars and insurgencies in Peru, India and Nepal, some of which are still with us today – more than forty years after the death of Mao. In this new history, Julia Lovell re-evaluates Maoism as both a Chinese and an international force, linking its evolution in China with its global legacy. It is a story that takes us from the tea plantations of north India to the sierras of the Andes, from Paris’s fifth arrondissement to the fields of Tanzania, from the rice paddies of Cambodia to the terraces of Brixton. Starting with the birth of Mao’s revolution in northwest China in the 1930s and concluding with its violent afterlives in South Asia and resurgence in the People’s Republic today, this is a landmark history of global Maoism. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408902 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408902]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Break 'Em Up: Recovering Our Freedom from Big Ag, Big Tech, and Big Money Author: Zephyr Teachout Narrator: Matt Godfrey, Zephyr Teachout Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: '[We need] a grassroots, bottom-up movement that understands the challenge in front of us, and then organizes against monopoly power in communities across this country. This book is a blueprint for that organizing. In these pages, you will learn how monopolies and oligopolies have taken over almost every aspect of American life, and you will also learn about what can be done to stop that trend before it is too late.' —From the foreword by Bernie Sanders. A passionate attack on the monopolies that are throttling American democracy. Every facet of American life is being overtaken by big platform monopolists like Facebook, Google, and Bayer (which has merged with the former agricultural giant Monsanto), resulting in a greater concentration of wealth and power than we've seen since the Gilded Age. They are evolving into political entities that often have more influence than the actual government, bending state and federal legislatures to their will and even creating arbitration courts that circumvent the US justice system. How can we recover our freedom from these giants? Anti-corruption scholar and activist Zephyr Teachout has the answer: Break 'Em Up. This audiobook is a clarion call for liberals and leftists looking to find a common cause. Teachout makes a compelling case that monopolies are the root cause of many of the issues that today's progressives care about; they drive economic inequality, harm the planet, limit the political power of average citizens, and historically-disenfranchised groups bear the brunt of their shameful and irresponsible business practices. In order to build a better future, we must eradicate monopolies from the private sector and create new safeguards that prevent new ones from seizing power. Through her expert analysis of monopolies in several sectors and their impact on courts, journalism, inequality, and politics, Teachout offers a concrete path toward thwarting these enemies of working Americans and reclaiming our democracy before it’s too late. A Macmillan Audio production from All Points Books Zephyr Teachout Tue, 28 Jul 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408902 thebookvoice.com 9:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408902]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Break 'Em Up: Recovering Our Freedom from Big Ag, Big Tech, and Big Money Author: Zephyr Teachout Narrator: Matt Godfrey, Zephyr Teachout Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: '[We need] a grassroots, bottom-up movement that understands the challenge in front of us, and then organizes against monopoly power in communities across this country. This book is a blueprint for that organizing. In these pages, you will learn how monopolies and oligopolies have taken over almost every aspect of American life, and you will also learn about what can be done to stop that trend before it is too late.' —From the foreword by Bernie Sanders. A passionate attack on the monopolies that are throttling American democracy. Every facet of American life is being overtaken by big platform monopolists like Facebook, Google, and Bayer (which has merged with the former agricultural giant Monsanto), resulting in a greater concentration of wealth and power than we've seen since the Gilded Age. They are evolving into political entities that often have more influence than the actual government, bending state and federal legislatures to their will and even creating arbitration courts that circumvent the US justice system. How can we recover our freedom from these giants? Anti-corruption scholar and activist Zephyr Teachout has the answer: Break 'Em Up. This audiobook is a clarion call for liberals and leftists looking to find a common cause. Teachout makes a compelling case that monopolies are the root cause of many of the issues that today's progressives care about; they drive economic inequality, harm the planet, limit the political power of average citizens, and historically-disenfranchised groups bear the brunt of their shameful and irresponsible business practices. In order to build a better future, we must eradicate monopolies from the private sector and create new safeguards that prevent new ones from seizing power. Through her expert analysis of monopolies in several sectors and their impact on courts, journalism, inequality, and politics, Teachout offers a concrete path toward thwarting these enemies of working Americans and reclaiming our democracy before it’s too late. A Macmillan Audio production from All Points Books Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408902]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Break 'Em Up: Recovering Our Freedom from Big Ag, Big Tech, and Big Money Author: Zephyr Teachout Narrator: Matt Godfrey, Zephyr Teachout Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: '[We need] a grassroots, bottom-up movement that understands the challenge in front of us, and then organizes against monopoly power in communities across this country. This book is a blueprint for that organizing. In these pages, you will learn how monopolies and oligopolies have taken over almost every aspect of American life, and you will also learn about what can be done to stop that trend before it is too late.' —From the foreword by Bernie Sanders. A passionate attack on the monopolies that are throttling American democracy. Every facet of American life is being overtaken by big platform monopolists like Facebook, Google, and Bayer (which has merged with the former agricultural giant Monsanto), resulting in a greater concentration of wealth and power than we've seen since the Gilded Age. They are evolving into political entities that often have more influence than the actual government, bending state and federal legislatures to their will and even creating arbitration courts that circumvent the US justice system. How can we recover our freedom from these giants? Anti-corruption scholar and activist Zephyr Teachout has the answer: Break 'Em Up. This audiobook is a clarion call for liberals and leftists looking to find a common cause. Teachout makes a compelling case that monopolies are the root cause of many of the issues that today's progressives care about; they drive economic inequality, harm the planet, limit the political power of average citizens, and historically-disenfranchised groups bear the brunt of their shameful and irresponsible business practices. In order to build a better future, we must eradicate monopolies from the private sector and create new safeguards that prevent new ones from seizing power. Through her expert analysis of monopolies in several sectors and their impact on courts, journalism, inequality, and politics, Teachout offers a concrete path toward thwarting these enemies of working Americans and reclaiming our democracy before it’s too late. A Macmillan Audio production from All Points Books https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408856 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408856]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Demagogue's Playbook: The Battle for American Democracy from the Founders to Trump Author: Eric A. Posner Narrator: Peter Berkrot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Narrator Peter Berkrot's vocal tone has a flinty mid-20th century quality that works well with this historical review of how demagogues in the U.S. have repeatedly exploited populism since the founding of the nation. Serious but never overwrought, he has a lovely way with phrasing that enhances the richness of these sentences while deftly moderating the undercurrent of alarm in the writing.' -- AudioFile Magazine, Earphones Award winner What Happens to Democracy When a Demagogue Comes to Power? 'It is hard to imagine understanding the Trump presidency and its significance without reading this book.” — Bob Bauer, Former Chief Counsel to President Barack Obama What—and who—is a demagogue? How did America’s Founders envision the presidency? What should a constitutional democracy look like—and how can it be fixed when it appears to be broken? Something is definitely wrong with Donald Trump’s presidency, but what exactly? The extraordinary negative reaction to Trump’s election—by conservative intellectuals, liberals, Democrats, and global leaders alike—goes beyond ordinary partisan and policy disagreements. It reflects genuine fear about the vitality of our constitutional system. The Founders, reaching back to classical precedents, feared that their experiment in mass self-government could produce a demagogue: a charismatic ruler who would gain and hold on to power by manipulating the public rather than by advancing the public good. President Trump, who has played to the mob and attacked institutions from the judiciary to the press, appears to embody these ideas. How can we move past his rhetoric and maintain faith in our great nation? In The Demagogue’s Playbook, acclaimed legal scholar Eric A. Posner offers a blueprint for how America can prevent the rise of another demagogue and protect the features of a democracy that help it thrive—and restore national greatness, for one and all. A Macmillan Audio production from All Points Books “Cuts through the hyperbole and hysteria that often distorts assessments of our republic, particularly at this time.” —Alan Taylor, winner of the 2014 Pulitzer Prize for History Eric A. Posner Tue, 30 Jun 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408856 thebookvoice.com 8:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408856]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Demagogue's Playbook: The Battle for American Democracy from the Founders to Trump Author: Eric A. Posner Narrator: Peter Berkrot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Narrator Peter Berkrot's vocal tone has a flinty mid-20th century quality that works well with this historical review of how demagogues in the U.S. have repeatedly exploited populism since the founding of the nation. Serious but never overwrought, he has a lovely way with phrasing that enhances the richness of these sentences while deftly moderating the undercurrent of alarm in the writing.' -- AudioFile Magazine, Earphones Award winner What Happens to Democracy When a Demagogue Comes to Power? 'It is hard to imagine understanding the Trump presidency and its significance without reading this book.” — Bob Bauer, Former Chief Counsel to President Barack Obama What—and who—is a demagogue? How did America’s Founders envision the presidency? What should a constitutional democracy look like—and how can it be fixed when it appears to be broken? Something is definitely wrong with Donald Trump’s presidency, but what exactly? The extraordinary negative reaction to Trump’s election—by conservative intellectuals, liberals, Democrats, and global leaders alike—goes beyond ordinary partisan and policy disagreements. It reflects genuine fear about the vitality of our constitutional system. The Founders, reaching back to classical precedents, feared that their experiment in mass self-government could produce a demagogue: a charismatic ruler who would gain and hold on to power by manipulating the public rather than by advancing the public good. President Trump, who has played to the mob and attacked institutions from the judiciary to the press, appears to embody these ideas. How can we move past his rhetoric and maintain faith in our great nation? In The Demagogue’s Playbook, acclaimed legal scholar Eric A. Posner offers a blueprint for how America can prevent the rise of another demagogue and protect the features of a democracy that help it thrive—and restore national greatness, for one and all. A Macmillan Audio production from All Points Books “Cuts through the hyperbole and hysteria that often distorts assessments of our republic, particularly at this time.” —Alan Taylor, winner of the 2014 Pulitzer Prize for History Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408856]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Demagogue's Playbook: The Battle for American Democracy from the Founders to Trump Author: Eric A. Posner Narrator: Peter Berkrot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Narrator Peter Berkrot's vocal tone has a flinty mid-20th century quality that works well with this historical review of how demagogues in the U.S. have repeatedly exploited populism since the founding of the nation. Serious but never overwrought, he has a lovely way with phrasing that enhances the richness of these sentences while deftly moderating the undercurrent of alarm in the writing.' -- AudioFile Magazine, Earphones Award winner What Happens to Democracy When a Demagogue Comes to Power? 'It is hard to imagine understanding the Trump presidency and its significance without reading this book.” — Bob Bauer, Former Chief Counsel to President Barack Obama What—and who—is a demagogue? How did America’s Founders envision the presidency? What should a constitutional democracy look like—and how can it be fixed when it appears to be broken? Something is definitely wrong with Donald Trump’s presidency, but what exactly? The extraordinary negative reaction to Trump’s election—by conservative intellectuals, liberals, Democrats, and global leaders alike—goes beyond ordinary partisan and policy disagreements. It reflects genuine fear about the vitality of our constitutional system. The Founders, reaching back to classical precedents, feared that their experiment in mass self-government could produce a demagogue: a charismatic ruler who would gain and hold on to power by manipulating the public rather than by advancing the public good. President Trump, who has played to the mob and attacked institutions from the judiciary to the press, appears to embody these ideas. How can we move past his rhetoric and maintain faith in our great nation? In The Demagogue’s Playbook, acclaimed legal scholar Eric A. Posner offers a blueprint for how America can prevent the rise of another demagogue and protect the features of a democracy that help it thrive—and restore national greatness, for one and all. A Macmillan Audio production from All Points Books “Cuts through the hyperbole and hysteria that often distorts assessments of our republic, particularly at this time.” —Alan Taylor, winner of the 2014 Pulitzer Prize for History https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408841 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408841]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nazi Menace: Hitler, Churchill, Roosevelt, Stalin, and the Road to War Author: Benjamin Carter Hett Narrator: Raphael Corkhill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A panoramic narrative of the years leading up to the Second World War—a tale of democratic crisis, racial conflict, and a belated recognition of evil, with profound resonance for our own time. Berlin, November 1937. Adolf Hitler meets with his military commanders to impress upon them the urgent necessity for a war of aggression in eastern Europe. Some generals are unnerved by the Führer’s grandiose plan, but these dissenters are silenced one by one, setting in motion events that will culminate in the most calamitous war in history. Benjamin Carter Hett takes us behind the scenes in Berlin, London, Moscow, and Washington, revealing the unsettled politics within each country in the wake of the German dictator’s growing provocations. He reveals the fitful path by which anti-Nazi forces inside and outside Germany came to understand Hitler’s true menace to European civilization and learned to oppose him, painting a sweeping portrait of governments under siege, as larger-than-life figures struggled to turn events to their advantage. As in The Death of Democracy, his acclaimed history of the fall of the Weimar Republic, Hett draws on original sources and newly released documents to show how these long-ago conflicts have unexpected resonances in our own time. To read The Nazi Menace is to see past and present in a new and unnerving light. A Macmillan Audio production from Henry Holt and Company Benjamin Carter Hett Tue, 04 Aug 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408841 thebookvoice.com 14:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408841]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nazi Menace: Hitler, Churchill, Roosevelt, Stalin, and the Road to War Author: Benjamin Carter Hett Narrator: Raphael Corkhill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A panoramic narrative of the years leading up to the Second World War—a tale of democratic crisis, racial conflict, and a belated recognition of evil, with profound resonance for our own time. Berlin, November 1937. Adolf Hitler meets with his military commanders to impress upon them the urgent necessity for a war of aggression in eastern Europe. Some generals are unnerved by the Führer’s grandiose plan, but these dissenters are silenced one by one, setting in motion events that will culminate in the most calamitous war in history. Benjamin Carter Hett takes us behind the scenes in Berlin, London, Moscow, and Washington, revealing the unsettled politics within each country in the wake of the German dictator’s growing provocations. He reveals the fitful path by which anti-Nazi forces inside and outside Germany came to understand Hitler’s true menace to European civilization and learned to oppose him, painting a sweeping portrait of governments under siege, as larger-than-life figures struggled to turn events to their advantage. As in The Death of Democracy, his acclaimed history of the fall of the Weimar Republic, Hett draws on original sources and newly released documents to show how these long-ago conflicts have unexpected resonances in our own time. To read The Nazi Menace is to see past and present in a new and unnerving light. A Macmillan Audio production from Henry Holt and Company Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408841]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nazi Menace: Hitler, Churchill, Roosevelt, Stalin, and the Road to War Author: Benjamin Carter Hett Narrator: Raphael Corkhill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A panoramic narrative of the years leading up to the Second World War—a tale of democratic crisis, racial conflict, and a belated recognition of evil, with profound resonance for our own time. Berlin, November 1937. Adolf Hitler meets with his military commanders to impress upon them the urgent necessity for a war of aggression in eastern Europe. Some generals are unnerved by the Führer’s grandiose plan, but these dissenters are silenced one by one, setting in motion events that will culminate in the most calamitous war in history. Benjamin Carter Hett takes us behind the scenes in Berlin, London, Moscow, and Washington, revealing the unsettled politics within each country in the wake of the German dictator’s growing provocations. He reveals the fitful path by which anti-Nazi forces inside and outside Germany came to understand Hitler’s true menace to European civilization and learned to oppose him, painting a sweeping portrait of governments under siege, as larger-than-life figures struggled to turn events to their advantage. As in The Death of Democracy, his acclaimed history of the fall of the Weimar Republic, Hett draws on original sources and newly released documents to show how these long-ago conflicts have unexpected resonances in our own time. To read The Nazi Menace is to see past and present in a new and unnerving light. A Macmillan Audio production from Henry Holt and Company https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408810 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408810]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Four Threats: The Recurring Crises of American Democracy Author: Suzanne Mettler, Robert C. Lieberman Narrator: Andrea Gallo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An urgent, historically-grounded take on the four major factors that undermine American democracy, and what we can do to address them. While many Americans despair of the current state of U.S. politics, most assume that our system of government and democracy itself are invulnerable to decay. Yet when we examine the past, we find that the United States has undergone repeated crises of democracy, from the earliest days of the republic to the present. In Four Threats, Suzanne Mettler and Robert C. Lieberman explore five moments in history when democracy in the U.S. was under siege: the 1790s, the Civil War, the Gilded Age, the Depression, and Watergate. These episodes risked profound—even fatal—damage to the American democratic experiment. From this history, four distinct characteristics of disruption emerge. Political polarization, racism and nativism, economic inequality, and excessive executive power—alone or in combination—have threatened the survival of the republic, but it has survived—so far. What is unique, and alarming, about the present moment in American politics is that all four conditions exist. This convergence marks the contemporary era as a grave moment for democracy. But history provides a valuable repository from which we can draw lessons about how democracy was eventually strengthened—or weakened—in the past. By revisiting how earlier generations of Americans faced threats to the principles enshrined in the Constitution, we can see the promise and the peril that have led us to today and chart a path toward repairing our civic fabric and renewing democracy. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press 'Four Threats helps us see that the principal forces challenging our democracy today--polarization, conflict over who is considered American, economic inequality, and presidential abuse of power—are not new. And, in turn, we gain powerful insights into our current predicament—and how we might overcome it. We recommend this book to all citizens concerned about the fate of American democracy.' -- Steven Levitsky and Daniel Ziblatt, bestselling authors of How Democracies Die Suzanne Mettler, Robert C. Lieberman Tue, 11 Aug 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408810 thebookvoice.com 13:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408810]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Four Threats: The Recurring Crises of American Democracy Author: Suzanne Mettler, Robert C. Lieberman Narrator: Andrea Gallo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An urgent, historically-grounded take on the four major factors that undermine American democracy, and what we can do to address them. While many Americans despair of the current state of U.S. politics, most assume that our system of government and democracy itself are invulnerable to decay. Yet when we examine the past, we find that the United States has undergone repeated crises of democracy, from the earliest days of the republic to the present. In Four Threats, Suzanne Mettler and Robert C. Lieberman explore five moments in history when democracy in the U.S. was under siege: the 1790s, the Civil War, the Gilded Age, the Depression, and Watergate. These episodes risked profound—even fatal—damage to the American democratic experiment. From this history, four distinct characteristics of disruption emerge. Political polarization, racism and nativism, economic inequality, and excessive executive power—alone or in combination—have threatened the survival of the republic, but it has survived—so far. What is unique, and alarming, about the present moment in American politics is that all four conditions exist. This convergence marks the contemporary era as a grave moment for democracy. But history provides a valuable repository from which we can draw lessons about how democracy was eventually strengthened—or weakened—in the past. By revisiting how earlier generations of Americans faced threats to the principles enshrined in the Constitution, we can see the promise and the peril that have led us to today and chart a path toward repairing our civic fabric and renewing democracy. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press 'Four Threats helps us see that the principal forces challenging our democracy today--polarization, conflict over who is considered American, economic inequality, and presidential abuse of power—are not new. And, in turn, we gain powerful insights into our current predicament—and how we might overcome it. We recommend this book to all citizens concerned about the fate of American democracy.' -- Steven Levitsky and Daniel Ziblatt, bestselling authors of How Democracies Die Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408810]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Four Threats: The Recurring Crises of American Democracy Author: Suzanne Mettler, Robert C. Lieberman Narrator: Andrea Gallo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An urgent, historically-grounded take on the four major factors that undermine American democracy, and what we can do to address them. While many Americans despair of the current state of U.S. politics, most assume that our system of government and democracy itself are invulnerable to decay. Yet when we examine the past, we find that the United States has undergone repeated crises of democracy, from the earliest days of the republic to the present. In Four Threats, Suzanne Mettler and Robert C. Lieberman explore five moments in history when democracy in the U.S. was under siege: the 1790s, the Civil War, the Gilded Age, the Depression, and Watergate. These episodes risked profound—even fatal—damage to the American democratic experiment. From this history, four distinct characteristics of disruption emerge. Political polarization, racism and nativism, economic inequality, and excessive executive power—alone or in combination—have threatened the survival of the republic, but it has survived—so far. What is unique, and alarming, about the present moment in American politics is that all four conditions exist. This convergence marks the contemporary era as a grave moment for democracy. But history provides a valuable repository from which we can draw lessons about how democracy was eventually strengthened—or weakened—in the past. By revisiting how earlier generations of Americans faced threats to the principles enshrined in the Constitution, we can see the promise and the peril that have led us to today and chart a path toward repairing our civic fabric and renewing democracy. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press 'Four Threats helps us see that the principal forces challenging our democracy today--polarization, conflict over who is considered American, economic inequality, and presidential abuse of power—are not new. And, in turn, we gain powerful insights into our current predicament—and how we might overcome it. We recommend this book to all citizens concerned about the fate of American democracy.' -- Steven Levitsky and Daniel Ziblatt, bestselling authors of How Democracies Die https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408809 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408809]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hunting of Hillary: The Forty-Year Campaign to Destroy Hillary Clinton Author: Michael D'antonio Narrator: Gabra Zackman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Hunting of Hillary traces how an entire industry of hate, lies, and fear was created to persecute Hillary Clinton for decades and profit from it. In The Hunting of Hillary, presidential biographer Michael D’Antonio details the years of lies and insults heaped upon Hillary Clinton as she pursued a life devoted to politics and policy. The worst took the form of sexism and misogyny, much of it barely disguised. A pioneer for women, Clinton was burdened in ways no man ever was. Defined by a right-wing conspiracy, she couldn’t declare what was happening lest she be cast as weak and whiny. Nevertheless, she persisted and wouldn't let them define her. As The Hunting of Hillary makes clear, her achievements have been all the more remarkable for the unique opposition she encountered. The 2016 presidential election can only be understood in the context of the primal and primitive response of those who just couldn’t imagine that a woman might lead. For those who seek to understand the experience of the most accomplished woman in American politics, The Hunting of Hillary offers insight. For those who recognized what happened to her, it offers affirmation. And for those who hope to carry Clinton’s work into the future, it offers inspiration and instruction. A Macmillan Audio production from Thomas Dunne Books Michael D'antonio Tue, 28 Jul 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408809 thebookvoice.com 10:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408809]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hunting of Hillary: The Forty-Year Campaign to Destroy Hillary Clinton Author: Michael D'antonio Narrator: Gabra Zackman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Hunting of Hillary traces how an entire industry of hate, lies, and fear was created to persecute Hillary Clinton for decades and profit from it. In The Hunting of Hillary, presidential biographer Michael D’Antonio details the years of lies and insults heaped upon Hillary Clinton as she pursued a life devoted to politics and policy. The worst took the form of sexism and misogyny, much of it barely disguised. A pioneer for women, Clinton was burdened in ways no man ever was. Defined by a right-wing conspiracy, she couldn’t declare what was happening lest she be cast as weak and whiny. Nevertheless, she persisted and wouldn't let them define her. As The Hunting of Hillary makes clear, her achievements have been all the more remarkable for the unique opposition she encountered. The 2016 presidential election can only be understood in the context of the primal and primitive response of those who just couldn’t imagine that a woman might lead. For those who seek to understand the experience of the most accomplished woman in American politics, The Hunting of Hillary offers insight. For those who recognized what happened to her, it offers affirmation. And for those who hope to carry Clinton’s work into the future, it offers inspiration and instruction. A Macmillan Audio production from Thomas Dunne Books Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408809]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hunting of Hillary: The Forty-Year Campaign to Destroy Hillary Clinton Author: Michael D'antonio Narrator: Gabra Zackman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Hunting of Hillary traces how an entire industry of hate, lies, and fear was created to persecute Hillary Clinton for decades and profit from it. In The Hunting of Hillary, presidential biographer Michael D’Antonio details the years of lies and insults heaped upon Hillary Clinton as she pursued a life devoted to politics and policy. The worst took the form of sexism and misogyny, much of it barely disguised. A pioneer for women, Clinton was burdened in ways no man ever was. Defined by a right-wing conspiracy, she couldn’t declare what was happening lest she be cast as weak and whiny. Nevertheless, she persisted and wouldn't let them define her. As The Hunting of Hillary makes clear, her achievements have been all the more remarkable for the unique opposition she encountered. The 2016 presidential election can only be understood in the context of the primal and primitive response of those who just couldn’t imagine that a woman might lead. For those who seek to understand the experience of the most accomplished woman in American politics, The Hunting of Hillary offers insight. For those who recognized what happened to her, it offers affirmation. And for those who hope to carry Clinton’s work into the future, it offers inspiration and instruction. A Macmillan Audio production from Thomas Dunne Books https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408783 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408783]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Furcht - Trump im weißen Haus (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Bob Woodward Narrator: Richard Barenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 11, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Das bisher präziseste Porträt eines amtierenden Präsidenten, das in den ersten Jahren der Amtszeit veröffentlicht wird. Von ihm stammt die maßgebliche Berichterstattung über acht Präsidentschaften von Nixon bis Obama, nun enthüllt Bob Woodward mit beispielloser Genauigkeit die erschütternden Zustände im Weißen Haus unter Donald Trump und vor allem seine Entscheidungsprozesse bei wichtigen innen- und außenpolitischen Themen. Woodward stützt sich auf Hunderte Interviews mit direkt Beteiligten, auf Besprechungsvermerke, persönliche Tagebücher, Dateien und Dokumente. Im Zentrum stehen die explosiven Debatten und Beratungen im Oval Office, im Situation Room, in der Air Force One und den Privaträumen des Weißen Hauses. Bob Woodward Fri, 11 Jan 2019 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408783 thebookvoice.com 13:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408783]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Furcht - Trump im weißen Haus (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Bob Woodward Narrator: Richard Barenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 11, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Das bisher präziseste Porträt eines amtierenden Präsidenten, das in den ersten Jahren der Amtszeit veröffentlicht wird. Von ihm stammt die maßgebliche Berichterstattung über acht Präsidentschaften von Nixon bis Obama, nun enthüllt Bob Woodward mit beispielloser Genauigkeit die erschütternden Zustände im Weißen Haus unter Donald Trump und vor allem seine Entscheidungsprozesse bei wichtigen innen- und außenpolitischen Themen. Woodward stützt sich auf Hunderte Interviews mit direkt Beteiligten, auf Besprechungsvermerke, persönliche Tagebücher, Dateien und Dokumente. Im Zentrum stehen die explosiven Debatten und Beratungen im Oval Office, im Situation Room, in der Air Force One und den Privaträumen des Weißen Hauses. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408783]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Furcht - Trump im weißen Haus (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Bob Woodward Narrator: Richard Barenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 11, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Das bisher präziseste Porträt eines amtierenden Präsidenten, das in den ersten Jahren der Amtszeit veröffentlicht wird. Von ihm stammt die maßgebliche Berichterstattung über acht Präsidentschaften von Nixon bis Obama, nun enthüllt Bob Woodward mit beispielloser Genauigkeit die erschütternden Zustände im Weißen Haus unter Donald Trump und vor allem seine Entscheidungsprozesse bei wichtigen innen- und außenpolitischen Themen. Woodward stützt sich auf Hunderte Interviews mit direkt Beteiligten, auf Besprechungsvermerke, persönliche Tagebücher, Dateien und Dokumente. Im Zentrum stehen die explosiven Debatten und Beratungen im Oval Office, im Situation Room, in der Air Force One und den Privaträumen des Weißen Hauses. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408692 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408692]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Force of Nonviolence: An Ethico-Political Bind Author: Judith Butler Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: February 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Judith Butler's new book shows how an ethic of nonviolence must be connected to a broader political struggle for social equality. Further, it argues that nonviolence is often misunderstood as a passive practice, or as an individualist ethical relation to existing forms of power. But, in fact, nonviolence is an ethical position found in the midst of the political field. An aggressive form of nonviolence accepts that hostility is part of our psychic constitution, but values ambivalence as a way of checking the conversion of aggression into violence. One contemporary challenge to a politics of nonviolence points out that there is a difference of opinion on what counts as violence and nonviolence. The distinction between them can be mobilized in the service of ratifying the state's monopoly on violence. Considering nonviolence as an ethical problem within a political philosophy requires a critique of individualism as well as an understanding of the psychosocial dimensions of violence. Butler draws upon Foucault, Fanon, Freud, and Benjamin to consider how the interdiction against violence fails to include lives regarded as ungrievable. By considering how 'racial phantasms' inform justifications of state and administrative violence, Butler tracks how violence is often attributed to those who are most severely exposed to its lethal effects. Judith Butler Tue, 04 Feb 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408692 thebookvoice.com 5:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408692]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Force of Nonviolence: An Ethico-Political Bind Author: Judith Butler Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: February 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Judith Butler's new book shows how an ethic of nonviolence must be connected to a broader political struggle for social equality. Further, it argues that nonviolence is often misunderstood as a passive practice, or as an individualist ethical relation to existing forms of power. But, in fact, nonviolence is an ethical position found in the midst of the political field. An aggressive form of nonviolence accepts that hostility is part of our psychic constitution, but values ambivalence as a way of checking the conversion of aggression into violence. One contemporary challenge to a politics of nonviolence points out that there is a difference of opinion on what counts as violence and nonviolence. The distinction between them can be mobilized in the service of ratifying the state's monopoly on violence. Considering nonviolence as an ethical problem within a political philosophy requires a critique of individualism as well as an understanding of the psychosocial dimensions of violence. Butler draws upon Foucault, Fanon, Freud, and Benjamin to consider how the interdiction against violence fails to include lives regarded as ungrievable. By considering how 'racial phantasms' inform justifications of state and administrative violence, Butler tracks how violence is often attributed to those who are most severely exposed to its lethal effects. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408692]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Force of Nonviolence: An Ethico-Political Bind Author: Judith Butler Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: February 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Judith Butler's new book shows how an ethic of nonviolence must be connected to a broader political struggle for social equality. Further, it argues that nonviolence is often misunderstood as a passive practice, or as an individualist ethical relation to existing forms of power. But, in fact, nonviolence is an ethical position found in the midst of the political field. An aggressive form of nonviolence accepts that hostility is part of our psychic constitution, but values ambivalence as a way of checking the conversion of aggression into violence. One contemporary challenge to a politics of nonviolence points out that there is a difference of opinion on what counts as violence and nonviolence. The distinction between them can be mobilized in the service of ratifying the state's monopoly on violence. Considering nonviolence as an ethical problem within a political philosophy requires a critique of individualism as well as an understanding of the psychosocial dimensions of violence. Butler draws upon Foucault, Fanon, Freud, and Benjamin to consider how the interdiction against violence fails to include lives regarded as ungrievable. By considering how 'racial phantasms' inform justifications of state and administrative violence, Butler tracks how violence is often attributed to those who are most severely exposed to its lethal effects. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408348 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408348]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Fake News: La nueva realidad Author: Esteban Illades Narrator: Alex Ortega Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: November 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: El mayor peligro del acceso ilimitado a la información es que siempre hay alguien que la acepta sin cuestionar. En la prensa escrita y en la digital, en las redes sociales y en los medios tradicionales, un torrente de mentiras, propaganda e inexactitudes -motivadas por el afán de dinero, notoriedad o poder- se mezcla y confunde con el reporte de hechos reales. Jamás ha sido tan fácil ser engañado: a la censura y el espionaje se han sumado la sobreinformación y las fake news. En este escenario, que parece sacado de una distopía orwelliana, la ética periodística, la confirmación y el rigor parecen reliquias olvidadas. El fenómeno es poderosísimo y ya define el rumbo del mundo: en buena parte gracias a la difusión de «noticias» falsas, Donald Trump ganó la Presidencia de Estados Unidos. Y no es un fenómeno ajeno. En México, las fake news son pan de todos los días, como lo demostró el «caso Frida Sofía». Ya jugaron un papel clave en la elección de 2012 y sin duda serán protagonistas este 2018. En este libro, el periodista Esteban Illades examina decenas de casos en los que la confusión y la falsedad han llevado a resultados catastróficos, y explora las razones de que -en plena Era del Conocimiento- sigamos creyendo datos imposibles y, por el contrario, negando evidencias irrefutables. Esteban Illades Wed, 20 Nov 2019 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408348 thebookvoice.com 6:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408348]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Fake News: La nueva realidad Author: Esteban Illades Narrator: Alex Ortega Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: November 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: El mayor peligro del acceso ilimitado a la información es que siempre hay alguien que la acepta sin cuestionar. En la prensa escrita y en la digital, en las redes sociales y en los medios tradicionales, un torrente de mentiras, propaganda e inexactitudes -motivadas por el afán de dinero, notoriedad o poder- se mezcla y confunde con el reporte de hechos reales. Jamás ha sido tan fácil ser engañado: a la censura y el espionaje se han sumado la sobreinformación y las fake news. En este escenario, que parece sacado de una distopía orwelliana, la ética periodística, la confirmación y el rigor parecen reliquias olvidadas. El fenómeno es poderosísimo y ya define el rumbo del mundo: en buena parte gracias a la difusión de «noticias» falsas, Donald Trump ganó la Presidencia de Estados Unidos. Y no es un fenómeno ajeno. En México, las fake news son pan de todos los días, como lo demostró el «caso Frida Sofía». Ya jugaron un papel clave en la elección de 2012 y sin duda serán protagonistas este 2018. En este libro, el periodista Esteban Illades examina decenas de casos en los que la confusión y la falsedad han llevado a resultados catastróficos, y explora las razones de que -en plena Era del Conocimiento- sigamos creyendo datos imposibles y, por el contrario, negando evidencias irrefutables. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408348]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Fake News: La nueva realidad Author: Esteban Illades Narrator: Alex Ortega Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: November 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: El mayor peligro del acceso ilimitado a la información es que siempre hay alguien que la acepta sin cuestionar. En la prensa escrita y en la digital, en las redes sociales y en los medios tradicionales, un torrente de mentiras, propaganda e inexactitudes -motivadas por el afán de dinero, notoriedad o poder- se mezcla y confunde con el reporte de hechos reales. Jamás ha sido tan fácil ser engañado: a la censura y el espionaje se han sumado la sobreinformación y las fake news. En este escenario, que parece sacado de una distopía orwelliana, la ética periodística, la confirmación y el rigor parecen reliquias olvidadas. El fenómeno es poderosísimo y ya define el rumbo del mundo: en buena parte gracias a la difusión de «noticias» falsas, Donald Trump ganó la Presidencia de Estados Unidos. Y no es un fenómeno ajeno. En México, las fake news son pan de todos los días, como lo demostró el «caso Frida Sofía». Ya jugaron un papel clave en la elección de 2012 y sin duda serán protagonistas este 2018. En este libro, el periodista Esteban Illades examina decenas de casos en los que la confusión y la falsedad han llevado a resultados catastróficos, y explora las razones de que -en plena Era del Conocimiento- sigamos creyendo datos imposibles y, por el contrario, negando evidencias irrefutables. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408194 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408194]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It Was All a Lie: How the Republican Party Became Donald Trump Author: Stuart Stevens Narrator: Dan John Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.66 of Total 41 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the most successful Republican political operative of his generation, a searing, unflinching, and deeply personal exposé of how his party became what it is today “A blistering tell-all history. In his bare-knuckles account, Stevens confesses [that] the entire apparatus of his Republican Party is built on a pack of lies.' —The New York Times Stuart Stevens spent decades electing Republicans at every level, from presidents to senators to local officials. He knows the GOP as intimately as anyone in America, and in this new book he offers a devastating portrait of a party that has lost its moral and political compass. This is not a book about how Donald J. Trump hijacked the Republican Party and changed it into something else. Stevens shows how Trump is in fact the natural outcome of five decades of hypocrisy and self-delusion, dating all the way back to the civil rights legislation of the early 1960s. Stevens shows how racism has always lurked in the modern GOP's DNA, from Goldwater's opposition to desegregation to Ronald Reagan's welfare queens and states' rights rhetoric. He gives an insider's account of the rank hypocrisy of the party's claims to embody 'family values,' and shows how the party's vaunted commitment to fiscal responsibility has been a charade since the 1980s. When a party stands for nothing, he argues, it is only natural that it will be taken over by the loudest and angriest voices in the room. Stuart Stevens Tue, 04 Aug 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408194 thebookvoice.com 5:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408194]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It Was All a Lie: How the Republican Party Became Donald Trump Author: Stuart Stevens Narrator: Dan John Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.66 of Total 41 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the most successful Republican political operative of his generation, a searing, unflinching, and deeply personal exposé of how his party became what it is today “A blistering tell-all history. In his bare-knuckles account, Stevens confesses [that] the entire apparatus of his Republican Party is built on a pack of lies.' —The New York Times Stuart Stevens spent decades electing Republicans at every level, from presidents to senators to local officials. He knows the GOP as intimately as anyone in America, and in this new book he offers a devastating portrait of a party that has lost its moral and political compass. This is not a book about how Donald J. Trump hijacked the Republican Party and changed it into something else. Stevens shows how Trump is in fact the natural outcome of five decades of hypocrisy and self-delusion, dating all the way back to the civil rights legislation of the early 1960s. Stevens shows how racism has always lurked in the modern GOP's DNA, from Goldwater's opposition to desegregation to Ronald Reagan's welfare queens and states' rights rhetoric. He gives an insider's account of the rank hypocrisy of the party's claims to embody 'family values,' and shows how the party's vaunted commitment to fiscal responsibility has been a charade since the 1980s. When a party stands for nothing, he argues, it is only natural that it will be taken over by the loudest and angriest voices in the room. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408194]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It Was All a Lie: How the Republican Party Became Donald Trump Author: Stuart Stevens Narrator: Dan John Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.66 of Total 41 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the most successful Republican political operative of his generation, a searing, unflinching, and deeply personal exposé of how his party became what it is today “A blistering tell-all history. In his bare-knuckles account, Stevens confesses [that] the entire apparatus of his Republican Party is built on a pack of lies.' —The New York Times Stuart Stevens spent decades electing Republicans at every level, from presidents to senators to local officials. He knows the GOP as intimately as anyone in America, and in this new book he offers a devastating portrait of a party that has lost its moral and political compass. This is not a book about how Donald J. Trump hijacked the Republican Party and changed it into something else. Stevens shows how Trump is in fact the natural outcome of five decades of hypocrisy and self-delusion, dating all the way back to the civil rights legislation of the early 1960s. Stevens shows how racism has always lurked in the modern GOP's DNA, from Goldwater's opposition to desegregation to Ronald Reagan's welfare queens and states' rights rhetoric. He gives an insider's account of the rank hypocrisy of the party's claims to embody 'family values,' and shows how the party's vaunted commitment to fiscal responsibility has been a charade since the 1980s. When a party stands for nothing, he argues, it is only natural that it will be taken over by the loudest and angriest voices in the room. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408125 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408125]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superpower Showdown: How the Battle between Trump and Xi Threatens a New Cold War Author: Lingling Wei, Bob Davis Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 40 minutes Release date: June 9, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This is the inside story of the US–China trade war, how relations between these superpowers  unraveled, darkening prospects for global peace and prosperity, as told by two Wall Street Journal reporters, one based in Washington, D.C., the other in Beijing, who have had more access to the decision makers in the White House and in China’s Zhongnanhai leadership compound than anyone else.  The trade battle between China and the U.S. didn’t start with Trump and won’t end with him, argue Bob Davis and Lingling Wei. The two countries have a long and fraught political and economic history which has become more contentious over the past three years—an escalation that has negatively impacted both countries' economies and the world at large—and holds the potential for even more uncertainty and disruption.  How did this stand-off happen? How much are U.S. presidents and officials who haven't effectively confronted or negotiated with China to blame? What role have Chinese leaders, and U.S. business leaders who for decades acted as Beijing’s lobbyists in Washington, played in driving tensions between the two countries?  Superpower Showdown is the story of a romance gone bad. Uniquely positioned to tell the story, Davis and Wei have conducted hundreds of interviews with government and business officials in both nations over the seven years they have worked together writing for the Wall Street Journal. Analyzing U.S.-China relations, they explain how we have reached this tipping point, and look at where we could be headed. Vivid and provocative, Superpower Showdown will help readers understand the context of the trade war and prepare them for what may come next. Lingling Wei, Bob Davis Tue, 09 Jun 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408125 thebookvoice.com 15:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408125]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superpower Showdown: How the Battle between Trump and Xi Threatens a New Cold War Author: Lingling Wei, Bob Davis Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 40 minutes Release date: June 9, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This is the inside story of the US–China trade war, how relations between these superpowers  unraveled, darkening prospects for global peace and prosperity, as told by two Wall Street Journal reporters, one based in Washington, D.C., the other in Beijing, who have had more access to the decision makers in the White House and in China’s Zhongnanhai leadership compound than anyone else.  The trade battle between China and the U.S. didn’t start with Trump and won’t end with him, argue Bob Davis and Lingling Wei. The two countries have a long and fraught political and economic history which has become more contentious over the past three years—an escalation that has negatively impacted both countries' economies and the world at large—and holds the potential for even more uncertainty and disruption.  How did this stand-off happen? How much are U.S. presidents and officials who haven't effectively confronted or negotiated with China to blame? What role have Chinese leaders, and U.S. business leaders who for decades acted as Beijing’s lobbyists in Washington, played in driving tensions between the two countries?  Superpower Showdown is the story of a romance gone bad. Uniquely positioned to tell the story, Davis and Wei have conducted hundreds of interviews with government and business officials in both nations over the seven years they have worked together writing for the Wall Street Journal. Analyzing U.S.-China relations, they explain how we have reached this tipping point, and look at where we could be headed. Vivid and provocative, Superpower Showdown will help readers understand the context of the trade war and prepare them for what may come next. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408125]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superpower Showdown: How the Battle between Trump and Xi Threatens a New Cold War Author: Lingling Wei, Bob Davis Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 40 minutes Release date: June 9, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This is the inside story of the US–China trade war, how relations between these superpowers  unraveled, darkening prospects for global peace and prosperity, as told by two Wall Street Journal reporters, one based in Washington, D.C., the other in Beijing, who have had more access to the decision makers in the White House and in China’s Zhongnanhai leadership compound than anyone else.  The trade battle between China and the U.S. didn’t start with Trump and won’t end with him, argue Bob Davis and Lingling Wei. The two countries have a long and fraught political and economic history which has become more contentious over the past three years—an escalation that has negatively impacted both countries' economies and the world at large—and holds the potential for even more uncertainty and disruption.  How did this stand-off happen? How much are U.S. presidents and officials who haven't effectively confronted or negotiated with China to blame? What role have Chinese leaders, and U.S. business leaders who for decades acted as Beijing’s lobbyists in Washington, played in driving tensions between the two countries?  Superpower Showdown is the story of a romance gone bad. Uniquely positioned to tell the story, Davis and Wei have conducted hundreds of interviews with government and business officials in both nations over the seven years they have worked together writing for the Wall Street Journal. Analyzing U.S.-China relations, they explain how we have reached this tipping point, and look at where we could be headed. Vivid and provocative, Superpower Showdown will help readers understand the context of the trade war and prepare them for what may come next. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407110 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407110]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In A Day's Work: The Fight to End Sexual Violence Against America’s Most Vulnerable Workers Author: Bernice Yeung Narrator: Jean Ann Douglass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: December 10, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Apple orchards in bucolic Washington state. Office parks in Southern California under cover of night. The home of an elderly man in Miami. These are some of the workplaces where female workers have suffered brutal sexual assault and shocking harassment at the hands of their employers, often with little or no official recourse. In this harrowing yet often inspiring tale, investigative journalist Bernice Yeung exposes the epidemic of sexual violence levied against women farmworkers, domestic workers, and janitorial workers and charts their quest for justice in the workplace. Yeung takes listeners on a journey across the country, introducing us to women who came to America to escape grinding poverty only to encounter sexual violence in the United States. In a Day’s Work exposes the underbelly of economies filled with employers who take advantage of immigrant women’s need to earn a basic living. When these women find the courage to speak up, Yeung reveals that they are too often met by apathetic bosses and under-resourced government agencies. But In a Day’s Work also tells a story of resistance, introducing a group of courageous allies who challenge dangerous and discriminatory workplace conditions alongside aggrieved workers—and win. Moving and inspiring, this book will change our understanding of the lives of immigrant women. Bernice Yeung Tue, 10 Dec 2019 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407110 thebookvoice.com 6:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407110]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In A Day's Work: The Fight to End Sexual Violence Against America’s Most Vulnerable Workers Author: Bernice Yeung Narrator: Jean Ann Douglass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: December 10, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Apple orchards in bucolic Washington state. Office parks in Southern California under cover of night. The home of an elderly man in Miami. These are some of the workplaces where female workers have suffered brutal sexual assault and shocking harassment at the hands of their employers, often with little or no official recourse. In this harrowing yet often inspiring tale, investigative journalist Bernice Yeung exposes the epidemic of sexual violence levied against women farmworkers, domestic workers, and janitorial workers and charts their quest for justice in the workplace. Yeung takes listeners on a journey across the country, introducing us to women who came to America to escape grinding poverty only to encounter sexual violence in the United States. In a Day’s Work exposes the underbelly of economies filled with employers who take advantage of immigrant women’s need to earn a basic living. When these women find the courage to speak up, Yeung reveals that they are too often met by apathetic bosses and under-resourced government agencies. But In a Day’s Work also tells a story of resistance, introducing a group of courageous allies who challenge dangerous and discriminatory workplace conditions alongside aggrieved workers—and win. Moving and inspiring, this book will change our understanding of the lives of immigrant women. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407110]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In A Day's Work: The Fight to End Sexual Violence Against America’s Most Vulnerable Workers Author: Bernice Yeung Narrator: Jean Ann Douglass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: December 10, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Apple orchards in bucolic Washington state. Office parks in Southern California under cover of night. The home of an elderly man in Miami. These are some of the workplaces where female workers have suffered brutal sexual assault and shocking harassment at the hands of their employers, often with little or no official recourse. In this harrowing yet often inspiring tale, investigative journalist Bernice Yeung exposes the epidemic of sexual violence levied against women farmworkers, domestic workers, and janitorial workers and charts their quest for justice in the workplace. Yeung takes listeners on a journey across the country, introducing us to women who came to America to escape grinding poverty only to encounter sexual violence in the United States. In a Day’s Work exposes the underbelly of economies filled with employers who take advantage of immigrant women’s need to earn a basic living. When these women find the courage to speak up, Yeung reveals that they are too often met by apathetic bosses and under-resourced government agencies. But In a Day’s Work also tells a story of resistance, introducing a group of courageous allies who challenge dangerous and discriminatory workplace conditions alongside aggrieved workers—and win. Moving and inspiring, this book will change our understanding of the lives of immigrant women. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407054 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Election Meltdown: Dirty Tricks, Distrust, and the Threat to American Democracy Author: Richard L. Hasen Narrator: Tim Paige Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As the 2020 presidential campaign begins to take shape, there is widespread distrust of the fairness and accuracy of American elections. In this timely and accessible book, Richard L. Hasen uses riveting stories illustrating four factors increasing the mistrust. Voter suppression has escalated as a Republican tool aimed to depress turnout of likely Democratic voters, fueling suspicion. Pockets of incompetence in election administration, often in large cities controlled by Democrats, have created an opening to claims of unfairness. Old-fashioned and new-fangled dirty tricks, including foreign and domestic misinformation campaigns via social media, threaten electoral integrity. Inflammatory rhetoric about 'stolen' elections supercharges distrust among hardcore partisans. Taking into account how each of these threats has manifested in recent years—most notably in the 2016 and 2018 elections—Hasen offers concrete steps that need to be taken to restore trust in American elections before the democratic process is completely undermined. Richard L. Hasen Tue, 04 Feb 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407054 thebookvoice.com 3:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Election Meltdown: Dirty Tricks, Distrust, and the Threat to American Democracy Author: Richard L. Hasen Narrator: Tim Paige Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As the 2020 presidential campaign begins to take shape, there is widespread distrust of the fairness and accuracy of American elections. In this timely and accessible book, Richard L. Hasen uses riveting stories illustrating four factors increasing the mistrust. Voter suppression has escalated as a Republican tool aimed to depress turnout of likely Democratic voters, fueling suspicion. Pockets of incompetence in election administration, often in large cities controlled by Democrats, have created an opening to claims of unfairness. Old-fashioned and new-fangled dirty tricks, including foreign and domestic misinformation campaigns via social media, threaten electoral integrity. Inflammatory rhetoric about 'stolen' elections supercharges distrust among hardcore partisans. Taking into account how each of these threats has manifested in recent years—most notably in the 2016 and 2018 elections—Hasen offers concrete steps that need to be taken to restore trust in American elections before the democratic process is completely undermined. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Election Meltdown: Dirty Tricks, Distrust, and the Threat to American Democracy Author: Richard L. Hasen Narrator: Tim Paige Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As the 2020 presidential campaign begins to take shape, there is widespread distrust of the fairness and accuracy of American elections. In this timely and accessible book, Richard L. Hasen uses riveting stories illustrating four factors increasing the mistrust. Voter suppression has escalated as a Republican tool aimed to depress turnout of likely Democratic voters, fueling suspicion. Pockets of incompetence in election administration, often in large cities controlled by Democrats, have created an opening to claims of unfairness. Old-fashioned and new-fangled dirty tricks, including foreign and domestic misinformation campaigns via social media, threaten electoral integrity. Inflammatory rhetoric about 'stolen' elections supercharges distrust among hardcore partisans. Taking into account how each of these threats has manifested in recent years—most notably in the 2016 and 2018 elections—Hasen offers concrete steps that need to be taken to restore trust in American elections before the democratic process is completely undermined. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407050 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407050]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Manifesto: Saving Democracy from Villains, Vandals, and Ourselves Author: Bob Garfield Narrator: Bob Garfield Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As is often observed, Trump is a symptom of a virus that has been incubating for at least fifty years. But not often observed is where the virus is imbedded: in the psychic core of our identity. In American Manifesto: Saving Democracy from Villains, Vandals, and Ourselves, Bob Garfield examines the tragic confluence of the American preoccupation with identity and the catastrophic disintegration of the mass media. Garfield investigates how we've gotten to this moment when our identity is threatened by both the left and the right, when e pluribus unum is no longer a source of national pride, and why, when looking through this lens of identity, the rise of Trumpism is no surprise. Overlaying that crisis is the rise of the Facebook-Google duopoly and the filter-bubble archipelago where identity is tribal and immutable. But fear not! WNYC's On the Media cohost Garfield has ideas about how we may counter the forces of fragmentation—the manifesto itself: six steps for citizens to take to reassemble our fractured society. A quick, fascinating listen, American Manifesto offers not only a vision 'of a country in extremis,' but also a plan for how to address the ways in which our democracy is imperiled. American Manifesto is a call to action, unmistakable and provocative. Bob Garfield Tue, 14 Jan 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407050 thebookvoice.com 6:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407050]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Manifesto: Saving Democracy from Villains, Vandals, and Ourselves Author: Bob Garfield Narrator: Bob Garfield Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As is often observed, Trump is a symptom of a virus that has been incubating for at least fifty years. But not often observed is where the virus is imbedded: in the psychic core of our identity. In American Manifesto: Saving Democracy from Villains, Vandals, and Ourselves, Bob Garfield examines the tragic confluence of the American preoccupation with identity and the catastrophic disintegration of the mass media. Garfield investigates how we've gotten to this moment when our identity is threatened by both the left and the right, when e pluribus unum is no longer a source of national pride, and why, when looking through this lens of identity, the rise of Trumpism is no surprise. Overlaying that crisis is the rise of the Facebook-Google duopoly and the filter-bubble archipelago where identity is tribal and immutable. But fear not! WNYC's On the Media cohost Garfield has ideas about how we may counter the forces of fragmentation—the manifesto itself: six steps for citizens to take to reassemble our fractured society. A quick, fascinating listen, American Manifesto offers not only a vision 'of a country in extremis,' but also a plan for how to address the ways in which our democracy is imperiled. American Manifesto is a call to action, unmistakable and provocative. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/407050]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Manifesto: Saving Democracy from Villains, Vandals, and Ourselves Author: Bob Garfield Narrator: Bob Garfield Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As is often observed, Trump is a symptom of a virus that has been incubating for at least fifty years. But not often observed is where the virus is imbedded: in the psychic core of our identity. In American Manifesto: Saving Democracy from Villains, Vandals, and Ourselves, Bob Garfield examines the tragic confluence of the American preoccupation with identity and the catastrophic disintegration of the mass media. Garfield investigates how we've gotten to this moment when our identity is threatened by both the left and the right, when e pluribus unum is no longer a source of national pride, and why, when looking through this lens of identity, the rise of Trumpism is no surprise. Overlaying that crisis is the rise of the Facebook-Google duopoly and the filter-bubble archipelago where identity is tribal and immutable. But fear not! WNYC's On the Media cohost Garfield has ideas about how we may counter the forces of fragmentation—the manifesto itself: six steps for citizens to take to reassemble our fractured society. A quick, fascinating listen, American Manifesto offers not only a vision 'of a country in extremis,' but also a plan for how to address the ways in which our democracy is imperiled. American Manifesto is a call to action, unmistakable and provocative. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406995 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406995]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Grace Canceled: How Outrage Is Destroying Lives, Ending Debate, and Endangering Democracy Author: Dana Loesch Narrator: Pamela Almand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Grace Canceled, popular talk radio host and political activist Dana Loesch confronts the Left’s zero-tolerance, accept-no-apologies ethos with a powerful call for a return to core American principles of grace, redemption, justice, and empathy. Diving deep into recent cases where public and private figures were shamed, fired, or boycotted for social missteps, Loesch shows us how the politics of outrage is fueling the breakdown of the American community. How do we find common ground without compromising? Loesch urges readers to meet the face of fury with grace, highlighting inspiring examples like Congressman Dan Crenshaw’s appearance on Saturday Night Live. Dana Loesch Tue, 25 Feb 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406995 thebookvoice.com 6:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406995]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Grace Canceled: How Outrage Is Destroying Lives, Ending Debate, and Endangering Democracy Author: Dana Loesch Narrator: Pamela Almand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Grace Canceled, popular talk radio host and political activist Dana Loesch confronts the Left’s zero-tolerance, accept-no-apologies ethos with a powerful call for a return to core American principles of grace, redemption, justice, and empathy. Diving deep into recent cases where public and private figures were shamed, fired, or boycotted for social missteps, Loesch shows us how the politics of outrage is fueling the breakdown of the American community. How do we find common ground without compromising? Loesch urges readers to meet the face of fury with grace, highlighting inspiring examples like Congressman Dan Crenshaw’s appearance on Saturday Night Live. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406995]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Grace Canceled: How Outrage Is Destroying Lives, Ending Debate, and Endangering Democracy Author: Dana Loesch Narrator: Pamela Almand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Grace Canceled, popular talk radio host and political activist Dana Loesch confronts the Left’s zero-tolerance, accept-no-apologies ethos with a powerful call for a return to core American principles of grace, redemption, justice, and empathy. Diving deep into recent cases where public and private figures were shamed, fired, or boycotted for social missteps, Loesch shows us how the politics of outrage is fueling the breakdown of the American community. How do we find common ground without compromising? Loesch urges readers to meet the face of fury with grace, highlighting inspiring examples like Congressman Dan Crenshaw’s appearance on Saturday Night Live. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406987 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406987]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Will He Go?: Trump and the Looming Election Meltdown in 2020 Author: Lawrence Douglas Narrator: Gary Tiedemann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In advance of the 2020 election, legal scholar Lawrence Douglas prepares readers for a less-than-peaceful transition of power. It doesn't require a strong imagination to get a sense of the mayhem Trump will unleash if he loses a closely contested election. It is no less disturbing to imagine Trump still insisting that he is the rightful leader of the nation. With millions of diehard supporters firmly believing that their revered president has been toppled by malignant forces of the Deep State, Trump could remain a force of constitutional chaos for years to come. WILL TRUMP GO? addresses such questions as: How might Trump engineer his refusal to acknowledge electoral defeat? What legal and extra-legal paths could he pursue in mobilizing a challenge to the electoral outcome? What legal, political, institutional, and popular mechanisms can be used to stop him? What would be the fallout of a failure to remove him from office? What would be the fallout of a successful effort to unseat him? Can our democracy snap back from Trump? Trump himself has essentially told the nation he will never accept electoral defeat. A book that prepares us for Trump's refusal to concede, then, is hardly speculative; it is a necessary precaution against a coming crisis. Lawrence Douglas Tue, 19 May 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406987 thebookvoice.com 3:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406987]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Will He Go?: Trump and the Looming Election Meltdown in 2020 Author: Lawrence Douglas Narrator: Gary Tiedemann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In advance of the 2020 election, legal scholar Lawrence Douglas prepares readers for a less-than-peaceful transition of power. It doesn't require a strong imagination to get a sense of the mayhem Trump will unleash if he loses a closely contested election. It is no less disturbing to imagine Trump still insisting that he is the rightful leader of the nation. With millions of diehard supporters firmly believing that their revered president has been toppled by malignant forces of the Deep State, Trump could remain a force of constitutional chaos for years to come. WILL TRUMP GO? addresses such questions as: How might Trump engineer his refusal to acknowledge electoral defeat? What legal and extra-legal paths could he pursue in mobilizing a challenge to the electoral outcome? What legal, political, institutional, and popular mechanisms can be used to stop him? What would be the fallout of a failure to remove him from office? What would be the fallout of a successful effort to unseat him? Can our democracy snap back from Trump? Trump himself has essentially told the nation he will never accept electoral defeat. A book that prepares us for Trump's refusal to concede, then, is hardly speculative; it is a necessary precaution against a coming crisis. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406987]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Will He Go?: Trump and the Looming Election Meltdown in 2020 Author: Lawrence Douglas Narrator: Gary Tiedemann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In advance of the 2020 election, legal scholar Lawrence Douglas prepares readers for a less-than-peaceful transition of power. It doesn't require a strong imagination to get a sense of the mayhem Trump will unleash if he loses a closely contested election. It is no less disturbing to imagine Trump still insisting that he is the rightful leader of the nation. With millions of diehard supporters firmly believing that their revered president has been toppled by malignant forces of the Deep State, Trump could remain a force of constitutional chaos for years to come. WILL TRUMP GO? addresses such questions as: How might Trump engineer his refusal to acknowledge electoral defeat? What legal and extra-legal paths could he pursue in mobilizing a challenge to the electoral outcome? What legal, political, institutional, and popular mechanisms can be used to stop him? What would be the fallout of a failure to remove him from office? What would be the fallout of a successful effort to unseat him? Can our democracy snap back from Trump? Trump himself has essentially told the nation he will never accept electoral defeat. A book that prepares us for Trump's refusal to concede, then, is hardly speculative; it is a necessary precaution against a coming crisis. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406945 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Mission to Tokyo: The Extraordinary Story of the Doolittle Raiders and Their Final Fight for Justice Author: Michel Paradis Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Michel Paradis’s Last Mission to Tokyo, a “superb” (The Wall Street Journal) and “engrossing...richly researched” (The New York Times Book Review) account of a key but underreported moment in World War II: The Doolittle Raids and the international war crimes trial in 1945 that defined the Japanese-American relations and changed legal history. In 1942, freshly humiliated from the attack on Pearl Harbor, the United States was in search of a plan. President Roosevelt, determined to show the world that our nation would not be intimidated or defeated by enemy powers, demanded recommendations for a show of strength. Jimmy Doolittle, a stunt pilot with a doctorate from MIT, came forward and led eighty young men, gathered together from the far-flung corners of Depression-era America, on a seemingly impossible mission across the Pacific. Sixteen planes in all, they only had enough fuel for a one-way trip. Together, the Raiders, as they were called, did what no one had successfully done for more than a thousand years. They struck the mainland of Japan and permanently turned the tide of the war in the Pacific. Almost immediately, The Doolittle Raid captured the public imagination, and has remained a seminal moment in World War II history, but the heroism and bravery of the mission is only half the story. In Last Mission to Tokyo, Michel Paradis reveals the dramatic aftermath of the mission, which involved two lost crews captured, tried, and tortured at the hands of the Japanese, a dramatic rescue of the survivors in the last weeks of World War II, and an international manhunt and trial led by two dynamic and opposing young lawyers—in which both the United States and Japan accused the other of war crimes—that would change the face of our legal and military history. Perfect for fans of Lucky 666 and Nuremberg: Infamy on Trial, Last Mission to Tokyo is an unforgettable war story-meets-courtroom-drama that “captures the reader with the first sentence and never lets go” (John Grisham). Michel Paradis Tue, 28 Jul 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406945 thebookvoice.com 12:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Mission to Tokyo: The Extraordinary Story of the Doolittle Raiders and Their Final Fight for Justice Author: Michel Paradis Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Michel Paradis’s Last Mission to Tokyo, a “superb” (The Wall Street Journal) and “engrossing...richly researched” (The New York Times Book Review) account of a key but underreported moment in World War II: The Doolittle Raids and the international war crimes trial in 1945 that defined the Japanese-American relations and changed legal history. In 1942, freshly humiliated from the attack on Pearl Harbor, the United States was in search of a plan. President Roosevelt, determined to show the world that our nation would not be intimidated or defeated by enemy powers, demanded recommendations for a show of strength. Jimmy Doolittle, a stunt pilot with a doctorate from MIT, came forward and led eighty young men, gathered together from the far-flung corners of Depression-era America, on a seemingly impossible mission across the Pacific. Sixteen planes in all, they only had enough fuel for a one-way trip. Together, the Raiders, as they were called, did what no one had successfully done for more than a thousand years. They struck the mainland of Japan and permanently turned the tide of the war in the Pacific. Almost immediately, The Doolittle Raid captured the public imagination, and has remained a seminal moment in World War II history, but the heroism and bravery of the mission is only half the story. In Last Mission to Tokyo, Michel Paradis reveals the dramatic aftermath of the mission, which involved two lost crews captured, tried, and tortured at the hands of the Japanese, a dramatic rescue of the survivors in the last weeks of World War II, and an international manhunt and trial led by two dynamic and opposing young lawyers—in which both the United States and Japan accused the other of war crimes—that would change the face of our legal and military history. Perfect for fans of Lucky 666 and Nuremberg: Infamy on Trial, Last Mission to Tokyo is an unforgettable war story-meets-courtroom-drama that “captures the reader with the first sentence and never lets go” (John Grisham). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Mission to Tokyo: The Extraordinary Story of the Doolittle Raiders and Their Final Fight for Justice Author: Michel Paradis Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Michel Paradis’s Last Mission to Tokyo, a “superb” (The Wall Street Journal) and “engrossing...richly researched” (The New York Times Book Review) account of a key but underreported moment in World War II: The Doolittle Raids and the international war crimes trial in 1945 that defined the Japanese-American relations and changed legal history. In 1942, freshly humiliated from the attack on Pearl Harbor, the United States was in search of a plan. President Roosevelt, determined to show the world that our nation would not be intimidated or defeated by enemy powers, demanded recommendations for a show of strength. Jimmy Doolittle, a stunt pilot with a doctorate from MIT, came forward and led eighty young men, gathered together from the far-flung corners of Depression-era America, on a seemingly impossible mission across the Pacific. Sixteen planes in all, they only had enough fuel for a one-way trip. Together, the Raiders, as they were called, did what no one had successfully done for more than a thousand years. They struck the mainland of Japan and permanently turned the tide of the war in the Pacific. Almost immediately, The Doolittle Raid captured the public imagination, and has remained a seminal moment in World War II history, but the heroism and bravery of the mission is only half the story. In Last Mission to Tokyo, Michel Paradis reveals the dramatic aftermath of the mission, which involved two lost crews captured, tried, and tortured at the hands of the Japanese, a dramatic rescue of the survivors in the last weeks of World War II, and an international manhunt and trial led by two dynamic and opposing young lawyers—in which both the United States and Japan accused the other of war crimes—that would change the face of our legal and military history. Perfect for fans of Lucky 666 and Nuremberg: Infamy on Trial, Last Mission to Tokyo is an unforgettable war story-meets-courtroom-drama that “captures the reader with the first sentence and never lets go” (John Grisham). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406944 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406944]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 14 Miles Author: Dw Gibson Narrator: Ramón De Ocampo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 24 minutes Release date: July 7, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An esteemed journalist delivers a compelling on-the-ground account of the construction of President Trump’s border wall in San Diego—and the impact on the lives of local residents. In August of 2019, Donald Trump finished building his border wall—at least a portion of it. In San Diego, the Army Corps of engineers completed two years of construction on a 14-mile steel beamed barrier that extends eighteen-feet high and cost a staggering $147 million. As one border patrol agent told reporters visiting the site, “It was funded and approved and it was built under his administration. It is Trump’s wall.” 14 Miles is a definitive account of all the dramatic construction, showing readers what it feels like to stand on both sides of the border looking up at the imposing and controversial barrier. After the Department of Homeland Security announced an open call for wall prototypes in 2017, DW Gibson, an award-winning journalist and Southern California native, began visiting the construction site and watching as the prototype samples were erected. Gibson spent those two years closely observing the work and interviewing local residents to understand how it was impacting them. These include April McKee, a border patrol agent leading a recruiting program that trains teenagers to work as agents; Jeff Schwilk, a retired Marine who organizes pro-wall rallies as head of the group San Diegans for Secure Borders; Roque De La Fuente, an eccentric millionaire developer who uses the construction as a promotional opportunity; and Civile Ephedouard, a Haitian refugee who spent two years migrating through Central America to the United States and anxiously awaits the results of his asylum case. Fascinating, propulsive, and incredibly timely, 14 Miles is an important work that explains not only how the wall has reshaped our landscape and countless lives but also how its shadow looms over our very identity as a nation. Dw Gibson Tue, 07 Jul 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406944 thebookvoice.com 11:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406944]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 14 Miles Author: Dw Gibson Narrator: Ramón De Ocampo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 24 minutes Release date: July 7, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An esteemed journalist delivers a compelling on-the-ground account of the construction of President Trump’s border wall in San Diego—and the impact on the lives of local residents. In August of 2019, Donald Trump finished building his border wall—at least a portion of it. In San Diego, the Army Corps of engineers completed two years of construction on a 14-mile steel beamed barrier that extends eighteen-feet high and cost a staggering $147 million. As one border patrol agent told reporters visiting the site, “It was funded and approved and it was built under his administration. It is Trump’s wall.” 14 Miles is a definitive account of all the dramatic construction, showing readers what it feels like to stand on both sides of the border looking up at the imposing and controversial barrier. After the Department of Homeland Security announced an open call for wall prototypes in 2017, DW Gibson, an award-winning journalist and Southern California native, began visiting the construction site and watching as the prototype samples were erected. Gibson spent those two years closely observing the work and interviewing local residents to understand how it was impacting them. These include April McKee, a border patrol agent leading a recruiting program that trains teenagers to work as agents; Jeff Schwilk, a retired Marine who organizes pro-wall rallies as head of the group San Diegans for Secure Borders; Roque De La Fuente, an eccentric millionaire developer who uses the construction as a promotional opportunity; and Civile Ephedouard, a Haitian refugee who spent two years migrating through Central America to the United States and anxiously awaits the results of his asylum case. Fascinating, propulsive, and incredibly timely, 14 Miles is an important work that explains not only how the wall has reshaped our landscape and countless lives but also how its shadow looms over our very identity as a nation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406944]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 14 Miles Author: Dw Gibson Narrator: Ramón De Ocampo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 24 minutes Release date: July 7, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An esteemed journalist delivers a compelling on-the-ground account of the construction of President Trump’s border wall in San Diego—and the impact on the lives of local residents. In August of 2019, Donald Trump finished building his border wall—at least a portion of it. In San Diego, the Army Corps of engineers completed two years of construction on a 14-mile steel beamed barrier that extends eighteen-feet high and cost a staggering $147 million. As one border patrol agent told reporters visiting the site, “It was funded and approved and it was built under his administration. It is Trump’s wall.” 14 Miles is a definitive account of all the dramatic construction, showing readers what it feels like to stand on both sides of the border looking up at the imposing and controversial barrier. After the Department of Homeland Security announced an open call for wall prototypes in 2017, DW Gibson, an award-winning journalist and Southern California native, began visiting the construction site and watching as the prototype samples were erected. Gibson spent those two years closely observing the work and interviewing local residents to understand how it was impacting them. These include April McKee, a border patrol agent leading a recruiting program that trains teenagers to work as agents; Jeff Schwilk, a retired Marine who organizes pro-wall rallies as head of the group San Diegans for Secure Borders; Roque De La Fuente, an eccentric millionaire developer who uses the construction as a promotional opportunity; and Civile Ephedouard, a Haitian refugee who spent two years migrating through Central America to the United States and anxiously awaits the results of his asylum case. Fascinating, propulsive, and incredibly timely, 14 Miles is an important work that explains not only how the wall has reshaped our landscape and countless lives but also how its shadow looms over our very identity as a nation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406688 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406688]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Was würdest du tun? - Wie uns das Bedingungslose Grundeinkommen verändert - Antworten aus der Praxis (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Michael Bohmeyer, Claudia Cornelsen Narrator: Ingo Abel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 22, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 2014 begann Michael Bohmeyer ein bis dahin undenkbares Gesellschaftsexperiment: Per Crowdfunding sammelte er 12.000 Euro, die er gleich wieder verloste - ein Jahr lang 1.000 Euro im Monat, bedingungslos. Der Verein 'Mein Grundeinkommen' entstand. Inzwischen haben über 250 Menschen das Grundeinkommen gewonnen und das Thema ist zur hoffnungsvollsten Idee unserer Zeit geworden, die Millionen Menschen inspiriert. Michael Bohmeyer und Claudia Cornelsen berichten, wie sich das Leben der Gewinner verändert hat. Zum Beispiel Christoph, der seinen Job im Callcenter kündigte, eine Erzieher-Ausbildung begann und nebenbei eine chronische Krankheit besiegte. Das Grundeinkommen ist mehr als Geld. Es entfesselt notwendige Kräfte und Fähigkeiten, um den neuen gesellschaftlichen Herausforderungen gewachsen zu sein. Ein Bericht aus einem der spannendsten Sozial-Labore der Welt. Und ein Neuentwurf für eine Gesellschaft und Arbeitswelt im radikalen Umbruch. Michael Bohmeyer, Claudia Cornelsen Fri, 22 Mar 2019 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406688 thebookvoice.com 7:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406688]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Was würdest du tun? - Wie uns das Bedingungslose Grundeinkommen verändert - Antworten aus der Praxis (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Michael Bohmeyer, Claudia Cornelsen Narrator: Ingo Abel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 22, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 2014 begann Michael Bohmeyer ein bis dahin undenkbares Gesellschaftsexperiment: Per Crowdfunding sammelte er 12.000 Euro, die er gleich wieder verloste - ein Jahr lang 1.000 Euro im Monat, bedingungslos. Der Verein 'Mein Grundeinkommen' entstand. Inzwischen haben über 250 Menschen das Grundeinkommen gewonnen und das Thema ist zur hoffnungsvollsten Idee unserer Zeit geworden, die Millionen Menschen inspiriert. Michael Bohmeyer und Claudia Cornelsen berichten, wie sich das Leben der Gewinner verändert hat. Zum Beispiel Christoph, der seinen Job im Callcenter kündigte, eine Erzieher-Ausbildung begann und nebenbei eine chronische Krankheit besiegte. Das Grundeinkommen ist mehr als Geld. Es entfesselt notwendige Kräfte und Fähigkeiten, um den neuen gesellschaftlichen Herausforderungen gewachsen zu sein. Ein Bericht aus einem der spannendsten Sozial-Labore der Welt. Und ein Neuentwurf für eine Gesellschaft und Arbeitswelt im radikalen Umbruch. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406688]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Was würdest du tun? - Wie uns das Bedingungslose Grundeinkommen verändert - Antworten aus der Praxis (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Michael Bohmeyer, Claudia Cornelsen Narrator: Ingo Abel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 22, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 2014 begann Michael Bohmeyer ein bis dahin undenkbares Gesellschaftsexperiment: Per Crowdfunding sammelte er 12.000 Euro, die er gleich wieder verloste - ein Jahr lang 1.000 Euro im Monat, bedingungslos. Der Verein 'Mein Grundeinkommen' entstand. Inzwischen haben über 250 Menschen das Grundeinkommen gewonnen und das Thema ist zur hoffnungsvollsten Idee unserer Zeit geworden, die Millionen Menschen inspiriert. Michael Bohmeyer und Claudia Cornelsen berichten, wie sich das Leben der Gewinner verändert hat. Zum Beispiel Christoph, der seinen Job im Callcenter kündigte, eine Erzieher-Ausbildung begann und nebenbei eine chronische Krankheit besiegte. Das Grundeinkommen ist mehr als Geld. Es entfesselt notwendige Kräfte und Fähigkeiten, um den neuen gesellschaftlichen Herausforderungen gewachsen zu sein. Ein Bericht aus einem der spannendsten Sozial-Labore der Welt. Und ein Neuentwurf für eine Gesellschaft und Arbeitswelt im radikalen Umbruch. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406599 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406599]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ultimate Guide to the 2020 Election: 101 Nonpartisan Solutions to All the Issues that Matter Author: Margaret White, Ryan Clancy, No Labels Narrator: Steve Wojtas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 56 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With the 2020 U.S. presidential election looming, the emerging contest doesn’t seem so much a battle of ideas as it does a war of two tribes bent on the other’s destruction. The Far Left and Far Right aren’t much interested in a conversation, and they’ve dropped any pretense of it. But in fact, according to a recent study, two-thirds of the country are part of an “exhausted majority,” who “share a sense of fatigue with our polarized national conversation, a willingness to be flexible in their political viewpoints, and a lack of voice in the national conversation.” The Ultimate Guide to the 2020 Election gives a voice to this exhausted majority and provides an unbiased education on the true nature of the challenges America faces on several key issues including health care, energy & climate change, infrastructure, big tech & privacy, the American dream, immigration, the national debt, and gun safety. In addition to that, senior advisors Ryan Clancy and Margaret White present sound, fact-based ideas for rescuing American democracy itself. Margaret White, Ryan Clancy, No Labels Tue, 07 Apr 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406599 thebookvoice.com 4:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406599]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ultimate Guide to the 2020 Election: 101 Nonpartisan Solutions to All the Issues that Matter Author: Margaret White, Ryan Clancy, No Labels Narrator: Steve Wojtas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 56 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With the 2020 U.S. presidential election looming, the emerging contest doesn’t seem so much a battle of ideas as it does a war of two tribes bent on the other’s destruction. The Far Left and Far Right aren’t much interested in a conversation, and they’ve dropped any pretense of it. But in fact, according to a recent study, two-thirds of the country are part of an “exhausted majority,” who “share a sense of fatigue with our polarized national conversation, a willingness to be flexible in their political viewpoints, and a lack of voice in the national conversation.” The Ultimate Guide to the 2020 Election gives a voice to this exhausted majority and provides an unbiased education on the true nature of the challenges America faces on several key issues including health care, energy & climate change, infrastructure, big tech & privacy, the American dream, immigration, the national debt, and gun safety. In addition to that, senior advisors Ryan Clancy and Margaret White present sound, fact-based ideas for rescuing American democracy itself. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406599]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ultimate Guide to the 2020 Election: 101 Nonpartisan Solutions to All the Issues that Matter Author: Margaret White, Ryan Clancy, No Labels Narrator: Steve Wojtas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 56 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With the 2020 U.S. presidential election looming, the emerging contest doesn’t seem so much a battle of ideas as it does a war of two tribes bent on the other’s destruction. The Far Left and Far Right aren’t much interested in a conversation, and they’ve dropped any pretense of it. But in fact, according to a recent study, two-thirds of the country are part of an “exhausted majority,” who “share a sense of fatigue with our polarized national conversation, a willingness to be flexible in their political viewpoints, and a lack of voice in the national conversation.” The Ultimate Guide to the 2020 Election gives a voice to this exhausted majority and provides an unbiased education on the true nature of the challenges America faces on several key issues including health care, energy & climate change, infrastructure, big tech & privacy, the American dream, immigration, the national debt, and gun safety. In addition to that, senior advisors Ryan Clancy and Margaret White present sound, fact-based ideas for rescuing American democracy itself. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406490 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406490]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Road from Raqqa: A Story of Brotherhood, Borders, and Belonging Author: Jordan Ritter Conn Narrator: Graham Halstead Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Crossing years and continents, the harrowing story of the road to reunion for two Syrian brothers who—despite a homeland at war and an ocean between them—hold fast to the bonds of family. Runner-Up for the Dayton Literary Peace Prize • Riveting . . . a resplendent love letter to an obliterated city.”—The New York Times “The Road from Raqqa had me gripped from the first page. I couldn’t put it down.”—Christy Lefteri, author of The Beekeeper of Aleppo The Alkasem brothers, Riyad and Bashar, spend their childhood in Raqqa, the Syrian city that would later become the capital of ISIS. As a teenager in the 1980s, Riyad witnesses the devastating aftermath of the Hama massacre—an atrocity that the Hafez al-Assad regime commits upon its people. Wanting to expand his notion of government and justice, Riyad moves to the United States to study law, but his plans are derailed and he eventually falls in love with a Southern belle. They move to a suburb of Nashville, Tennessee, where they raise two sons and where Riyad opens a restaurant—Café Rakka—cooking the food his grandmother used to make. But he finds himself confronted with the darker side of American freedoms: the hardscrabble life of a newly arrived immigrant, enduring bigotry, poverty, and loneliness. Years pass, and at the height of Syria’s civil war, fearing for his family’s safety halfway across the world, he risks his own life by making a dangerous trip back to Raqqa.  Bashar, meanwhile, in Syria. After his older brother moves to America, Bashar embarks on a brilliant legal career under the same corrupt Assad government that Riyad despises. Reluctant to abandon his comfortable (albeit conflicted) life, he fails to perceive the threat of ISIS until it’s nearly too late. The Road from Raqqa brings us into the lives of two brothers bound by their love for each other and for the war-ravaged city they call home. It’s about a family caught in the middle of the most significant global events of the new millennium, America’s fraught but hopeful relationship to its own immigrants, and the toll of dictatorship and war on everyday families. It’s a book that captures all the desperation, tenacity, and hope that come with the revelation that we can find home in one another when the lands of our forefathers fail us. Jordan Ritter Conn Tue, 21 Jul 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406490 thebookvoice.com 9:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406490]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Road from Raqqa: A Story of Brotherhood, Borders, and Belonging Author: Jordan Ritter Conn Narrator: Graham Halstead Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Crossing years and continents, the harrowing story of the road to reunion for two Syrian brothers who—despite a homeland at war and an ocean between them—hold fast to the bonds of family. Runner-Up for the Dayton Literary Peace Prize • Riveting . . . a resplendent love letter to an obliterated city.”—The New York Times “The Road from Raqqa had me gripped from the first page. I couldn’t put it down.”—Christy Lefteri, author of The Beekeeper of Aleppo The Alkasem brothers, Riyad and Bashar, spend their childhood in Raqqa, the Syrian city that would later become the capital of ISIS. As a teenager in the 1980s, Riyad witnesses the devastating aftermath of the Hama massacre—an atrocity that the Hafez al-Assad regime commits upon its people. Wanting to expand his notion of government and justice, Riyad moves to the United States to study law, but his plans are derailed and he eventually falls in love with a Southern belle. They move to a suburb of Nashville, Tennessee, where they raise two sons and where Riyad opens a restaurant—Café Rakka—cooking the food his grandmother used to make. But he finds himself confronted with the darker side of American freedoms: the hardscrabble life of a newly arrived immigrant, enduring bigotry, poverty, and loneliness. Years pass, and at the height of Syria’s civil war, fearing for his family’s safety halfway across the world, he risks his own life by making a dangerous trip back to Raqqa.  Bashar, meanwhile, in Syria. After his older brother moves to America, Bashar embarks on a brilliant legal career under the same corrupt Assad government that Riyad despises. Reluctant to abandon his comfortable (albeit conflicted) life, he fails to perceive the threat of ISIS until it’s nearly too late. The Road from Raqqa brings us into the lives of two brothers bound by their love for each other and for the war-ravaged city they call home. It’s about a family caught in the middle of the most significant global events of the new millennium, America’s fraught but hopeful relationship to its own immigrants, and the toll of dictatorship and war on everyday families. It’s a book that captures all the desperation, tenacity, and hope that come with the revelation that we can find home in one another when the lands of our forefathers fail us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406490]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Road from Raqqa: A Story of Brotherhood, Borders, and Belonging Author: Jordan Ritter Conn Narrator: Graham Halstead Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Crossing years and continents, the harrowing story of the road to reunion for two Syrian brothers who—despite a homeland at war and an ocean between them—hold fast to the bonds of family. Runner-Up for the Dayton Literary Peace Prize • Riveting . . . a resplendent love letter to an obliterated city.”—The New York Times “The Road from Raqqa had me gripped from the first page. I couldn’t put it down.”—Christy Lefteri, author of The Beekeeper of Aleppo The Alkasem brothers, Riyad and Bashar, spend their childhood in Raqqa, the Syrian city that would later become the capital of ISIS. As a teenager in the 1980s, Riyad witnesses the devastating aftermath of the Hama massacre—an atrocity that the Hafez al-Assad regime commits upon its people. Wanting to expand his notion of government and justice, Riyad moves to the United States to study law, but his plans are derailed and he eventually falls in love with a Southern belle. They move to a suburb of Nashville, Tennessee, where they raise two sons and where Riyad opens a restaurant—Café Rakka—cooking the food his grandmother used to make. But he finds himself confronted with the darker side of American freedoms: the hardscrabble life of a newly arrived immigrant, enduring bigotry, poverty, and loneliness. Years pass, and at the height of Syria’s civil war, fearing for his family’s safety halfway across the world, he risks his own life by making a dangerous trip back to Raqqa.  Bashar, meanwhile, in Syria. After his older brother moves to America, Bashar embarks on a brilliant legal career under the same corrupt Assad government that Riyad despises. Reluctant to abandon his comfortable (albeit conflicted) life, he fails to perceive the threat of ISIS until it’s nearly too late. The Road from Raqqa brings us into the lives of two brothers bound by their love for each other and for the war-ravaged city they call home. It’s about a family caught in the middle of the most significant global events of the new millennium, America’s fraught but hopeful relationship to its own immigrants, and the toll of dictatorship and war on everyday families. It’s a book that captures all the desperation, tenacity, and hope that come with the revelation that we can find home in one another when the lands of our forefathers fail us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406488 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twilight of Democracy: The Seductive Lure of Authoritarianism Author: Anne Applebaum Narrator: Anne Applebaum Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 34 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER • 'How did our democracy go wrong? This extraordinary document ... is Applebaum's answer.' —Timothy Snyder, author of On Tyranny The Pulitzer Prize–winning historian explains, with electrifying clarity, why elites in democracies around the world are turning toward nationalism and authoritarianism. From the United States and Britain to continental Europe and beyond, liberal democracy is under siege, while authoritarianism is on the rise. In Twilight of Democracy, Anne Applebaum, an award-winning historian of Soviet atrocities who was one of the first American journalists to raise an alarm about antidemocratic trends in the West, explains the lure of nationalism and autocracy. In this captivating essay, she contends that political systems with radically simple beliefs are inherently appealing, especially when they benefit the loyal to the exclusion of everyone else. Elegantly written and urgently argued, Twilight of Democracy is a brilliant dissection of a world-shaking shift and a stirring glimpse of the road back to democratic values. Anne Applebaum Tue, 21 Jul 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406488 thebookvoice.com 5:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twilight of Democracy: The Seductive Lure of Authoritarianism Author: Anne Applebaum Narrator: Anne Applebaum Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 34 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER • 'How did our democracy go wrong? This extraordinary document ... is Applebaum's answer.' —Timothy Snyder, author of On Tyranny The Pulitzer Prize–winning historian explains, with electrifying clarity, why elites in democracies around the world are turning toward nationalism and authoritarianism. From the United States and Britain to continental Europe and beyond, liberal democracy is under siege, while authoritarianism is on the rise. In Twilight of Democracy, Anne Applebaum, an award-winning historian of Soviet atrocities who was one of the first American journalists to raise an alarm about antidemocratic trends in the West, explains the lure of nationalism and autocracy. In this captivating essay, she contends that political systems with radically simple beliefs are inherently appealing, especially when they benefit the loyal to the exclusion of everyone else. Elegantly written and urgently argued, Twilight of Democracy is a brilliant dissection of a world-shaking shift and a stirring glimpse of the road back to democratic values. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twilight of Democracy: The Seductive Lure of Authoritarianism Author: Anne Applebaum Narrator: Anne Applebaum Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 34 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER • 'How did our democracy go wrong? This extraordinary document ... is Applebaum's answer.' —Timothy Snyder, author of On Tyranny The Pulitzer Prize–winning historian explains, with electrifying clarity, why elites in democracies around the world are turning toward nationalism and authoritarianism. From the United States and Britain to continental Europe and beyond, liberal democracy is under siege, while authoritarianism is on the rise. In Twilight of Democracy, Anne Applebaum, an award-winning historian of Soviet atrocities who was one of the first American journalists to raise an alarm about antidemocratic trends in the West, explains the lure of nationalism and autocracy. In this captivating essay, she contends that political systems with radically simple beliefs are inherently appealing, especially when they benefit the loyal to the exclusion of everyone else. Elegantly written and urgently argued, Twilight of Democracy is a brilliant dissection of a world-shaking shift and a stirring glimpse of the road back to democratic values. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406486 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cubans: Ordinary Lives in Extraordinary Times Author: Anthony Depalma Narrator: Anthony Depalma, Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 41 minutes Release date: May 26, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: '[DePalma] renders a Cuba few tourists will ever see . . . You won't forget these people soon, and you are bound to emerge from DePalma's bighearted account with a deeper understanding of a storied island . . . A remarkably revealing glimpse into the world of a muzzled yet irrepressibly ebullient neighbor.'--The New York Times Modern Cuba comes alive in a vibrant portrait of a group of families's varied journeys in one community over the last twenty years. Cubans today, most of whom have lived their entire lives under the Castro regime, are hesitantly embracing the future. In his new book, Anthony DePalma, a veteran reporter with years of experience in Cuba, focuses on a neighborhood across the harbor from Old Havana to dramatize the optimism as well as the enormous challenges that Cubans face: a moving snapshot of Cuba with all its contradictions as the new regime opens the gate to the capitalism that Fidel railed against for so long. In Guanabacoa, longtime residents prove enterprising in the extreme. Scrounging materials in the black market, Cary Luisa Limonta Ewen has started her own small manufacturing business, a surprising turn for a former ranking member of the Communist Party. Her good friend Lili, a loyal Communist, heads the neighborhood's watchdog revolutionary committee. Artist Arturo Montoto, who had long lived and worked in Mexico, moved back to Cuba when he saw improving conditions but complains like any artist about recognition. In stark contrast, Jorge García lives in Miami and continues to seek justice for the sinking of a tugboat full of refugees, a tragedy that claimed the lives of his son, grandson, and twelve other family members, a massacre for which the government denies any role. In The Cubans, many patriots face one new question: is their loyalty to the revolution, or to their country? As people try to navigate their new reality, Cuba has become an improvised country, an old machine kept running with equal measures of ingenuity and desperation. A new kind of revolutionary spirit thrives beneath the conformity of a half century of totalitarian rule. And over all of this looms the United States, with its unpredictable policies, which warmed towards its neighbor under one administration but whose policies have now taken on a chill reminiscent of the Cold War. Anthony Depalma Tue, 26 May 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406486 thebookvoice.com 12:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cubans: Ordinary Lives in Extraordinary Times Author: Anthony Depalma Narrator: Anthony Depalma, Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 41 minutes Release date: May 26, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: '[DePalma] renders a Cuba few tourists will ever see . . . You won't forget these people soon, and you are bound to emerge from DePalma's bighearted account with a deeper understanding of a storied island . . . A remarkably revealing glimpse into the world of a muzzled yet irrepressibly ebullient neighbor.'--The New York Times Modern Cuba comes alive in a vibrant portrait of a group of families's varied journeys in one community over the last twenty years. Cubans today, most of whom have lived their entire lives under the Castro regime, are hesitantly embracing the future. In his new book, Anthony DePalma, a veteran reporter with years of experience in Cuba, focuses on a neighborhood across the harbor from Old Havana to dramatize the optimism as well as the enormous challenges that Cubans face: a moving snapshot of Cuba with all its contradictions as the new regime opens the gate to the capitalism that Fidel railed against for so long. In Guanabacoa, longtime residents prove enterprising in the extreme. Scrounging materials in the black market, Cary Luisa Limonta Ewen has started her own small manufacturing business, a surprising turn for a former ranking member of the Communist Party. Her good friend Lili, a loyal Communist, heads the neighborhood's watchdog revolutionary committee. Artist Arturo Montoto, who had long lived and worked in Mexico, moved back to Cuba when he saw improving conditions but complains like any artist about recognition. In stark contrast, Jorge García lives in Miami and continues to seek justice for the sinking of a tugboat full of refugees, a tragedy that claimed the lives of his son, grandson, and twelve other family members, a massacre for which the government denies any role. In The Cubans, many patriots face one new question: is their loyalty to the revolution, or to their country? As people try to navigate their new reality, Cuba has become an improvised country, an old machine kept running with equal measures of ingenuity and desperation. A new kind of revolutionary spirit thrives beneath the conformity of a half century of totalitarian rule. And over all of this looms the United States, with its unpredictable policies, which warmed towards its neighbor under one administration but whose policies have now taken on a chill reminiscent of the Cold War. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cubans: Ordinary Lives in Extraordinary Times Author: Anthony Depalma Narrator: Anthony Depalma, Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 41 minutes Release date: May 26, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: '[DePalma] renders a Cuba few tourists will ever see . . . You won't forget these people soon, and you are bound to emerge from DePalma's bighearted account with a deeper understanding of a storied island . . . A remarkably revealing glimpse into the world of a muzzled yet irrepressibly ebullient neighbor.'--The New York Times Modern Cuba comes alive in a vibrant portrait of a group of families's varied journeys in one community over the last twenty years. Cubans today, most of whom have lived their entire lives under the Castro regime, are hesitantly embracing the future. In his new book, Anthony DePalma, a veteran reporter with years of experience in Cuba, focuses on a neighborhood across the harbor from Old Havana to dramatize the optimism as well as the enormous challenges that Cubans face: a moving snapshot of Cuba with all its contradictions as the new regime opens the gate to the capitalism that Fidel railed against for so long. In Guanabacoa, longtime residents prove enterprising in the extreme. Scrounging materials in the black market, Cary Luisa Limonta Ewen has started her own small manufacturing business, a surprising turn for a former ranking member of the Communist Party. Her good friend Lili, a loyal Communist, heads the neighborhood's watchdog revolutionary committee. Artist Arturo Montoto, who had long lived and worked in Mexico, moved back to Cuba when he saw improving conditions but complains like any artist about recognition. In stark contrast, Jorge García lives in Miami and continues to seek justice for the sinking of a tugboat full of refugees, a tragedy that claimed the lives of his son, grandson, and twelve other family members, a massacre for which the government denies any role. In The Cubans, many patriots face one new question: is their loyalty to the revolution, or to their country? As people try to navigate their new reality, Cuba has become an improvised country, an old machine kept running with equal measures of ingenuity and desperation. A new kind of revolutionary spirit thrives beneath the conformity of a half century of totalitarian rule. And over all of this looms the United States, with its unpredictable policies, which warmed towards its neighbor under one administration but whose policies have now taken on a chill reminiscent of the Cold War. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406482 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406482]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Waiting for an Echo: The Madness of American Incarceration Author: Christine Montross Narrator: Christine Montross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: *L.A. Times Book Prize Finalist*  *New York Times Book Review Paperback Row* *New York Times Books to Watch for in July* *Time Best New Books July 2020* Galvanized by her work in our nation's jails, psychiatrist Christine Montross illuminates the human cost of mass incarceration and mental illness Dr. Christine Montross has spent her career treating the most severely ill psychiatric patients. Several years ago, she set out to investigate why so many of her patients got caught up in the legal system when discharged from her care--and what happened to them therein. Waiting for an Echo is a riveting, rarely seen glimpse into American incarceration. It is also a damning account of policies that have criminalized mental illness, shifting large numbers of people who belong in therapeutic settings into punitive ones. The stark world of American prisons is shocking for all who enter it. But Dr. Montross's expertise--the mind in crisis--allowed her to reckon with the human stories behind the bars. A father attempting to weigh the impossible calculus of a plea bargain. A bright young woman whose life is derailed by addiction. Boys in a juvenile detention facility who, desperate for human connection, invent a way to communicate with one another from cell to cell. Overextended doctors and correctional officers who strive to provide care and security in environments riddled with danger. In these encounters, Montross finds that while our system of correction routinely makes people with mental illness worse, just as routinely it renders mentally stable people psychiatrically unwell. The system is quite literally maddening. Our methods of incarceration take away not only freedom but also selfhood and soundness of mind. In a nation where 95 percent of all inmates are released from prison and return to our communities, this is a practice that punishes us all. Christine Montross Tue, 21 Jul 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406482 thebookvoice.com 10:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406482]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Waiting for an Echo: The Madness of American Incarceration Author: Christine Montross Narrator: Christine Montross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: *L.A. Times Book Prize Finalist*  *New York Times Book Review Paperback Row* *New York Times Books to Watch for in July* *Time Best New Books July 2020* Galvanized by her work in our nation's jails, psychiatrist Christine Montross illuminates the human cost of mass incarceration and mental illness Dr. Christine Montross has spent her career treating the most severely ill psychiatric patients. Several years ago, she set out to investigate why so many of her patients got caught up in the legal system when discharged from her care--and what happened to them therein. Waiting for an Echo is a riveting, rarely seen glimpse into American incarceration. It is also a damning account of policies that have criminalized mental illness, shifting large numbers of people who belong in therapeutic settings into punitive ones. The stark world of American prisons is shocking for all who enter it. But Dr. Montross's expertise--the mind in crisis--allowed her to reckon with the human stories behind the bars. A father attempting to weigh the impossible calculus of a plea bargain. A bright young woman whose life is derailed by addiction. Boys in a juvenile detention facility who, desperate for human connection, invent a way to communicate with one another from cell to cell. Overextended doctors and correctional officers who strive to provide care and security in environments riddled with danger. In these encounters, Montross finds that while our system of correction routinely makes people with mental illness worse, just as routinely it renders mentally stable people psychiatrically unwell. The system is quite literally maddening. Our methods of incarceration take away not only freedom but also selfhood and soundness of mind. In a nation where 95 percent of all inmates are released from prison and return to our communities, this is a practice that punishes us all. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406482]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Waiting for an Echo: The Madness of American Incarceration Author: Christine Montross Narrator: Christine Montross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: *L.A. Times Book Prize Finalist*  *New York Times Book Review Paperback Row* *New York Times Books to Watch for in July* *Time Best New Books July 2020* Galvanized by her work in our nation's jails, psychiatrist Christine Montross illuminates the human cost of mass incarceration and mental illness Dr. Christine Montross has spent her career treating the most severely ill psychiatric patients. Several years ago, she set out to investigate why so many of her patients got caught up in the legal system when discharged from her care--and what happened to them therein. Waiting for an Echo is a riveting, rarely seen glimpse into American incarceration. It is also a damning account of policies that have criminalized mental illness, shifting large numbers of people who belong in therapeutic settings into punitive ones. The stark world of American prisons is shocking for all who enter it. But Dr. Montross's expertise--the mind in crisis--allowed her to reckon with the human stories behind the bars. A father attempting to weigh the impossible calculus of a plea bargain. A bright young woman whose life is derailed by addiction. Boys in a juvenile detention facility who, desperate for human connection, invent a way to communicate with one another from cell to cell. Overextended doctors and correctional officers who strive to provide care and security in environments riddled with danger. In these encounters, Montross finds that while our system of correction routinely makes people with mental illness worse, just as routinely it renders mentally stable people psychiatrically unwell. The system is quite literally maddening. Our methods of incarceration take away not only freedom but also selfhood and soundness of mind. In a nation where 95 percent of all inmates are released from prison and return to our communities, this is a practice that punishes us all. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406394 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406394]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Prepare for Climate Change Author: David Pogue Narrator: David Pogue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A practical and comprehensive guide to surviving the greatest disaster of our time, from New York Times bestselling self-help author and beloved CBS Sunday Morning science and technology correspondent David Pogue. You might not realize it, but we’re already living through the beginnings of climate chaos. In Arizona, laborers now start their day at 3 a.m. because it’s too hot to work past noon. Chinese investors are snapping up real estate in Canada. Millennials have evacuation plans. Moguls are building bunkers. Retirees in Miami are moving inland. In How to Prepare for Climate Change, bestselling self-help author David Pogue offers sensible, deeply researched advice for how the rest of us should start to ready ourselves for the years ahead. Pogue walks readers through what to grow, what to eat, how to build, how to insure, where to invest, how to prepare your children and pets, and even where to consider relocating when the time comes. (Two areas of the country, in particular, have the requisite cool temperatures, good hospitals, reliable access to water, and resilient infrastructure to serve as climate havens in the years ahead.) He also provides wise tips for managing your anxiety, as well as action plans for riding out every climate catastrophe, from superstorms and wildfires to ticks and epidemics. Timely and enlightening, How to Prepare for Climate Change is an indispensable guide for anyone who read The Uninhabitable Earth or The Sixth Extinction and wants to know how to make smart choices for the upheaval ahead. David Pogue Tue, 26 Jan 2021 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406394 thebookvoice.com 18:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406394]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Prepare for Climate Change Author: David Pogue Narrator: David Pogue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A practical and comprehensive guide to surviving the greatest disaster of our time, from New York Times bestselling self-help author and beloved CBS Sunday Morning science and technology correspondent David Pogue. You might not realize it, but we’re already living through the beginnings of climate chaos. In Arizona, laborers now start their day at 3 a.m. because it’s too hot to work past noon. Chinese investors are snapping up real estate in Canada. Millennials have evacuation plans. Moguls are building bunkers. Retirees in Miami are moving inland. In How to Prepare for Climate Change, bestselling self-help author David Pogue offers sensible, deeply researched advice for how the rest of us should start to ready ourselves for the years ahead. Pogue walks readers through what to grow, what to eat, how to build, how to insure, where to invest, how to prepare your children and pets, and even where to consider relocating when the time comes. (Two areas of the country, in particular, have the requisite cool temperatures, good hospitals, reliable access to water, and resilient infrastructure to serve as climate havens in the years ahead.) He also provides wise tips for managing your anxiety, as well as action plans for riding out every climate catastrophe, from superstorms and wildfires to ticks and epidemics. Timely and enlightening, How to Prepare for Climate Change is an indispensable guide for anyone who read The Uninhabitable Earth or The Sixth Extinction and wants to know how to make smart choices for the upheaval ahead. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406394]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Prepare for Climate Change Author: David Pogue Narrator: David Pogue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A practical and comprehensive guide to surviving the greatest disaster of our time, from New York Times bestselling self-help author and beloved CBS Sunday Morning science and technology correspondent David Pogue. You might not realize it, but we’re already living through the beginnings of climate chaos. In Arizona, laborers now start their day at 3 a.m. because it’s too hot to work past noon. Chinese investors are snapping up real estate in Canada. Millennials have evacuation plans. Moguls are building bunkers. Retirees in Miami are moving inland. In How to Prepare for Climate Change, bestselling self-help author David Pogue offers sensible, deeply researched advice for how the rest of us should start to ready ourselves for the years ahead. Pogue walks readers through what to grow, what to eat, how to build, how to insure, where to invest, how to prepare your children and pets, and even where to consider relocating when the time comes. (Two areas of the country, in particular, have the requisite cool temperatures, good hospitals, reliable access to water, and resilient infrastructure to serve as climate havens in the years ahead.) He also provides wise tips for managing your anxiety, as well as action plans for riding out every climate catastrophe, from superstorms and wildfires to ticks and epidemics. Timely and enlightening, How to Prepare for Climate Change is an indispensable guide for anyone who read The Uninhabitable Earth or The Sixth Extinction and wants to know how to make smart choices for the upheaval ahead. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406341 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406341]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: First Responders: Inside the U.S. Strategy for Fighting the 2007-2009 Global Financial Crisis Author: J. Nellie Liang, Henry M. Paulson Jr., Timothy F. Geithner, Ben S. Bernanke Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 2008, the world's financial system stood on the brink of disaster. The United States faced an unprecedented crisis when the investment bank Lehman Brothers collapsed, setting off a global panic. Faced with the prospect of a new Great Depression, the Treasury Department, the Federal Reserve, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and other agencies took extraordinary measures to contain the damage and steady the financial system and the economy. Edited by three of the policymakers who led the government's response to the crisis, with chapters written by the teams tasked with finding policy solutions, this book provides a comprehensive accounting of the internal debates and controversies surrounding the measures that were taken to stabilize the financial system and the economy. Offering previously untold insight into the key choices (including rejected options) and a frank evaluation of successes and failures, this volume is both an important historical document and an indispensable guide for confronting future financial calamities. J. Nellie Liang, Henry M. Paulson Jr., Timothy F. Geithner, Ben S. Bernanke Tue, 04 Feb 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406341 thebookvoice.com 21:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406341]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: First Responders: Inside the U.S. Strategy for Fighting the 2007-2009 Global Financial Crisis Author: J. Nellie Liang, Henry M. Paulson Jr., Timothy F. Geithner, Ben S. Bernanke Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 2008, the world's financial system stood on the brink of disaster. The United States faced an unprecedented crisis when the investment bank Lehman Brothers collapsed, setting off a global panic. Faced with the prospect of a new Great Depression, the Treasury Department, the Federal Reserve, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and other agencies took extraordinary measures to contain the damage and steady the financial system and the economy. Edited by three of the policymakers who led the government's response to the crisis, with chapters written by the teams tasked with finding policy solutions, this book provides a comprehensive accounting of the internal debates and controversies surrounding the measures that were taken to stabilize the financial system and the economy. Offering previously untold insight into the key choices (including rejected options) and a frank evaluation of successes and failures, this volume is both an important historical document and an indispensable guide for confronting future financial calamities. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406341]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: First Responders: Inside the U.S. Strategy for Fighting the 2007-2009 Global Financial Crisis Author: J. Nellie Liang, Henry M. Paulson Jr., Timothy F. Geithner, Ben S. Bernanke Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 9 minutes Release date: February 4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 2008, the world's financial system stood on the brink of disaster. The United States faced an unprecedented crisis when the investment bank Lehman Brothers collapsed, setting off a global panic. Faced with the prospect of a new Great Depression, the Treasury Department, the Federal Reserve, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and other agencies took extraordinary measures to contain the damage and steady the financial system and the economy. Edited by three of the policymakers who led the government's response to the crisis, with chapters written by the teams tasked with finding policy solutions, this book provides a comprehensive accounting of the internal debates and controversies surrounding the measures that were taken to stabilize the financial system and the economy. Offering previously untold insight into the key choices (including rejected options) and a frank evaluation of successes and failures, this volume is both an important historical document and an indispensable guide for confronting future financial calamities. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406242 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406242]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Did We Get Here?: From Theodore Roosevelt to Donald Trump Author: Robert Dallek Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 26, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The award-winning, New York Times bestselling historian considers the vast array of triumphs and failures of America’s modern presidents that paved a path to Donald Trump, offering an understanding of our current moment and hope for a way back to true leadership. The struggle to preserve the Republic has never been easy or without perils. The rise of conflicting political parties, which the founders opposed, and President John Adams’ Alien and Sedition Acts repressing First Amendment rights made Franklin’s observation at the conclusion of the Constitutional Convention—“a republic, if you can keep it”—seem prescient. In the twentieth century, America endured numerous struggles: economic depression, World War II, McCarthyism, the Vietnam War, Watergate, the Iran-contra scandal, the war in Iraq—all of which gave rise to demagogues, as did the growth and reach of mass media. But this wasn’t the Founding Fathers’ vision for our leadership. The resistance to putting a demagogue in the White House survived the anti-Communist agitation of the 1950s and the Vietnam War in the 1960s. But the latter opened the way for Richard Nixon’s election in 1968 and Watergate, which again tested our democratic institutions and the rule of law. Nixon’s resignation in August 1974 moved Vice President Gerald Ford, his successor, to declare, “My fellow Americans, our long national nightmare is over.” But was it? Donald Trump’s 2016 election has presented a new challenge. How did past politics and presidential administrations pave the way for this current assault on American democracy? Our nation’s history provides reassurance that we will restore our better angels to government. Yet it must be considered that earlier administrations and public outlook facilitated the rise of such an un-presidential character as Trump in the first place. In How Did We Get Here?, Robert Dallek considers a century of modern administrations, from Teddy Roosevelt to today, shining a light on the personalities behind the politics and the voters who elected each. His cautionary tale reminds us that the only constant in history is change, but whether for good or ill the choice is Americans’ to make. Robert Dallek Tue, 26 May 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406242 thebookvoice.com 8:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406242]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Did We Get Here?: From Theodore Roosevelt to Donald Trump Author: Robert Dallek Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 26, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The award-winning, New York Times bestselling historian considers the vast array of triumphs and failures of America’s modern presidents that paved a path to Donald Trump, offering an understanding of our current moment and hope for a way back to true leadership. The struggle to preserve the Republic has never been easy or without perils. The rise of conflicting political parties, which the founders opposed, and President John Adams’ Alien and Sedition Acts repressing First Amendment rights made Franklin’s observation at the conclusion of the Constitutional Convention—“a republic, if you can keep it”—seem prescient. In the twentieth century, America endured numerous struggles: economic depression, World War II, McCarthyism, the Vietnam War, Watergate, the Iran-contra scandal, the war in Iraq—all of which gave rise to demagogues, as did the growth and reach of mass media. But this wasn’t the Founding Fathers’ vision for our leadership. The resistance to putting a demagogue in the White House survived the anti-Communist agitation of the 1950s and the Vietnam War in the 1960s. But the latter opened the way for Richard Nixon’s election in 1968 and Watergate, which again tested our democratic institutions and the rule of law. Nixon’s resignation in August 1974 moved Vice President Gerald Ford, his successor, to declare, “My fellow Americans, our long national nightmare is over.” But was it? Donald Trump’s 2016 election has presented a new challenge. How did past politics and presidential administrations pave the way for this current assault on American democracy? Our nation’s history provides reassurance that we will restore our better angels to government. Yet it must be considered that earlier administrations and public outlook facilitated the rise of such an un-presidential character as Trump in the first place. In How Did We Get Here?, Robert Dallek considers a century of modern administrations, from Teddy Roosevelt to today, shining a light on the personalities behind the politics and the voters who elected each. His cautionary tale reminds us that the only constant in history is change, but whether for good or ill the choice is Americans’ to make. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/406242]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Did We Get Here?: From Theodore Roosevelt to Donald Trump Author: Robert Dallek Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 26, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The award-winning, New York Times bestselling historian considers the vast array of triumphs and failures of America’s modern presidents that paved a path to Donald Trump, offering an understanding of our current moment and hope for a way back to true leadership. The struggle to preserve the Republic has never been easy or without perils. The rise of conflicting political parties, which the founders opposed, and President John Adams’ Alien and Sedition Acts repressing First Amendment rights made Franklin’s observation at the conclusion of the Constitutional Convention—“a republic, if you can keep it”—seem prescient. In the twentieth century, America endured numerous struggles: economic depression, World War II, McCarthyism, the Vietnam War, Watergate, the Iran-contra scandal, the war in Iraq—all of which gave rise to demagogues, as did the growth and reach of mass media. But this wasn’t the Founding Fathers’ vision for our leadership. The resistance to putting a demagogue in the White House survived the anti-Communist agitation of the 1950s and the Vietnam War in the 1960s. But the latter opened the way for Richard Nixon’s election in 1968 and Watergate, which again tested our democratic institutions and the rule of law. Nixon’s resignation in August 1974 moved Vice President Gerald Ford, his successor, to declare, “My fellow Americans, our long national nightmare is over.” But was it? Donald Trump’s 2016 election has presented a new challenge. How did past politics and presidential administrations pave the way for this current assault on American democracy? Our nation’s history provides reassurance that we will restore our better angels to government. Yet it must be considered that earlier administrations and public outlook facilitated the rise of such an un-presidential character as Trump in the first place. In How Did We Get Here?, Robert Dallek considers a century of modern administrations, from Teddy Roosevelt to today, shining a light on the personalities behind the politics and the voters who elected each. His cautionary tale reminds us that the only constant in history is change, but whether for good or ill the choice is Americans’ to make. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405744 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405744]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Menschenrechte / Human Rights - Verkündet von den Vereinten Nationen am 1. Dezember 1948 (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Nomen Nominandum Narrator: Christian Brückner, Juli Zeh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 49 minutes Release date: May 3, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Jeder kennt die zehn Gebote. Aber kennt auch jeder jedes Gebot? Genauso ist es mit den Menschenrechten. Sie sind ständig in aller Mund, aber wer könnte die einzelnen Rechte aufzählen. Vielleicht noch das Recht auf ein Leben in Freiheit, in Würde, Gleichheit für alle, Folterverbot - viel mehr aber fällt uns dazu nicht ein. Und da die Menschenrechte überall immer mehr mit den Füßen getreten werden - auch bei uns in den demokratischen Ländern - müssen wir sie kennen. Nur dann können wir die Rechte der Anderen und unsere verteidigen. Nomen Nominandum Fri, 03 May 2019 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405744 thebookvoice.com 0:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405744]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Menschenrechte / Human Rights - Verkündet von den Vereinten Nationen am 1. Dezember 1948 (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Nomen Nominandum Narrator: Christian Brückner, Juli Zeh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 49 minutes Release date: May 3, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Jeder kennt die zehn Gebote. Aber kennt auch jeder jedes Gebot? Genauso ist es mit den Menschenrechten. Sie sind ständig in aller Mund, aber wer könnte die einzelnen Rechte aufzählen. Vielleicht noch das Recht auf ein Leben in Freiheit, in Würde, Gleichheit für alle, Folterverbot - viel mehr aber fällt uns dazu nicht ein. Und da die Menschenrechte überall immer mehr mit den Füßen getreten werden - auch bei uns in den demokratischen Ländern - müssen wir sie kennen. Nur dann können wir die Rechte der Anderen und unsere verteidigen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405744]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Menschenrechte / Human Rights - Verkündet von den Vereinten Nationen am 1. Dezember 1948 (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Nomen Nominandum Narrator: Christian Brückner, Juli Zeh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 49 minutes Release date: May 3, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Jeder kennt die zehn Gebote. Aber kennt auch jeder jedes Gebot? Genauso ist es mit den Menschenrechten. Sie sind ständig in aller Mund, aber wer könnte die einzelnen Rechte aufzählen. Vielleicht noch das Recht auf ein Leben in Freiheit, in Würde, Gleichheit für alle, Folterverbot - viel mehr aber fällt uns dazu nicht ein. Und da die Menschenrechte überall immer mehr mit den Füßen getreten werden - auch bei uns in den demokratischen Ländern - müssen wir sie kennen. Nur dann können wir die Rechte der Anderen und unsere verteidigen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405736 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405736]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Smashing the D.C. Monopoly: Using Article V to Restore Freedom and Stop Runaway Government Author: Tom A. Coburn, M.D. Narrator: Cameron Beierle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ork-barrel projects like the $452 million "bridge to nowhere" and Keynesian economic debacles like the $840 billion stimulus package that saved as few as 600,000 jobs ($1.4 million per job) have led to a staggering $20 trillion in national debt?about $150,000 per citizen. With most members of Congress focusing only on their own interests, it's time to smash the DC elitists' monopoly and rein in spending and extra-constitutional overreach. Although the Constitution established a framework for limited federal power and expansive personal freedoms, self-interested politicians and activist court rulings have seriously imbalanced the system. Smashing the DC Monopoly provides the solution to how we the people can finally wrestle control away from Washington insiders and back to our local and state representatives. Having spent more than fifteen years fighting government fraud and irresponsibility, Sen. Tom Coburn reveals that at least $150 billion could be saved annually by eliminating waste and duplication in the federal government. Indeed, while serving on the Simpson-Bowles Commission, Senator Coburn worked on a proposal to reduce the deficit by $4 trillion over ten years (which, although a good first step, is but still a drop in the bucket compared to the federal government's $143 trillion in unfunded liabilities). Yet the profligate spending and mismanagement continue unabated. In fact, the growth of government has led to a divided, debt-ridden nation of dependent citizens with decreasing personal freedoms. It's time for the people to take charge. The Constitution's Framers anticipated a time when self-interested officials would be unwilling or unable to act in the people's long-term interest. Thus, they included the safety feature of Article V that allows the people to propose amendments to the Constitution through the actions of their state legislatures. Already a growing number of grassroots organizations are actively promoting a convention of the states to address issues such as mandatory balancing of the federal budget, term limits on congressional members, and limits on the federal judiciary. Giving up on the political class, Smashing the DC Monopoly argues for an Article V amendments convention as the best solution to limit the power and scope of the federal government. The book provides the historical background for Article V, reveals past attempts to hold an amendments convention, explains the inherent safety of this process, and examines the current efforts since 2010. Senator Tom Coburn explains how we the people can at last re-balance our governmental system and counter the dysfunction in Washington. Tom A. Coburn, M.D. Sun, 13 Oct 2019 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405736 thebookvoice.com 9:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405736]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Smashing the D.C. Monopoly: Using Article V to Restore Freedom and Stop Runaway Government Author: Tom A. Coburn, M.D. Narrator: Cameron Beierle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ork-barrel projects like the $452 million "bridge to nowhere" and Keynesian economic debacles like the $840 billion stimulus package that saved as few as 600,000 jobs ($1.4 million per job) have led to a staggering $20 trillion in national debt?about $150,000 per citizen. With most members of Congress focusing only on their own interests, it's time to smash the DC elitists' monopoly and rein in spending and extra-constitutional overreach. Although the Constitution established a framework for limited federal power and expansive personal freedoms, self-interested politicians and activist court rulings have seriously imbalanced the system. Smashing the DC Monopoly provides the solution to how we the people can finally wrestle control away from Washington insiders and back to our local and state representatives. Having spent more than fifteen years fighting government fraud and irresponsibility, Sen. Tom Coburn reveals that at least $150 billion could be saved annually by eliminating waste and duplication in the federal government. Indeed, while serving on the Simpson-Bowles Commission, Senator Coburn worked on a proposal to reduce the deficit by $4 trillion over ten years (which, although a good first step, is but still a drop in the bucket compared to the federal government's $143 trillion in unfunded liabilities). Yet the profligate spending and mismanagement continue unabated. In fact, the growth of government has led to a divided, debt-ridden nation of dependent citizens with decreasing personal freedoms. It's time for the people to take charge. The Constitution's Framers anticipated a time when self-interested officials would be unwilling or unable to act in the people's long-term interest. Thus, they included the safety feature of Article V that allows the people to propose amendments to the Constitution through the actions of their state legislatures. Already a growing number of grassroots organizations are actively promoting a convention of the states to address issues such as mandatory balancing of the federal budget, term limits on congressional members, and limits on the federal judiciary. Giving up on the political class, Smashing the DC Monopoly argues for an Article V amendments convention as the best solution to limit the power and scope of the federal government. The book provides the historical background for Article V, reveals past attempts to hold an amendments convention, explains the inherent safety of this process, and examines the current efforts since 2010. Senator Tom Coburn explains how we the people can at last re-balance our governmental system and counter the dysfunction in Washington. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405736]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Smashing the D.C. Monopoly: Using Article V to Restore Freedom and Stop Runaway Government Author: Tom A. Coburn, M.D. Narrator: Cameron Beierle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ork-barrel projects like the $452 million "bridge to nowhere" and Keynesian economic debacles like the $840 billion stimulus package that saved as few as 600,000 jobs ($1.4 million per job) have led to a staggering $20 trillion in national debt?about $150,000 per citizen. With most members of Congress focusing only on their own interests, it's time to smash the DC elitists' monopoly and rein in spending and extra-constitutional overreach. Although the Constitution established a framework for limited federal power and expansive personal freedoms, self-interested politicians and activist court rulings have seriously imbalanced the system. Smashing the DC Monopoly provides the solution to how we the people can finally wrestle control away from Washington insiders and back to our local and state representatives. Having spent more than fifteen years fighting government fraud and irresponsibility, Sen. Tom Coburn reveals that at least $150 billion could be saved annually by eliminating waste and duplication in the federal government. Indeed, while serving on the Simpson-Bowles Commission, Senator Coburn worked on a proposal to reduce the deficit by $4 trillion over ten years (which, although a good first step, is but still a drop in the bucket compared to the federal government's $143 trillion in unfunded liabilities). Yet the profligate spending and mismanagement continue unabated. In fact, the growth of government has led to a divided, debt-ridden nation of dependent citizens with decreasing personal freedoms. It's time for the people to take charge. The Constitution's Framers anticipated a time when self-interested officials would be unwilling or unable to act in the people's long-term interest. Thus, they included the safety feature of Article V that allows the people to propose amendments to the Constitution through the actions of their state legislatures. Already a growing number of grassroots organizations are actively promoting a convention of the states to address issues such as mandatory balancing of the federal budget, term limits on congressional members, and limits on the federal judiciary. Giving up on the political class, Smashing the DC Monopoly argues for an Article V amendments convention as the best solution to limit the power and scope of the federal government. The book provides the historical background for Article V, reveals past attempts to hold an amendments convention, explains the inherent safety of this process, and examines the current efforts since 2010. Senator Tom Coburn explains how we the people can at last re-balance our governmental system and counter the dysfunction in Washington. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405655 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405655]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enemy of All Mankind: A True Story of Piracy, Power, and History's First Global Manhunt Author: Steven Johnson Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 3.83 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Thoroughly engrossing . . . a spirited, suspenseful, economically told tale whose significance is manifest and whose pace never flags.” —The Wall Street Journal   From The New York Times–bestselling author of The Ghost Map and Extra Life, the story of a pirate who changed the world Henry Every was the seventeenth century’s most notorious pirate. The press published wildly popular—and wildly inaccurate—reports of his nefarious adventures. The British government offered enormous bounties for his capture, alive or (preferably) dead. But Steven Johnson argues that Every’s most lasting legacy was his inadvertent triggering of a major shift in the global economy. Enemy of All Mankind focuses on one key event—the attack on an Indian treasure ship by Every and his crew—and its surprising repercussions across time and space. It’s the gripping tale of one of the most lucrative crimes in history, the first international manhunt, and the trial of the seventeenth century. Johnson uses the extraordinary story of Henry Every and his crimes to explore the emergence of the East India Company, the British Empire, and the modern global marketplace: a densely interconnected planet ruled by nations and corporations. How did this unlikely pirate and his notorious crime end up playing a key role in the birth of multinational capitalism? In the same mode as Johnson’s classic nonfiction historical thriller The Ghost Map, Enemy of All Mankind deftly traces the path from a single struck match to a global conflagration. Steven Johnson Tue, 12 May 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405655 thebookvoice.com 8:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405655]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enemy of All Mankind: A True Story of Piracy, Power, and History's First Global Manhunt Author: Steven Johnson Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 3.83 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Thoroughly engrossing . . . a spirited, suspenseful, economically told tale whose significance is manifest and whose pace never flags.” —The Wall Street Journal   From The New York Times–bestselling author of The Ghost Map and Extra Life, the story of a pirate who changed the world Henry Every was the seventeenth century’s most notorious pirate. The press published wildly popular—and wildly inaccurate—reports of his nefarious adventures. The British government offered enormous bounties for his capture, alive or (preferably) dead. But Steven Johnson argues that Every’s most lasting legacy was his inadvertent triggering of a major shift in the global economy. Enemy of All Mankind focuses on one key event—the attack on an Indian treasure ship by Every and his crew—and its surprising repercussions across time and space. It’s the gripping tale of one of the most lucrative crimes in history, the first international manhunt, and the trial of the seventeenth century. Johnson uses the extraordinary story of Henry Every and his crimes to explore the emergence of the East India Company, the British Empire, and the modern global marketplace: a densely interconnected planet ruled by nations and corporations. How did this unlikely pirate and his notorious crime end up playing a key role in the birth of multinational capitalism? In the same mode as Johnson’s classic nonfiction historical thriller The Ghost Map, Enemy of All Mankind deftly traces the path from a single struck match to a global conflagration. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405655]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enemy of All Mankind: A True Story of Piracy, Power, and History's First Global Manhunt Author: Steven Johnson Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 3.83 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Thoroughly engrossing . . . a spirited, suspenseful, economically told tale whose significance is manifest and whose pace never flags.” —The Wall Street Journal   From The New York Times–bestselling author of The Ghost Map and Extra Life, the story of a pirate who changed the world Henry Every was the seventeenth century’s most notorious pirate. The press published wildly popular—and wildly inaccurate—reports of his nefarious adventures. The British government offered enormous bounties for his capture, alive or (preferably) dead. But Steven Johnson argues that Every’s most lasting legacy was his inadvertent triggering of a major shift in the global economy. Enemy of All Mankind focuses on one key event—the attack on an Indian treasure ship by Every and his crew—and its surprising repercussions across time and space. It’s the gripping tale of one of the most lucrative crimes in history, the first international manhunt, and the trial of the seventeenth century. Johnson uses the extraordinary story of Henry Every and his crimes to explore the emergence of the East India Company, the British Empire, and the modern global marketplace: a densely interconnected planet ruled by nations and corporations. How did this unlikely pirate and his notorious crime end up playing a key role in the birth of multinational capitalism? In the same mode as Johnson’s classic nonfiction historical thriller The Ghost Map, Enemy of All Mankind deftly traces the path from a single struck match to a global conflagration. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405647 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405647]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Win an Indian Election Author: Shivam Shankar Singh Narrator: Terry D'Souza Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What role do political consultants play in election campaigns? How are political parties using technological tools such as data analytics, surveys and alternative media to construct effective, micro-targeted campaigns? How does the use of money impact election results? What aids in the en masse dissemination of divisive propaganda and fake news? What does it take to win an election in India today? What is the future of politics in the country? Written by a former election campaign consultant for a major political party, How to Win an Indian Election takes readers into the forbidden world of election war-rooms and gives them a glimpse of how strategy is formulated, what works with voters on the ground and what doesn't. Based on research, interviews and the author's own experiences, this book is invaluable for its insight into the inner workings of politics, political parties and what really makes for a winning election campaign. Shivam Shankar Singh Tue, 19 Nov 2019 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405647 thebookvoice.com 6:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405647]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Win an Indian Election Author: Shivam Shankar Singh Narrator: Terry D'Souza Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What role do political consultants play in election campaigns? How are political parties using technological tools such as data analytics, surveys and alternative media to construct effective, micro-targeted campaigns? How does the use of money impact election results? What aids in the en masse dissemination of divisive propaganda and fake news? What does it take to win an election in India today? What is the future of politics in the country? Written by a former election campaign consultant for a major political party, How to Win an Indian Election takes readers into the forbidden world of election war-rooms and gives them a glimpse of how strategy is formulated, what works with voters on the ground and what doesn't. Based on research, interviews and the author's own experiences, this book is invaluable for its insight into the inner workings of politics, political parties and what really makes for a winning election campaign. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405647]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Win an Indian Election Author: Shivam Shankar Singh Narrator: Terry D'Souza Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What role do political consultants play in election campaigns? How are political parties using technological tools such as data analytics, surveys and alternative media to construct effective, micro-targeted campaigns? How does the use of money impact election results? What aids in the en masse dissemination of divisive propaganda and fake news? What does it take to win an election in India today? What is the future of politics in the country? Written by a former election campaign consultant for a major political party, How to Win an Indian Election takes readers into the forbidden world of election war-rooms and gives them a glimpse of how strategy is formulated, what works with voters on the ground and what doesn't. Based on research, interviews and the author's own experiences, this book is invaluable for its insight into the inner workings of politics, political parties and what really makes for a winning election campaign. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405642 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Disappointment Author: Salman Anees Soz Narrator: Shahzad Bhiwandiwala Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As the National Democratic Alliance (NDA) government completes its current term ahead of the General Elections 2019, it is time to evaluate its performance, specifically in terms of its management of the economy. This book is a critical assessment of five years of the brand of economics Prime Minister Narendra Modi has championed, often referred to as 'Modinomics'. Brought into power with the biggest political mandate in almost three decades, did the NDA government succeed in gainfully transforming India's economic trajectory or did it squander a once-in-a-generation opportunity? The book conjectures it is the latter, and analyses why the Modi government's stewardship of the economy is a 'great disappointment'. Salman Anees Soz Tue, 19 Nov 2019 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405642 thebookvoice.com 8:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Disappointment Author: Salman Anees Soz Narrator: Shahzad Bhiwandiwala Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As the National Democratic Alliance (NDA) government completes its current term ahead of the General Elections 2019, it is time to evaluate its performance, specifically in terms of its management of the economy. This book is a critical assessment of five years of the brand of economics Prime Minister Narendra Modi has championed, often referred to as 'Modinomics'. Brought into power with the biggest political mandate in almost three decades, did the NDA government succeed in gainfully transforming India's economic trajectory or did it squander a once-in-a-generation opportunity? The book conjectures it is the latter, and analyses why the Modi government's stewardship of the economy is a 'great disappointment'. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Disappointment Author: Salman Anees Soz Narrator: Shahzad Bhiwandiwala Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As the National Democratic Alliance (NDA) government completes its current term ahead of the General Elections 2019, it is time to evaluate its performance, specifically in terms of its management of the economy. This book is a critical assessment of five years of the brand of economics Prime Minister Narendra Modi has championed, often referred to as 'Modinomics'. Brought into power with the biggest political mandate in almost three decades, did the NDA government succeed in gainfully transforming India's economic trajectory or did it squander a once-in-a-generation opportunity? The book conjectures it is the latter, and analyses why the Modi government's stewardship of the economy is a 'great disappointment'. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405638 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405638]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: To Start a War: How the Bush Administration Took America into Iraq Author: Robert Draper Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One of BookPage's Best Books of 2020 “The detailed, nuanced, gripping account of that strange and complex journey offered in Robert Draper’s To Start a War: How the Bush Administration Took America Into Iraq is essential reading—now, especially now . . . Draper’s account [is] one for the ages . . . A must-read for all who care about presidential power.” —The Washington Post From the author of the New York Times bestseller Dead Certain comes the definitive, revelatory reckoning with arguably the most consequential decision in the history of American foreign policy--the decision to invade Iraq. Even now, after more than fifteen years, it is hard to see the invasion of Iraq through the cool, considered gaze of history. For too many people, the damage is still too palpable, and still unfolding. Most of the major players in that decision are still with us, and few of them are not haunted by it, in one way or another. Perhaps it's that combination, the passage of the years and the still unresolved trauma, that explains why so many protagonists opened up so fully for the first time to Robert Draper. Draper's prodigious reporting has yielded scores of consequential new revelations, from the important to the merely absurd. As a whole, the book paints a vivid and indelible picture of a decision-making process that was fatally compromised by a combination of post-9/11 fear and paranoia, rank naïveté, craven groupthink, and a set of actors with idées fixes who gamed the process relentlessly. Everything was believed; nothing was true. The intelligence failure was comprehensive. Draper's fair-mindedness and deep understanding of the principal actors suffuse his account, as does a storytelling genius that is close to sorcery. There are no cheap shots here, which makes the ultimate conclusion all the more damning. In the spirit of Barbara Tuchman's The Guns of August and Marc Bloch's Strange Defeat, To Start A War will stand as the definitive account of a collective process that arrived at evidence that would prove to be not just dubious but entirely false, driven by imagination rather than a quest for truth--evidence that was then used to justify a verdict that led to hundreds of thousands of deaths and a flood tide of chaos in the Middle East that shows no signs of ebbing. Robert Draper Tue, 28 Jul 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405638 thebookvoice.com 15:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405638]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: To Start a War: How the Bush Administration Took America into Iraq Author: Robert Draper Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One of BookPage's Best Books of 2020 “The detailed, nuanced, gripping account of that strange and complex journey offered in Robert Draper’s To Start a War: How the Bush Administration Took America Into Iraq is essential reading—now, especially now . . . Draper’s account [is] one for the ages . . . A must-read for all who care about presidential power.” —The Washington Post From the author of the New York Times bestseller Dead Certain comes the definitive, revelatory reckoning with arguably the most consequential decision in the history of American foreign policy--the decision to invade Iraq. Even now, after more than fifteen years, it is hard to see the invasion of Iraq through the cool, considered gaze of history. For too many people, the damage is still too palpable, and still unfolding. Most of the major players in that decision are still with us, and few of them are not haunted by it, in one way or another. Perhaps it's that combination, the passage of the years and the still unresolved trauma, that explains why so many protagonists opened up so fully for the first time to Robert Draper. Draper's prodigious reporting has yielded scores of consequential new revelations, from the important to the merely absurd. As a whole, the book paints a vivid and indelible picture of a decision-making process that was fatally compromised by a combination of post-9/11 fear and paranoia, rank naïveté, craven groupthink, and a set of actors with idées fixes who gamed the process relentlessly. Everything was believed; nothing was true. The intelligence failure was comprehensive. Draper's fair-mindedness and deep understanding of the principal actors suffuse his account, as does a storytelling genius that is close to sorcery. There are no cheap shots here, which makes the ultimate conclusion all the more damning. In the spirit of Barbara Tuchman's The Guns of August and Marc Bloch's Strange Defeat, To Start A War will stand as the definitive account of a collective process that arrived at evidence that would prove to be not just dubious but entirely false, driven by imagination rather than a quest for truth--evidence that was then used to justify a verdict that led to hundreds of thousands of deaths and a flood tide of chaos in the Middle East that shows no signs of ebbing. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405638]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: To Start a War: How the Bush Administration Took America into Iraq Author: Robert Draper Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One of BookPage's Best Books of 2020 “The detailed, nuanced, gripping account of that strange and complex journey offered in Robert Draper’s To Start a War: How the Bush Administration Took America Into Iraq is essential reading—now, especially now . . . Draper’s account [is] one for the ages . . . A must-read for all who care about presidential power.” —The Washington Post From the author of the New York Times bestseller Dead Certain comes the definitive, revelatory reckoning with arguably the most consequential decision in the history of American foreign policy--the decision to invade Iraq. Even now, after more than fifteen years, it is hard to see the invasion of Iraq through the cool, considered gaze of history. For too many people, the damage is still too palpable, and still unfolding. Most of the major players in that decision are still with us, and few of them are not haunted by it, in one way or another. Perhaps it's that combination, the passage of the years and the still unresolved trauma, that explains why so many protagonists opened up so fully for the first time to Robert Draper. Draper's prodigious reporting has yielded scores of consequential new revelations, from the important to the merely absurd. As a whole, the book paints a vivid and indelible picture of a decision-making process that was fatally compromised by a combination of post-9/11 fear and paranoia, rank naïveté, craven groupthink, and a set of actors with idées fixes who gamed the process relentlessly. Everything was believed; nothing was true. The intelligence failure was comprehensive. Draper's fair-mindedness and deep understanding of the principal actors suffuse his account, as does a storytelling genius that is close to sorcery. There are no cheap shots here, which makes the ultimate conclusion all the more damning. In the spirit of Barbara Tuchman's The Guns of August and Marc Bloch's Strange Defeat, To Start A War will stand as the definitive account of a collective process that arrived at evidence that would prove to be not just dubious but entirely false, driven by imagination rather than a quest for truth--evidence that was then used to justify a verdict that led to hundreds of thousands of deaths and a flood tide of chaos in the Middle East that shows no signs of ebbing. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405630 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405630]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lost Decade Author: Pooja Mehra Narrator: Aditi Thirani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 55 minutes Release date: December 3, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Before the global financial meltdown of 2008, India's economy was thriving and its GDP growth was cruising at an impressive 8.8 per cent. The economic boom impacted a large section of Indians, even if unequally. With sustained high growth over an extended period, India could have achieved what economists call a 'take-off' (rapid and self-sustained GDP growth). The global financial meltdown disrupted this momentum in 2008. In the decade that followed, each time the country's economy came close to returning to that growth trajectory, political events knocked it off course. In 2019, India's GDP is growing at the rate of 7 per cent, making it the fastest-growing major economy in the world, but little on the ground suggests that Indians are actually better off. Economic discontent and insecurity are on the rise, farmers are restive and land-owning classes are demanding quotas in government jobs. The middle class is palpably disaffected, the informal economy is struggling and big businesses are no longer expanding aggressively. India is not the star it was in 2008 and in effect, the 'India growth story' has devolved into 'growth without a story'. The Lost Decade tells the story of the slide and examines the political context in which the Indian economy failed to recover lost momentum. Pooja Mehra Tue, 03 Dec 2019 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405630 thebookvoice.com 11:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405630]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lost Decade Author: Pooja Mehra Narrator: Aditi Thirani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 55 minutes Release date: December 3, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Before the global financial meltdown of 2008, India's economy was thriving and its GDP growth was cruising at an impressive 8.8 per cent. The economic boom impacted a large section of Indians, even if unequally. With sustained high growth over an extended period, India could have achieved what economists call a 'take-off' (rapid and self-sustained GDP growth). The global financial meltdown disrupted this momentum in 2008. In the decade that followed, each time the country's economy came close to returning to that growth trajectory, political events knocked it off course. In 2019, India's GDP is growing at the rate of 7 per cent, making it the fastest-growing major economy in the world, but little on the ground suggests that Indians are actually better off. Economic discontent and insecurity are on the rise, farmers are restive and land-owning classes are demanding quotas in government jobs. The middle class is palpably disaffected, the informal economy is struggling and big businesses are no longer expanding aggressively. India is not the star it was in 2008 and in effect, the 'India growth story' has devolved into 'growth without a story'. The Lost Decade tells the story of the slide and examines the political context in which the Indian economy failed to recover lost momentum. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405630]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lost Decade Author: Pooja Mehra Narrator: Aditi Thirani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 55 minutes Release date: December 3, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Before the global financial meltdown of 2008, India's economy was thriving and its GDP growth was cruising at an impressive 8.8 per cent. The economic boom impacted a large section of Indians, even if unequally. With sustained high growth over an extended period, India could have achieved what economists call a 'take-off' (rapid and self-sustained GDP growth). The global financial meltdown disrupted this momentum in 2008. In the decade that followed, each time the country's economy came close to returning to that growth trajectory, political events knocked it off course. In 2019, India's GDP is growing at the rate of 7 per cent, making it the fastest-growing major economy in the world, but little on the ground suggests that Indians are actually better off. Economic discontent and insecurity are on the rise, farmers are restive and land-owning classes are demanding quotas in government jobs. The middle class is palpably disaffected, the informal economy is struggling and big businesses are no longer expanding aggressively. India is not the star it was in 2008 and in effect, the 'India growth story' has devolved into 'growth without a story'. The Lost Decade tells the story of the slide and examines the political context in which the Indian economy failed to recover lost momentum. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405602 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405602]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Young and the Restless Author: Gurmehar Kaur Narrator: Nandita Sen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The 2014 Lok Sabha elections saw the involvement of India's youth like never before. They were debating inside classrooms, sitting for dharnas on the street, having conversations in offices and on social media. The election in 2014 saw 150 million young voters and the highest number of first-time voters in India. And yet, the average age of our parliamentarians is sixty-three. Our leaders are almost four decades older than the average twenty-five-year-old. In The Young and the Restless, Gurmehar Kaur, student activist and author of Small Acts of Freedom, follows the journeys of eight youth leaders, their aspirations for the country's youth, their aspirations for themselves and, most importantly, their aspirations for the nation. She explores whether their politics only mimics that of the older party leaders or if they have the ideas, passion and motivation of the demographic they represent. Gurmehar Kaur Tue, 19 Nov 2019 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405602 thebookvoice.com 5:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405602]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Young and the Restless Author: Gurmehar Kaur Narrator: Nandita Sen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The 2014 Lok Sabha elections saw the involvement of India's youth like never before. They were debating inside classrooms, sitting for dharnas on the street, having conversations in offices and on social media. The election in 2014 saw 150 million young voters and the highest number of first-time voters in India. And yet, the average age of our parliamentarians is sixty-three. Our leaders are almost four decades older than the average twenty-five-year-old. In The Young and the Restless, Gurmehar Kaur, student activist and author of Small Acts of Freedom, follows the journeys of eight youth leaders, their aspirations for the country's youth, their aspirations for themselves and, most importantly, their aspirations for the nation. She explores whether their politics only mimics that of the older party leaders or if they have the ideas, passion and motivation of the demographic they represent. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405602]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Young and the Restless Author: Gurmehar Kaur Narrator: Nandita Sen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The 2014 Lok Sabha elections saw the involvement of India's youth like never before. They were debating inside classrooms, sitting for dharnas on the street, having conversations in offices and on social media. The election in 2014 saw 150 million young voters and the highest number of first-time voters in India. And yet, the average age of our parliamentarians is sixty-three. Our leaders are almost four decades older than the average twenty-five-year-old. In The Young and the Restless, Gurmehar Kaur, student activist and author of Small Acts of Freedom, follows the journeys of eight youth leaders, their aspirations for the country's youth, their aspirations for themselves and, most importantly, their aspirations for the nation. She explores whether their politics only mimics that of the older party leaders or if they have the ideas, passion and motivation of the demographic they represent. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405577 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405577]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Politics Book: Big Ideas Simply Explained Author: Dk Narrator: David Shaw-Parker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 9 minutes Release date: December 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This invaluable, easy-to-understand guide to world politics and government offers an accessible introduction to more than 80 of the most important theories and big ideas of leaders and politicians throughout history. The Politics Book makes government and politics easy to understand by explaining the big ideas simply. The key events in political history are outlined from the origins of political thinking by Confucius and Aristotle to modern-day activists such as Martin Luther King and Nelson Mandela. This audiobook breaks down their important concepts into bite-size chunks to make the subject accessible to students of politics and anyone with an interest in how government works. Filled with thought-provoking quotes from great political thinkers such as Nietzsche, Malcolm X, Karl Marx, and Mao Zedong, The Politics Book, narrated by David Shaw-Parker, gives context to the world of government and power. © 2013 Dorling Kindersley Ltd © 2019 DK Audio Dk Thu, 05 Dec 2019 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405577 thebookvoice.com 18:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405577]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Politics Book: Big Ideas Simply Explained Author: Dk Narrator: David Shaw-Parker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 9 minutes Release date: December 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This invaluable, easy-to-understand guide to world politics and government offers an accessible introduction to more than 80 of the most important theories and big ideas of leaders and politicians throughout history. The Politics Book makes government and politics easy to understand by explaining the big ideas simply. The key events in political history are outlined from the origins of political thinking by Confucius and Aristotle to modern-day activists such as Martin Luther King and Nelson Mandela. This audiobook breaks down their important concepts into bite-size chunks to make the subject accessible to students of politics and anyone with an interest in how government works. Filled with thought-provoking quotes from great political thinkers such as Nietzsche, Malcolm X, Karl Marx, and Mao Zedong, The Politics Book, narrated by David Shaw-Parker, gives context to the world of government and power. © 2013 Dorling Kindersley Ltd © 2019 DK Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405577]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Politics Book: Big Ideas Simply Explained Author: Dk Narrator: David Shaw-Parker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 9 minutes Release date: December 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This invaluable, easy-to-understand guide to world politics and government offers an accessible introduction to more than 80 of the most important theories and big ideas of leaders and politicians throughout history. The Politics Book makes government and politics easy to understand by explaining the big ideas simply. The key events in political history are outlined from the origins of political thinking by Confucius and Aristotle to modern-day activists such as Martin Luther King and Nelson Mandela. This audiobook breaks down their important concepts into bite-size chunks to make the subject accessible to students of politics and anyone with an interest in how government works. Filled with thought-provoking quotes from great political thinkers such as Nietzsche, Malcolm X, Karl Marx, and Mao Zedong, The Politics Book, narrated by David Shaw-Parker, gives context to the world of government and power. © 2013 Dorling Kindersley Ltd © 2019 DK Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405553 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405553]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Watergate Girl: My Fight for Truth and Justice Against a Criminal President Author: Jill Wine-Banks Narrator: Jill Wine-Banks, Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program includes a prologue and epilogue read by the author. Obstruction of justice, the specter of impeachment, sexism at work, shocking revelations: Jill Wine-Banks takes us inside her trial by fire as a Watergate prosecutor. It was a time, much like today, when Americans feared for the future of their democracy, and women stood up for equal treatment. At the crossroads of the Watergate scandal and the women’s movement was a young lawyer named Jill Wine Volner (as she was then known), barely thirty years old and the only woman on the team that prosecuted the highest-ranking White House officials. Called “the mini-skirted lawyer” by the press, she fought to receive the respect accorded her male counterparts—and prevailed. In The Watergate Girl, Jill Wine-Banks opens a window on this troubled time in American history. It is impossible to read about the crimes of Richard Nixon and the people around him without drawing parallels to today’s headlines. The book is also the story of a young woman who sought to make her professional mark while trapped in a failing marriage, buffeted by sexist preconceptions, and harboring secrets of her own. Her house was burgled, her phones were tapped, and even her office garbage was rifled through. At once a cautionary tale and an inspiration for those who believe in the power of justice and the rule of law, The Watergate Girl is a revelation about our country, our politics, and who we are as a society. A Macmillan Audio production from Henry Holt and Company Jill Wine-Banks Tue, 25 Feb 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405553 thebookvoice.com 8:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405553]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Watergate Girl: My Fight for Truth and Justice Against a Criminal President Author: Jill Wine-Banks Narrator: Jill Wine-Banks, Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program includes a prologue and epilogue read by the author. Obstruction of justice, the specter of impeachment, sexism at work, shocking revelations: Jill Wine-Banks takes us inside her trial by fire as a Watergate prosecutor. It was a time, much like today, when Americans feared for the future of their democracy, and women stood up for equal treatment. At the crossroads of the Watergate scandal and the women’s movement was a young lawyer named Jill Wine Volner (as she was then known), barely thirty years old and the only woman on the team that prosecuted the highest-ranking White House officials. Called “the mini-skirted lawyer” by the press, she fought to receive the respect accorded her male counterparts—and prevailed. In The Watergate Girl, Jill Wine-Banks opens a window on this troubled time in American history. It is impossible to read about the crimes of Richard Nixon and the people around him without drawing parallels to today’s headlines. The book is also the story of a young woman who sought to make her professional mark while trapped in a failing marriage, buffeted by sexist preconceptions, and harboring secrets of her own. Her house was burgled, her phones were tapped, and even her office garbage was rifled through. At once a cautionary tale and an inspiration for those who believe in the power of justice and the rule of law, The Watergate Girl is a revelation about our country, our politics, and who we are as a society. A Macmillan Audio production from Henry Holt and Company Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405553]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Watergate Girl: My Fight for Truth and Justice Against a Criminal President Author: Jill Wine-Banks Narrator: Jill Wine-Banks, Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program includes a prologue and epilogue read by the author. Obstruction of justice, the specter of impeachment, sexism at work, shocking revelations: Jill Wine-Banks takes us inside her trial by fire as a Watergate prosecutor. It was a time, much like today, when Americans feared for the future of their democracy, and women stood up for equal treatment. At the crossroads of the Watergate scandal and the women’s movement was a young lawyer named Jill Wine Volner (as she was then known), barely thirty years old and the only woman on the team that prosecuted the highest-ranking White House officials. Called “the mini-skirted lawyer” by the press, she fought to receive the respect accorded her male counterparts—and prevailed. In The Watergate Girl, Jill Wine-Banks opens a window on this troubled time in American history. It is impossible to read about the crimes of Richard Nixon and the people around him without drawing parallels to today’s headlines. The book is also the story of a young woman who sought to make her professional mark while trapped in a failing marriage, buffeted by sexist preconceptions, and harboring secrets of her own. Her house was burgled, her phones were tapped, and even her office garbage was rifled through. At once a cautionary tale and an inspiration for those who believe in the power of justice and the rule of law, The Watergate Girl is a revelation about our country, our politics, and who we are as a society. A Macmillan Audio production from Henry Holt and Company https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405546 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405546]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pelosi Author: Molly Ball Narrator: Frankie Corzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 22 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'In a clear voice that lets the writing shine, Frankie Corzo narrates this detailed dive into American politics centered on House Speaker Nancy Pelosi. Corzo's portrayal of the most powerful woman in American political history showcases Pelosi's tireless energy and radiating impact, as well as the landscape at large.' -- AudioFile Magazine An intimate, fresh perspective on the most powerful woman in American political history, House Speaker Nancy Pelosi, by award-winning political journalist Molly Ball. She’s the iconic leader who puts Donald Trump in his place, the woman with the toughness to take on a lawless president and defend American democracy. Ever since the Democrats took back the House in the 2018 midterm elections, Nancy Pelosi has led the opposition with strategic mastery and inimitable elan. It’s a remarkable comeback for the veteran politician who for years was demonized by the right and taken for granted by many in her own party—even though, as speaker under President Barack Obama, she deserves much of the credit for epochal liberal accomplishments from universal health care to gays in the military. How did a 79-year-old Italian grandmother in four-inch heels become the greatest legislator since LBJ—and how will she manage her greatest challenge yet, impeachment? Ball’s nuanced portrait takes listeners inside the life and times of this historic and underappreciated figure. Based on exclusive interviews with the Speaker and deep background reporting, Ball shows Pelosi through a thoroughly modern lens to explain how this extraordinary woman has met her moment. A Macmillan Audio production from Henry Holt and Company Molly Ball Tue, 05 May 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405546 thebookvoice.com 13:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405546]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pelosi Author: Molly Ball Narrator: Frankie Corzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 22 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'In a clear voice that lets the writing shine, Frankie Corzo narrates this detailed dive into American politics centered on House Speaker Nancy Pelosi. Corzo's portrayal of the most powerful woman in American political history showcases Pelosi's tireless energy and radiating impact, as well as the landscape at large.' -- AudioFile Magazine An intimate, fresh perspective on the most powerful woman in American political history, House Speaker Nancy Pelosi, by award-winning political journalist Molly Ball. She’s the iconic leader who puts Donald Trump in his place, the woman with the toughness to take on a lawless president and defend American democracy. Ever since the Democrats took back the House in the 2018 midterm elections, Nancy Pelosi has led the opposition with strategic mastery and inimitable elan. It’s a remarkable comeback for the veteran politician who for years was demonized by the right and taken for granted by many in her own party—even though, as speaker under President Barack Obama, she deserves much of the credit for epochal liberal accomplishments from universal health care to gays in the military. How did a 79-year-old Italian grandmother in four-inch heels become the greatest legislator since LBJ—and how will she manage her greatest challenge yet, impeachment? Ball’s nuanced portrait takes listeners inside the life and times of this historic and underappreciated figure. Based on exclusive interviews with the Speaker and deep background reporting, Ball shows Pelosi through a thoroughly modern lens to explain how this extraordinary woman has met her moment. A Macmillan Audio production from Henry Holt and Company Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405546]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pelosi Author: Molly Ball Narrator: Frankie Corzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 22 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'In a clear voice that lets the writing shine, Frankie Corzo narrates this detailed dive into American politics centered on House Speaker Nancy Pelosi. Corzo's portrayal of the most powerful woman in American political history showcases Pelosi's tireless energy and radiating impact, as well as the landscape at large.' -- AudioFile Magazine An intimate, fresh perspective on the most powerful woman in American political history, House Speaker Nancy Pelosi, by award-winning political journalist Molly Ball. She’s the iconic leader who puts Donald Trump in his place, the woman with the toughness to take on a lawless president and defend American democracy. Ever since the Democrats took back the House in the 2018 midterm elections, Nancy Pelosi has led the opposition with strategic mastery and inimitable elan. It’s a remarkable comeback for the veteran politician who for years was demonized by the right and taken for granted by many in her own party—even though, as speaker under President Barack Obama, she deserves much of the credit for epochal liberal accomplishments from universal health care to gays in the military. How did a 79-year-old Italian grandmother in four-inch heels become the greatest legislator since LBJ—and how will she manage her greatest challenge yet, impeachment? Ball’s nuanced portrait takes listeners inside the life and times of this historic and underappreciated figure. Based on exclusive interviews with the Speaker and deep background reporting, Ball shows Pelosi through a thoroughly modern lens to explain how this extraordinary woman has met her moment. A Macmillan Audio production from Henry Holt and Company https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405487 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405487]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sisters in Hate: American Women on the Front Lines of White Nationalism Author: Seyward Darby Narrator: Susan Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Journalist Seyward Darby's 'masterfully reported and incisive' (Nell Irvin Painter) exposé pulls back the curtain on modern racial and political extremism in America telling the 'eye-opening and unforgettable' (Ibram X. Kendi) account of three women immersed in the white nationalist movement. After the election of Donald J. Trump, journalist Seyward Darby went looking for the women of the so-called 'alt-right' -- really just white nationalism with a new label. The mainstream media depicted the alt-right as a bastion of angry white men, but was it? As women headlined resistance to the Trump administration's bigotry and sexism, most notably at the Women's Marches, Darby wanted to know why others were joining a movement espousing racism and anti-feminism. Who were these women, and what did their activism reveal about America's past, present, and future? Darby researched dozens of women across the country before settling on three -- Corinna Olsen, Ayla Stewart, and Lana Lokteff. Each was born in 1979, and became a white nationalist in the post-9/11 era. Their respective stories of radicalization upend much of what we assume about women, politics, and political extremism. Corinna, a professional embalmer who was once a body builder, found community in white nationalism before it was the alt-right, while she was grieving the death of her brother and the end of hermarriage. For Corinna, hate was more than just personal animus -- it could also bring people together. Eventually, she decided to leave the movement and served as an informant for the FBI. Ayla, a devoutly Christian mother of six, underwent a personal transformation from self-professed feminist to far-right online personality. Her identification with the burgeoning 'tradwife' movement reveals how white nationalism traffics in society's preferred, retrograde ways of seeing women. Lana, who runs a right-wing media company with her husband, enjoys greater fame and notoriety than many of her sisters in hate. Her work disseminating and monetizing far-right dogma is a testament to the power of disinformation. With acute psychological insight and eye-opening reporting, Darby steps inside the contemporary hate movement and draws connections to precursors like the Ku Klux Klan. Far more than mere helpmeets, women like Corinna, Ayla, and Lana have been sustaining features of white nationalism. Sisters in Hate shows how the work women do to normalize and propagate racist extremism has consequences well beyond the hate movement. Seyward Darby Tue, 21 Jul 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405487 thebookvoice.com 9:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405487]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sisters in Hate: American Women on the Front Lines of White Nationalism Author: Seyward Darby Narrator: Susan Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Journalist Seyward Darby's 'masterfully reported and incisive' (Nell Irvin Painter) exposé pulls back the curtain on modern racial and political extremism in America telling the 'eye-opening and unforgettable' (Ibram X. Kendi) account of three women immersed in the white nationalist movement. After the election of Donald J. Trump, journalist Seyward Darby went looking for the women of the so-called 'alt-right' -- really just white nationalism with a new label. The mainstream media depicted the alt-right as a bastion of angry white men, but was it? As women headlined resistance to the Trump administration's bigotry and sexism, most notably at the Women's Marches, Darby wanted to know why others were joining a movement espousing racism and anti-feminism. Who were these women, and what did their activism reveal about America's past, present, and future? Darby researched dozens of women across the country before settling on three -- Corinna Olsen, Ayla Stewart, and Lana Lokteff. Each was born in 1979, and became a white nationalist in the post-9/11 era. Their respective stories of radicalization upend much of what we assume about women, politics, and political extremism. Corinna, a professional embalmer who was once a body builder, found community in white nationalism before it was the alt-right, while she was grieving the death of her brother and the end of hermarriage. For Corinna, hate was more than just personal animus -- it could also bring people together. Eventually, she decided to leave the movement and served as an informant for the FBI. Ayla, a devoutly Christian mother of six, underwent a personal transformation from self-professed feminist to far-right online personality. Her identification with the burgeoning 'tradwife' movement reveals how white nationalism traffics in society's preferred, retrograde ways of seeing women. Lana, who runs a right-wing media company with her husband, enjoys greater fame and notoriety than many of her sisters in hate. Her work disseminating and monetizing far-right dogma is a testament to the power of disinformation. With acute psychological insight and eye-opening reporting, Darby steps inside the contemporary hate movement and draws connections to precursors like the Ku Klux Klan. Far more than mere helpmeets, women like Corinna, Ayla, and Lana have been sustaining features of white nationalism. Sisters in Hate shows how the work women do to normalize and propagate racist extremism has consequences well beyond the hate movement. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405487]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sisters in Hate: American Women on the Front Lines of White Nationalism Author: Seyward Darby Narrator: Susan Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Journalist Seyward Darby's 'masterfully reported and incisive' (Nell Irvin Painter) exposé pulls back the curtain on modern racial and political extremism in America telling the 'eye-opening and unforgettable' (Ibram X. Kendi) account of three women immersed in the white nationalist movement. After the election of Donald J. Trump, journalist Seyward Darby went looking for the women of the so-called 'alt-right' -- really just white nationalism with a new label. The mainstream media depicted the alt-right as a bastion of angry white men, but was it? As women headlined resistance to the Trump administration's bigotry and sexism, most notably at the Women's Marches, Darby wanted to know why others were joining a movement espousing racism and anti-feminism. Who were these women, and what did their activism reveal about America's past, present, and future? Darby researched dozens of women across the country before settling on three -- Corinna Olsen, Ayla Stewart, and Lana Lokteff. Each was born in 1979, and became a white nationalist in the post-9/11 era. Their respective stories of radicalization upend much of what we assume about women, politics, and political extremism. Corinna, a professional embalmer who was once a body builder, found community in white nationalism before it was the alt-right, while she was grieving the death of her brother and the end of hermarriage. For Corinna, hate was more than just personal animus -- it could also bring people together. Eventually, she decided to leave the movement and served as an informant for the FBI. Ayla, a devoutly Christian mother of six, underwent a personal transformation from self-professed feminist to far-right online personality. Her identification with the burgeoning 'tradwife' movement reveals how white nationalism traffics in society's preferred, retrograde ways of seeing women. Lana, who runs a right-wing media company with her husband, enjoys greater fame and notoriety than many of her sisters in hate. Her work disseminating and monetizing far-right dogma is a testament to the power of disinformation. With acute psychological insight and eye-opening reporting, Darby steps inside the contemporary hate movement and draws connections to precursors like the Ku Klux Klan. Far more than mere helpmeets, women like Corinna, Ayla, and Lana have been sustaining features of white nationalism. Sisters in Hate shows how the work women do to normalize and propagate racist extremism has consequences well beyond the hate movement. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405484 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405484]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Power: From Boardrooms to Battlefields and Churches to States, Why Being In Charge Isn't What It Used to Be Author: Moises Naim Narrator: Matt Kugler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 1 minute Release date: January 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The provocative bestseller explaining the decline of power in the twenty-first century -- in government, business, and beyond. br> Power is shifting -- from large, stable armies to loose bands of insurgents, from corporate leviathans to nimble start-ups, and from presidential palaces to public squares. But power is also changing, becoming harder to use and easier to lose. In The End of Power, award-winning columnist and former Foreign Policy editor MoiséNaíilluminates the struggle between once-dominant megaplayers and the new micropowers challenging them in every field of human endeavor. Drawing on provocative, original research and a lifetime of experience in global affairs, Naíexplains how the end of power is reconfiguring our world. 'The End of Power will . . . change the way you look at the world.' -- Bill Clinton 'Extraordinary.' -- George Soros 'Compelling and original.' -- Arianna Huffington 'A fascinating new perspective . . . Naímakes eye-opening connections.' -- Francis Fukuyama Moises Naim Tue, 28 Jan 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405484 thebookvoice.com 13:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405484]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Power: From Boardrooms to Battlefields and Churches to States, Why Being In Charge Isn't What It Used to Be Author: Moises Naim Narrator: Matt Kugler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 1 minute Release date: January 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The provocative bestseller explaining the decline of power in the twenty-first century -- in government, business, and beyond. br> Power is shifting -- from large, stable armies to loose bands of insurgents, from corporate leviathans to nimble start-ups, and from presidential palaces to public squares. But power is also changing, becoming harder to use and easier to lose. In The End of Power, award-winning columnist and former Foreign Policy editor MoiséNaíilluminates the struggle between once-dominant megaplayers and the new micropowers challenging them in every field of human endeavor. Drawing on provocative, original research and a lifetime of experience in global affairs, Naíexplains how the end of power is reconfiguring our world. 'The End of Power will . . . change the way you look at the world.' -- Bill Clinton 'Extraordinary.' -- George Soros 'Compelling and original.' -- Arianna Huffington 'A fascinating new perspective . . . Naímakes eye-opening connections.' -- Francis Fukuyama Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405484]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Power: From Boardrooms to Battlefields and Churches to States, Why Being In Charge Isn't What It Used to Be Author: Moises Naim Narrator: Matt Kugler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 1 minute Release date: January 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The provocative bestseller explaining the decline of power in the twenty-first century -- in government, business, and beyond. br> Power is shifting -- from large, stable armies to loose bands of insurgents, from corporate leviathans to nimble start-ups, and from presidential palaces to public squares. But power is also changing, becoming harder to use and easier to lose. In The End of Power, award-winning columnist and former Foreign Policy editor MoiséNaíilluminates the struggle between once-dominant megaplayers and the new micropowers challenging them in every field of human endeavor. Drawing on provocative, original research and a lifetime of experience in global affairs, Naíexplains how the end of power is reconfiguring our world. 'The End of Power will . . . change the way you look at the world.' -- Bill Clinton 'Extraordinary.' -- George Soros 'Compelling and original.' -- Arianna Huffington 'A fascinating new perspective . . . Naímakes eye-opening connections.' -- Francis Fukuyama https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405485 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405485]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Warning Author: Anonymous Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 69 Ratings of Narrator: 4.92 of Total 13 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In time for the 2020 presidential election, Anonymous returns to expand on their 'must read' (Time), #1 bestselling behind-the-scenes 'scathing portrait' (USA Today) of the Trump presidency with new words of warning for Americans everywhere.On September 5, 2018, the New York Times published a bombshell essay and took the rare step of granting its writer anonymity. Described only as 'a senior official in the Trump administration,' the author provided eyewitness insight into White House chaos, administration instability, and the people working to keep Donald Trump's reckless impulses in check. With the 2020 election on the horizon, Anonymous is speaking out once again. In this book, the original author pulls back the curtain even further, offering a first-of-its-kind look at the president and his record -- a must-read before Election Day. It will surprise and challenge both Democrats and Republicans, motivate them to consider how we judge our nation's leaders, and illuminate the consequences of re-electing a commander in chief unfit for the role. This book is a sobering assessment of the man in the Oval Office and a warning about something even more important -- who we are as a people. Anonymous Tue, 19 Nov 2019 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405485 thebookvoice.com 8:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405485]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Warning Author: Anonymous Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 69 Ratings of Narrator: 4.92 of Total 13 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In time for the 2020 presidential election, Anonymous returns to expand on their 'must read' (Time), #1 bestselling behind-the-scenes 'scathing portrait' (USA Today) of the Trump presidency with new words of warning for Americans everywhere.On September 5, 2018, the New York Times published a bombshell essay and took the rare step of granting its writer anonymity. Described only as 'a senior official in the Trump administration,' the author provided eyewitness insight into White House chaos, administration instability, and the people working to keep Donald Trump's reckless impulses in check. With the 2020 election on the horizon, Anonymous is speaking out once again. In this book, the original author pulls back the curtain even further, offering a first-of-its-kind look at the president and his record -- a must-read before Election Day. It will surprise and challenge both Democrats and Republicans, motivate them to consider how we judge our nation's leaders, and illuminate the consequences of re-electing a commander in chief unfit for the role. This book is a sobering assessment of the man in the Oval Office and a warning about something even more important -- who we are as a people. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405485]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Warning Author: Anonymous Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 69 Ratings of Narrator: 4.92 of Total 13 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In time for the 2020 presidential election, Anonymous returns to expand on their 'must read' (Time), #1 bestselling behind-the-scenes 'scathing portrait' (USA Today) of the Trump presidency with new words of warning for Americans everywhere.On September 5, 2018, the New York Times published a bombshell essay and took the rare step of granting its writer anonymity. Described only as 'a senior official in the Trump administration,' the author provided eyewitness insight into White House chaos, administration instability, and the people working to keep Donald Trump's reckless impulses in check. With the 2020 election on the horizon, Anonymous is speaking out once again. In this book, the original author pulls back the curtain even further, offering a first-of-its-kind look at the president and his record -- a must-read before Election Day. It will surprise and challenge both Democrats and Republicans, motivate them to consider how we judge our nation's leaders, and illuminate the consequences of re-electing a commander in chief unfit for the role. This book is a sobering assessment of the man in the Oval Office and a warning about something even more important -- who we are as a people. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405478 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405478]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red November: Will the Country Vote Red for Trump or Red for Socialism? Author: Joel B. Pollak Narrator: Les Connery, Joel B. Pollak Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 44 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A conservative journalist goes behind enemy lines to cover the 2020 Democratic primaries from the inside. The 2020 Democratic primaries were some of the most extreme in the history of the United States. But the show isn't over yet. Socialism is still on the rise, and ideas that used to be considered crazy are now even more mainstream than they were before. In Red November, conservative journalist Joel Pollak tells the story of how the Democratic party got so extreme, and give a riveting account of life on the campaign trail. There are stories from the Democratic debates, interviews with candidates, and scuffles between journalists. Part travelogue, part satire, part memoir, Red November is a factual, yet humorous, look behind-the-scenes at the candidates, activists, and voters as Democrats choose who will take on the sacred task of removing Donald Trump -- '45,' as he is known to his haters -- from the White House and ushering in a utopian age of 'Medicare for All' and the 'Green New Deal.' Joel B. Pollak Tue, 14 Jul 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405478 thebookvoice.com 9:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405478]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red November: Will the Country Vote Red for Trump or Red for Socialism? Author: Joel B. Pollak Narrator: Les Connery, Joel B. Pollak Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 44 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A conservative journalist goes behind enemy lines to cover the 2020 Democratic primaries from the inside. The 2020 Democratic primaries were some of the most extreme in the history of the United States. But the show isn't over yet. Socialism is still on the rise, and ideas that used to be considered crazy are now even more mainstream than they were before. In Red November, conservative journalist Joel Pollak tells the story of how the Democratic party got so extreme, and give a riveting account of life on the campaign trail. There are stories from the Democratic debates, interviews with candidates, and scuffles between journalists. Part travelogue, part satire, part memoir, Red November is a factual, yet humorous, look behind-the-scenes at the candidates, activists, and voters as Democrats choose who will take on the sacred task of removing Donald Trump -- '45,' as he is known to his haters -- from the White House and ushering in a utopian age of 'Medicare for All' and the 'Green New Deal.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405478]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red November: Will the Country Vote Red for Trump or Red for Socialism? Author: Joel B. Pollak Narrator: Les Connery, Joel B. Pollak Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 44 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A conservative journalist goes behind enemy lines to cover the 2020 Democratic primaries from the inside. The 2020 Democratic primaries were some of the most extreme in the history of the United States. But the show isn't over yet. Socialism is still on the rise, and ideas that used to be considered crazy are now even more mainstream than they were before. In Red November, conservative journalist Joel Pollak tells the story of how the Democratic party got so extreme, and give a riveting account of life on the campaign trail. There are stories from the Democratic debates, interviews with candidates, and scuffles between journalists. Part travelogue, part satire, part memoir, Red November is a factual, yet humorous, look behind-the-scenes at the candidates, activists, and voters as Democrats choose who will take on the sacred task of removing Donald Trump -- '45,' as he is known to his haters -- from the White House and ushering in a utopian age of 'Medicare for All' and the 'Green New Deal.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405475 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405475]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Youth to Power: Your Voice and How to Use It Author: Jamie Margolin Narrator: Jamie Margolin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Jamie Margolin is among the powerful and inspiring youth activists leading a movement to demand urgent action on the climate crisis. With determined purpose and moral clarity, Jamie is pushing political leaders to develop ambitious plans to confront this existential threat to humanity. Youth To Power is an essential how-to for anyone of any age who feels called to act to protect our planet for future generations.' Former Vice President Al Gore Climate change activist and Zero Hour cofounder Jamie Margolin offers the essential guide to changemaking for young people. The 1963 Children's March. The 2016 Dakota Access Pipeline protests. March for Our Lives, and School Strike for Climate. What do all these social justice movements have in common?They were led by passionate, informed, engaged young people. Jamie Margolin has been organizing and protesting since she was fourteen years old. Now the co-leader of a global climate action movement, she knows better than most how powerful a young person can be. You don't have to be able to vote or hold positions of power to change the world. In Youth to Power, Jamie presents the essential guide to changemaking, with advice on writing and pitching op-eds, organizing successful events and peaceful protests, time management as a student activist, utilizing social and traditional media to spread a message, and sustaining long-term action. She features interviews with prominent young activists including Tokata Iron Eyes of the #NoDAPL movement and Nupol Kiazolu of the #BlackLivesMatter movement, who give guidance on handling backlash, keeping your mental health a priority, and how to avoid getting taken advantage of. Jamie walks readers through every step of what effective, healthy, intersectional activism looks like. Young people have a lot to say, and Youth to Power will give you the tools to raise your voice. Jamie Margolin Tue, 02 Jun 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405475 thebookvoice.com 6:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405475]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Youth to Power: Your Voice and How to Use It Author: Jamie Margolin Narrator: Jamie Margolin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Jamie Margolin is among the powerful and inspiring youth activists leading a movement to demand urgent action on the climate crisis. With determined purpose and moral clarity, Jamie is pushing political leaders to develop ambitious plans to confront this existential threat to humanity. Youth To Power is an essential how-to for anyone of any age who feels called to act to protect our planet for future generations.' Former Vice President Al Gore Climate change activist and Zero Hour cofounder Jamie Margolin offers the essential guide to changemaking for young people. The 1963 Children's March. The 2016 Dakota Access Pipeline protests. March for Our Lives, and School Strike for Climate. What do all these social justice movements have in common?They were led by passionate, informed, engaged young people. Jamie Margolin has been organizing and protesting since she was fourteen years old. Now the co-leader of a global climate action movement, she knows better than most how powerful a young person can be. You don't have to be able to vote or hold positions of power to change the world. In Youth to Power, Jamie presents the essential guide to changemaking, with advice on writing and pitching op-eds, organizing successful events and peaceful protests, time management as a student activist, utilizing social and traditional media to spread a message, and sustaining long-term action. She features interviews with prominent young activists including Tokata Iron Eyes of the #NoDAPL movement and Nupol Kiazolu of the #BlackLivesMatter movement, who give guidance on handling backlash, keeping your mental health a priority, and how to avoid getting taken advantage of. Jamie walks readers through every step of what effective, healthy, intersectional activism looks like. Young people have a lot to say, and Youth to Power will give you the tools to raise your voice. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405475]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Youth to Power: Your Voice and How to Use It Author: Jamie Margolin Narrator: Jamie Margolin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Jamie Margolin is among the powerful and inspiring youth activists leading a movement to demand urgent action on the climate crisis. With determined purpose and moral clarity, Jamie is pushing political leaders to develop ambitious plans to confront this existential threat to humanity. Youth To Power is an essential how-to for anyone of any age who feels called to act to protect our planet for future generations.' Former Vice President Al Gore Climate change activist and Zero Hour cofounder Jamie Margolin offers the essential guide to changemaking for young people. The 1963 Children's March. The 2016 Dakota Access Pipeline protests. March for Our Lives, and School Strike for Climate. What do all these social justice movements have in common?They were led by passionate, informed, engaged young people. Jamie Margolin has been organizing and protesting since she was fourteen years old. Now the co-leader of a global climate action movement, she knows better than most how powerful a young person can be. You don't have to be able to vote or hold positions of power to change the world. In Youth to Power, Jamie presents the essential guide to changemaking, with advice on writing and pitching op-eds, organizing successful events and peaceful protests, time management as a student activist, utilizing social and traditional media to spread a message, and sustaining long-term action. She features interviews with prominent young activists including Tokata Iron Eyes of the #NoDAPL movement and Nupol Kiazolu of the #BlackLivesMatter movement, who give guidance on handling backlash, keeping your mental health a priority, and how to avoid getting taken advantage of. Jamie walks readers through every step of what effective, healthy, intersectional activism looks like. Young people have a lot to say, and Youth to Power will give you the tools to raise your voice. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405476 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405476]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Which Country Has the World's Best Health Care? Author: Ezekiel j. Emanuel Narrator: Rick Zieff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The preeminent doctor and bioethicist Ezekiel Emanuel is repeatedly asked one question: Which country has the best healthcare? He set off to find an answer. The US spends more than any other nation, nearly $4 trillion, on healthcare. Yet, for all that expense, the US is not ranked #1 -- not even close. In Which Country Has the World's Best Healthcare? Ezekiel Emanuel profiles eleven of the world's healthcare systems in pursuit of the best or at least where excellence can be found. Using a unique comparative structure, the book allows healthcare professionals, patients, and policymakers alike to know which systems perform well, and why, and which face endemic problems. From Taiwan to Germany, Australia to Switzerland, the most inventive healthcare providers tackle a global set of challenges -- in pursuit of the best healthcare in the world. Ezekiel j. Emanuel Tue, 14 Jul 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405476 thebookvoice.com 16:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405476]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Which Country Has the World's Best Health Care? Author: Ezekiel j. Emanuel Narrator: Rick Zieff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The preeminent doctor and bioethicist Ezekiel Emanuel is repeatedly asked one question: Which country has the best healthcare? He set off to find an answer. The US spends more than any other nation, nearly $4 trillion, on healthcare. Yet, for all that expense, the US is not ranked #1 -- not even close. In Which Country Has the World's Best Healthcare? Ezekiel Emanuel profiles eleven of the world's healthcare systems in pursuit of the best or at least where excellence can be found. Using a unique comparative structure, the book allows healthcare professionals, patients, and policymakers alike to know which systems perform well, and why, and which face endemic problems. From Taiwan to Germany, Australia to Switzerland, the most inventive healthcare providers tackle a global set of challenges -- in pursuit of the best healthcare in the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405476]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Which Country Has the World's Best Health Care? Author: Ezekiel j. Emanuel Narrator: Rick Zieff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The preeminent doctor and bioethicist Ezekiel Emanuel is repeatedly asked one question: Which country has the best healthcare? He set off to find an answer. The US spends more than any other nation, nearly $4 trillion, on healthcare. Yet, for all that expense, the US is not ranked #1 -- not even close. In Which Country Has the World's Best Healthcare? Ezekiel Emanuel profiles eleven of the world's healthcare systems in pursuit of the best or at least where excellence can be found. Using a unique comparative structure, the book allows healthcare professionals, patients, and policymakers alike to know which systems perform well, and why, and which face endemic problems. From Taiwan to Germany, Australia to Switzerland, the most inventive healthcare providers tackle a global set of challenges -- in pursuit of the best healthcare in the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405466 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405466]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A More Perfect Reunion: Race, Integration, and the Future of America Author: Calvin Baker Narrator: Landon Woodson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A provocative case for integration as the single most radical, discomfiting idea in America, yet the only enduring solution to the racism that threatens our democracy. Americans have prided ourselves on how far we've come from slavery, lynching, and legal segregation-measuring ourselves by incremental progress instead of by how far we have to go. But fifty years after the last meaningful effort toward civil rights, the US remains overwhelmingly segregated and unjust. Our current solutions -- diversity, representation, and desegregation -- are not enough. As acclaimed writer Calvin Baker argues in this bracing, necessary book, we first need to envision a society no longer defined by the structures of race in order to create one. The only meaningful remedy is integration: the full self-determination and participation of all African-Americans, and all other oppressed groups, in every facet of national life. This is the deepest threat to the racial order and the real goal of civil rights. At once a profound, masterful reading of US history from the colonial era forward and a trenchant critique of the obstacles in our current political and cultural moment, A More Perfect Reunion is also a call to action. As Baker reminds us, we live in a revolutionary democracy. We are one of the best-positioned generations in history to finish that revolution. Calvin Baker Tue, 30 Jun 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405466 thebookvoice.com 7:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405466]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A More Perfect Reunion: Race, Integration, and the Future of America Author: Calvin Baker Narrator: Landon Woodson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A provocative case for integration as the single most radical, discomfiting idea in America, yet the only enduring solution to the racism that threatens our democracy. Americans have prided ourselves on how far we've come from slavery, lynching, and legal segregation-measuring ourselves by incremental progress instead of by how far we have to go. But fifty years after the last meaningful effort toward civil rights, the US remains overwhelmingly segregated and unjust. Our current solutions -- diversity, representation, and desegregation -- are not enough. As acclaimed writer Calvin Baker argues in this bracing, necessary book, we first need to envision a society no longer defined by the structures of race in order to create one. The only meaningful remedy is integration: the full self-determination and participation of all African-Americans, and all other oppressed groups, in every facet of national life. This is the deepest threat to the racial order and the real goal of civil rights. At once a profound, masterful reading of US history from the colonial era forward and a trenchant critique of the obstacles in our current political and cultural moment, A More Perfect Reunion is also a call to action. As Baker reminds us, we live in a revolutionary democracy. We are one of the best-positioned generations in history to finish that revolution. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405466]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A More Perfect Reunion: Race, Integration, and the Future of America Author: Calvin Baker Narrator: Landon Woodson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A provocative case for integration as the single most radical, discomfiting idea in America, yet the only enduring solution to the racism that threatens our democracy. Americans have prided ourselves on how far we've come from slavery, lynching, and legal segregation-measuring ourselves by incremental progress instead of by how far we have to go. But fifty years after the last meaningful effort toward civil rights, the US remains overwhelmingly segregated and unjust. Our current solutions -- diversity, representation, and desegregation -- are not enough. As acclaimed writer Calvin Baker argues in this bracing, necessary book, we first need to envision a society no longer defined by the structures of race in order to create one. The only meaningful remedy is integration: the full self-determination and participation of all African-Americans, and all other oppressed groups, in every facet of national life. This is the deepest threat to the racial order and the real goal of civil rights. At once a profound, masterful reading of US history from the colonial era forward and a trenchant critique of the obstacles in our current political and cultural moment, A More Perfect Reunion is also a call to action. As Baker reminds us, we live in a revolutionary democracy. We are one of the best-positioned generations in history to finish that revolution. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405467 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405467]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trump and the American Future: Solving the Great Problems of Our Time Author: Newt Gingrich Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 23, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author Newt Gingrich lays out the stakes of the 2020 elections and what the end results could mean for the future of American citizens. The 2020 election will be a decisive choice for America, especially as we emerge from the coronavirus crisis. Will the American people choose four more years of President Trump to lead us back to strong economic growth, a foreign and trade policy of putting American interests first, dismantling the deep state, and dramatically reforming the bureaucracies? Or will they reject Trumpism and elect the radical Democratic policies of big government, globalism, and socialist policies that Joe Biden represents? Not since the election of 1964 has the choice in an election been so stark. Trump and the American Future by Newt Gingrich will lay out the stakes of the 2020 election and provide a clarion call for all Americans on why it is vital to return President Trump to the White House for a second term. Featuring insights gleaned from the lifetime of experience and access only Newt Gingrich can bring, Trump and the American Future will be crucial reading for every citizen who wants to continue to make America great again. Newt Gingrich Tue, 23 Jun 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405467 thebookvoice.com 11:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405467]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trump and the American Future: Solving the Great Problems of Our Time Author: Newt Gingrich Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 23, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author Newt Gingrich lays out the stakes of the 2020 elections and what the end results could mean for the future of American citizens. The 2020 election will be a decisive choice for America, especially as we emerge from the coronavirus crisis. Will the American people choose four more years of President Trump to lead us back to strong economic growth, a foreign and trade policy of putting American interests first, dismantling the deep state, and dramatically reforming the bureaucracies? Or will they reject Trumpism and elect the radical Democratic policies of big government, globalism, and socialist policies that Joe Biden represents? Not since the election of 1964 has the choice in an election been so stark. Trump and the American Future by Newt Gingrich will lay out the stakes of the 2020 election and provide a clarion call for all Americans on why it is vital to return President Trump to the White House for a second term. Featuring insights gleaned from the lifetime of experience and access only Newt Gingrich can bring, Trump and the American Future will be crucial reading for every citizen who wants to continue to make America great again. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405467]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trump and the American Future: Solving the Great Problems of Our Time Author: Newt Gingrich Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 23, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author Newt Gingrich lays out the stakes of the 2020 elections and what the end results could mean for the future of American citizens. The 2020 election will be a decisive choice for America, especially as we emerge from the coronavirus crisis. Will the American people choose four more years of President Trump to lead us back to strong economic growth, a foreign and trade policy of putting American interests first, dismantling the deep state, and dramatically reforming the bureaucracies? Or will they reject Trumpism and elect the radical Democratic policies of big government, globalism, and socialist policies that Joe Biden represents? Not since the election of 1964 has the choice in an election been so stark. Trump and the American Future by Newt Gingrich will lay out the stakes of the 2020 election and provide a clarion call for all Americans on why it is vital to return President Trump to the White House for a second term. Featuring insights gleaned from the lifetime of experience and access only Newt Gingrich can bring, Trump and the American Future will be crucial reading for every citizen who wants to continue to make America great again. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405462 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405462]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How We Show Up: Reclaiming Family, Friendship, and Community Author: Mia Birdsong Narrator: Mia Birdsong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.89 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An Invitation to Community and Models for Connection After almost every presentation activist and writer Mia Birdsong gives to executives, think tanks, and policy makers, one of those leaders quietly confesses how much they long for the profound community she describes. They have family, friends, and colleagues, yet they still feel like they're standing alone. They're 'winning' at the American Dream, but they're lonely, disconnected, and unsatisfied. It seems counterintuitive that living the 'good life'--the well-paying job, the nuclear family, the upward mobility--can make us feel isolated and unhappy. But in a divided America, where only a quarter of us know our neighbors and everyone is either a winner or a loser, we've forgotten the key element that helped us make progress in the first place: community. In this provocative, groundbreaking work, Mia Birdsong shows that what separates us isn't only the ever-present injustices built around race, class, gender, values, and beliefs, but also our denial of our interdependence and need for belonging. In response to the fear and discomfort we feel, we've built walls, and instead of leaning on each other, we find ourselves leaning on concrete. Through research, interviews, and stories of lived experience, How We Show Up returns us to our inherent connectedness where we find strength, safety, and support in vulnerability and generosity, in asking for help, and in being accountable. Showing up--literally and figuratively--points us toward the promise of our collective vitality and leads us to the liberated well-being we all want. Mia Birdsong Tue, 02 Jun 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405462 thebookvoice.com 6:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405462]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How We Show Up: Reclaiming Family, Friendship, and Community Author: Mia Birdsong Narrator: Mia Birdsong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.89 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An Invitation to Community and Models for Connection After almost every presentation activist and writer Mia Birdsong gives to executives, think tanks, and policy makers, one of those leaders quietly confesses how much they long for the profound community she describes. They have family, friends, and colleagues, yet they still feel like they're standing alone. They're 'winning' at the American Dream, but they're lonely, disconnected, and unsatisfied. It seems counterintuitive that living the 'good life'--the well-paying job, the nuclear family, the upward mobility--can make us feel isolated and unhappy. But in a divided America, where only a quarter of us know our neighbors and everyone is either a winner or a loser, we've forgotten the key element that helped us make progress in the first place: community. In this provocative, groundbreaking work, Mia Birdsong shows that what separates us isn't only the ever-present injustices built around race, class, gender, values, and beliefs, but also our denial of our interdependence and need for belonging. In response to the fear and discomfort we feel, we've built walls, and instead of leaning on each other, we find ourselves leaning on concrete. Through research, interviews, and stories of lived experience, How We Show Up returns us to our inherent connectedness where we find strength, safety, and support in vulnerability and generosity, in asking for help, and in being accountable. Showing up--literally and figuratively--points us toward the promise of our collective vitality and leads us to the liberated well-being we all want. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405462]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How We Show Up: Reclaiming Family, Friendship, and Community Author: Mia Birdsong Narrator: Mia Birdsong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.89 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An Invitation to Community and Models for Connection After almost every presentation activist and writer Mia Birdsong gives to executives, think tanks, and policy makers, one of those leaders quietly confesses how much they long for the profound community she describes. They have family, friends, and colleagues, yet they still feel like they're standing alone. They're 'winning' at the American Dream, but they're lonely, disconnected, and unsatisfied. It seems counterintuitive that living the 'good life'--the well-paying job, the nuclear family, the upward mobility--can make us feel isolated and unhappy. But in a divided America, where only a quarter of us know our neighbors and everyone is either a winner or a loser, we've forgotten the key element that helped us make progress in the first place: community. In this provocative, groundbreaking work, Mia Birdsong shows that what separates us isn't only the ever-present injustices built around race, class, gender, values, and beliefs, but also our denial of our interdependence and need for belonging. In response to the fear and discomfort we feel, we've built walls, and instead of leaning on each other, we find ourselves leaning on concrete. Through research, interviews, and stories of lived experience, How We Show Up returns us to our inherent connectedness where we find strength, safety, and support in vulnerability and generosity, in asking for help, and in being accountable. Showing up--literally and figuratively--points us toward the promise of our collective vitality and leads us to the liberated well-being we all want. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405453 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405453]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Be a Victim: Fighting Back Against America's Crime Wave Author: Nancy Grace Narrator: Nancy Grace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Discover gripping true crime stories and the surprising tools you need to keep you and your family safe -- from iconic legal commentator, TV journalist, and New York Times bestselling author Nancy Grace. Nancy Grace wasn't always the iconic legal commentator we know today. One moment changed her entire future forever: her fiancé Keith was murdered just before their wedding. Driven to deliver justice for other crime victims, Nancy became a felony prosecutor and for a decade, put the 'bad guys' behind bars in inner-city Atlanta. Now, with a new and potentially life-saving book, Nancy puts her crime-fighting expertise to work to empower you stay safe in the face of daily dangers. Packed with practical advice and invaluable prevention tips, Don't Be a Victim shows you how to: - Fend off threats of assaults, car-jack and home invasion - Defend yourself against online stalking, computer hackers and financial fraudsters - Stay safe in your own home, at school and other public settings like parking garages, elevators and campsites - Protect yourself while shopping, driving and even on vacation With insights on so many potential threats, you'll be empowered to protect yourself and your children at home and in the world at large by being proactive! Nancy's crime-fighting expertise helps keep you, your family, and those you love out of harm's way. Nancy Grace Tue, 22 Sep 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405453 thebookvoice.com 16:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405453]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Be a Victim: Fighting Back Against America's Crime Wave Author: Nancy Grace Narrator: Nancy Grace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Discover gripping true crime stories and the surprising tools you need to keep you and your family safe -- from iconic legal commentator, TV journalist, and New York Times bestselling author Nancy Grace. Nancy Grace wasn't always the iconic legal commentator we know today. One moment changed her entire future forever: her fiancé Keith was murdered just before their wedding. Driven to deliver justice for other crime victims, Nancy became a felony prosecutor and for a decade, put the 'bad guys' behind bars in inner-city Atlanta. Now, with a new and potentially life-saving book, Nancy puts her crime-fighting expertise to work to empower you stay safe in the face of daily dangers. Packed with practical advice and invaluable prevention tips, Don't Be a Victim shows you how to: - Fend off threats of assaults, car-jack and home invasion - Defend yourself against online stalking, computer hackers and financial fraudsters - Stay safe in your own home, at school and other public settings like parking garages, elevators and campsites - Protect yourself while shopping, driving and even on vacation With insights on so many potential threats, you'll be empowered to protect yourself and your children at home and in the world at large by being proactive! Nancy's crime-fighting expertise helps keep you, your family, and those you love out of harm's way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405453]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Be a Victim: Fighting Back Against America's Crime Wave Author: Nancy Grace Narrator: Nancy Grace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Discover gripping true crime stories and the surprising tools you need to keep you and your family safe -- from iconic legal commentator, TV journalist, and New York Times bestselling author Nancy Grace. Nancy Grace wasn't always the iconic legal commentator we know today. One moment changed her entire future forever: her fiancé Keith was murdered just before their wedding. Driven to deliver justice for other crime victims, Nancy became a felony prosecutor and for a decade, put the 'bad guys' behind bars in inner-city Atlanta. Now, with a new and potentially life-saving book, Nancy puts her crime-fighting expertise to work to empower you stay safe in the face of daily dangers. Packed with practical advice and invaluable prevention tips, Don't Be a Victim shows you how to: - Fend off threats of assaults, car-jack and home invasion - Defend yourself against online stalking, computer hackers and financial fraudsters - Stay safe in your own home, at school and other public settings like parking garages, elevators and campsites - Protect yourself while shopping, driving and even on vacation With insights on so many potential threats, you'll be empowered to protect yourself and your children at home and in the world at large by being proactive! Nancy's crime-fighting expertise helps keep you, your family, and those you love out of harm's way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405447 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405447]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Deficit Myth: Modern Monetary Theory and the Birth of the People's Economy Author: Stephanie Kelton Narrator: Stephanie Kelton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 52 minutes Release date: June 9, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 32 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Bestseller The leading thinker and most visible public advocate of modern monetary theory -- the freshest and most important idea about economics in decades -- delivers a radically different, bold, new understanding for how to build a just and prosperous society. Stephanie Kelton's brilliant exploration of modern monetary theory (MMT) dramatically changes our understanding of how we can best deal with crucial issues ranging from poverty and inequality to creating jobs, expanding health care coverage, climate change, and building resilient infrastructure. Any ambitious proposal, however, inevitably runs into the buzz saw of how to find the money to pay for it, rooted in myths about deficits that are hobbling us as a country. Kelton busts through the myths that prevent us from taking action: that the federal government should budget like a household, that deficits will harm the next generation, crowd out private investment, and undermine long-term growth, and that entitlements are propelling us toward a grave fiscal crisis. MMT, as Kelton shows, shifts the terrain from narrow budgetary questions to one of broader economic and social benefits. With its important new ways of understanding money, taxes, and the critical role of deficit spending, MMT redefines how to responsibly use our resources so that we can maximize our potential as a society. MMT gives us the power to imagine a new politics and a new economy and move from a narrative of scarcity to one of opportunity. Stephanie Kelton Tue, 09 Jun 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405447 thebookvoice.com 10:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405447]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Deficit Myth: Modern Monetary Theory and the Birth of the People's Economy Author: Stephanie Kelton Narrator: Stephanie Kelton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 52 minutes Release date: June 9, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 32 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Bestseller The leading thinker and most visible public advocate of modern monetary theory -- the freshest and most important idea about economics in decades -- delivers a radically different, bold, new understanding for how to build a just and prosperous society. Stephanie Kelton's brilliant exploration of modern monetary theory (MMT) dramatically changes our understanding of how we can best deal with crucial issues ranging from poverty and inequality to creating jobs, expanding health care coverage, climate change, and building resilient infrastructure. Any ambitious proposal, however, inevitably runs into the buzz saw of how to find the money to pay for it, rooted in myths about deficits that are hobbling us as a country. Kelton busts through the myths that prevent us from taking action: that the federal government should budget like a household, that deficits will harm the next generation, crowd out private investment, and undermine long-term growth, and that entitlements are propelling us toward a grave fiscal crisis. MMT, as Kelton shows, shifts the terrain from narrow budgetary questions to one of broader economic and social benefits. With its important new ways of understanding money, taxes, and the critical role of deficit spending, MMT redefines how to responsibly use our resources so that we can maximize our potential as a society. MMT gives us the power to imagine a new politics and a new economy and move from a narrative of scarcity to one of opportunity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405447]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Deficit Myth: Modern Monetary Theory and the Birth of the People's Economy Author: Stephanie Kelton Narrator: Stephanie Kelton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 52 minutes Release date: June 9, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 32 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Bestseller The leading thinker and most visible public advocate of modern monetary theory -- the freshest and most important idea about economics in decades -- delivers a radically different, bold, new understanding for how to build a just and prosperous society. Stephanie Kelton's brilliant exploration of modern monetary theory (MMT) dramatically changes our understanding of how we can best deal with crucial issues ranging from poverty and inequality to creating jobs, expanding health care coverage, climate change, and building resilient infrastructure. Any ambitious proposal, however, inevitably runs into the buzz saw of how to find the money to pay for it, rooted in myths about deficits that are hobbling us as a country. Kelton busts through the myths that prevent us from taking action: that the federal government should budget like a household, that deficits will harm the next generation, crowd out private investment, and undermine long-term growth, and that entitlements are propelling us toward a grave fiscal crisis. MMT, as Kelton shows, shifts the terrain from narrow budgetary questions to one of broader economic and social benefits. With its important new ways of understanding money, taxes, and the critical role of deficit spending, MMT redefines how to responsibly use our resources so that we can maximize our potential as a society. MMT gives us the power to imagine a new politics and a new economy and move from a narrative of scarcity to one of opportunity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405436 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405436]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tightening Dark: An American Hostage in Yemen Author: Sam Farran, Benjamin Buchholz Narrator: Fajer Al-Kaisi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: July 27, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This riveting memoir follows a Lebanese-Muslim-American and thirty-year US Marine veteran who suffered a six-month ordeal at the hands of a brutal regime in Yemen—and remained loyal to his country through it all. As air strikes carpeted Yemen's capital, Sam Farran was one of only a few Americans in the war-ravaged country. He was there to conduct security assessments for a variety of international firms. Days after his arrival, he was brutally seized and taken hostage by Houthi rebels. Sam would spend the next six months suffering a horrific ordeal that would test his endurance, his loyalty and his very soul.   Every day his captors asked him—as a fellow Muslim—to betray America and his Marine heritage in exchange for his freedom. Would he give in to the Houthis and return to his Middle Eastern roots? In the end--and despite daily threats to his life—Sam found the strength to resist, and came out of his ordeal with an increased sense of being, foremost, a US Marine.   The Tightening Dark is an intimate, riveting and inspiring memoir of heroic strength, courage, survival and commitment to country. And a reminder that the best parts of the American dream are the dreamers—those who pledge to being American, regardless of where they are born. Sam Farran, Benjamin Buchholz Tue, 27 Jul 2021 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405436 thebookvoice.com 8:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405436]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tightening Dark: An American Hostage in Yemen Author: Sam Farran, Benjamin Buchholz Narrator: Fajer Al-Kaisi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: July 27, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This riveting memoir follows a Lebanese-Muslim-American and thirty-year US Marine veteran who suffered a six-month ordeal at the hands of a brutal regime in Yemen—and remained loyal to his country through it all. As air strikes carpeted Yemen's capital, Sam Farran was one of only a few Americans in the war-ravaged country. He was there to conduct security assessments for a variety of international firms. Days after his arrival, he was brutally seized and taken hostage by Houthi rebels. Sam would spend the next six months suffering a horrific ordeal that would test his endurance, his loyalty and his very soul.   Every day his captors asked him—as a fellow Muslim—to betray America and his Marine heritage in exchange for his freedom. Would he give in to the Houthis and return to his Middle Eastern roots? In the end--and despite daily threats to his life—Sam found the strength to resist, and came out of his ordeal with an increased sense of being, foremost, a US Marine.   The Tightening Dark is an intimate, riveting and inspiring memoir of heroic strength, courage, survival and commitment to country. And a reminder that the best parts of the American dream are the dreamers—those who pledge to being American, regardless of where they are born. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405436]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tightening Dark: An American Hostage in Yemen Author: Sam Farran, Benjamin Buchholz Narrator: Fajer Al-Kaisi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: July 27, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This riveting memoir follows a Lebanese-Muslim-American and thirty-year US Marine veteran who suffered a six-month ordeal at the hands of a brutal regime in Yemen—and remained loyal to his country through it all. As air strikes carpeted Yemen's capital, Sam Farran was one of only a few Americans in the war-ravaged country. He was there to conduct security assessments for a variety of international firms. Days after his arrival, he was brutally seized and taken hostage by Houthi rebels. Sam would spend the next six months suffering a horrific ordeal that would test his endurance, his loyalty and his very soul.   Every day his captors asked him—as a fellow Muslim—to betray America and his Marine heritage in exchange for his freedom. Would he give in to the Houthis and return to his Middle Eastern roots? In the end--and despite daily threats to his life—Sam found the strength to resist, and came out of his ordeal with an increased sense of being, foremost, a US Marine.   The Tightening Dark is an intimate, riveting and inspiring memoir of heroic strength, courage, survival and commitment to country. And a reminder that the best parts of the American dream are the dreamers—those who pledge to being American, regardless of where they are born. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405431 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405431]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disposable City: Miami's Future on the Shores of Climate Catastrophe Author: Mario Alejandro Ariza Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A deeply reported personal investigation by a Miami journalist examines the present and future effects of climate change in the Magic City -- a watery harbinger for coastal cities worldwide. Miami, Florida, is likely to be entirely underwater by the end of this century. Residents are already starting to see the effects of sea level rise today. From sunny day flooding caused by higher tides to a sewer system on the brink of total collapse, the city undeniably lives in a climate changed world. In Disposable City, Miami resident Mario Alejandro Ariza shows us not only what climate change looks like on the ground today, but also what Miami will look like 100 years from now, and how that future has been shaped by the city's racist past and present. As politicians continue to kick the can down the road and Miami becomes increasingly unlivable, real estate vultures and wealthy residents will be able to get out or move to higher ground, but the most vulnerable communities, disproportionately composed of people of color, will face flood damage, rising housing costs, dangerously higher temperatures, and stronger hurricanes that they can't afford to escape. Miami may be on the front lines of climate change, but the battle it's fighting today is coming for the rest of the U.S. -- and the rest of the world -- far sooner than we could have imagined even a decade ago. Disposable City is a thoughtful portrait of both a vibrant city with a unique culture and the social, economic, and psychic costs of climate change that call us to act before it's too late. Mario Alejandro Ariza Tue, 14 Jul 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405431 thebookvoice.com 9:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405431]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disposable City: Miami's Future on the Shores of Climate Catastrophe Author: Mario Alejandro Ariza Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A deeply reported personal investigation by a Miami journalist examines the present and future effects of climate change in the Magic City -- a watery harbinger for coastal cities worldwide. Miami, Florida, is likely to be entirely underwater by the end of this century. Residents are already starting to see the effects of sea level rise today. From sunny day flooding caused by higher tides to a sewer system on the brink of total collapse, the city undeniably lives in a climate changed world. In Disposable City, Miami resident Mario Alejandro Ariza shows us not only what climate change looks like on the ground today, but also what Miami will look like 100 years from now, and how that future has been shaped by the city's racist past and present. As politicians continue to kick the can down the road and Miami becomes increasingly unlivable, real estate vultures and wealthy residents will be able to get out or move to higher ground, but the most vulnerable communities, disproportionately composed of people of color, will face flood damage, rising housing costs, dangerously higher temperatures, and stronger hurricanes that they can't afford to escape. Miami may be on the front lines of climate change, but the battle it's fighting today is coming for the rest of the U.S. -- and the rest of the world -- far sooner than we could have imagined even a decade ago. Disposable City is a thoughtful portrait of both a vibrant city with a unique culture and the social, economic, and psychic costs of climate change that call us to act before it's too late. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405431]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disposable City: Miami's Future on the Shores of Climate Catastrophe Author: Mario Alejandro Ariza Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A deeply reported personal investigation by a Miami journalist examines the present and future effects of climate change in the Magic City -- a watery harbinger for coastal cities worldwide. Miami, Florida, is likely to be entirely underwater by the end of this century. Residents are already starting to see the effects of sea level rise today. From sunny day flooding caused by higher tides to a sewer system on the brink of total collapse, the city undeniably lives in a climate changed world. In Disposable City, Miami resident Mario Alejandro Ariza shows us not only what climate change looks like on the ground today, but also what Miami will look like 100 years from now, and how that future has been shaped by the city's racist past and present. As politicians continue to kick the can down the road and Miami becomes increasingly unlivable, real estate vultures and wealthy residents will be able to get out or move to higher ground, but the most vulnerable communities, disproportionately composed of people of color, will face flood damage, rising housing costs, dangerously higher temperatures, and stronger hurricanes that they can't afford to escape. Miami may be on the front lines of climate change, but the battle it's fighting today is coming for the rest of the U.S. -- and the rest of the world -- far sooner than we could have imagined even a decade ago. Disposable City is a thoughtful portrait of both a vibrant city with a unique culture and the social, economic, and psychic costs of climate change that call us to act before it's too late. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405432 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405432]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superpower Interrupted: The Chinese History of the World Author: Michael Schuman Narrator: Shawn Compton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 24 minutes Release date: June 9, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This global history as the Chinese would write it gives brilliant and unconventional insights for understanding China's role in the world, especially the drive to 'Make China Great Again.' We in the West routinely ask: 'What does China want?' The answer is quite simple: the superpower status it always had, but briefly lost. In this colorful, informative story filled with fascinating characters, epic battles, influential thinkers, and decisive moments, we come to understand how the Chinese view their own history and how its narrative is distinctly different from that of Western civilization. More important, we come to see how this unique Chinese history of the world shapes China's economic policy, attitude toward the United States and the rest of the world, relations with its neighbors, positions on democracy and human rights, and notions of good government. As the Chinese see it, for as far back as anyone can remember, China had the richest economy, the strongest military, and the most advanced philosophy, culture, and technology. The collision with the West knocked China's historical narrative off course for the first time, as its 5,000-year reign as an unrivaled superpower came to an ignominious end. Ever since, the Chinese have licked their wounds and fixated on returning their country to its former greatness, restoring the Chinese version of its place in the world as they had always known it. For the Chinese, the question was never if they could reclaim their former dominant position in the world, but when. Michael Schuman Tue, 09 Jun 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405432 thebookvoice.com 13:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405432]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superpower Interrupted: The Chinese History of the World Author: Michael Schuman Narrator: Shawn Compton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 24 minutes Release date: June 9, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This global history as the Chinese would write it gives brilliant and unconventional insights for understanding China's role in the world, especially the drive to 'Make China Great Again.' We in the West routinely ask: 'What does China want?' The answer is quite simple: the superpower status it always had, but briefly lost. In this colorful, informative story filled with fascinating characters, epic battles, influential thinkers, and decisive moments, we come to understand how the Chinese view their own history and how its narrative is distinctly different from that of Western civilization. More important, we come to see how this unique Chinese history of the world shapes China's economic policy, attitude toward the United States and the rest of the world, relations with its neighbors, positions on democracy and human rights, and notions of good government. As the Chinese see it, for as far back as anyone can remember, China had the richest economy, the strongest military, and the most advanced philosophy, culture, and technology. The collision with the West knocked China's historical narrative off course for the first time, as its 5,000-year reign as an unrivaled superpower came to an ignominious end. Ever since, the Chinese have licked their wounds and fixated on returning their country to its former greatness, restoring the Chinese version of its place in the world as they had always known it. For the Chinese, the question was never if they could reclaim their former dominant position in the world, but when. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405432]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superpower Interrupted: The Chinese History of the World Author: Michael Schuman Narrator: Shawn Compton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 24 minutes Release date: June 9, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This global history as the Chinese would write it gives brilliant and unconventional insights for understanding China's role in the world, especially the drive to 'Make China Great Again.' We in the West routinely ask: 'What does China want?' The answer is quite simple: the superpower status it always had, but briefly lost. In this colorful, informative story filled with fascinating characters, epic battles, influential thinkers, and decisive moments, we come to understand how the Chinese view their own history and how its narrative is distinctly different from that of Western civilization. More important, we come to see how this unique Chinese history of the world shapes China's economic policy, attitude toward the United States and the rest of the world, relations with its neighbors, positions on democracy and human rights, and notions of good government. As the Chinese see it, for as far back as anyone can remember, China had the richest economy, the strongest military, and the most advanced philosophy, culture, and technology. The collision with the West knocked China's historical narrative off course for the first time, as its 5,000-year reign as an unrivaled superpower came to an ignominious end. Ever since, the Chinese have licked their wounds and fixated on returning their country to its former greatness, restoring the Chinese version of its place in the world as they had always known it. For the Chinese, the question was never if they could reclaim their former dominant position in the world, but when. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405433 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405433]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last President of Europe: Emmanuel Macron's Race to Revive France and Save the World Author: William Drozdiak Narrator: Paul Hodgson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 28, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A revelatory examination of the global impact of Emmanuel Macron's tumultuous presidency. A political novice leading a brand new party, in 2017 Emmanuel Macron swept away traditional political forces and emerged as president of France. Almost immediately he realized his task was not only to modernize his country but to save the EU and a crumbling international order. From the decline of NATO, to Russian interference, to the Gilets Jaunes (Yellow Vest) protestors, Macron's term unfolded against a backdrop of social conflict, clashing ambitions, and resurgent big-power rivalries. In The Last President of Europe, William Drozdiak tells with exclusive inside access the story of Macron's presidency and the political challenges the French leader continues to face. Macron has ridden a wild rollercoaster of success and failure: he has a unique relationship with Donald Trump, a close-up view of the decline of Angela Merkel, and is both the greatest beneficiary from, and victim of, the chaos of Brexit across the Channel. He is fighting his own populist insurrection in France at the same time as he is trying to defend a system of values that once represented the West but is now under assault from all sides. Together these challenges make Macron the most consequential French leader of modern times, and perhaps the last true champion of the European ideal. William Drozdiak Tue, 28 Apr 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405433 thebookvoice.com 7:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405433]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last President of Europe: Emmanuel Macron's Race to Revive France and Save the World Author: William Drozdiak Narrator: Paul Hodgson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 28, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A revelatory examination of the global impact of Emmanuel Macron's tumultuous presidency. A political novice leading a brand new party, in 2017 Emmanuel Macron swept away traditional political forces and emerged as president of France. Almost immediately he realized his task was not only to modernize his country but to save the EU and a crumbling international order. From the decline of NATO, to Russian interference, to the Gilets Jaunes (Yellow Vest) protestors, Macron's term unfolded against a backdrop of social conflict, clashing ambitions, and resurgent big-power rivalries. In The Last President of Europe, William Drozdiak tells with exclusive inside access the story of Macron's presidency and the political challenges the French leader continues to face. Macron has ridden a wild rollercoaster of success and failure: he has a unique relationship with Donald Trump, a close-up view of the decline of Angela Merkel, and is both the greatest beneficiary from, and victim of, the chaos of Brexit across the Channel. He is fighting his own populist insurrection in France at the same time as he is trying to defend a system of values that once represented the West but is now under assault from all sides. Together these challenges make Macron the most consequential French leader of modern times, and perhaps the last true champion of the European ideal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405433]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last President of Europe: Emmanuel Macron's Race to Revive France and Save the World Author: William Drozdiak Narrator: Paul Hodgson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 28, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A revelatory examination of the global impact of Emmanuel Macron's tumultuous presidency. A political novice leading a brand new party, in 2017 Emmanuel Macron swept away traditional political forces and emerged as president of France. Almost immediately he realized his task was not only to modernize his country but to save the EU and a crumbling international order. From the decline of NATO, to Russian interference, to the Gilets Jaunes (Yellow Vest) protestors, Macron's term unfolded against a backdrop of social conflict, clashing ambitions, and resurgent big-power rivalries. In The Last President of Europe, William Drozdiak tells with exclusive inside access the story of Macron's presidency and the political challenges the French leader continues to face. Macron has ridden a wild rollercoaster of success and failure: he has a unique relationship with Donald Trump, a close-up view of the decline of Angela Merkel, and is both the greatest beneficiary from, and victim of, the chaos of Brexit across the Channel. He is fighting his own populist insurrection in France at the same time as he is trying to defend a system of values that once represented the West but is now under assault from all sides. Together these challenges make Macron the most consequential French leader of modern times, and perhaps the last true champion of the European ideal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405434 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405434]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lying in State: Why Presidents Lie -- And Why Trump Is Worse Author: Eric Alterman Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This definitive history of presidential lying reveals how our standards for truthfulness have eroded -- and why Trump's lies are especially dangerous. If there's one thing we know about Donald Trump, it's that he lies. But he's by no means the first president to do so. In Lying in State, Eric Alterman asks how we ended up with such a pathologically dishonest commander in chief, showing that, from early on, the United States has persistently expanded its power and hegemony on the basis of presidential lies. He also reveals the cumulative effect of this deception-each lie a president tells makes it more acceptable for subsequent presidents to lie-and the media's complicity in spreading misinformation. Donald Trump, then, represents not an aberration but the culmination of an age-old trend. Full of vivid historical examples and trenchant analysis, Lying in State is essential reading for anyone seeking to understand how we arrived in this age of alternative facts. Eric Alterman Tue, 11 Aug 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405434 thebookvoice.com 12:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405434]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lying in State: Why Presidents Lie -- And Why Trump Is Worse Author: Eric Alterman Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This definitive history of presidential lying reveals how our standards for truthfulness have eroded -- and why Trump's lies are especially dangerous. If there's one thing we know about Donald Trump, it's that he lies. But he's by no means the first president to do so. In Lying in State, Eric Alterman asks how we ended up with such a pathologically dishonest commander in chief, showing that, from early on, the United States has persistently expanded its power and hegemony on the basis of presidential lies. He also reveals the cumulative effect of this deception-each lie a president tells makes it more acceptable for subsequent presidents to lie-and the media's complicity in spreading misinformation. Donald Trump, then, represents not an aberration but the culmination of an age-old trend. Full of vivid historical examples and trenchant analysis, Lying in State is essential reading for anyone seeking to understand how we arrived in this age of alternative facts. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405434]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lying in State: Why Presidents Lie -- And Why Trump Is Worse Author: Eric Alterman Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This definitive history of presidential lying reveals how our standards for truthfulness have eroded -- and why Trump's lies are especially dangerous. If there's one thing we know about Donald Trump, it's that he lies. But he's by no means the first president to do so. In Lying in State, Eric Alterman asks how we ended up with such a pathologically dishonest commander in chief, showing that, from early on, the United States has persistently expanded its power and hegemony on the basis of presidential lies. He also reveals the cumulative effect of this deception-each lie a president tells makes it more acceptable for subsequent presidents to lie-and the media's complicity in spreading misinformation. Donald Trump, then, represents not an aberration but the culmination of an age-old trend. Full of vivid historical examples and trenchant analysis, Lying in State is essential reading for anyone seeking to understand how we arrived in this age of alternative facts. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405422 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405422]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Choice: The Abortion Divide in America Author: Danielle D'souza Gill Narrator: Danielle D'souza Gill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: See the debate on abortion from a new perspective as a young conservative discusses the effects that modern culture and politics have had on both sides of the argument. Danielle D'Souza Gill, in a pathbreaking new book, blows the lid off the abortion debate, which is radically different than it was when the Supreme Court issued its landmark ruling of Roe v. Wade in 1973. Technology has transformed the landscape and allowed people to see development in the womb. Ultrasound has rendered many old assumptions about abortion obsolete. The Democratic Left has become radicalized on abortion. It is no longer a necessary evil, but a positive good. Consequently, the Left has legitimized a form of mass killing in this country that dwarfs the deaths caused by cancer, smoking, homicide, terrorism, and war. Writing with freshness, intelligence, and insight, Danielle explores the contours of the debate, taking into account new ideas, new technology, and new laws and putting forth a new vision for a life-affirming society. In Socratic style, Danielle builds her case in response to the strongest contentions of the pro-choice camp. She engages their most powerful arguments head-on, carefully examines them, and then dismantles them. The result is a pro-life argument so persuasive that it will reach into the heart of the most hardened opponent. While it is a heartbreaking book, it is in the end inspiring. No matter what you believe about abortion, this book will educate, astonish, and deeply move you. It may move you to a position different from what you now hold. If you read one book about abortion, make it this one, The Choice: The Abortion Divide in America. Danielle D'souza Gill Tue, 06 Oct 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405422 thebookvoice.com 8:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405422]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Choice: The Abortion Divide in America Author: Danielle D'souza Gill Narrator: Danielle D'souza Gill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: See the debate on abortion from a new perspective as a young conservative discusses the effects that modern culture and politics have had on both sides of the argument. Danielle D'Souza Gill, in a pathbreaking new book, blows the lid off the abortion debate, which is radically different than it was when the Supreme Court issued its landmark ruling of Roe v. Wade in 1973. Technology has transformed the landscape and allowed people to see development in the womb. Ultrasound has rendered many old assumptions about abortion obsolete. The Democratic Left has become radicalized on abortion. It is no longer a necessary evil, but a positive good. Consequently, the Left has legitimized a form of mass killing in this country that dwarfs the deaths caused by cancer, smoking, homicide, terrorism, and war. Writing with freshness, intelligence, and insight, Danielle explores the contours of the debate, taking into account new ideas, new technology, and new laws and putting forth a new vision for a life-affirming society. In Socratic style, Danielle builds her case in response to the strongest contentions of the pro-choice camp. She engages their most powerful arguments head-on, carefully examines them, and then dismantles them. The result is a pro-life argument so persuasive that it will reach into the heart of the most hardened opponent. While it is a heartbreaking book, it is in the end inspiring. No matter what you believe about abortion, this book will educate, astonish, and deeply move you. It may move you to a position different from what you now hold. If you read one book about abortion, make it this one, The Choice: The Abortion Divide in America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405422]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Choice: The Abortion Divide in America Author: Danielle D'souza Gill Narrator: Danielle D'souza Gill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: See the debate on abortion from a new perspective as a young conservative discusses the effects that modern culture and politics have had on both sides of the argument. Danielle D'Souza Gill, in a pathbreaking new book, blows the lid off the abortion debate, which is radically different than it was when the Supreme Court issued its landmark ruling of Roe v. Wade in 1973. Technology has transformed the landscape and allowed people to see development in the womb. Ultrasound has rendered many old assumptions about abortion obsolete. The Democratic Left has become radicalized on abortion. It is no longer a necessary evil, but a positive good. Consequently, the Left has legitimized a form of mass killing in this country that dwarfs the deaths caused by cancer, smoking, homicide, terrorism, and war. Writing with freshness, intelligence, and insight, Danielle explores the contours of the debate, taking into account new ideas, new technology, and new laws and putting forth a new vision for a life-affirming society. In Socratic style, Danielle builds her case in response to the strongest contentions of the pro-choice camp. She engages their most powerful arguments head-on, carefully examines them, and then dismantles them. The result is a pro-life argument so persuasive that it will reach into the heart of the most hardened opponent. While it is a heartbreaking book, it is in the end inspiring. No matter what you believe about abortion, this book will educate, astonish, and deeply move you. It may move you to a position different from what you now hold. If you read one book about abortion, make it this one, The Choice: The Abortion Divide in America. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405415 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405415]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nothing to Lose, Everything to Gain: Being Black and Conservative in America Author: Kathy Barnette Narrator: Kathy Barnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 37 minutes Release date: February 4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Conservative political commentator Kathy Barnette shares how liberal leadership has failed the black community and how being a democrat is not synonymous with your skin color. During his first historic run for the presidency in 2016, Donald Trump made an impassioned plea to the black community. 'Give me a chance,' he said. 'What the hell do you have to lose?' According to Kathy Barnette, black Americans have nothing to lose, except for crime ridden communities, neighborhoods that have become shooting galleries, more social welfare programs, and the mocking indifference of the Democrat party. Barnette argues that even a cursory look into the black community reveals the destabilizing effect liberal policies have had on the black family. There was a time when Barnette bought into the same lie as everyone else-that if you're black, you must be a democrat. In fact, she was born into the Democrat party just as much as she was born into brown skin. There was no point of separation. Until she began to understand what it truly means to be black in America. Barnette contends that being black is more than just the color of her skin. It's a culture and a consciousness, too. In NOTHING TO LOSE, EVERYTHING TO GAIN, Barnette writes about why liberal policies have failed the black community time and time again - and will fail the larger American community as Democrats rush to the hard Left of the party. From the 'Great Society' to Kanye West's ongoing war with the liberal establishment, this book provides sharp, eloquent commentary on the most pressing issues facing black Americans today: broken family structure, loss of identity, the legacy of slavery, and more. Barnette argues that President Trump has not been willing to presume that the 'black vote' is a foregone conclusion resting comfortably in the back pockets of Democrats. With his plainspoken style and willingness to face harsh truths, the president has done more for the black community than any president since Abraham Lincoln. Barnette insists the time is now to get back what has been lost, to fix the brokenness, and to recognize and support those who are actually working in our favor. We have nothing to lose, and even more to gain. Kathy Barnette Tue, 04 Feb 2020 01:22:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405415 thebookvoice.com 11:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405415]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nothing to Lose, Everything to Gain: Being Black and Conservative in America Author: Kathy Barnette Narrator: Kathy Barnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 37 minutes Release date: February 4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Conservative political commentator Kathy Barnette shares how liberal leadership has failed the black community and how being a democrat is not synonymous with your skin color. During his first historic run for the presidency in 2016, Donald Trump made an impassioned plea to the black community. 'Give me a chance,' he said. 'What the hell do you have to lose?' According to Kathy Barnette, black Americans have nothing to lose, except for crime ridden communities, neighborhoods that have become shooting galleries, more social welfare programs, and the mocking indifference of the Democrat party. Barnette argues that even a cursory look into the black community reveals the destabilizing effect liberal policies have had on the black family. There was a time when Barnette bought into the same lie as everyone else-that if you're black, you must be a democrat. In fact, she was born into the Democrat party just as much as she was born into brown skin. There was no point of separation. Until she began to understand what it truly means to be black in America. Barnette contends that being black is more than just the color of her skin. It's a culture and a consciousness, too. In NOTHING TO LOSE, EVERYTHING TO GAIN, Barnette writes about why liberal policies have failed the black community time and time again - and will fail the larger American community as Democrats rush to the hard Left of the party. From the 'Great Society' to Kanye West's ongoing war with the liberal establishment, this book provides sharp, eloquent commentary on the most pressing issues facing black Americans today: broken family structure, loss of identity, the legacy of slavery, and more. Barnette argues that President Trump has not been willing to presume that the 'black vote' is a foregone conclusion resting comfortably in the back pockets of Democrats. With his plainspoken style and willingness to face harsh truths, the president has done more for the black community than any president since Abraham Lincoln. Barnette insists the time is now to get back what has been lost, to fix the brokenness, and to recognize and support those who are actually working in our favor. We have nothing to lose, and even more to gain. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/405415]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nothing to Lose, Everything to Gain: Being Black and Conservative in America Author: Kathy Barnette Narrator: Kathy Barnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 37 minutes Release date: February 4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Conservative political commentator Kathy Barnette shares how liberal leadership has failed the black community and how being a democrat is not synonymous with your skin color. During his first historic run for the presidency in 2016, Donald Trump made an impassioned plea to the black community. 'Give me a chance,' he said. 'What the hell do you have to lose?' According to Kathy Barnette, black Americans have nothing to lose, except for crime ridden communities, neighborhoods that have become shooting galleries, more social welfare programs, and the mocking indifference of the Democrat party. Barnette argues that even a cursory look into the black community reveals the destabilizing effect liberal policies have had on the black family. There was a time when Barnette bought into the same lie as everyone else-that if you're black, you must be a democrat. In fact, she was born into the Democrat party just as much as she was born into brown skin. There was no point of separation. Until she began to understand what it truly means to be black in America. Barnette contends that being black is more than just the color of her skin. It's a culture and a consciousness, too. In NOTHING TO LOSE, EVERYTHING TO GAIN, Barnette writes about why liberal policies have failed the black community time and time again - and will fail the larger American community as Democrats rush to the hard Left of the party. From the 'Great Society' to Kanye West's ongoing war with the liberal establishment, this book provides sharp, eloquent commentary on the most pressing issues facing black Americans today: broken family structure, loss of identity, the legacy of slavery, and more. Barnette argues that President Trump has not been willing to presume that the 'black vote' is a foregone conclusion resting comfortably in the back pockets of Democrats. With his plainspoken style and willingness to face harsh truths, the president has done more for the black community than any president since Abraham Lincoln. Barnette insists the time is now to get back what has been lost, to fix the brokenness, and to recognize and support those who are actually working in our favor. We have nothing to lose, and even more to gain.